The Alien Disclosure Deception: The Metaphysics of Social Engineering – An Open Letter to NASA & CTI

The Alien Disclosure Deception;

The Metaphysics of Social Engineering

An Open Letter to the Center of Theological Inquiry

By Charles Upton

<Edited by Robert D. Morningstar>

January 11, 2022 – 1/11/22

Here is the email I recently sent to Fr. Andrew Davidson, the Catholic priest at Cambridge who headed the consortium of 24 theologians, working under the joint sponsorship of NASA and the Center of Theological Inquiry at Princeton, to craft a theological response to the possible discovery of extraterrestrial life.

Charles Upton

Dear Fr.  Davidson:

Greetings of peace. I am an American Sufi Muslim who has recently published a book entitled The Alien Disclosure Deception: The Metaphysics of Social Engineering, consequently I am interested in learning more about the consortium of 24 scholars associated with the Center of Theological Inquiry who have come together, under your direction, to consider the theological implications of the possible future discovery of intelligent extraterrestrial life.

24 Theologians Worked with NASA to Examine

How Religions would React to aliens

These images, both captured by Hubble, show a comparison of the Carina Nebula in visible light (left) and infrared (right). In the infrared image, we can see more stars that weren't visible before. (Courtesy: NASA)

http://24 theologians worked with NASA to examine how religions would react to aliens

I was unable, for some reason, to find a list of these theologians on the internet, nonetheless I eagerly look forward to evaluating their conclusions. I hope they will be confident enough in these conclusions to attach their names to them at some time in the future, since the alternative would be to present themselves as a kind of secret tribunal that somehow possesses the authority to pronounce on these matters.

Given that the names of the scholars involved do not appear to be available, I have directed the following three questions directly to you:

1) Are all these scholars Christians, or do they include “observers” from other faiths? 

2) If not, do you have plans to dialogue on these matters with non-Christian theologians at any time in the future?

3) After talking with the NASA media office I find that the 24 scholars at CTI have already completed their report on the theological implications of a discovery of extraterrestrial life. Is this report available to the public? And if not, what is the thinking behind the decision to keep it under wraps?

In our time we are confronted with two conceptions and two bodies of data related to extraterrestrial life that are diametrically opposed, and have not yet fully confronted each other.

Aliens Are Jinn – A Film Trailer

“Mainstream” scientists who are attempting to find evidence of extraterrestrial life, either intelligent or simply biological, have reached no firm conclusions (thus the “Fermi paradox”), while those scientists, military figures and members of the intelligence community who have been tracking the UFO phenomenon are on the edge of declaring that intelligent extraterrestrial beings actually exist, and, in fact, have always been in contact with humanity.

In light of this massive contradiction, I believe that the decision by NASA to bring together theologians to consider the implications of the discovery of intelligent extraterrestrial life, a decision which was made in the context of the official Pentagon “disclosure” that UFO are “real” in 2021, has one ominous implication—namely, that the idea of the possible discovery of extraterrestrial civilizations will inevitably act, either de facto or by design, to identify today’s UFO phenomenon with such conjectural civilizations, whether or not that identification is rationally justified.

This would effectively hide the fact that the UFO manifestation, according to the traditional understandings of Roman Catholicism, Eastern Orthodox Christianity and Islam, is substantially in line with the phenomenology of the demonic, with the powers of the Jinn.

Therefore I believe that scholars who deal with the theological implications of any future discovery of intelligent extraterrestrial life should do their best to inform themselves regarding three bodies of data:

1} The evidence supporting the thesis that today’s UFO “aliens” are more likely to be preternatural beings than extraterrestrial astronauts;

2} The evidence for the ongoing negative physical and psychological effects of human interactions with these “aliens”;

3} The evidence that the prevailing mythology of UFOs and alien visitation is often couched in overtly anti-religious terms, as when the claim is made that the human race was not created by God so that they might know, love and serve Him, but by the Aliens through genetic engineering, and that the traditional religions will become a thing of the past as soon as this is realized, leaving the Aliens themselves as our only spiritual guides and protectors.

I maintain that any theological approach to the question of intelligent extraterrestrial life that ignores these three bodies of data will be compromised from the outset. I would very much appreciate your response to these concerns, and hope that you will answer a final question:

Has your consortium of theologians in any way confronted the question of the reality, and true nature, of the UFO phenomenon?

Sincerely,

Charles Upton

Executive Director

The Covenants of the Prophet Foundation

*******

Edited by Robert D. Morningstar

New York City

January 11, 2022

1/11/22

The Deep State Arises!

The Faces of the Deep State!

Posted on  by steveerdmann      Rate This

Steve Erdmann

independenterdmann@gmail.com

It is not light that we need, but fire; it is not the gentle shower, but thunder. We need the storm, the whirlwind, and the earthquake.

Frederick Douglass

FERRIE’S FATAL JFK FIASCO

By:

Steve Erdmann

Part I: Thunder and Lightning

Judyth Vary Baker knew David Ferrie as a man of many faces: legal advisor for New Orleans Mafia Don, Carlos Marcello, aircraft pilot for several Mafia families, CIA asset, defrocked priest, anti-Castro adventurer, seducer of men and teenage boys, participant in an anti-Castro bioweapon plot, and a key to the JFK assassination.

“The Coup d’ Etat in 1963 took control of an inconvenient two-party system to run its self-protecting corporate agenda, with the CIA, FBI, banking interests and the military-industrial complex cooperating,” says Baker. “And when the Supreme Court recently ruled that corporations could, in essence, buy any and all political candidates through ‘donation,’ with no limit on what could be spent to influence votes, the American government became a prostitute whose services were purchased by the highest bidders.”

(DAVID FERRIE: Mafia Pilot, participant in anti-Castro Bioweapon Plot, Friend of Lee Harvey Oswald and the Key to the JFK Assassination, Judyth Vary Baker, TrineDay LLC, P.O. Box 577, Walterville, Oregon  97489, 1-800-556-2012, publisher@TrineDay.netwww.trineday.com, 2014, 521 pages, $24.95.)  

David Ferrie’s connections to the Military-Industrial-Complex began in early 1962 when he became involved in the New Orleans Civil Air Patrol. There, Ferrie began instructing cadets, often in summer encampments at the air force bases.

Ferrie became a CAP commander in 1953. Lee Harvey Oswald enrolled as a CAP cadet on July 27, 1955 (serial No. 084965).

Oswald attended meetings at Moisant CAP Squadron, Lakefront and Abita Spring, Louisiana.

Eddie Voebel, a friend of Oswald, said that Oswald “had been a cadet in Ferrie’s CAP squadron in 1955 and that he recalled Oswald attended a party at Ferrie’s then-home at 209 Vinet Street.”

Researcher Lee Farley mentioned that David Ferrie was instrumental in “grooming” Oswald and his consequential enlistment in the United States Marines. Ferrie told the local Marine Corps that Oswald would be good in the CIA because “he could keep his mouth shut.” (p. 73.)

THE HEATH CONNECTION

In 1953, David Ferrie developed an interest in philosophy and took a course at Tulane. Doctor Bob Heath had 120 psychiatric patients that used subcortical electrode stimulation at his clinic. Heath conducted experiments at East Louisiana State Hospital at Jackson, along with associates from Tulane University. One of the fascinating persons who would drop by to visit was David Ferrie. In 1954, Ferrie began studying for a doctorate in psychology from the University of Phoenix (a university of “low esteem,” says Baker).

Ferrie spoke of the bringing “patients” to Heath’s office and, also, flying “sensitive” psychiatric data between Tulane’s psychology department and other hospitals and departments. CIA agents approached Heath to conduct human and animal tests of bulbocapnine. The 1957 Inspector General Report said that “the knowledge that the agency is engaging in unethical and illicit activities would have serious repercussions in political and diplomatic circles.”  The U.S Army funded a Tulane Electrical Brain stimulation program conducted by Dr. Robert Heath, and (according to Australian psychiatrist, Dr. Harry Bailey) used blacks because “they were everywhere and cheap experimental animals.”

In June-July, 1967, Ferrie wrote a thesis for his PhD in psychology about hypnotherapy and received his PhD in psychology.

FERRIE AND VOODOOISM

Baker says that Ferrie definitely was involved in a matrix of activities including his Civil Air Patrol activities, his job as a pilot at Eastern Airlines, pilot for Mobster Carlos Marcello’s lawyers (and flying to Guatemala for Marcello), and, according to Victor Marchetti, “had in fact been employed by the CIA.” (Marchetti was Deputy Assistant to the CIA Director Richard Helms, p. 82.)

Ferrie was additionally connected into the CIA’s MKULTRA (mind control) program through Doctor Bob Heath, but, additionally Dr. Alton Ochsner (one-time friend of Office of Strategic Services [OSS] Chief “Wild Bill” Donovan), and Dr. Mary Sherman (researcher into cancer).  Ferrie met Dr. Oschsner through Dr. Sherman, both cleared for work on a “Sensitive Position.” (p. 97.) Baker later learns that it is referred to as “The Project”: A cancer experiment, spear-headed by Oschsner, to develop a cancer serum as a bioweapon to be used against Fidel Castro.

In order to convince Baker of the reality of the Project, as government sponsored, she is introduced to a gruff detective and FBI/CIA asset, Guy Banister, who speaks at length of his clandestine contacts:

“Ferrie’s project was legitimate. Even the CIA was backing it, along with the city’s crime boss, Carlos Marcello,” says Baker. “Banister was quite serious.”

Banister’s Agency was involved, not only with Mary Sherman’s bioweapon project, but also the CIA, crime boss Carlos Marcello (because of the Intelligence alliances), and a spy ring against Castro and Communist activities (Banister was a former FBI agent [briefly, at his height in the Chicago FBI]). Banister continued to gather evidence against the corrupt New Orleans Police Department.

“When Dr. Sherman shows me a powerful new cancer developed over the past year, I am stunned by its vigor,” says Baker about 1963. “I agree to do what I can to stabilize the cancer and help transform it from a mouse cancer to one that will attack human tissues, only later will I realize that the cancer could be stolen and used to silence political enemies ‘forever.’”

(Judyth Baker’s early career into cancer research and her connection with Dr. Alton Ochsner was amply illustrated in her book Me & Lee: How I Came to Know, Love and Lose Lee Harvey Oswald, TrineDay Publishers, 2010.)

New Orleans District Attorney Jim Garrison summarized an understanding about the “anti-Castro” Radical right situation, stated in Garrison’s November 22, 1963 Playboy Magazine interview: members of the paramilitary right, anti-Castro exiles, were extremely worried about Jack Kennedy’s policy of détente succeeding.

The CIA was involved in much of this intrigue in a “mixed bag” of Minutemen, Cuban exiles, other anti-Castro “adventurers” training for a “foray” into Cuba. Along with an assassination attempt on Fidel Castro—there was also the bioweapon Project of Mary Sherman. “David Ferrie, who operated on the ‘command’ level of the ultra-rightists, was deeply involved in this effort,” says Baker. (p. 224.)

BUGGING DEVICES

One of the earlier choices by Banister for someone to be Ferrie’s laboratory assistant was Michael Riconosciuto, “a young genius in electronics, biochemistry, chemistry and computers…” (For further information about Riconosciuto’s place in the espionage web, see The Octopus from Hell, Parts I and II, http://ufodigest.com/article/octopus-hell-0704). 

Riconosciuto may have aided Banister in various “bugging” operations, such as placing devices in Clay Shaw’s house in the summer of 1963; Riconosciuto was adept at installing “bugging devices” and electronic surveillance equipment.

Baker lists witnesses that saw Banister and Ferrie, such as Vernon Gerdes, Dr. Michael Kurtz, George Higgenbotham, Rick Bauer, William Gaudet, and Sergio Arcacha Smith (pp. 240-242). “And, of course, Lee Harvey Oswald,” adds Baker.

Baker was concerned for the rapid expansion of the Ochsner-Sherman project. About August 1, 1963, Baker says:  “…deep-freezing this new backup material suggests that we aren’t developing this biological weapon just for Castro. We are about to make this cancer truly immortal…the city is a hot bed of Cold War operations of all kinds. The Project has required massive funding. Only one entity could afford everything happening here in New Orleans.” (pp. 245-246.)

TRAINING FILM

One of the bits of evidence of Oswald’s participation into the CIA’s various escapades was the “training film” of anti-Castro infantry near Bedico Creek near Lake Pontchartrain, Louisiana in early September 1963. The film was seen by several people such as Robert K. “Bob” Tanenbaum of the House Select Committee on Assassination (HSCA), researchers Larry Hancock and Dick Russell, and Banister associate Delphine Roberts. Baker tells Erdmann, she also saw the film. The film showed, according to Tanenbaum, Antonio Veciana of Alpha 66, Guy Banister, David Atlee Phillips, Lee Oswald and David Ferrie (pp. 253, 264).

Baker spreads a trail of incidents and witnesses showing that Oswald, Ferrie, the CIA, FBI, and the Mob were intricately connected; we can only highlight a few points, but the reader is welcome to search out the further connections in the book.

An FBI informant, Joe Hauser, in his assisting FBI wiretaps of Mobster Marcello’s phone (161 reels of tape), told Author John H. Davis that agent Hauser “personally knew Oswald.” (p. 265.) Another witness was FBI agent Warren DeBrueys (pp. 266-267). Orest Pena also said he saw Oswald with local chief Warren DeBrueys in August, 1963 (p. 269).  

ZOMBIE COLONIES

Baker speaks about prisoners from the Angola prison who were often used for “secret research” in a special Tulane University Research Unit at the East Louisiana State Hospital in Jackson. “These experiments were supported by a grant from the Commonwealth Fund,” says Baker, “later identified as a CIA front.” (Comparative Effects of the Administration of Taraxein, d-LSD, Mescaline, and Psilocybin to Human Volunteers [Heath, Silva].) If the patients survived, they are sent directly to the “zombie colonies” at Jackson State Hospital where “they wait to die and are buried in the Jackson graveyard so that security can be maintained and the truth about what was done to them completely covered.”  William Livesay, a prisoner at Angola, told Baker about his experiences with these experiments (p. 275).

According to Baker, Lee Oswald was selected to make a trip to Mexico City to transport the biologically engineered materials that would eventually kill Castro of “natural causes,” which would actually be “lung cancer.”  Prior to this venture, Oswald and Baker would continue to do blood tests at Jackson State Hospital.

INTERMEZZO

(The dark in the cellar)

INCIDENTS SURROUNDING JFK’S MURDER

The following are multiple tidbits that tend (in the opinion of Judyth Baker and others) to support Baker’s Ferrie/Oswald scenario:

___Texas Theater Manager Butch Burroughs said that he sold Lee Oswald popcorn in the Texas Theater at the time officer Tippet was shot.

___David Ferrie carried with him a file, which Author Joan Mellon said Ferrie referred to as “the Bomb,”  along with a diagram in a “file,1963” portraying an automobile in an aerial view of Dealey Plaza…” (HSCA report of January 11, 1978). (p. 321.)

___An “Abort Team” was mentioned by Lee Oswald and William “Tosh” Plumlee (CIA contract pilot), and mentioned to author Jim Marrs.

___The infamous November 21, 1963 “party” at the oil baron Clint Murchison mansion in Dallas, Texas consisting of Richard Nixon, J. Edgar Hoover, H.L. Hunt, John Curington, George Brown of Brown + Root, former Texas Republican Congressman Bruce Alger, and John J. McCloy (McCloy would be placed on the Warren Commission within the week): Researchers Edgar Tatro and Harrison E. Livingstone confirmed Madeline Brown’s story (LBJ”s mistress), and wrote on September 3, 2014: “The party happened.” (pp. 330, 331, 334.)

___The famous “Altgens photo” showed that when the first shot was heard, secret service agents did not look up at the 6th floor of the Book Depository but, rather, they looked ahead, or at the Dal-Tex building. “It is important that the photograph shows no agent looking up,” Baker says to Erdmann.  

___James T. Tague was standing near the triple underpass and hit on the cheek by a piece of street curb struck by one of the assassin’s bullets, possibly from the Dal-Tex building, not the Book Depository.

___The photos of Lee Oswald showing raised handcuffed wrists were his gesture to show newsmen that, to answer their questions, he was indeed handcuffed: It was not a “Communist salute.”

___Attorney Dean Andrews confessed that Oswald was just “a patsy,” adding: “I like to live. If they can get the President, they can crush me like a bug” (December 29, 1963). (p. 373.)

ADDITIONAL MYSTERY STRAINS

___Near the end of March, 1964, Betty Rubio, while working at the Lakefront Airport, saw Ferrie get out of a plane__talk to Rubio__and then go back to the plane and meet Clay Shaw. They talked for a while and then separated.

___Guy Banister is found naked and dead on June 6, 1964 from an alleged “heart attack.” His wife, Delphine Roberts, said that it was murder, but “it was made to look like a natural death.” “Anna Lewis said in a 2000 videotape: “He had a bullet in him, but they said it was a heart attack.”

___On or near July 11, 1965, David Ferrie was associated in flying individuals to Freemason Island.  Matt Milligan of Trans-Gulf Seaplane Service identified photos of Andrew Blackmon and Clay Shaw.

JACK RUBY, MKULTRA VICTIM

According to Earl Ruby in HSCA testimony, and writer Greg Parker, Jack Ruby’s “cancer” was possibly “artificially induced.” Dr. Louis Jolyon “Jolly” West: Baker outlines that Dr. Louis Jolyon West had been cleared at Top Secret for his work on MKULTRA. “CIA documents show that grants were given to Dr. West for studies,” says Baker, “entitled, ‘Psychophysiological Studies of Hypnosis and Suggestibility’ and ‘Studies of Dissociative States.’’’ West had examined Jack Ruby in his jail cell (p. 387).

(Also see, Colin Ross MD: “One such example that Ross writes about is Dr. Louis Jolyon West. While Dr. West’s curriculum vitae doesn’t mention that he received Top Secret clearance from the CIA as the contractor on MKULTRA Subproject 43, CIA documents show that grants were given to Dr. West for studies entitled, Psychophysiological Studies of Hypnosis and Suggestibility and Studies of Dissociative States.”

http://solpotes.blogspot.com/2009_09_01_archive.html.

FURTHER ATTEMPTED MURDERS

David Ferrie had worked as a pilot for Al Crouch’s Saturn Aviation and flight school in November, 1966. Ferrie was fired on February 7, 1967, and would have been the pilot for a cross-country flight, but Crouch asked another pilot, “Bob,” instead.

Bob’s wife, J.G, spoke coincidentally to Baker sometime in 2013 about the crash of the 7th of 1967 in Slidell. According to J.G, Ferrie was fired “because Crouch was scared to death.” Crouch needed a pilot right away and J.G’s husband was selected. The crash was blamed on pilot error for not properly fueling the plane, but “Bob” had a receipt that proved he had refueled.

“From his unique perspective, Bob, trapped as he was in the plane,” says Baker, “could see that the fuel tank had been punctured.” (pp. 393-394.)

David Ferrie, at times, says Baker, suffered mentally for his guilt over his bisexuality (and the fact that it prevented him from becoming a priest); sometimes Ferrie would torture and whip himself (pp. 255-260). The image that came to mind to this writer, was the semblance to the fictional Opus Dei character (the albino) Silas or Simon, in Dan Brown’s The Da Vinci Code, who would whip himself mercilessly.

Ferrie began his last days by hiding out in the Airport’s pilots’ lounge and rest-overnight area, from about February 8 to 16, 1967.

Student Bruce Nolan said of Ferrie: “One day in early 1967, I arrived for a lesson and found Ferries limped over a desk, crippled by a blazing headache. He could not fly. He could barely open one eye. I shoveled him into my car. He asked to be taken to his home on Louisiana Avenue Parkway. I got him to the porch and watched him scuffle inside.”  (Nolan never saw him again).

The news media, at that time, was busy covering Jim Garrison’s investigation along with an occasional story written about Ferrie. In an interview with Garrison investigators on February 18, 1967, Ferrie voiced great skepticism of the single-bullet theory.

The famed group photo of Lee Oswald with his CAP squadron in 1967 was “no longer on display on the living room wall, along with other CAP group photos.” Other evidence of Lee Oswald knowing David Ferrie had disappeared.

Ferrie’s interview given to Garrison investigators while he stayed at the Fontainebleau Motor Hotel eventually vanished. Ferrie vanished from the hotel on February 19, 1967.

Ferrie called Raymond Broshears, former roommate, to report his fear of being killed: “No matter what happens to me, I won’t commit suicide.” (February 20, 1967.)

“A secret report generated by the FBI on May 22, 1968,” says Baker, “confirms that Garrison planned to arrest Ochsner, a Reily coffee executive, and others associated with the New Orleans Project.” (p. 415.)

DOCTOR MINYARD’S REPORT

The body of Ferrie was found deceased about 11:50 a.m. on February 22, 1967 by Jimmy Johnson. The coroner’s staff arrived at 12:30 p.m. Three suspicious “suicide notes” were eventually found. Frank Minyard theorized it was a murder because of contusions to the mouth. “Dr. Minyard says David Ferrie was murdered.” (p. 435.)

On February 23, 1967, Eladio Ceferino del Valle, ex-Cuban congressman, associate of David Ferrie (Baker says there is some evidence of association), and an anti-Castro activist was found dead in his automobile in Miami: beaten, tortured, and shot in the chest. Eladio Valle and Ferrie flew “anti-Castro sorties” in the past, as well as had involvement with Mobster Santos Trafficante.

“Numerous deaths, however, are still classified as ‘natural’ along with a plethora of suicides, murders and ‘accidental deaths’ that can no longer be ignored,” says Baker.

MISSING LOG BOOKS

JG, while working for Al Crouch, began to get harassing phone calls about Ferrie’s pilot log books. JG later disclosed that said log books were confiscated by the felonious “spy” investigator for Jim Garrison, William Gurvich, a turncoat. “He was going behind Garrison’s back,” said JG.

“That dirty word ‘conspiracy,’ which actually accounts for most evil-doing on the planet,” says Baker, “are avoided most by those who perpetuate it.”

Similar sentiments were voiced by Robert Tannenbaum, HSCA Deputy Counsel, said after Tannenbaum originally discounted Garrison’s suspicions and investigation: “And then I read all this material that came out of (CIA Director Richard) Helms’s office, that in fact what Garrison had said was true. They (CIA agents) were harassing his witnesses, they were intimidating his witnesses.” (Bob Tannenbaum, Probe, July-August 1996 [Vol. 3, No. 5].) (pp. 431, 435.)

The reader will have to make further analysis of Baker’s book (which has elaborate appendences concerning testimonies, autopsies, and further never-before-disclosed information on David Ferrie’s life).

BRIEF BACKGROUND: THE CRITICS

Baker has accumulated a number of critics that relentlessly follow her and try to poke holes in her story about her New Orleans experiences with, what she says, are members of the conspiratorial underworld in the Kennedy murder. The critics feel they have a strong complaint as it is based on the many seeming contradictions in the story and testimony of Baker. But as Baker pointed out to Erdmann, this happened often when debunkers are dedicated to finding such missteps and colloquial comments in daily conversation (imagine someone following behind you and perpetually examining your every word or move).

It would not be difficult to blacken one’s name if the critics’ research was not based on the totality of facts and information. Some critics have even opened websites and blogs dressed in nothing but what appears to be jealous vindictiveness, and according to Baker, the wish to get some type of revenge. Baker covers some of the attacks (Note, in the following, some identifying details are Xed over to afford protection to all mentioned parties):

“(Speaking of Xxxxxxx’s comments on Baker’s contradictions) … so-called ‘contradictions’ come from lifting comments from various parts of my manuscript and making it seemed that I reversed things, as well as form emails. The man altered. Xxxxxxx corresponded with me and pretended to be my friend. Then he demanded that I hand over my book to (another debunking group), or he would publish what you are citing. He even claimed I said Lee was not circumcised, as if I would talk about such a thing to him, when all we talked about was how to help his sharpei dogs’ skin condition, before I began sharing emails with him. These emails he cites are using statements taken out of context or deliberately altered! I would make a statement and by adding one word or a question mark, he changed the meanings. Note that Xxxxxxx has NEVER published anything significant after he began attacking me and Jim Garrison, unless you think his ‘Pxxxxxxxx Sxxxxxxxx’ site that he told me was paid for by Xxxxxxx (he denies this now), or his JXX online (another Xxxxxxx site) are to be considered worthy of citing…His JFK 100 list against Stone’s JFK is so unfair, getting on Olive Stone’s case because Stone made the movie that opened up the ARRB and all those files got released. Xxxxxxx treated the movie, which took some liberties for dramatic effect, as a DOCUMENTARY. From that false position he made up his 100 objections to the movie. He also claimed Dave Ferrie never confessed to Lou Ivon and Moo Moo Sciambra. This is not true… 

“(If Erdmann would write questions to Baker) … I would be happy to reply. But since you are relying on my enemies to bring up questions for you, and want me to write what would be extensive essays in response, for I would have to prove much more than they, and then they would just bring up new objections, as they are not there to learn, but only to destroy. I am just shaking my head. What problems do you have with the book? What questions would you ask? Xxxxxxx’s ‘contradictions’ were previously answered in my own essays online. Of course he won’t tell you where the essays can be found (hint: at judythbaker, blogspot, com, etc.). What kind of reputation does Xxxxxxx have? Has he ever spoken at a conference? No. Has he written a book (only for his article on Clinton and Jackson)? No. Has he anyone who respects him except the Xxxxxxx contingent?” (July 28, 2015, 10:13 pm.)

Baker brings up a few “why ifs” that are interesting (but far beyond the scope of this article to include them here in their entirety). “Second, you should go to my Facebook page and see what I am going through right now. Ask yourself why they are trying to break my password and get into judythbaker.com, after judythbaker.org was taken over and is being used to ruin me.” (July 28, 2015, 9:42 a.m.)

Baker emphasizes that those who have questions about her claims should contact her personally for answers, either through her publishers or contact points on the Internet or Facebook.

What isn’t covered is “why” are some of the rabid and voracious attacks on the veracity of Baker’s claims. “Howard” (howpl) gave some insight in his April 8, 2004 comments:

“I have known Judyth Baker for 5 years. (I also ‘know’ [Wim] Dankbaar from a Usenet newsgroup, though we have never met.) I am writing this note in the hopes that this is a group of educators (as opposed to Prof. Xxxxxxx, the immoderate ‘moderator’ of that newsgroup) whose ‘article’ on Ms. Baker, is a pile of trash. Pardon the immoderate language, but this nominal academic has been particularly destructive. Anyone who has spent the number of hours it takes to see Judyth’s evidence and hear her story knows that she is the genuine article. Xxxxxxx never even met her, though her door was wide open and her telephone number widely circulated.


“I co-wrote a book with Judyth, and also spent 14 months going back and forth with 60M on their intention, stated quite emphatically on the last go-round, to do a segment favorable to her. As Don Hewitt later said on C-SPAN, ‘the door was slammed in our face.’ Now what do you think he meant by that. The forces arrayed against Don Hewitt – the godfather of investigative journalism (on TV at least) were that powerful. Both he and Wallace believe her story, but as the diligent Nigel Turner segment proved, you really do have to hear the WHOLE story and see the evidence in context. It was nice, and I am thankful for the courage he showed, but viewers should not have had to rely on the talking head alone.


“Unfortunately, so-called ‘researchers’ in the JFK community, who spent little time interrogating her and viewing her evidence, have — to protect their own books — fought hard and fought dirty to sabotage both the book and the 60M show. They tried hard to stop Turner, too. This may surprise you, but the only thing that surprised me was the intensity of it. Who knew there were conspiracy theorists willing to go this far. Case in point: At the annual Lancer conference, held in Dallas, panelists have been informed that they may not discuss Ms. Baker’s story. For this and other atrocities, the head of Lancer has disgraced the research community. I am sure that Dankbaar has joined this forum in the hopes of finding a true academic sanctuary where open discussion is treasured, not banned.


“As for me, I am not sure that I can respond in a detailed manner to questions that come up here. It has been a wild, tiring, and discouraging five-year ride. But I do want it on record somewhere that I believe Judyth Baker knew the real Lee Harvey Oswald. I believe it without a single doubt. As she told me at the outset, the truth is complicated, but it is logical. But nobody has time for complicated in today’s world. It takes too much work.”

http://educationforum.ipbhost.com/index.php?showtopic=515.

John Simkin perhaps gave the most concise summary of the events (March 13, 2004, 8:59 am, April 26, 2004, 7:53 am): “Researchers are divided on Baker’s story: a number of researchers have seen most or all her original evidence files and defend her (such as Jim Marrs, Martin Shackelford, Wim Dankbaar, Howard Platzman) while other researchers attack her story… Baker points out that almost all the researchers who have attacked her story have never met her or viewed her original evidence files. Far too many people involved in this case are quick to make abusive comments about the people they disagree with. I don’t see why we cannot disagree politely with each other. The main objective is to reach the truth. I believe the best way we can achieve this is by having an open, rational debate.”

http://educationforum.ipbhost.com/index.php?showtopic=515.

One might add to that: that there are bits and pieces of circumstantial evidence that incessantly materializes to bolster her claims, such as Dr. Ochsner knowing Lee Oswald:

“Many people may think there are no documented ties of Ochsner to Oswald, but there are: Here is one:


http://www.conelrad…..php?platter=19

(Impression by Dr. Alton Ochsner, world famed surgeon and President of both the Alton Ochsner Medical Foundation and the Information Council of the Americas [INCA], who perhaps was the only listener who knew of Oswald’s defection before the debate.)

“It’s a record from the kitchen of INCA, the right wing CIA sponsored organization founded by Ochsner, reiterating the guilt of Lee Harvey Oswald as the lone assassin, with personal comments of Alton Ochsner himself (see middle photo on the back cover).”    (Wim Dankbaar, March 29, 2004, 10:00 am.)

PART II: The World of the Unseen-

Out of the Cryptex

Reading about and describing some of the multiple attacks and confrontations that Judyth Vary Baker has encountered resembles some of the scarier tactics that intelligence operations have created from their literal and figurative dungeons of torture.

THE PROBLEM THAT GOES BEYOND

One can speculate that from most outward appearances, the researchers that lean towards conspiracy in the murder of John F. Kennedy, and those elements associated in highlighting a conspiracy, are often confronted by critics that speak from prior dispositions that run together in dark circles, wolf packs, and often in vile malevolence. Such vice (seen so repetitiously) could be associated with various mental states such as xenophobia (fear of the unknown), mythophobia (fear of myths), rhabdophobia (fear of criticism), or heresyphobia (fear of challenges), and can also be aligned with a greater inner sanctum motivator: megalomania and authoritarian personality disorder; particularly in the arena of intelligence and governmental control.

Journalist Cameron Reilly introduced one of the government’s sub rosa intelligence projects this way:

“Mockingbird isn’t some conspiracy theory – like MKULTRA and the 638 attempts at assassinating Fidel Castro, it’s a genuine part of CIA history. Mockingbird has been written about in detail since the late 70’s, but it’s one of those pieces of U.S. history that isn’t talked about much in the mainstream media. Why? I assume because they would prefer people don’t know about it as it would make them ask too many questions, such as “how do we know the CIA isn’t controlling the media today as well?

“It’s also one of those events in history that should help us all realize that we’ve been manipulated and lied to by the government and the media in the past so it’s entirely rationale to believe they might be manipulating and lying to us still today.”

Reilly went on to describe Operation Mockingbird as a sophisticated ruse by the CIA and the U.S corporate media to spread intentional lies to the American people and international readers.

(http://cameronre – Steven Jacobson and Steve Kangas spoke in a piece entitled Media and Mind Control in America:

“Journalism is a perfect cover for CIA agents. People talk freely to journalists, and few think suspiciously of a journalist aggressively searching for information. Journalists also have power, influence and clout. Not surprisingly, the CIA began a mission in the late 1940s to recruit American journalists on a wide scale…The agency wanted these journalists not only to relay any sensitive information they discovered (and write about and replay information when requested…SE).”

Early progenitors of the project, said Jacobson-Kangas, were Frank Wisner, Allan Dulles, Richard Helms and Philip Graham (Graham was the husband of Katherine Graham, today’s publisher of the Washington Post). The sub rosa project included 25 media organizations and 400 journalists (or more), according to 1975 findings of the Church Committee, and read like a Who’s Who of journalism:

Philip and Katharine Graham (Publishers, Washington Post) William Paley (President, CBS) Henry Luce (Publisher, Time and Life magazine) Arthur Hays Sulzberger (Publisher, N.Y. Times) Jerry O’Leary (Washington Star) Hal Hendrix (Pulitzer Prize winner, Miami News) Barry Bingham Sr., (Louisville Courier-Journal) James Copley (Copley News Services) Joseph Harrison (Editor, Christian Science Monitor) C.D. Jackson (Fortune) Walter Pincus (Reporter, Washington Post) ABC NBC Associated Press United Press International Reuters Hearst Newspapers Scripps-Howard Newsweek magazine Mutual Broadcasting System Miami Herald Old Saturday Evening Post New York Herald-Tribune, the New York Herald-Tribune, the Saturday Evening Post, Scripps-Howard Newspapers, Hearst Newspapers, the Associated Press, United Press International, the Mutual Broadcasting System, Reuters and the Miami Herald and many others.

http://www.apfn.org/apfn/cia-media.htm.

(It is believed that Steve Kangas was working on a book about CIA covert activities when on 8th February, 1999, he was found dead in the bathroom of the offices of Richard Mellon Scaife, the owner of the Pittsburgh Tribune [Scaife was a person that Kangas believed was a CIA operative]. He had been shot in the head. Popular status quo was told that he had committed suicide; other people believe he was murdered. In an article in Salon Magazine [19th March, 1999], Andrew Leonard asked: “Why did the police report say the gun wound was to the left of his head, while the autopsy reported a wound on the roof of his mouth? Why had the hard drive on his computer been erased shortly after his death? Why had Scaife assigned his No. 1 private detective, Rex Armistead, to look into Kangas’ past?”)

INTERMEZZO

(The Darkest Part of the Cellar)

EXPANSIVE MEDIA MACHINE

Greg Burnham, who quoted extensively from Operation Mockingbird: How Democracy was manipulated through the mainstream Media (Staffan H. Westerberg and Pete Engwall), disclosed additional facets of the intelligence scam.

“In the early 1950’s, CIA launched a propaganda program put together utilizing the expansive media machine within the United States…probably the most important vehicle ever for the power that is behind the CIA to control and manipulate the public…perhaps the most devastating Intel project ever inflicted on the American people and democracy in the United States. Today most people have never heard of it, and the majority of JFK researchers rarely bring the truth of Mockingbird into their research equation.

“         # Reporters on the CIA payroll forcing witnesses to change their story.

# Special assets within the media who affect others to act and report incorrect conclusions, opinions and perceptions.

           # CIA directing assets within the media.

           # Editors who can review texts and change facts to suit.

          # Reporters and other assets in the field become watchdogs for developing news.

          # Editors that step in to defend and shift focus.

           # Assets that control debates and create diversions.

# News organizations and chief editors who avoid critique and project the official line.

           # Media organizations that project false images and scenarios.

# Media Management that work with policies and establish in-house views – which leads to a hidden culture.

           # Agency infiltrating social media.

           # Photo editors that manipulate images.

 # Falsification of historical events and interactions and influence with private researchers.

  # Disinformation campaigns.”      

http://assassinationofjfk.net/operation-mockingbird/.

Part III: Intelligence Controls

Website http://100777.com/brainwashing compiled a comprehensive list of recognized intelligence controls, listed here for the readers’ viewing pleasure, in their entirety:

MUTLIPLE SECRET OPERATIONS in society, document created 25/09/2014 – 10:59, updated 29/09/2014 – 10:43 by cybe: originally from: https://www.reddit.com/r/politics/comments/se111/61_years_after_the_failed_bay_of_pigs_invasion/) (These are offered with the admonition, by cybe, that those who discover conspiracies are not crazy, but those who deny same are ignorant. The reader is welcomed to research the topics in depth [we cannot do that here]. You will find even more such projects not herein mentioned: Artichoke, Peter Pan, and Husky…): 

Operation Northwoods?  A series of proposals which called for the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), or other operatives, to commit acts of terrorism in US cities and elsewhere”

The Informant named “Curveball” who lied about WMDs in Iraq?  An Iraqi citizen who defected from Iraq in 1999, claiming that he had worked as a chemical engineer at a plant that manufactured mobile biological weapon laboratories as part of Iraqi weapons of mass destruction program. His allegations were subsequently shown to be false”

Testimony of Nayirah?  The Nayirah testimony was a fake testimony given before the non-governmental Congressional Human Rights Caucus on October 10, 1990 by a woman who provided only her first name, Nayirah.”

Operation Black Eagle  –  Operation Black Eagle became a network of 5000 people who made possible the export of arms in the direction of Central America, and the import of drugs from the same direction. “

Operation Mockingbird  – a secret campaign by the United States Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) to influence media. “

The Special Collection Service  –  A highly classified joint U.S. Central Intelligence Agency-National Security Agency program charged with inserting eavesdropping equipment in difficult-to-reach places, such as foreign embassies, communications centers, and foreign government installations.”

Project MKULTRA  –  A U.S. government human research operation experimenting in the behavioral engineering of humans…..MKUltra used numerous methodologies to manipulate people’s mental states and alter brain functions, including the surreptitious administration of drugs (especially LSD) and other chemicals, hypnosis, sensory deprivation, isolation, verbal and sexual abuse, as well as various forms of torture.”

Operation Paperclip  –  was the Office of Strategic Services (OSS) program in which over 1,500 German scientists, technicians, and engineers from Nazi Germany and other foreign countries were brought to the United States for employment in the aftermath of World War II. “

Downing Street Memo  –  Sometimes described by critics of the Iraq War as the ‘smoking gun memo,’ is the note of a secret 23 July 2002 meeting of senior British Labor government, defense and intelligence figures discussing the build-up to the war, which included direct reference to classified United States policy of the time.”

A TELECOMMUNICATION  INTERCEPTION  FACILITY

Room 641A is a telecommunication interception facility operated by AT&T for the U.S. National Security Agency that commenced operations in 2003 and was exposed in 2006.”

Gulf of Tonkin Incident  –  also known as the USS Maddox Incident, is the name given to two separate confrontations involving North Vietnam and the United States in the waters of the Gulf of Tonkin.”

COINTELPRO  – (an acronym for COunter INTELligence PROgram) was a series of covert, and at times illegal, projects conducted by the United States Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) aimed at surveying, infiltrating, discrediting, and disrupting domestic political organizations.”

Project MKDELTA  – MKDELTA, and its associated program MKULTRA, were mind control and interrogation operations run by the Central Intelligence Agency. Both MKULTRA and MKDELTA involved the surreptitious use of LSD and other biochemical in clandestine operations…”

Rex 84 Plan
A classified ‘scenario and drill’ developed by the United States federal government to suspend the United States Constitution, declare martial law, place military commanders in charge of state and local governments, and detain large numbers of American citizens who are deemed to be ‘national security threats’, in the event that the President declares a ‘State of National Emergency.’”

Project Artichoke
A CIA project that researched interrogation methods and arose from a Project BLUEBIRD. The project studied hypnosis, forced morphine addiction (and subsequent forced withdrawal), and the use of other chemicals, among other methods, to produce amnesia and other vulnerable states in subjects.”

Project MKOFTEN
A covert Department of Defense program developed in conjunction with the CIA. A partner program to MKSEARCH, the goal of MKOFTEN was to ‘test the behavioral and toxicological effects of certain drugs on animals and humans’”.

Operation Dormouse
The idea was that by exposing the MKULTRA program by essentially offering it to the press, any investigative attempts into the Project Artichoke would be diverted.”

Operation Ajax
The overthrow of the democratically elected Prime Minister of Iran Mohammad Mosaddegh on 19 August 1953, orchestrated by the United Kingdom (under the name ‘Operation Boot’) and the United States (under the name TPAJAX Project”

THE BUSINESS PLOT

The Plot to kill FDR…by BANKERS
The Business Plot was an alleged political conspiracy in 1933. Retired Marine Corps Major General Smedley Butler claimed that wealthy businessmen were plotting to create a fascist veterans’ organization and use it in a coup d’état to overthrow President of the United States Franklin D. Roosevelt, with Butler as leader of that organization.”

CIA Front Companies
An airline listed as Foreign Corporation in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. It is alleged to be a front company for the Central Intelligence Agency.”

Stuxnet
A computer worm that was discovered in June 2010, and was designed to attack industrial Programmable Logic Controllers or PLCs.”

Project Merrimac
A domestic espionage operation coordinated under the Office of Security of the CIA. It involved information gathering procedures via infiltration and surveillance on Washington-based anti-war groups that might pose potential threats to the CIA.”

Project Resistence
A domestic espionage operation coordinated under the Domestic Operations Division (DOD) of the CIA. Its purpose was to collect background information on groups around the U.S. that might pose threats to CIA facilities and personnel.”

The Rendon Group that exports PR and Propaganda
is a public relations and propaganda firm headed by John Rendon which specializes in providing communications services both nationally and internationally. The Rendon Group website states, “For nearly three decades, The Rendon Group has been providing innovative global strategic communications solutions from our headquarters in Washington, DC. TRG utilizes state-of-the-art technology as well as traditional public relations tools, assisting leading commercial, government and military organizations.”

In-Q-Tel…the CIA’s front company Venture Capital arm…that is heavily invested in Google
a not-for-profit venture capital firm that invests in high-tech companies for the sole purpose of keeping the Central Intelligence Agency, and other intelligence agencies, equipped with the latest in information technology in support of United States intelligence capability.”

Operation Chaos
was the code name for a domestic espionage project conducted by the Central Intelligence Agency.”

Project SHAMROCK
Considered to be the sister project for Project MINARET, was an espionage exercise, started in August 1945[1] that involved the accumulation of all telegraphic data entering into or exiting from the United States. The Armed Forces Security Agency (AFSA)[2] and its successor NSA were given direct access to daily microfilm copies of all incoming, outgoing, and transiting telegrams via the Western Union and its associates RCA and ITT.”

SECRET COURT

The FISA Court (secret)
A U.S. federal court established and authorized under the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act of 1978 (FISA) to oversee requests for surveillance warrants against suspected foreign intelligence agents inside the United States by federal law enforcement agencies.”

Russell Welch who tried to expose drug ops at Mena, AK…also poisoned with Anthrax
Welch sounded the alarm for decades about an alleged CIA smuggling operation of cocaine into the United States via Mena in Arkansas, and claimed that Barry Seal was trafficking more than cocaine, and that there were more places like Mena in Oklahoma….Welch claimed he was exposed to military grade anthrax, a poison only available at that time through the U.S. government…”

Gerry Droller
was a CIA officer involved in the covert 1954 Guatemalan coup d’état and the recruitment of Cuban exiles in the preparation of the Bay of Pigs Invasion in April 1961.”

The School of the Americas
is a United States Department of Defense Institute located at Fort Benning near Columbus, Georgia, that provides military training to government personnel of Latin American countries.”

Journalist/Report Gary Webb
was an American investigative reporter best known for his 1996 Dark Alliance series of articles written for the San Jose Mercury News and later published as a book. In the three-part series, Webb investigated Nicaraguans linked to the CIA-backed Contras who had smuggled cocaine into the U.S. Their smuggled cocaine was distributed as crack cocaine in Los Angeles, with the profits funneled back to the Contras. Webb also alleged that this influx of Nicaraguan-supplied cocaine sparked, and significantly fueled, the widespread crack cocaine epidemic that swept through many U.S. cities during the 1980s.”

Operation Charly
was allegedly the code-name given to a program undertaken by the military establishment in Argentina with the objective of providing military and counterinsurgency assistance to Central America to combat left-wing subversion.”

Operation 40
was a Central Intelligence Agency-sponsored undercover operation in the early 1960s, which was active in the United States and the Caribbean (including Cuba), Central America, and Mexico. The group was formed to seize political control of Cuba after the Bay of Pigs Invasion.”

Operation Midnight Climax
The project consisted of a web of CIA-run safehouses in San Francisco, Marin, and New York. It was established in order to study the effects of LSD on unconsenting individuals. Prostitutes on the CIA payroll were instructed to lure clients back to the safehouses, where they were surreptitiously plied with a wide range of substances, including LSD, and monitored behind one-way glass. Several significant operational techniques were developed in this theater, including extensive research into sexual blackmail, surveillance technology, and the possible use of mind-altering drugs in field operations.”

Operation Washtub
was a CIA-organized covert operation to plant a phony Soviet arms cache in Nicaragua to demonstrate Guatemalan ties to Moscow. It was part of the effort to overthrow the President of Guatemala, Jacobo Arbenz Guzmán in 1954.”

SPY CATS

Acoustic Kitty
A CIA project launched by the Directorate of Science & Technology in the 1960s attempting to use cats in spy missions, intended to spy on the Kremlin and Soviet embassies.”

Amalgam Virgo
was the codename of an Italian Air Force C-47 Dakota aircraft, registration MM61832, used by the Italian Secret Service and the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) in covert operations. Officially, those operations were limited to electronic surveillance over the Adriatic Sea and interference with the Yugoslavian radar network.”

Project FUBELT
is the code name for the secret Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) operations that were to prevent Salvador Allende rise to power before his confirmation, and promote a military coup in Chile.”

Stargate Project
was the code name for a project established by the U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency to investigate claims of psychic phenomena with potential military and domestic application, such as remote viewing, which is the purported ability to psychically ‘see’ events, sites, or information from a great distance.”

Tepper Aviation
is based at the Bob Sikes Airport in Crestview, Florida. The company has a long association with the CIA. In the late 1980s and early 1990s, it was widely reported to be flying weapons into Angola to arm the UNITA rebels. More recently, it has been linked with the practice of extraordinary rendition.”

The Church Committee
was the United States Senate Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities.”

Family Jewels
is the informal name used to refer to a set of reports that detail activities conducted by the United States Central Intelligence Agency. Considered illegal or inappropriate, these actions were conducted over the span of decades, from the 1950s to the mid-1970s.”

The Pentagon Papers
a United States Department of Defense history of the United States’ political-military involvement in Vietnam from 1945 to 1967…..The papers revealed that the U.S. had secretly enlarged the scale of the Vietnam War with the bombings of nearby Cambodia and Laos, coastal raids on North Vietnam, and Marine Corps attacks, none of which were reported in the mainstream media.”

Operation Gladio
a NATO stay-behind anti-communist organization.”

DENUEMENT

(No Free Press)

SERVE THE MEDIA OWNERS

Writer Mary Louise explained that CIA assignments ranged from intelligence-gathering to serving as go-betweens at hundreds of businesses and universities, often using Ivy League graduates (such as Yale figures George Herbert Walker Bush and the Skull and Crossbones Society).

“Many Americans still insist or persist in believing that we have a free press, while getting most of their news from state-controlled television, under the misconception that reporters are meant to serve the public,” said Louise. “Reporters are paid employees and serve the media owners, who usually cower when challenged by advertisers or major government figures.”  (Mary Louise, Mockingbird: CIA Media Manipulation [2003].)

ROBERT PARRY AND EDWARD SNOWDEN

Louise highlighted newsman Robert Parry who wrote about news-breaking affairs in the Iran-Contra episode for the Associated Press: Parry found that his stories were often ignored by the press and congress; he further witnessed the actual retraction of a true story when working for Newsweek for political reasons.

In “Fooling America: A Talk by Robert Parry” Parry said, “The people who succeeded and did well were those who didn’t stand up, who didn’t write the big stories, who looked the other way when history was happening in front of them, and went along either consciously or just by cowardice with the deception of the American people.”

http://spartacus-educational.com/JFKmockingbird.htm.

Recent history included the famous whistleblower Edward Snowden who exposed the National Security Agency breech and use of private communication of the citizenry, and according to researcher Kristan Harris, “are attempting to manipulate and control online behavior even going to the extreme of setting people up using what the GCHQ (Government Communications Headquarters [UK]) calls ‘Honey Traps.’ They then go on to force you into behavior you may not have been in and use the information to discredit American patriots who oppose the current establishment.” 

Glenn Greenwald, a journalist who leaked the information, had stated:

“Over the last several weeks, I worked with NBC News to publish a series of articles about ‘dirty trick’ tactics  used by GCHQ’s previously secret unit, JTRIG (Joint Threat Research Intelligence Group).

 
“These were based on four classified GCHQ documents presented to the NSA and the other three partners in the English-speaking ‘Five Eyes’ alliance. Today, we at the Intercept are publishing another new JTRIG (Joint Threat Research Intelligence Group) document, in full, entitled ‘The Art of Deception: Training for Online Covert Operations.’”

The files showed how shill agents infiltrated the internet to manipulate stage and attempt to corrupt reputations, said Harris, and Harris strongly questioned the use of espionage against its own citizens. “Are these extreme tactics of deception by our government honorable?” Harris asked. “These documents show how the GCHQ trains and engage in ‘false flag operations’ to purposely deceive and set individuals up (online).”

http://21stcenturywire.com/2014/02/25/snowden-training-guide-for-gchq-nsa-agents-infiltrating-and-disrupting-alternative-media-online/.

NOT REPORTING TO ANYBODY

Perhaps the American public will need to hunker-down, in some respects, to an on-coming flood of evil, as herewith forewarned in the feelings and words of the late Jim Garrison (Russell, On the Trail of the JFK Assassins, page 100 [Baker, p. 432]):

‘“We’re investigating a conspiracy which appeared to have occurred in New Orleans…if they (the government, SE) want to help me, I’ll welcome their help. But I’m not reporting to anybody.’ Those were strong words…before long,” says Baker, “the most powerful machinery of the government had been uncorked against Garrison…the full story of how Garrison was ham-strung would fill a volume.”

*******

You can reach Steve Erdmann at dissenterdisinter@yahoo.com or independenterdmann@gmail.com.

You can friend him at Facebook:  https://www.facebook.com/stephen.erdmann1 —or —

Visit the Dissenter/Disinter Group — at —https://www.facebook.com/#!/groups/171577496293504/.

His Facebook email is http://facebook.com/stephen.erdmann1.

*******

http://trineday.com/paypal_store/product_pages/9781937584542-David_Ferrie/index.html.

David Ferrie at St. Charles’ Seminary in the early 1940s.

http://www.jfk-online.com/jgphotosdf.html.

Lee Harvey Oswald in Minsk with fellow factory workers

http://judythbaker.blogspot.com/.

Sixteen-year-old Judyth Baker at her Manatee High School lab, where she was conducting cancer research with mice in 1960.

http://www.jfkmurdersolved.com/judyth.htm.


Jim Garrison

Thank you for being

The only person in America
with the courage to bring about a trial
in the assassination of John F. Kennedy

http://www.jim-garrison.com/.

(See also)https://www.facebook.com/v2.3/plugins/post.php?app_id=249643311490&channel=https%3A%2F%2Fstaticxx.facebook.com%2Fx%2Fconnect%2Fxd_arbiter%2F%3Fversion%3D46%23cb%3Df2a20edcb7a0b94%26domain%3Dwordpresscom507.wordpress.com%26is_canvas%3Dfalse%26origin%3Dhttps%253A%252F%252Fwordpresscom507.wordpress.com%252Ff15968f67b81144%26relation%3Dparent.parent&container_width=552&href=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.facebook.com%2F1650218505198628%2Fphotos%2Fpb.1650218505198628.-2207520000.1438708904.%2F1653536621533483%2F%3Ftype%3D1%26theater&locale=en_US&sdk=joey&width=552

Surgeon Dr. Alton Ochsner

Eminent heart and lung surgeon, and former President of the American Cancer Society

http://www.bing.com/images/search?q=photos+of+judyth+baker&qpvt=Photos+of+Judyth+Baker&FORM=IGRE#view=detail&id=BE832B47489BE3E27D871150A6265845C98F93CD&selectedIndex=88.

Greg Burnham

I have been studying both the administration and assassination of the 35th President, John F. Kennedy, for a great deal of my adult life. The tragedy inflicted by the assassination of JFK–as President of the United States, as an individual, as a husband, and as a devoted father of two–is far outweighed by the impact this seminal event inflicted upon the Executive Branch of the Federal Government itself.

http://assassinationofjfk.net/looking-at-the-tippit-case-from-a-different-angle/.

Dr Robert Heath
(1915 – 1999)


Dr Robert Heath was Chairman of the Department of Psychiatry and Neurology at Tulane University in New Orleans from 1949 to 1980. He performed many controversial experiments involving electrical stimulation of the brain (ESB). In one procedure, Dr Heath wired up the pleasure centres of a gay man. During a three-hour session, the subject, code-named B-19, electrically self-stimulated his reward circuitry some 1,500 times.

“During these sessions, B-19 stimulated himself to a point that he was experiencing an almost overwhelming euphoria and elation, and had to be disconnected, despite his vigorous protests.”
[Moan, C.E., & Heath, R.G. Septal stimulation for the initiation of heterosexual activity in a homosexual male. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 3, 23-30, 1972.]

http://www.wireheading.com/robert-heath.html.

Lee Harvey Oswald in the military

Facebook photo provided by Judyth Baker

Pete Engwall & Staffan H. Westerberg

Staffan H Westerberg: Is a 53 year old journalist from Stockholm, Sweden, who used to live in the States in the 80s – lived in LA and have a lot of relatives in the Chicago area since the 1930s. He has been an investigative journalist since the mid-90s and did mostly crime investigations/reportage. Pete Engwall is another kind of creature. He is actually an inventor, from a long line of inventors. He is related to Jonas Engwall, one of John Erikssons apprentices, (J Engwall actually invented the propeller). Pete is also related to Wilhelm von Scheele, who discovered 7 basic elements, among them Oxygen.

http://assassinationofjfk.net/the-coke-incident-fritzs-notes-and-the-limo-stop/.

East Louisiana Jackson Hospital

http://www.asylumprojects.org/index.php?title=File:LAesh5.png.

Carlos Marcello

Organized Crime (1910–1993)

Carlos Marcello was best known as the mob boss of New Orleans, and for the FBI’s investigation of his possible involvement in JFK’s assassination.

http://www.biography.com/people/carlos-marcello-329258.

Richard Mellon Scaife

http://www.forbes.com/profile/richard-scaife/.

3

Steve Kangas

Investigated Operation Mockingbird

Steven Robert Esh (he later changed him name to Steve Kangas) was born on 11th May, 1961. His parents were conservative Christians and he attended private religious academies in South Carolina.

After graduating from high school in 1979, Kangas joined the US Army. He was later transferred to military intelligence and spent a year in Monterey (Defense Language Institute) learning Russian. He also spent time at Goodfellow Air Force Base in Texas before being sent to do secret work in Central America.

In 1984 Kangas moved to Germany where he was involved in electronic eavesdropping on Soviet military units in Eastern Europe, analyzing the transcripts and reporting back to NATO. It was at this time he began to question his conservative political beliefs.

It is believed that Kangas was working on a book about CIA covert activities when on 8th February, 1999, he was found dead in the bathroom of the offices of Richard Mellon Scaife, the owner of the Pittsburgh Tribune (and a person Kangas believed to be a CIA front). He had been shot in the head. Officially he had committed suicide but some people believe he was murdered.

http://spartacus-educational.com/JFKkangas.htm.

Lee Harvey Oswald arrested

http://leeharveyoswald.net/.

By MIKAEL THALEN | INFOWARS.COM | SEPTEMBER 26, 2014


“New documents released by the CIA show how the agency worked with some of the country’s largest newspapers to destroy San Jose Mercury News’ Gary Webb, a journalist who famously exposed the CIA’s connection to the cocaine trade in the “Dark Alliance” investigation.

Tactics used to destroy Webb, who was found dead in his apartment in 2004 with two .38-caliber bullets in the head, included a massive smear campaign by journalists working with newspapers such as the L.A. Times. A report by The Intercept’s Ryan Devereaux reveals the paper used as many as 17 journalists to discredit Webb and his exposé…..” 

http://www.infowars.com/cia-admits-to-destroying-gary-webbs-career-with-the-countrys-largest-newspapers/.

The junior DRDE scientist who was allegedly attacked by two senior scientists.

GWALIOR:  Two scientists of the Defence Research and Development Establishment, or the DRDE, in Gwalior have been accused of trying to use one of their juniors as a human sacrifice. 
According to the report, one of the two senior scientists called his junior to his house and then tried to attack him with a sharp weapon, but the man managed to escape. 

DRDE director has ordered an official probe into the matter.

Story First Published: October 12, 2009 11:22 IST

http://www.ndtv.com/india-news/scientists-involved-in-human-sacrifice-403031.

David Ferrie’s Civil Air Patrol experience was what made him important to Jim Garrison’s investigation of President John F. Kennedy’s assassination. Lee Harvey Oswald joined Ferrie’s squadron at Moisant Airport in 1955. (Eastern Airlines archive)

http://www.nola.com/politics/index.ssf/2013/11/jfk_assassination_conspiracy_d_1.html.

On July 21, 1964, Dr. Mary Stults Sherman was brutally murdered in her apartment building on 3101 St. Charles Avenue, in New Orleans. She was a prominent orthopedic surgeon and expert in cancer research. The assassination remains unsolved, although there are some investigators who think they came close to a solution. And the assassination of John F. Kennedy has, according to them, everything to do with this tragedy.

http://threeshotswerefired.com/?p=353.

Kristan T. Harris

Co-Host FM Talk Radio and Podcast at The Rundown Live

Investigative Journalist, Researcher, Co-Host, Talent Management, Marketing

The Rundown Live

I host an alternative talk radio show and news zine called The Rundown Live out of Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The show is syndicated on Denver 90.7 FM Truth Frequency Radio. Our information is powered by citizen journalists and has been covered by MSNBC, RAWstory, Drudge Report, Infowars and many more. Our information has reached as many as 1.4 million people in a week. Just less than 30% of our visitors return and that percentage grow every day. We are 100% listener supported and are unaffiliated with any political party. 

We are going on our 3rd year of programming and looking to monetize/syndicate the program. Our show is best described as Morning talk radio show at night like “Wayne’s World” with a twist of “Coast to Coast” madness.

https://www.linkedin.com/pub/kristan-t-harris/67/200/48.

David Ferrie   

Judyth Vary Baker

Share this:

Customize buttonshttps://widgets.wp.com/likes/index.html?ver=20220105#blog_id=100462860&post_id=25049&origin=wordpresscom507.wordpress.com&obj_id=100462860-25049-61ddb4b762d55

JFK and Meaningful CoincidenceJanuary 11, 2022In “Alien abduction”

The Two Faces of GovernmentMarch 9, 2016In “Conspiracy”

FERRIE’S FATAL JFK FIASCOOctober 2, 2015In “Alien abduction”Posted in UncategorizedEdit

Post navigation

When Coincidences Control!

JFK and Meaningful Coincidence

Posted on  by steveerdmann      Rate This

JFK, JUDYTH BAKER , C.G. JUNG, AND ME

By:

Steve Erdmann

C, copyright 2022

Small quotes are permitted by reviewers with all credits to this article

Barker, as  lover’s would, was aware that Oswald had penetrated the “heart of the groups in New Orleans who were serious about killing Kennedy…(as well as) an elite circle of even more powerful men, mostly from Texas, composed of politicians, whose fanatical patriotism was mixed with monetary ambitions and a lust for power.” (p. 419)

Oswald was deliberately enmeshed  in two operative teams: one to shoot Kennedy, and one to “abort” the event. The complexity of such an operation boggles the imagination  (p. 519).

CALLED FOR A PERSONAL STUDY

“Lee,” I said, “I know you’re used to leading three lives, or thirty, but I’d rather tell the truth.” “Ah,” he said, “You’re still not use to it, like I am…false trails, false records, fake names.”  (Judyth Baker and Lee Oswald, July 19, 1963, as they spoke about events [page 402].)  

Only after a serious study of the book with its plush, intimate facts and comments–in their entirety–taken in detail and systematically–will readers come to appreciate and understand the complex threads of conspiracy.

Barker could possibly–the same as Oswald–have been selected for the destiny they entered at an early age, and perhaps it was more than coincidence that they met in New Orleans (“I was useful because I was almost untraceable, since I wasn’t a doctor yet…,” p. 182).

David Ferrie had spoken of such projects that involved human control:

“…he had more to tell us about mind control and the experiments on people, frequently without their knowledge,” said Baker. “Yes, American citizens were being used as guinea pigs by their own government.” 

“These things never die,” said David Ferrie. “It’s an iron-clad law that it takes more energy to stop a government program than to start one. This is self-perpetuating.” (p. 217)

The prospect that the inner-workings of men and society have become victim to hidden and minute control from sinister forces should have frightened us all.

JUDYTH ANSWERED CRITICS

Judyth Baker discovered numerous scandalous and false accusations against her on the Internet and in the media; she has attempted to answer and correct as much of the criticisms and attacks as she could over the years. The extensive coverage of those rebuttals was beyond the scope of this article, but some websites (out of a multitude) were available:

Jeffrey Holmes, 2010: “Far be it for someone to actually read the book before writing a review. Do the research, as I have, and you will begin to see the whole picture here.

“I am a New Orleans researcher and own a tour company, after doing extensive legwork for a number of years it becomes quite clear as to what was happening in New Orleans in the early 60’s.

“When it comes to facts, Me & Lee and Dr. Mary’s Monkey are both historical documents that help fill out the truth behind the assassination of JFK. Do yourself a favor and be a true investigative journalist, although you may not like what you find.”

http://www.wweek.com/portland/article-19872-judyth_vary_baker_me.html.

Judyth Vary Baker said: “I was told to keep my mouth shut if I wanted to stay alive, and I did so for decades; but I finally realized that if I did not speak out during my lifetime, I would have no way of defending the book. I had decided to go to the grave, originally, with what I knew, and to simply let my son publish the book posthumously. Then I would not have to battle the forces that could (and did) ruin my life.

“However, two factors came into play to change my mind about going to the grave before this vital information about Oswald was released to the public:  1) my son was unaware of the milieu in New Orleans, and in the nation, in 1963, and, worse, knew almost nothing about the lies and falsehoods circulating about Oswald.  He would be unable to defend the book.  2) I realized that he would not understand the value of the materials I had saved from the past, and how they helped me achieve the feat of remembering the conversations.  A streetcar ticket dated April 28, for example, would have little meaning for my son, whereas for me, it evoked a host of sharp, strong memories, including key conversations.”

Trine Day publisher, Kris Millegan, said: “The saddest thing is that we have no Fourth Estate today, simply propaganda founts trumpeting books such as Case Closed and most recently Vincent Bugliosi’s Reclaiming History that uphold the highly discredited official story… (his book completely ignores) astounding verifiable historical revelations…the forces and men who killed President Kennedy are still getting away with it.”

http://www.agoracosmopolitan.com/news/intrnational/2011/08/23/673.html.

COMPLEXITY OF HIGHLIGHTS

A sampling-catalog of a few synchronistic highlights from Judyth Baker’s memoir typified the extent and mystery of the Kennedy fiasco:

# There were actually “six” tramps arrested in Dallas on November 22, 1963. One of the tramps was a suspected Chauncey Holt, a mafia asset. He was one of three arrested but then released without charges. Holt was photographed in front of the Trade Mart on August 16, 1963 with Lee Oswald. Holt was a disguise artist who made Oswald’s fake IDs. He worked on CIA projects such as Operation Mongoose (p. 462).

# George de Mohrenschildt, geologist, and handler of Oswald, had dated Jackie Kennedy’s mother. “Jackie Bouvier Kennedy called him ‘Uncle George’ when she was young; George also knew Ruth Paine’s father.” (p. 393)

# “The Texas Theater was owned by (billionaire) Howard Hughes, who had strong ties with the CIA.” (Judyth Baker) Connected with Oswald’s arrest, a witness reported seeing an “Oswald double” leave through the back door of the theater and entering a police car on November 22, 1963. (p. 537)

# Oswald attended and talked at a Russian seminar on July 27, 1963. Jesuit “spies” concerned about the Sadinistan insurrection Latin America infiltrated the seminar. Bobby Kennedy also sent an inquiring Jesuit priest. The CIA and Mafia asked Oswald to discourage the insurrection. Oswald said the spies worked for Aristotle Socrates Onassis, a Greek shipping magnate who later became the husband of Jackie Kennedy, John Kennedy’s widow (pp. 416, 421).

# Over the years a number of researchers had suggested that David Atlee Phillips (CIA psyops expert in Operation Sherwood and PBSUCCESS), alias Maurice Bishop, was involved in planning the JFK assassination. CIA agent E. Howard Hunt named Phillips as a participant in the assassination (p. 521).

# “Wild Bill” Donovan, a leading American Cancer Society official was also the Founding Father of the CIA. Donovan was also a friend of Alton Oschner (p. 459).

# Oswald’s uncle, Charles (Dutz) Murret, died in 1964, a bad year for witness-deaths.

# Oswald showed Judyth a pistol that was ‘not’ a semi-automatic pistol. Authorities claimed that that a semi-automatic weapon shot Officer J.D. Tippet.

# Robert Gene Baker, a powerful Washington insider, Billie Sol Estes, a powerful Texas businessperson, and Vice-President Lyndon Johnson, were instrumental in the Assassination.  Hit man Malcom Wallace was involved in eight murders connected to Lyndon Johnson. Wallace’s fingerprint “was found on a box of books stacked in the so-called ‘sniper’s nest’ in the Texas School Book Depository…” “…later in life, after LBJ’s death, Estes admitted to secretly funneling millions of dollars to LBJ, and that it was LBJ who ordered the murder of President John F. Kennedy…” (pp. 522-523)

BLOOD-THIRSTY GAME

“The pursuit of power is a blood-thirsty game that knows few rules,” said fellow assassination researcher Edward Haslam, “It kills to silence. It punishes those who get in the way. It threatens those who might speak up. Lee was a casualty of this ugly game. His death preserved their secrets.”  (Forward, Me & Lee, November 2009)

“…if Oswald was not the shooter, then it is questionable if the plotting in the New Orleans actually resulted in the assassination,” summarized investigative journalist Jim Marrs. “The New Orleans plot was real enough, but the true assassins remain masked behind the smoke from the Grassy Knoll…events in New Orleans in the summer of 1963 reveal the murderous interconnections of the major players in the assassination.” (p. 566)

A WILDERNESS OF CHICANERY

“Contrary to published accounts, Lee Harvey Oswald was a patriot who loved his country,” said publisher Kris Millegan in the dedication to Me & Lee. “He submersed himself in an officially-sanctioned covert arena where one’s inventive ‘legend’ becomes entry into a netherworld of intrigue, compartmentalization, secret operations and contrived situations…whichever guise is called up by a taskmaster giving the high sign through the shadows of plausible deniability: A wilderness of chicanery, deceit and double/triple crosses.”

Footnotes on JFK,  Lincoln, J.P Morgan and personal synchronistic events: an extraordinary component

THE HARDCORE DEFINITION

The late psychoanalyst Carl Jung examined the magic and elegant world of what he called “synchronistic events” and “meaningful coincidence”: “temporally coincident occurrences of acausal events,” “connecting (togetherness) principle,” and “acausal parallelism.” Jung introduced the concept as early as the 1920s, but gave a full statement of it only in 1951 in an Eranos lecture, and in 1952, published a paper, Synchronizität als ein Prinzip akausaler Zusammenhänge (Synchronicity – An Acausal Connecting Principle), in a volume with a related study by the physicist (and Nobel laureate) Wolfgang Pauli.

THE UNDERLYING PRINCIPLE

It was a principle that Jung felt gave conclusive evidence for his concepts of archetypes (universal symbolic representations and imagery) and the collective unconscious (a consciousness shared by all mankind, similar to the akashic records [in Indian religion, a supposed all-pervading field in the ether in which a record of past events is imprinted]). It was descriptive of a governing dynamic that underlies the whole of human experience and history–social, emotional, psychological, and spiritual. These are concurrent events that first appear to be coincidental but later turn out to be causally related (seem to take on real and intimate, personal meaning) and are termed incoincident.


Jung believed that many experiences perceived as coincidence were not merely due to chance but, instead, suggested the manifestation of parallel (real) events or deliberate circumstances reflecting this “governing dynamic” (the akashic all-pervading consciousness).

One of Jung’s favorite quotes on synchronicity was from Through the Looking-Glass by Lewis Carroll, in which the White Queen says to Alice:

“It’s a poor sort of memory that only works backwards.”

“A simple example of synchronicity is when you suddenly think about someone you haven’t seen for a few years and just after you have the thought, that person calls you. At the other end of the scale are visions or dreams where the person sees an event that either occurred but which they did not witness, or one that occurs after they ‘see’ it.”

http://leo9.hubpages.com/hub/Synchronicity-1.

Coincidental events, which are later found to be causally related (but concrete events), were termed “Incoincident” because “a grouping of events connected by meaning need not have an explanation in terms of a concrete sense of cause and effect.”

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Synchronicity.

It maintained that just as events may be connected by a causal line, they may also be connected by meaning. “Therefore it cannot be a question of cause and effect, but of a falling together in time, a kind of simultaneity,” said Jung.

http://www.digplanet.com/wiki/Synchronicity.

Jung believed that many experiences that are coincidences due to “chance” in terms of causality, but suggested the manifestation of parallel events or circumstances (seeming unrelated happenings that suddenly mean something and have a personal connection somehow) in terms of meaning, reflecting this governing dynamic.

http://www.geoman.com/jim/synchronicity.html.

SOME FAMOUS EXAMPLES

The JFK assassination was rife with such coincidence:

The John Kennedy and Abraham Lincoln assassinations, for instance; below was a short sampling, out of many Lincoln/Kennedy coincidences:

Abraham Lincoln was elected to Congress in 1846.
John F. Kennedy was elected to Congress in 1946.

Abraham Lincoln was elected President in 1860.
John F. Kennedy was elected President in 1960.

The names Lincoln and Kennedy each contained seven letters.

Both were particularly concerned with civil rights.

Both opposed the International Bankers: Kennedy gave Executive Order 11110 on June 4, 1963, which would have wiped out the Federal Reserve. Lincoln fought Rothschild’s attempts to finance the Civil War; warned people about the National Banking Act (later, through the efforts of Secretary of War Edwin Stanton and Thomas W. House [agent for the Rothschild’s], Lincoln’s efforts were nullified).

Both of their wives lost their children while living in the White House.

Both Presidents were shot on a Friday.

Lincoln was shot in the Ford Theater.
Kennedy was shot in a car made by the Ford Motor Company (a Lincoln, no less)

Both successors were named Johnson.

Andrew Johnson, who succeeded Lincoln, was born in 1808.
Lyndon Johnson, who succeeded Kennedy, was born in 1908.

Their first names both contained six letters.

A week before Lincoln was shot, he was with friends in Monroe, Maryland.
A week before Kennedy was shot, he was with his friend Marilyn Monroe.

Lincoln’s last child, Tad, had his funeral held on July 16, 1871. Later he was exhumed and moved to a different gravesite.
Kennedy’s son JFK Jr. was lost at sea on July 16, 1999. Later he was found, brought up, and then re-buried at sea.

Apparently, Lincoln had a dream several days before the assassination that he had been killed.
He told his wife that he had seen himself in a casket.

In addition, Lincoln’s son Tad had a pet turkey named Jack. Tad asked his father not to kill the turkey for Thanksgiving.
Although Harry S Truman started the official tradition, Lincoln was the first to “pardon” a Thanksgiving turkey.

RMS TITANIC

Jung’s “meaningful coincidences” led into broader connections, as can be seen below:

There were “four” fiction books written on the sinking of liners similar to the ill-fated and famous RMS Titanic. All of the books were written before hand:

  • The Sinking of a Modern Liner by W.T. Stead in 1886 (Stead died on the “actual” Titanic in 1912).
  •  FutilityThe Wreck of the Titan by Morgan Robertson in 1898.
  •  The Ships Run by M. McDonnell Bodkin in 1908 (named The Titanic).
  • The White Ghost of Disaster (called the Admiral) which described the sinking of the   Titanic-like Admiral; the book was being distributed ‘before’ the real Titanic was set out to sail in 1912.
  • All of these fiction stories displayed actual resemblances to the real Titanic.

J.P MORGAN OWNED THE TITANIC

The coincidences went even further.

Three elite and wealthy businesspersons that opposed the Federal Reserve Bank, Benjamin Guggenheim (mining and machinery), Isa Strauss (co-owner of Macy Stores), and Colonel Jacob Astor (owner of the Waldorf Astoria) were all deceased on the Titanic voyage in 1912.

Mogul J.P. Morgan owned the Titanic and the Silver Star Ship Lines.

Morgan was very much in favor of the Federal Reserve Bank.

On April 14, 1912, the Titanic struck an iceberg and all opposition to the Federal Reserve was eliminated. Lincoln was also dedicatedly opposed to the International Bankers. His opposition to the scheming financiers also ended on April 14 (the same day of the week in history as the Titanic sinking and the assassination of Abraham Lincoln).

(In December of 1913, the Federal Reserve System came into being in the United States. Eight months later, the First World War began. John Kennedy’s murder ended his opposition to the Federal Reserve; following his death, escalation of the Vietnam War began.)

Jacob Astor, a Titanic victim, funded and befriended electronics genius Nikola Tesla, but when Morgan discovered that Tesla was going to give his inventions to the public, outside of Morgan’s monopolies, Morgan began to blackball Tesla and ruin Tesla’s career (Tesla’s history, in itself, contained some extraordinary events; of which is beyond the scope this article).

http://lawrencerspencer.com/2011/09/09/jp-morgan-thief-coward-murderer-private-banker/.

(“The Captain of the Titanic was Edward Smith. He was a Jesuit and worked for J.P. Morgan. Anyone could be a Jesuit and their identity not be known. Smith “was a ‘Jesuit Tempore co-adjustor…a priest of the short robe…J.P Morgan was also a priest and put Smith in charge of captaining the Titanic…” [From National Geographic ‘The Secrets of the Titanic,’ {1986}]:

“When the ship departed southern England, on board was Francis Browne. He was the most powerful Jesuit in all of Ireland and the ‘Jesuit Master of Edward Smith.” Here is Jesuit treachery at its finest. The provincial Father Francis Browne boards the Titanic, photographs the victims, most assuredly briefs the Captain concerning his oath as a Jesuit, and the following morning bids him farewell…’ [Eric J. Phelps, Vatican Assassins Halcon Unified Services, p. 247].

“Captain Smith believed this high-ranking ‘Jesuit General’ was God. Browne instructed him on what to do in the North Atlantic waters. ‘Edward Smith was given orders to sink the Titanic and that’s exactly what he did.’ According to Jesuit secret philosophy, the innocent can be massacred for the greater good; the end justifies the means.”)

http://www.truthasaur.com/secret_history/titanic_jp_Morgan.html.

JFK, JUDYTH BAKER  AND ME

The above examples portrayed the intricate and on-going phenomena called “meaningful coincidence” that seemed limitless and unending; a few more examples brought the topic closer to home: real-life coincidences of Steve Erdmann in the JFK scenario:

# Judyth Baker, at the age of eight, had a pet lapdog named “Sparky.”  At the approximate age of nine, I also adopted a mongrel pet dog that I named “Sparky.” Mobster Jack Ruby, Jacob Rubenstein, was also nicknamed “Sparky.”

# Judyth was 15 months older than Steve Erdmann. On November 22, 1963, she was 20 years, 7 months years-of-age. I was 19 years, 4 months.

# My dog “Sparky” lived until about late 1963, near the time of Kennedy’s death. About that time, “unseen” teenage “thugs” attacked and disabled Sparky and he had to be put to death.  These ‘criminals’ (I had suspects…SE) apparently were very “jealous” of my dating a girl who later became my first wife, and when confronted by a property-protective Sparky, decided to “kick and beat” my dog.

# “Sparky” Rubenstein had a history of violence and having been involved in dramatic confrontations (not to mention the shooting of Lee Oswald). “…in his youth, his old buddies from Chicago called him ‘Sparky’ because of his short temper.” (p. 553.) 

# My first-purchased home was on Louisiana Avenue in St. Louis in the early 1970s.  David Ferrie’s apartment was on Louisiana Parkway in New Orleans in 1963. There was also a Louisiana bus line in New Orleans (p. 426), as well as a Louisiana Avenue (p. 207).

# My father, Steve Erdmann, Sr., passed away 10 months after my birthdate, two months short of a twelve-month period. Lee Oswald’s father died “two months” before Oswald’s birthdate.   

# Grandfather Steve Erdmann died on April 29, my father died on April 21: Judyth met Lee Oswald on April 26.

# When Steve Erdmann was about six-years-of-age, Steve Erdmann’s mother, Clara Erdmann, placed Steve into a Manchester, Missouri Lutheran orphanage (next to the St. Paul Lutheran church). It was a temporary provision; she wanted to relocate and “get back on her feet” (“…Lee explained that his father had died a few months before he was born… [His] mother struggled with financial problems so severe…,” p. 135). Steve stayed at the orphanage for about a three-year period. Lee Oswald was placed in the Lutheran Bethlehem orphanage in New Orleans at the age of three.

# Judyth Baker was working at Pencham Laboratory on November 22, 1963, where one man expressed the “hope that somebody in Dallas would shoot him (Kennedy).”  When the Last Rites were given to the President, cheers went up from the laboratory workers; Judyth’s employer exclaimed “Good!” He later berated Judyth for being a “Goddamned Communist!” (pp. 526-527) Steve Erdmann was working at a customer-counter in St. Louis where employees discussed the murder as it came out. One of the customers exclaimed: “It’s about time somebody shot that son-of-a-bitch!”

# Lee Oswald and Steve Erdmann both shared a somewhat tumultuous early life and marriage consisting of abuse, instability, and some deceit: “I am used to harpies in my life,” Lee commented, “my mother and my wife are both experts in the department.” (p. 152)

Life seemed to be a sea of mystery and quantum connection that forever lingered beyond our finite grasp. Manuscript space prohibited further inquiries into the strange world of coincidence, personal lives and world events. That waited upon the readers’ next step into that private void.

“Caution” was named as the Commodore of your sailing.

You can reach Steve Erdmann at independenterdmann@gmail.com. You can friend him at Facebook https://www.facebook.com/stephen.erdmann1 or visit the Dissenter/Disinter Group at https://www.facebook.com/#!/groups/171577496293504/. His Facebook email is http://facebook.com/stephen.erdmann1.

 

Share this:

Customize buttonshttps://widgets.wp.com/likes/index.html?ver=20220105#blog_id=100462860&post_id=25038&origin=wordpresscom507.wordpress.com&obj_id=100462860-25038-61dcd46e25ce8

The Many Worlds Undiscovered!December 18, 2021In “Alien abduction”

Murder and the NoirJuly 22, 2017In “ARCHAEOLOGY”

Believing is not SeeingNovember 12, 2021In “Alien abduction”Posted in Alien abductionAlien HybridAngelic HybridARCHAEOLOGYBad KarmaBL4 Lab Biological WeaponsCenter for DiseaseChina A VirusCommerceConspiracyCoronaCorporate ControlCrimeDavid IckeFinanceFlu VaccinationForced VaccinationHistoryHIVHuman NatureInvestigative ReportingKafkaesqueMind ControlNazismNew SciencePandemicParanormalPedophilaPhantasmagoriaQuarantineSadismSarsScience-fictionSlaverySurrealismUfologyUFOsUncategorizedWhistleblowingWuhanTagged ConspiracyConspiracy Investigative ReportingCosmologyEconomicsEsotericHistoryMind InfiltrationParasychologyPoliticsUFOsEdit

Post navigation

← Snippets From Life

The Editorial!

More Editorial Comments!

Posted on  by steveerdmann      Rate This

COMMENTS AND ESSAYS FROM THE Facebook Dissenter/Disinter Group as Achieve Material


SE – Once again, we try to explain (as we have done in the past several times) our general approach to news, the media, politics. Here is a reproduction of private comments in a reply to one of my critics:

“We like some of your ideas, facts, and thoughts, and we welcome them – if presented within reason and decor. This is what we don’t like and try to avoid: Stephen Erdmann: We promote very few human endeavors in an absolute sense, Russian or otherwise, as all fail and all fall within the scope of the loop of human evil and frailty. We look for those foes that all humankind seems to be battling from ‘any’ corner they are hunkered in.

“This Group is not a ‘platform’ for one single person’s private opinions or ‘sermons.’ It is a ‘forum’ whereby ‘all’ have an opportunity to add to the ongoing investigation. Hopefully, most will participate and not just become ‘observers.’ Likewise, this Group will not become monopolized by the thinking and propaganda of just one individual – this was not its purpose.

“We are not affiliated with the KKK or any other political faction said that many times, over and over, as well as has explained why we present all sides of news and media questions, without censorship, if possible. We are against the Military/Industrial/Corporate/Complex/Matrix (MICCM) and all its ‘isms,’ “cants,” ‘crats,’ ‘cans,’ and ‘doms.’ All it takes to see this and prove it, is to use your mouse or enter scroll and have a strong browser and investigate back to 2011. We refuse to become any one person’s private, personal pulpit (that is why you have your own Timeline). We allow most to speak their minds continually here — even to the point of opulently and often stuporous ferociousness — over and over — but apparently that is not good enough for a few. It takes a strong mind and will to live under the 1st Amendment and really abide by it.

“When I say ‘we,’ I usually mean ‘me’ – though I am speaking editorially on behalf of all those members who follow and agree with the Preamble religiously — they get the idea and message — and are giving me their full support.

“All the twisting, stretching and manipulating of my stated words and intended feelings will not help these matters and being completely uncompromising, unreasonable and deliberately uncouth certainly won’t help either.


“Please, read my text and postings in their full context and their entirety, if possible, to adjust to the real story and picture I present. Don’t settle for ‘half-baked’ interpretations or careless understanding.

“When any one person begins to use these spaces as solely his or her private podium to demonized (and shout down or otherwise badger) all other voices, he will be informed and given a mandate to cease and desist. This is a ‘forum’ Group and that connotes some fairness and inspection and equipoise of one’s behavior: we hope that each member will reflect on their behavior and not allow it to become effluvium.”

(This does not mean we will allow  boring, tiring, inaccurate propaganda about the alleged Israel-cabal of so-called Zionism, which in many cases is far too short-sighted when it concerns the worldwide Military-Industrial-Corporate-Complex-Matrix (MICCM). Well documented pieces on ‘how’ Zionism is part and parcel of the “overall” MICCM, might be tolerated; but, singling out propaganda trying to prove Hitler was virtuous and the killing of the Jewish population as justified, will not be tolerated.

We do not automatically share anti-Semitic views and do not state everyone should or does. In fact, those that appear to be promoted from a Hate standpoint usually won’t coexist on this Group. This Group does not endorse, knowingly, anti-Semitic propaganda per se and any Hate Speech that is the basis for it.)

There is a big difference between a source that publishes outright invented news, and a source—or sources—that you just “don’t like,” or says things that are philosophically different than your views or opinions. Things said on the Left spectrum and the Right Spectrum may annoy us, but they have the Constitutional Right to speak and be heard by willing listeners (you can always turn a deaf ear to the opinion). Myself, I think both sides of the “aisle” are filled with evil intentions and hogwash, but that shouldn’t prevent me printing interesting ‘tidbits,’ unless I decide one day to go completely “off the grid.”

Political terms, names and meanings have evolved, changed, and transformed over the years as many other concepts that have also transmogrified. Some “liberal” concepts once seemed to uphold “freedom,” ‘free speech’ and protected ‘human rights’: now have turned into a ‘power-based’ ‘force’ to change society, even if by ‘radical’ or ‘militant’ means. Some blatantly attack those idealistic overtures the Founding Fathers eluded to (some hiding behind those precepts but being actually treacherous to them). Conservatives tried to parade themselves as preserving the principals that were expounded underlying the Founding Fathers up to and through the Bill of Rights, have much, in the same way, become the lair of the wealthy and ultra-rich which want to control the masses, preserve their power and wealth, and hide behind a disguise of being the protectors of the Rights of Mankind, when they are only another power-based ‘force’ for control and greed using the slavery to the masses. They have far surpassed the British overlords the colonialists fought. All of these have become Monsters.

(I know from experience that security guards are nothing but Whipping Boys, a ‘buffer’ between the Security Guard company, the police and the Landowner (they have three (3) bosses). They are the ‘Fall guys,’ if anything goes wrong, it is their job to take the heat, to not make the Landlords or the company to look bad (nor the police, who often treat them as low, second-class citizens and nothing more). They are given a whole list of phony ‘rules’ to make them robots to ‘slice the heat’ and put on a good ‘public face’ (often at low or very moderate wages), sometimes in very dangerous and life-threatening situations. It is Crony Capitalism at its worst; most guards will not admit this for fear of losing their jobs. They could really tell you some stories: but it would expose the ‘system.’ They are allowed to do what they have to to ‘protect’ this ‘status quo and system.’ I am quite sure this goes beyond the Security Guard profession, and the same mentality exists in most businesses and professions, one way or the other.)

We are here to promote ‘news’ from all different angles and sources, it is not my or anyone else’s purpose to knowingly or even unknowingly ‘prejudge’ the news, unless it becomes so apparent it is false there is no other alternative. But getting to that point can be a rocky and wearisome struggle. We have no prejudice about exposing ‘multiple’ viewpoints, because we realize that reality is multi-sided, often multidimensional, complicated and not always easily discernible: so we present many sides of that struggle. If you read my editorial comments, you should see that I have no particular stake in the sordid political fights and feel such political ‘gamesmanship’ is illusory and almost impossible. Some people feel that such deception is beyond their party, club or faction. You may feel yours is Holy, as well. I doubt that sanctimoniousness. Only the strong-minded need to tread here. That closed-mindedness of “my viewpoint only” needs to be “taken down.”

There is a big difference between a source that publishes outright invented news, and a source—or sources—that you just “don’t like,” or says things that are philosophically different than your views or opinions. Things said on the Left spectrum and the Right Spectrum may annoy us, but they have the Constitutional Right to speak and be heard by willing listeners (you can always turn a deaf ear to the opinion). Myself, I think both sides of the “aisle” are filled with evil intentions and hogwash, but that shouldn’t prevent me printing interesting ‘tidbits,’ unless I decide one day to go completely “off the grid.”

Political terms, names and meanings have evolved, changed, and transformed over the years as many other concepts that have also transmogrified. Some “liberal” concepts once seemed to uphold “freedom,” ‘free speech’ and protected ‘human rights’: now have turned into a ‘power-based’ ‘force’ to change society, even if by ‘radical’ or ‘militant’ means. Some blatantly attack those idealistic overtures the Founding Fathers eluded to (some hiding behind those precepts but being actually treacherous to them). Conservatives tried to parade themselves as preserving the principals that were expounded underlying the Founding Fathers up to and through the Bill of Rights, have much, in the same way, become the lair of the wealthy and ultra-rich which want to control the masses, preserve their power and wealth, and hide behind a disguise of being the protectors of the Rights of Mankind, when they are only another power-based ‘force’ for control and greed using the slavery to the masses. They have far surpassed the British overlords the colonialists fought. All of these have become Monsters.

(I know from experience that security guards are nothing but Whipping Boys, a ‘buffer’ between the Security Guard company, the police and the Landowner (they have three (3) bosses). They are the ‘Fall guys,’ if anything goes wrong, it is their job to take the heat, to not make the Landlords or the company to look bad (nor the police, who often treat them as low, second-class citizens and nothing more). They are given a whole list of phony ‘rules’ to make them robots to ‘slice the heat’ and put on a good ‘public face’ (often at low or very moderate wages), sometimes in very dangerous and life-threatening situations. It is Crony Capitalism at its worst; most guards will not admit this for fear of losing their jobs. They could really tell you some stories: but it would expose the ‘system.’ They are allowed to do what they have to in order to ‘protect’ this ‘status quo and system.’ I am quite sure this goes beyond the Security Guard profession, and the same mentality exists in most businesses and professions, one way or the other.)

Yes, we have covered this phenomena every now and then since 2011. I’ve been through the Divorce Racket (and other rackets) over the years and have tried to speak out in various formats and scenarios; it all follows a common thread. It makes one wonder why we are fighting each other, rather than the ‘common enemy.’ That enemy is hard to see and I’ve done what I can to expose it and make it visible. These pages are open to fellow dissidents and ‘explorers’ and ‘exposers.’ You’re welcome to tell your stories here and add to the exposition. It is all part of a megalith monster I call the Military-Industrial-Corporate-Complex- Matrix (MICCM).

Concerning a separate and special Rights For Women Manifesto: Don’t know why it has to be signatured by “women” as these are basic Human Rights for all mankind, male or female, which, unfortunately many women, in their symbiotic and parasitic alliance with the Legal Industry Cabal, causes them to tarnish and violate those basic Rights for both Men and Women. See how far these Rights go without falling into the trap (as they have already been) of being used or overtaken by the MICCM and other Legal Industry Masterminds which only serve their own Power, Profit and Prestige.

“Outspoken” should pertain to those who are proven to be true heroes opposing physical and psychological dangers, as opposed to brats and punks, calling themselves adults, trashing and destroying others for very vain and greedy purposes.

It is equally infuriating to be unnecessarily misquoted and misunderstood, when an opponent or debater is just flouting his ingrained and innate propaganda brainwashed into him from birth and is making no attempt to truly analyze and comprehend what you are telling them. Sometimes, their minds are so closed, they just ignore anything you say or do. Instead of approaching the arguments from “in your shoes,” they continue to be the little robots our society has invented and further spiel the usual venom and grade-school invectiveness in which they have ‘not’ tried to unlearn.

I am at a point in my life that I want to undo the evils that I forgot or refused to fight against in my life, and give others a choice to do the same, before it is too late, utilizing my 1st Amendment Rights and no longer turning a blind eye to the fates of the world. To teach others to ‘think’ and discover and use their mind, not to become simple sheep and blind slaves to those who control their reality:. Take off their masks, those little deceiving priests!

People get stuck in very old ideologies, concepts and “isms” and refuse to move out of those ‘boxes.’ We always like to think that we are the ones that are wearing the ‘white hats,’ and are the ‘only’ ones that know how to wear them and, even, the only ones that know where to ‘buy’ them: when, in reality, they are just grey, smudged, soiled and fraying old hats that have been passed around for generations through many, many secret hands.

“Some kind” of compromise and “understanding” is always needed when these debates appear, and try to look at “root” problems and not bring up too many private situations; and even then, always be willing to compromise and see each other’s point-of-view. Other than that, as I have said many times previously, the terms “fascist, liberal, left, right” are thrown around too loosely and with no historical meaning, always being projected from each person’s “private boxes.”

We shouldn’t condemn ‘socialism’ any more than ‘conservatism’: both are aimless, meaningless terms that don’t reflect the hidden agendas they are used for: fascist control and imperial elitism, the real enemy. At least ‘socialism’ had a true and genuine use in history well before America came into being and the bastardization of political terms. Most “political sensations” are nothing but masks to hide our inner evils and to gang together and destroy each other rather than help each other. A lot of national patriotism is the same baby-gook. We tend to fall for false histories, rather than the real histories: take off your masks little priests! Stop living in a world of ancient slogans and worn-out propaganda created by deceptive brain controllers and illusory political ideals.

Putting your full faith behind any one political party or personage is like trying to find virtue in a whorehouse: there are no such animals. Tyrannical and fascistic thinking are par for the course in any arena of life: it is the way humanoids operate. Ideologies are things only on ‘paper’: the real world should circumnavigate those illusory dreams and get down to the true facts; take off your masks, little priests.

I am the real oddball: and I have been sick and tired of the masking and erroneous parading of the so-called “Political Parties” for some time; watching the circus of flying monkeys never changes, even when one monkey is somewhat likable and seems to be alien to all the rest, it never changes. Still, we forge ahead and root and rant like the Romans at the Coliseum.

‘Pure’ Capitalism has never existed, nothing politically and socially has ever existed as ‘pure.’ It is easy to write something on paper and claim it is pristine and infallible, but quite another to see it operate in cold, stark reality. So-called Americanism as Capitalism was corrupted right out of the gate (i.e., see past postings and comments elsewhere). It is nice to write idealistic doctrine, but quite another thing to see it corrupted, inadequate, and having no fail-safe due to the monstrosity of the human condition. I know all about the dictionary definition but applying it to real human accomplishments is a pipedream, daydream, fable that has never really existed in all practically. I ‘sure as hell’ see proof of that every day.

So-called “Capitalism” has had its problems too, part of which redesigning what is a theory on ‘paper’ and inventing it according to our own evil images, in the form of Crony Capitalism, Fascism, etc., etc. Like so much in life, there never has been “pure” Capitalism (like there have never been ‘pure’ heroes, or ‘pure’ religion, or ‘pure’ politics) because any such “ism” is run by nefarious and weak and inhumane “humans.” We have a classical bent to destroy, pervert and warp the things about us. It is just one of many fairy tales and play-toys that humans like to toss around and manipulate. Looking for this Holy Grail (like looking for the Golden Fleece) is ‘fun’ and can be used to bolster our usual Id Monsters (to take a metaphor from the movie FORBIDDEN PLANET), but it is in no way ‘reality.’

Capitalism is a cheap term used on paper only, a fairy-tale used by mega-Monsters to wave in the face of others and hide behind their own magnanimous quests to control and prosper—it is a concept on paper, an ideology, that does not truly represent what is actually being done in reality. Crude Crony Mercantilism as a guise to hide under a fictitious Capitalism might be another way to describe it, but no matter what term you use, it has never really existed, any more than “pure” Communism, “pure” Christianity, or other “pure” ‘isms’ which we use to mask the real person or the real institution as it should be nakedly exposed for what it “is” and for what is really being done in all their corrupt and inglorious actions. Being a Monster in any fashion, no matter, how wealthy or powerful, does not justify its existence, Might does not Make Right, as history blatantly shows, and the defense of such corruption and any extension or characteristic of it only shows the evil it is and continues to become. Thank you Dorian Gray.

Fighting each other instead of the common enemy: what a waste! Some members are correct when they say America has strong fascist elements, but America is “not” the ‘only’ place that this evil does and can take root. We are overemphasizing the wrong places, time and things! Why is it that vampires can’t see themselves in the mirror?

It would appear that “enslavement” — or slavery — is a universal, ingrained mechanism of human nature — a very cruel and often contradictory facet of humans: which we can see today as it is incorporated, mechanized and used in our Modern World; and it is aimed at and applied “to all humans” (except for those who try to rule and use enslavement).

The vile vindictiveness that the public is confronted with by many judges in the legal system goes beyond the words “fair and equal justice,” where the lives of citizens become mere playthings in the Westworld-type of robotic recreation on the floors of the courthouse. The worldwide multi-billion-dollar Legal Industry has permeated every fiber of our lives and directed our realities to the dictates of this despotic Puppet-Master. Ask any divorce man or domestic court victim, they will attest that a man has only five (5) foes when he enters the system: his lawyer, her lawyer, the judge, her innate sexuality and the status quo.

Many live in their little “isms” they were raised in from birth and do not look beyond or question who are the core sponsors (do you have a mirror; can you look in a mirror?). They do not realize how intricately they are crafted and brainwashed. They are robotized goose-stepping zombies, and there is no changing. The MICCM has trained them well.

No concept or leaf is left alone by the MICCM: it is part of evil human nature, even so-called national pride or patriotism. Look down through history and see how often humans have used these for evil and destructive purposes.

The human being is love-challenged and intelligence-challenged and has proved themselves as such down through history. The humans believe that owning tons of money makes them superior to their fellow creatures and creating millions of enslaved and blindly devoted employees makes themselves even better rulers and elitists. It has always been that way, on the micro and macro levels; they also abhor psychological mirrors and will even kill to the death if their empires are challenged, taking millions of fellow humans to their death. They “group” in mutual ‘clubs’ as a way to protect and even ‘mask’ their true natures.

Reality is shifting beneath your very own feet: what we have been taught about the righteousness of the Left or Right, Democrats or Republicans, this ‘wing,’ or that ‘wing,’ and we do not reflect the innate and basic social realities that are taking place before our own eyes. In my years since July 27, 1944, based on my experience and the questions I have asked, and my eyes have seen, we have been deluded over and over, from the day we were born. See my past comments. When confronting attorneys in private and putting hard questions to them, often in confidence, many have said there is no real freedom, anywhere, in any party — that they are in control and they hold allegiance to no one but their Bar Association cabal. Right out of Orwell’s 1984, but only worse and complete. This: because all “isms” are under the evil rule of the “Humans.” Humans that glorify every evil act they do as good and pure: it won’t change, and we won’t challenge it unless we see the real “enemy.” We will continue to form “clubs” (social and physical) — and expound those clubs — with power and greed and evil to be used as ‘clubs’ against each other — until this final Truth becomes too evident to deny.

These lawyers have opened a Pandora’s box. In my meetings with attorneys, they have shown hardened, darkened commitment to fascistic, despotic rule by corporate giants and big business, in stark, no-uncertain-terms—those terms are evident in the elements of its manufacture, such as Fire-At-Will laws and the disrespect of Human Rights.

Note the synchronistic similarities between corporate “government,” popular “government,” social “government,” corporations as “people,” corporate “government” bribing and sleeping with “popular government,” all mixed together in what I call the Military/Industrial/Corporate/Complex/Matrix (MICCM) “Government.”

We don’t understand “government.” We think it is a separate entity, alone and separate from us. Government is the darkest, evilest, macabre parts of our own psyche, and when those elements ‘group’ in the various forms and combinations (such as the MICCM) and materialize, we see the Monster ‘we’ have become. In the science-fiction thriller THE FORBIDDEN PLANET, it was called monsters of the ‘id.’ Until we see the true ‘enemy’—us—we will never, ever come to terms or defeat it.

Part of the problem is our throwing terms around for loose and lop-sided reasons without any real background or roots. These are very powerful people in the IMF and the United Nations, they are not a bunch of poor people trying to grub-up a livable wage for themselves. All this talk about entitlements: some of these ‘official’ people are born-and-breed aristocracy; they don’t know what it is like to live in the slums of India, Africa or the lowest of the low. It is a matter of the wealthy controlling the masses and it is usually the wealthy that profit and the masses that suffer. They spend billions of media-propaganda-dollars guaranteeing that ‘that’ brainwashing is successful so the masses don’t attack them and “keep the lowly in their place.” That is the way it has always been! What is so sad, is when some of these executives, in a “little-bit-than-better-CEO-middle-class-salary,” actually have convinced themselves they are on the “winning side” —yes, they are actually safely on the side of the “elite”—that is ‘their’ team—and yet they don’t realize or are not aware that this is all self-delusion and they are only a few steps away — in actuality — from their very own destruction as outsiders also. It is all part of the programming by the MICCM.

It is very difficult and painful to suddenly realize that lullabies and fairy stories are things that are used to placate us and even control us, stories put down on paper, while they make us feel good and justified, are usually used by ourselves against ourselves as weapons hurting or obscuring ourselves. But we keep trudging on, programmed to believe that our ‘pipe dreams’ will come true and the scribbling we have made—or were programmed to make–mean something and will fly off the paper into reality. We can always pretend and hope.


(An aside: We have a ban on personal and unreasonable attacks on each other, or any other excuse one would try to come up with. If some are allowed to attack private family and friends, then any one is allowed to.

Attacks on one’s personal parents, children, or relatives are not allowed for whatever reason one can imagine. No posting or site or Group justifies hitting below the belt: if your arguments are good, they will not sink this low. That is not just espousing another opinion, that is vicious attack.

We welcome all civil comments. We are running into, now and then, more and more, the questionable muck that is so often displayed across the Internet that ‘free’ speech’ is confused with slander, personal attacks and just being downright nasty and unkind for no other reason. We are happy to see you are not one of them.)

(I am not so sure the Reich disappeared but was transformed into the Fourth Reich, and the transformation and partnerships went further and further: the constant transmogrifications and transformations with partners sleeping in same bed. All the “isms” have blended into sub-Rosa deals: you are dealing with one huge Industrial/Military/Corporate/Complex/Matrix [MICCM]. The Party system is a mask, as are so many other masks. “Take off your mask, little priest,” says murderer Errol Childress to detective Rustin Spence in TRUE DETECTIVE, a mask we all wear and deny. ######################################## 
“He’s saying to take off the mask of his persona. They both know that the whole concept of being a ‘person’ is an illusion, and that everything just repeats over and over again, that good and evil will always exist, and yet Rust continues to fight the ‘good’ fight, because that’s simply his role. He is aware that it is futile, and yet continues this masquerade, nonetheless. Errol is telling him to take off his mask and reveal his ‘true’ self; that the darkness is really within him. That this is all just a play, created by himself. A dream that he had within a locked room. And the only way to reveal this truth is in death.” ################### https://www.quora.com/True-Detective-Season-1-Episode-8-Why… ##### Lindsey Krumhar.) ######### https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CIdB8LX4pGs.)

It is sad if we still have to use the terms Liberal and Right as human qualifiers, as if it is a baseball sport, instead of just looking at the people as humans and just look at the facts: without all the banner- “my side versus your side” – waving. Slogans are masks to hide the evil, take off your masks little priests.

How in the world do the readers/members equate “non-coercion” with capitalism, when capitalistic countries have far more than a share of human torment and inhumanity? The fact is: there are no ‘pure’ systems of human relations that are devoid of evil and human mistreatment, be that capitalism or other. A lot of corruption happens in this system, and others, that can’t be gainsaid or explained away with fluffy, pie-in-the-sky make-believe. We need to take off our masks!

I think there is far more fear of the wealthy right-wing tyranny taking over America than the poor, underprivileged underclass swarming the Elite-ruling class. This fear of the “reds” coming to get our money was instilled in the 30-50’s to fight Communism by Intelligence operations in America. You are stuck in an era that was not all-together true. I don’t think presenting you with other evidence will do much good, if you are not willing to move out from behind that propaganda.

Having no great love for the current Parties, or any “ism,” does not mean I cannot pick out those bits and pieces and statements of logic that seem – seem – to point to good directions. It doesn’t mean I am giving “WHOLEHEARTED” endorsement of any Party or organization: just respecting some things that they occasionally say that are reasonable. History – true history – exists as bits and pieces in a large jigsaw puzzle; it is up to us to locate and assemble those pieces in honest efforts.

This should be an independent look at facts and issues, not “wings”: this is not a Kentucky-Fried restaurant. And this so-called “Right wing”—that must be a spicy part of the bird—or are they just Muppets dressed in white robes and gold halos floating around with their all-powerful wands and gimmicks?

This Group is not a hodgepodge of confused (nor a melting pot of all kinds of), aimless political quips and slander: do not come here to just “get something off your chest” – speak with purpose, clarity, and humanity and reason: childish tantrums belong in the alley. We need some new, innovative, investigation and reasoning: not the same old, worn-out, repetitive ageless tantrums about Left versus Right. If we cannot change – we are lost.


Members are always welcome to state their detailed reasons for disagreement, but usually none are forthcoming. We encourage members to post their own analysis and other areas of news, no matter how disconcerting; but, apparently, most just rather be by-standing critics that have little to say of value.

If you want further specifics other than what is said here: you need to help locate those persons and names and pin down their actual substance and actions: nothing is being handed on a silver-platter, and we ask all to add further names and specific items; you are welcome to do that. Readers are welcome to speak up and demonstrate their findings, rather than vaguely complain. Sometimes, specific and detailed questions bring forth specific and detailed answers; bad questions, bad answers.

I don’t necessarily believe Putin or “anybody”: I try to present a lot of interesting comments and facts with not so much an unduly “prejudgment” so as to get opinions from all sides, rather than censor from some hidden or inner sanctum crap-pot of judgmental facts; and then I sometimes let the chips fall where they may.

(Please read and follow the Preamble, it is there for a reason. While we abhor censorship, but we do have rules: this is not a “let it all hang out” assembly with wild and ravishing comments. Use reason and purpose and humanity.

For all those out there who occasionally complain about the choice of content [and I am fighting the heavy-hand of the 1st Amendment and no censorship as well]: please submit – submit content that you would like to see, be active to this extent, and not just bystanders and curbside spectators.)

We welcome all the stories of tragedy in the lives of people who have encountered the Power Cabal. Most people are unaware of the day-to-day destruction of the family and other ‘taboo’ topics because the Powers-That-Be are not predicated upon its disclosure and they rather hide the cold, stark and naked facts: it would expose their true, evil intentions. Your stories can be told here.

Concerning child custody and domestic problems: We are interested in presenting ‘both’ sides, not just one side, but ‘all’ the facts as we realize there is important information in each argument. The real enemy is the Monster of a legal profession that is only interested in their Power, their Profit and their Prestige (PPP); a part of the Military-Industrial-Corporate-Matrix (MICCM). To be too exclusive and depositing the argument into one small example is not fair to the whole picture. There are always areas of gray; it is never black and white. ###### I would love to have my children ‘cry’ to see me; I would come running post haste! I am afraid that Parental Alien Syndrome (PAS) has weighed heavy against me. Have you visited Hope Henderson’s Timeline? She has some examples were ‘females,’ as well, have been denied custody and are victims of PAS. ###### I recently went through — and still am — with a case where lawyers have more or less given a doctor a clean bill of health despite cogent and important complaints because the Laws, as written, allow much foolishness to slide through. The medical profession is not immune from the MICCM, but is a part of it. Might always Makes Right. Washington University Physicians are one such Power Structure in which they do not allow ‘real’ dissent and your life is totally in their hands.

We dance around some of the “core” problems and dress our dance in all kinds of (getting to be) “worn out” slogans, chants, and aimless threats, some very inaccurate, often, pretending to be on the “right side” of history — as the ground is shifting beneath our feet and the very reality of things is and has changed drastically in the matrix before our very eyes. More to come.

Some Groups are quite paranoid and hyperventilated, suspecting all people and persons to some curious agenda they ‘have’ or suspect others of having. The JFK groups are mostly like that, being a landscape of suspicion, unreasonable debate, slander, attack and wild accusations. Doesn’t say much for fair and sane investigation, tending to be grade-schoolish and parochially petty. I tend to shy away from such radical and wild climates, not doing science or any one any good: Mostly private “in” Groups, if you are friends of friends of friends, or know same or even if you associate with the wrong people they dislike (not the basis for good journalistic enquiry). Good luck.

But I repeat myself.

(We go back to 2011,for genuine researchers and not just spectators, so use a powerful browser and go searching. Good luck.)

.
#################
.
PRIVACY Warning: Steve Erdmann:
.
Due to the fact that Facebook has chosen to involve software that will allow the theft of my personal information, I do declare the following: on this day, September 28, 2016, in response to the new Facebook guidelines and under articles L.111, 112 and 113 of the code of intellectual property, I declare that my rights are attached to all my personal data, drawings, paintings, photos, texts etc… published on my profile. For commercial use of the foregoing my written consent is required at all times.


Those reading this text can copy it and paste it on their Facebook wall. This will allow them to place themselves under the protection of copyright. By this release, I tell Facebook that it is strictly forbidden to disclose, copy, distribute, broadcast, or to take any other action against me on the basis of this profile and/or its contents. The actions mentioned above apply equally to employees, students, agents and/or other staff under the direction of Facebook.


The contents of my profile include private information. The violation of my privacy is punished by the law (UCC 1 1-308 – 308 1 -103 and the Rome Statute). Facebook is now an open capital entity. All members are invited to post a notice of this kind, or if you prefer, you can copy and paste this version. If you have not published this statement at least once, you will tacitly allow the use of elements such as your photos as well as the information contained in your profile update.   https://www.facebook.com/groups/171577496293504/
    ##  https://www.facebook.com/stephen.erdmann1.

NOTE; Many members and readers say this is worthless and of no legal value. I borrowed it from another Group. Worth a try. SE.   

*******

Barry Smith I cannot stand this woman. She is a tin pot dictator. God help the persons in her court room.

   September 2 at 10:59pm

Stephen Erdmann Money and power does that to a person: there are hundreds more like her, regardless of Party or “ism.” They ae a brood in the MICCM.

Verna Safran I like and respect Judge Judy. This looks like a man/woman thing. Men don’t like being judged by a female. But she’s invariably right and has a great sense of humor. she’s against unmarried couples liv     The only bone I have to pick with her is that she’s against unmarried couples living together and buying property together. She calls it “playing house.” But it is true that the law does not allow unmarried partners to inherit, and if there’s a split — they’re on their own. As for “shrew:” and “dictator” — imagine how we feel having nothing but male judges for so many years  living together and buying property together

Stephen Erdmann Male, female, it makes no difference when it comes to the MICCM and the courts: it is just another opportunity to expand and control. Her arrogance is so typical, and “tin pot dictator” about covers it all for her and so many others.

Stephen Erdmann Sense of humor? Has about as much humor as an alligator chewing down.

Verna Safran Then how come it’s just you boys who find her so offensive? Judges are expected to pass judgment. She does her job and does it brilliantly.

Emil Donofrio Oh please she doesn’t get 45 million because she a great judge, it’s all about ratings and sponsors.


Stephen Erdmann
 Men do face a bigger burden when in the courts than women. On the others, I guess Hitler and Stalin did their jobs and did it brilliantly too? For a Progressive Liberal, Verna, you show a major contradiction here: I think that is, in part, by not seeing the true enemy.

Verna Safran If the true enemy for you is women in power and women who have a lot of money, I feel sorry for you because you must be a very unhappy person.

Verna Safran P.S. Always a sign of a losing argument when people drag in Hitler and Stalin for no reason.

Leo O’Brien Very condescending.

Stephen Erdmann Like what?


Leo O’Brien
 As a judge to her plaintiff’s.

Verna Safran Since when did you join the “old boys club, Leo?” Men who put down women in power or try to are the condescending ones. Judge Judy has had her program for over 20 years and it’s one of the most popular ones on TV. Nobody’s forcing you to watch it, but give credit where credit is due. I’m done with this conversation, since prejudice is pretty hard to combat, especially when fellows like you don’t know they have it.

Stephen Erdmann I never said that, read closely, Verna, and also remember what has already been said (but of the biggest faults of Facebook: no content indexing). Every reason to drag in Hitler and Stalin as they demonstrate these human tendencies at their worst. There are millions of Hitlers and Stalin’s out there with those same qualities, they just need to look in the mirror. Seeing the worst of their ID is the beginning of seeing the real problem. Misquoting me – certainly won’t help. Blanketing it over with a lot of hero-worship won’t do it either. Having a hodgepodge Political construct only harms us all. Any man that has entered domestic court will testify to a stacked deck. We all suffer from the tyranny of the MICCM.  

Verna Safran Well, I won’t leave yet until I respond to your latest spilling of invective. I didn’t quote you exactly, but there are certain key words in the above posts that I find VERY offensive: “Dictator” “power mad” “corrupt” — and a comparison of a worthy member of the American legal system to fascists. Do you feel the same way about male judges? Or do your libertarian sentiments prevent you from any sense of order in society and respect for those whose job it is to prevent chaos?

Stephen Erdmann I think the meme has more to do with power and tyrannical regimes, than women’s rights. You have woman’s rights on the brain, but this isn’t presented specifically for a woman’s rights argument. You are forcing it out of context. Read what has been said. ############## So you ‘like’ her, that’s your problem. I think she symbolizes all that is bad with the media, society, power grabs, greed, and on and on. That ‘that’ is popular does not say much for those fans,  that is all I can say. Hey, each has their own opinions; I just think yours is misguided and wrong.

Verna Safran I think your opinions are based on your hating your mommy. Bye now.

Stephen Erdmann Again, the posting was more aimed at general power-issues, misuse of the media, greed, and other related points: you are in error to turn it into a woman’s rights issue (as you often do). It was meant to point out a common foe: the all-powerful MICCM (and yes, I have a big gripe with judges in general).

Stephen Erdmann Now, that was an intelligence-less and very unprofessional comment, Verna, enough said. As you commented yourself somewhat: “Always a sign of a losing argument when people drag in (your mother and your father) for no (good) reason.” Please read and abide by the Preamble or leave the Group. Vindictiveness is not owned just by men, not by a long shot.

Verna Safran: Very good reason if you bother to think about it.

Verna Safran: And don’t you think that throwing your weight around as someone who can kick people off of Facebook is an illustration of your own theory about abuse of power? As Burke said, “Power corrupts, and absolute power corrupts absolutely.” If you want to throw me off of here for disagreeing with you, so be it. I’m finding a lot of the comments puerile and discussions with bigoted people a waste of time.

Stephen Erdmann: It was not disagreeing that was the issue. It was attacking someone’s family and being outside the rules. If she felt that was fine: go fight in a alley somewhere, not here.

Stephen Erdmann: We have a ban on personal and unreasonable attacks on each other, senility (or, what appears to be) should be no excuse, or any other excuse you are trying to come up with. If you are allowed to, then any one is allowed to. The decision is yours: It ends here.

Stephen Erdmann: Verna Safran: has left the building. Attacks on one’s personal parents, children, or relatives not allowed for whatever reason one can imagine. No posting or site or Group justifies hitting below the belt: if your arguments are good, they will not sink this low. That is not just espousing another opinion, that is vicious attack.

Richard Callahan Waiariki:  “Power corrupts, and absolute power corrupts absolutely.” Which is a problem if you are powerless. I feel for you Verna!

Stephen Erdmann: Do you subscribe to personal attacks, Richard, then have it at: only do it on your Timeline, not here, this is not the place for wild, dirty and victimizing personal attacks? Facebook doesn’t even approve of that. Alley fights and gang mentality lives somewhere, just not here, I hope.

Stephen Erdmann: We do know the different between civil debates and attacking one’s personal family and friends, do we not? I am wondering.

Stephen Erdmann: It was not “disagreeing” that was the issue. It was attacking someone’s family and being outside the rules. If she felt that was fine: go fight in an alley somewhere, not here.

Stephen Erdmann: One other thought, along similar lines: If you accept someone’s Friendship, it should be done in a certain vain, and both parties should make efforts to be just that: Friends. That means doing your utmost to be friends and associate in a loving (to a degree) and fine way. This is not Texas Wrestling or a bar fight. Verna has her own Timeline to do cruel and mean things and she can show her personal disrespect to anyone anywhere else. Why do you want it here?

Emil Donofrio: Oh, please she doesn’t get 45 million because she a great judge, it’s all about ratings and sponsors..

Stephen Erdmann: Thanks Leo, I just don’t understand from where she gets all those so-called ‘fans,’ unless they are birds of a feather flocking together.

Emil Donofrio: Republicans live to see people passing judgment on other people. Besides it’s all about ratings and sponsors they could care less about how good of a judge she is.

Stephen Erdmann: True, it is a circus for money. Power. The same old story. Verna hopscotched around too much between ‘women’s rights’ and ‘left – right’ motivations and other junk: very hard to get a handle on. The issue here, to me, was the age-old scenario of power and control. Verna, by the way, was not Republican, I believe she leaned to the left.

To Jimmy Garst: September 3, 2015: Stephen Erdmann: You mention D and D propagandists that are against unions: why don’t you name who you are talking about? I am not against unions, if I am the one you are referring to, so you are inaccurate. Instead of painting everyone with your inaccurate brush time and again, document your accusations. I know for a fact, not all members are against unions. I also know that not all members fit your constant descriptions that you wildly parade. I don’t mind you speaking your mind, just when you hand out BS, which you do from time to time. Setting yourself against everyone and everything in a blind rage won’t work here, because I hope there are more Group members working “together” for the Preamble “goals” than stirring up dung for the hell of it.

Yesterday at 12:05pm·

Comments on September 5, 2015 from Verna Safran:

Verna Safran has been blocked from the Dissenter/Disinter Group for attacking family members, yet she persists in contacting me with harassment, please investigate her:

I’m the one who said that about the battle of wits, dfarlin’.  You’re sure not good at giving credit where credit is due.  Maybe the “I” being the source of your typing (and other?) problems is trying to tell you something.

44 minutes ago

You sarcasm is tolerable to a point: but when you put your vindicativeness to the extreme of

attacking one’s family, you go outside everyones’  boundaries. If you can’t apologize, don’t present your usual hatred and spite here or you will be reported.

Verna Safran:

Oh, do you have a family?  If so, I don’t remember insulting it.  I just wondered why you hated old people so much, enough to lambast them in a nasty fashion.  I guessed it started with your mom.  You can correct me if I’m wrong.  Meanwhile, keep your vicious cracks to yourself or I’ll report you!

Steve Erdmann:

You have no intention of being reasonable or fair: I owe your attacks nothing. Stop contacting me with your smartass remarks, or I will report you.  This is why you are censored, you are into this kind of stuff.  You do it without a second thought or empathy. What does that say? Cease and desist. Stop. Now.

Verna Safran:

I’ve counted over a hundred “likes” to my remarks on Facebook.  For some reason I seem to get under your skin, so just don’t read what I write.  Simple solution for a simple mind.

Steve Erdmann:

I said what I said: If you have no consideration for the feelings of others, that is your problem – don’t contact me.”

Verna Safran: What would you say about a person who calls an elder citizen “senile” and accuses her of “talking smack” when she posts something that disagrees with your opinion?

September 5, 2015 Yesterday at 1:43pm

Verna Safran: Evidently Steve

Verna Safran: Evidently Steve’s plea for politeness and analysis of aggression applies to everyone but himself. He was incredibly rude to me in his posts, called me names and ridiculed me, exhibiting a disrespect for older people. I asked him why he hated older people, and asked the question therapists would ask (half joking because it’s a Freudian cliche) Did he hate his mother? At this point he totally lost it, freaked out, said I was attacking his family (not so, I never met his family) and he’s been nurturing his imaginary wounds ever since. I don’t wish to continue this discussion because Steve obviously has issues preventing him from courtesy to women and to older folks. I do enjoy communicating with others on Facebook, and most of them “get” my sense of humor. Lordy, I hope the political debates, once we get to see them on television, don’t descend to the level of name-calling and nastiness that Steve has displayed.

Verna Safran: Calling people senile when they are alert and active seniors is a form of slander and goes against the principles that Steve Erdmann set out in his preamble. What hypocrisy!

September 4 at 6:32am

Verna Safran: Some folks, when they get older, acquire wisdom. Do you think Bernie Sanders is “senile”? Was Eleanor Roosevelt “senile”? I can only hope it happens for Stephen Erdmann, and maybe it will, when he comes home from his power trip.

September 4 at 6:52am

Verna Safran John G. — What were you doing awake at 2:55 a.m.? Do you elderly folks have a hard time falling asleep? Or have you mentally reverted to an earlier time in your life and are having nightmares? Don’t worry, the boogeyman won’t get you. And Verna has put away her broom. :>) Just kidding.

 September 4 at 12:10pm

Jimmy GarstRobert Prudente, Is that neo-con Reagan glorification another example of what you call the socialist take over and their propaganda mind manipulation? Robert thinks trickle down is where those socialist not the elite piss all over the Working Man?  Reagan was a Commie hater just like you. I’m surprised you would criticize your hero! Bobby, You are so UnAmerican! You starting to sound like that Commie you hate so much. Hypocrite boy!!

 September 5, 2015:  Yesterday at 3:54pm

Jimmy GarstRobert Prudente, Given your self professed hatred of Evil Commie’s, I’m surprised that you would dare to criticize Fearless Leader, the all time champion in the fight against the Evil Commie Empire, the fight against those Godless socialists, Ronny the  the Bush puppet. Boy, You are such a hypocrite! You better be careful or true fascists live Steve the Mworm will attack you for being an UnAmerican Commie lover. You should really stop with the hate mongering and self loathing, and come out of the closet and admit it is okay to be a Christian Socialist. You might actually become a true Christian, not just another poser.

Jim Tarr: Ronnie wasn”t even president,he was just reading his prompts,Sr Bushy tail was running the show

Stephen Erdmann: Please stop attacking fellow members with name-calling. Professionally attack the issues rather than people – analyze the facts and comment on those facts only.

Stephen Erdmann: If Communists are symbols of love and compassion, there is not much here! I am quite sure there are some loving Communists that are true compassionate individuals: just not this one: you can’t prove love and compassion by being a wild hate-spitting Monster. Avoid and desist in name-calling and personal attacks, professionally examine the issues, not attack the person.

September 5, 2015: Stephen Erdmann Well, your time is limited: can you quote exactly where this was said? I don’t recall seeing anyone calling that you are a “Godless socialist hate monger,” do you make this stuff up as you go along? That ‘would’ be mongering.

Stephen Erdmann: Again, face the issues and refrain from personal attacks: they are not allowed here.

Stephen Erdmann: http://johntreed.myshopify.com/…/60887299…

Steve Maiworm: Where is the proof Mr Jimmy garst that the United States carried attacks on its own people on 911

Jimmy GarstSteve Maiworm Only an idiots would need to ask that question of proof and deny the obvious. Stephen Erdmann, That is not a personal attack on the Worm, just a statement of fact. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QXt6n33gOfo

Jimmy Garst: Fascist pigs like Steve love the fascist in Israel and the Nazi too. He even God Blesses Nazi here on this thread. What an unAmerica cow! https://wikispooks.com/wiki/9-11/Israel_did_it

Steve Maiworm: Boy these videos really show the truth

Barry Smith Steve, if you still believe the “official conspiracy theory”, you are intellectually lazy. I suggest you you look into groups such as Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth, Pilots for 9/11 Truth, Fire Fighters for 9/11 Truth. If you possess even a rudimentary understanding of Newtonian physics then you would have known instantly that we have all been lied to.

Jimmy GarstBarry Smith, This site commonly has memes on 9/11. However, Steve Maiworm has the intellectual capacity of a worm. He is willfully ignorant, and a brain washed fascist toad. Trying to have an intelligent conversation with an narrow minded myopic hater is almost impossible.

Steve Maiworm: Voltaire was a left wing progressive nut and socialistic fascist like you Jimmy garst.

Steve Maiworm: Also, I am not in the CIA Jimmy boy

Steve Maiworm : Jimmy your posts are so ridiculous they actually amuse me

Jimmy GarstSteve Maiworm, You are absolutely one of the most stupid, most ignorant and biggest waste of oxygen I have ever encountered. You are a poor excuse for a human. Your hate mongering is OTT and not amusing. The fact that you God Bless Nazi, and you the world of fascism puts you at high-question.

Jimmy GarstBarry Smith and Stephen Erdmann, one final note on Steve the Worm Steve Maiworm. He claims he is not a paid propagandist in the CIA legion of flying monkeys. Interestingly, when I went to his FB page to block the ugly fascist pig, low and behold, the man acts very much like a spy.

Jimmy GarstSteve Maiworm is like a jellyfish. Without a brain. A DHS widget. Zig Heil Mien Furher! https://www.facebook.com/photo.php?fbid=799525130162955&set=p.799525130162955&type=1&theater

Jimmy GarstSteve Maiworm, God Blesses the Nazi Ukrainian Soldiers. I should not be surprised this Nazi loving pig works for the Fourth Reich as a DHS boot licker gropper. http://www.opednews.com/…/NYT-Whites-Out-Ukraine-s-B-by…

Steve Maiworm: Actually that hot dog is you James Jimmy comrade general secretary garst

Jimmy Garst: I’m disgusted that my tax dollars are wasted on the salary of ugly, fascist, scum bag, piles of pig poo, propagandist monkeys, like Steve the Worm. He is a parisite sucking on the fascist tit of his Uncle Sam. A brain washed troll hate monger of DHS. hate mongering idiot who believes in and promotes propaganda nonsense is a waste of time. Truth is irrelevant to Steve. He is easily one of the biggest tools and fools I have ever encountered. I kick myself for wasting my oxygen on this ignorant fascist pile of pig poo. He is a evil, horrible, war monger, hate monger, waste of skin. The world would be a better place without fascist pigs like the Worm. Honestly,to make a comment about proof of 9/11 conspiracy on this site, suggest steve is a paid propagandist in the CIA legion of flying monkeys. It is really hard to believe that anyone could be as stupid as Steve. But then, “Patriotism is the last refuge for a scoundrel and coward”.” Voltaire.

Stephen Erdmann: Okay, I’ve asked gentlemanly and clearly, not to indulge in character assassination and name-calling: it is against the Preamble. I’ve asked you to deal with the issues in a professional way. Spewing aimless diatribes do nothing to help the situation.

Jimmy GarstBarry Smith, this comment by the Worm, Steve Maiworm, is a good example of the OTT stupidity of this moron. He claims, “America is weak.” HAHAHAHA! STUPID!!!! FYI Stevie Stupid, America has the largest most powerful military in the world. The US spends more on militarism than the next 20 countries combined, and half of them are our Allies. Steve has obviously been listening to Trump’s propaganda. Steve does not live in a world of reality. His brain is totally polluted with propaganda nonsense. Steve the fascist lives in a fantasy world I call fascist pigland. America has been bankrupt both morally and financially by patriotic Americans like Steve. With citizens like Steve, who needs Commies for enemies. These morons are doing a fine job of destroying America all on their own.

Jimmy GarstBarry Smith, You must laugh at OTT stupid like Steve Maiworm. He thinks socialist are unAmerican and evil, but Steve is okay with patriotic Nazi Americans who kill our President, bomb the WTC and murder millions of innocent civilians in the name of freedom, liberty and Democracy. With patriotic fascist hate mongers like Steve and Bobby P, America does not need to worry about the minorities, the Commies and the Muslims, These fascist pigs are totally capable of destroying not only the USA but the World, all on their own. God Bless America, the land of the fascist and the stupid.https://www.facebook.com/MintpressNewsMPN/photos/a.427073724002835.96035.277613075615568/876154342428102/?type=1&theater

Jimmy GarstBarry Smith and Stephen Erdmann, one final note on Steve the Worm Steve Maiworm. He claims he is not a paid propagandist in the CIA legion of flying monkeys. Interestingly, when I went to his FB page to block the ugly fascist pig, low and behold, this scum bag hate monger works for DHS. This pig ridicules me while he and his fellow thugs in the fascist police state steal my social security to fund their unholy failed wars of the perpetual war machine and this fascist arse’s salary. . FICA / SOCIAL Security is the largest source of income for the US government at $1.2 trillion annually. The alphabet soup of DoD, CIA, FBI, NSA, DHS (Steve), WAR costs America $1.2 trillion annually. I think Steve’s employment at DHS make it obvious he is no dissenter, but a boot licking Nazi widget. This scum bag is not only a waste of oxygen, but a waste of my tax dollars. You are such a loser, Get a real job Steve. Stop sucking on Uncle Sam’s Tit, you parasite. Get a real job, cos hate mongering, advancing hegemony and WWIII is unproductive, and down right evil. DHS is a waste of my tax dollars, I wish I could make it go away as easily as blocking a fascist pig like Steve on FB. Steve, Please do the world and American tax payers a favor and die soon!https://www.facebook.com/pandaunite/photos/a.486974971319177.98235464.214899805193363/1006928499323819/?type=1&theater

Jimmy Garst: I’m disgusted that my tax dollars are wasted on the salary of ugly, fascist, scum bag, piles of pig poo, propagandist monkeys, like Steve the Worm. He is a parisite sucking on the fascist tit of his Uncle Sam. A brain washed troll hate monger of DHS! Not to be confused with CIA!. The opinion of hate mongers like Steve are irrelevant to the truth . He and his opinion are unimportant. I sincerely wish for your speedy death.

Jimmy Garst, You recently had a pretty free run on your comments last few days in the Dissenter/Disinter Group. I need to get answer to just one question and then leave with one comment: I notice that I cannot comment to topics in your Timeline: are you going to allow me the same ability and freedom to make comments on your Timeline as you have been allowed to do on Dissenter?   #### Lastly, I ask as a personal favor that you refrain from the rather harsh treatment on other members, as requested. I am making the same request of Steve Maiworm and Robert Prudente and all other members.

April 4 · Edited · 

Gordon Novel

Email: G.NOVEL@YAHOO.COM 
Address:
2425 Fairway Drive
Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70809


CIA employee as of at least 1963. Was alleged to have been seen with Jack Ruby at Ruby’s Carousel Club. According to researcher Paris Flammonde, he was friends with Dave Ferrie (Ferrie, as well as being up to where his eyebrows would have been in the Kennedy assassination, was a practitioner of hypnosis and black magic) and knew Lee Harvey Oswald. He was an employee of the Double-Chek Corporation and the Evergreen Advertising Agency (both CIA fronts).

“In his youth, Gordon Novel belonged to a neo-Nazi group and was arrested and charged with bombing a Metarie, Louisiana, theater that admitted blacks. Later, he sold spy devices in New Orleans. Gordon Novel claimed he worked with the Cuban Revolutionary Front during the Bay of Pigs, as a Director of the CIA proprietary, the Evergreen Advertising Agency, and had created cryptographic messages for the CIA.”

In 1967, the CIA reported that they never utilized either Novel or the Evergreen Advertising Agency.

During New Orleans District Attorney Jim Garrison’s investigation of the Kennedy assassination, Novel was recommended to him by one of Garrison’s political supporters, automobile dealer Willard Robertson. Novel was then an anti-eavesdropping expert, and Garrison was reportedly worried about FBI surveillance. Novel told Garrison about Dave Ferrie’s arms pickup in Louisiana to arm anti-Castro Cuban exiles.

When information regarding Garrison’s investigation was leaked to NBC reporters, Garrison suspected Novel, and Novel was subpoenaed to appear before a grand jury. Novel instead fled to Ohio, where he was arrested on burglary charges Garrison had filed accusing Novel of participating with Ferrie in the arms pickup.

“After some initial reluctance, Ohio Governor James Rhodes finally agreed to extradite Novel to Louisiana if Garrison would complete the papers within sixty days,” which Garrison reportedly never bothered to do. Later, Garrison would claim that people in high places, up to and including President Lyndon Johnson, were preventing him from obtaining his witnesses.

During this time, Novel became an informant for the FBI regarding the Garrison investigation.

http://skinwalkerranch.org/rank.html

Chris Patorov: both sides are pawns in the agenda that is hidden from the citizens both do a small amount of “good deeds” to appease the masses but to be honest both have done too little too late …in this group out of respect this will be the last time i have a political commentary it is the system itself it is flawed and corrupt and only complete disintegration and over haul will fix this money has no business in politics no man ( not to be sexist or woman) born into wealth can ever really comprehend the needs and fears and wants of a general public nor its toils and trials they can never truly make legislation that covers the myriad of difficulties the average person goes through in a lifetime as they themselves cannot comprehend the complexities of struggle only political leaders who have risen from nothing can help our people bottom line money needs to be excluded from politics for it to run efficiently.

Abraham Bolden: In this video, Files said that 5 months before Dallas, plans were made to hit JFK in Chicago. This would have been around late March, 1963. Files is right. Before Kennedy’s plane landed at O’Hare Field, in Chicago, a call came into the SS office from some person calling himself “Lee”. This person said that there was a plan to assassinate Kennedy along the I94 Expressway. The SS, because of staffing problems and short notice, assigned Lt. Bob Linski to try and trace the call. An extra detail of Chicago Policemen were placed atop every underpass along I94. IN THE MEANTIME, THE MOTORCADE WAS cancelled and JFK was helicoptered into Meigs Field. To my knowledge, it was never confirmed that the caller was Oswald but Judyth Baker may be able to shed some light on that. When ASAIC Martineau was questioned about this before the AARB, his answer was a curt, “I don’t remember.” How Files could have known about this incident without being an inside participant is impossible to explain. Also, the biting of the shell casing and placing it on top of a board behind the Grassy Knoll, how could he have known about that and how the mark was indeed found on a casing with a mark on it like the one he describes?

Robert Prudente: This is a special coincidence…Without going into detail, I am on FMLA (Family Medical Leave Act) for a PTSD event brought on by my employer…I have now been diagnosed by 2 psychiatrists that I am suffering from anxiety disorder brought on by a specific event perpetrated by my employer…I further expect the employer to reject my claim as a work related injury.

Robert Prudente I recently filed a workers compensation against my employer…I spoke with the adjustor this morning…My injury is PTSD and a diagnosis of anxiety disorder..I do have a serious case of anxiety…This is a work place injury perpetrated by my employer…These types of claims are next to impossible to attain however, my circumstances are well above the norm…I was threatened with termination of employment for insubordination however, I refused citing safety concerns that are addressed in 49 CFR, the Code of Federal Regulations….The bottom line is…”Did the employer have a legitimate threat of termination”…Now, we play the waiting game.

Robert Prudente Right now, we do have a bit left of protection for the working class in the form of organized labor (unions) and the department of labor…however, both are under attack…Corporatism declared war on labor many moons ago and are not letting up.

Stephen Erdmann says:

November 17, 2015 at 11:24 am

The attempt to control those who disagree with you is called: Neophobia, Cainophobia, Cainotophobia, Cenophobia, Centophobia, Kainolophobia, Kainophobia – An abnormal and persistent fear of anything new including new things, ideas or situations, of novelty.

*******

Dissenter/Disinter Magazine goes back to 1967 when I gave birth to a little fanzine that seemed to be my contribution to the media flavor of that time: the Viet Nam war, the aftermath of the Kennedy assassination, the late Jim Moseley’s Saucer News, Ray Palmer’s provoking Search Magazine and Hidden World series, as well as a line of “controversy” radio programs such as Long John Nebel, Suspense, Yours Truly, Johnny Dollar, with television shows such as Science Fiction Theater and Twilight Zone. In St. Louis in the 60s there was WIL “Steve Clark” controversy radio. There was a section of the media that was some kind of renaissance to the investigating of the more curious and often sinister elements at that time, and it gave birth to myself and others that have continued in that vein to this day (many will include Coast to Coast radio and Alex Jones and others to this list). We still try to contribute to the emblem of “controversy and protest” as a way of getting to the truth.

Subsequently, in the years following, my life embodied further “discovery” of these “realities” of the mysterious Powers-that-Be (which were quite depressing and decorated with flight-or-fight syndromes), and my waking hours were consumed with survival and making “ends meet” (as with so many of the population, I did not have the luxury of always devoting myself to media publishing or even schooling). That story may or may not be left to my memoirs (and my Timeline), if at all.

We try not to “conform” to predisposed or status quo “images” that people have in their heads, or were born with. We approach all topics from different viewpoints and suggestions, because we realize solutions are never black and white (I hail back to H.G. Wells, Jules Verne, George Orwell, Charles Fort (http://www.experienceproject.com/…/Protest-The-Use-…/2923915), Info Journal, and a host of New Age and Protest scientists [study my Timeline]). We offer a forum for discussion, within reason. Questions are always open. I, personally, am ‘independent’ politically, neither bowing to the Left or Right, and neither do I encourage others to bow to them either (or any “ism”). It is a matter of finding out who the tyrants are and how much you relinquish to being a slave. Others may participate from their own level of evaluation, that is their right; but I cannot “endorse” everyone’s politics or religion. We offer a platform to search these things out (in a civil and humane fashion: see Preamble) through questioning and debate. How do you see applying censorship in Groups and Timelines? Use it every time something grinds against your personal opinion?  And what about the next person?  And the next person?  Seems that our Founding Fathers grappled with these questions as well. It is amazing with all the common threads of agreement that ‘can’ be found in fighting tyrannical government and evil conspiracies, we are tearing each other apart, for some reason, over petty feuds and personality squabbles that detract from common core efforts (those little nuggets of gold that make us all as one in protest). We (we are speaking editorially) hope we are able to stand in a “common core” against Tyranny and the evils that are associated with it.

In the end, we are all brothers and sisters.

*******

TO: Julien Landau:  April 3, 2018: Facebook:

Stephen Erdmann Sounds like you are looking for a “robot-god,” not a human being, humans aren’t Holy, Pure and without blemish, none of them; that’s why they wear ‘masks’ and go to Church on Sunday and beg forgiveness, and the prance about afterwards singing praises and hoyden while they continue their usual crimes and schemes, all the while under their sanctimonious masks You are looking for the supreme male-god that always wears the White Hat, but are blind to the fact that even the wealthy and rich male-icon hides the greatest blemishes and scars that most people refuse to see, and often, are disguised demons; the humblest of us are usually the kindest and most pure of all, as Christ taught. We live under many myths and propaganda, and it seems you have fallen for some of them.

Facebook, April 23, 2018.  There is good and bad in all situations, and any group or ‘ism’ can be misused and fall into the same error-filled stance, especially once it reaches a point of power. We use what clubs we can to obtain our goals, but they all ultimately fail in some way. Look at the Dems and Repubs. Yes, I have belonged to unions, even a Teamster Union, and it kissed the company’s ass over and over, and only appeared to be a useless mediator between you and the company: a lackey branch. But how would  you like to put your ‘life’ on the line, as when being a security guard posited in some dire and scary situations, yet to be a bottom fall-guy when things fall apart: you have to take the heat for your four (4) bosses above you: Your security company, the police department, the contractor, and the state EEOC which gives them a lackey thumbs-up and sells their party-line? Now, what would you call that situation?

August 18, 2018, to Tony Elliott:  The more basic and even accurate cause of human slavery and suppression goes far beyond any “ism” or philosophy, it is despotism and tyrannical thinking and that is global. Trying to put human evil and the human ID Monster in nice, neat little ‘boxes’ only shows our failure to recognize the real culprit and the basic evil involved. All ‘leaders’ have shared this evil trend since history recorded. There is no political “safe haven,” and what is written on ‘paper’ is nothing but masks that hide this innate manipulation.

August 19, 2018, Ron Schmidt: Stephen Erdmann I am well aware of the battles, debates and distortions going on with this corporate giant, as anyone else who researches the Internet, apparently much more so than you in making pompous, vain and illogical comments just to gain points. Do you just puke this stuff to just feel the hot air stream out of your mouth, or what? There are many more interested in going further into the Human Rights issues and how corporates are abusing that. Yes, I realize Facebook censors conservative viewpoints and I have also stated the futility and hopelessness of participating in partisan politics. Do you really read my comments, or just vainly pound your chest and whistle Dixie? Getting lopsidedly on a site and starting to spell misquoted and unrelated comments in some weird disjointed way are certainly of no help. I pay attention to “what is going on” apparently far more closely and tightly than you do. It might be considered “the wrong battle” to those who are connecting to the broader issue of Human Rights (which you apparently can’t connect), but it is a battle many are joining in and making the overall connection. If you can’t take it elsewhere, we don’t need it here, and if you really want to see ‘censorship’ keep it up.

(Same) Stephen Erdmann We’ve been over the proper definition of spam many, many posts ago, and, no, I’m not going to drag it up just for your distorted interest, go dig for yourself. You won’t find it with the legalese blinders you wear or by sticking your head up corporate butts as you do. Name-calling is no substitute. I’ve done my research and it does ‘not’ kowtow to ‘official’ or ‘blind’ definitions and corporate ass-kissing. Heard it from you over and over like a busted recording that can’t get out into the fresh air and look at real problems, if the bossman says no, with a swelled head and chest and nothing else. And, sadly, ‘that’ private definition you refer to is not the real definition of spam. (Besides. take it somewhere else, this is my Timeline, not yours.) Furthermore, the usual definition of spam is not what many Facebook users and Internet users are complaining about, they are reporting arbitrary, senseless removals and deletions that sometimes border on Facebook, or anyone’s, insanity; in a much broader sense, corporatism is not guided by any good morality and public sense or duty, other than profits and that gross manipulation of same (strangely, we somehow find ‘laws’ abound against these ‘private’ companies). And, yes, if they could get away with ‘murder’—and actually have—they would.

Facebook; September 14, 2018:   There is no doubt that the assassination was a well-planned, military and psyops conspiracy, involving many faces, many secret operatives, partially to make it virtually impossible to trace or trail-back to the many shots involved. It is my theory that some shooters were unbeknownst to each other, making the trail even more difficult to outline. Dallas that day was a virtual “Spook City” with all kinds of intelligence and clandestine operatives walking the streets, many with their own parts and agendas to play, which also would obfuscate and confuse any investigation (this also suggests that our society has become nothing but a virtual deep state and psyops living- nightmare everywhere). Much evidence would be needed to prove that Jackie had a part to play or did the things alleged, but in this society, such is the makings of our diabolical world.

**********



When a Study Group Fails to Study!

Skip to contenthttps://wordpresscom507.wordpress.com/2020/06/07/stephen-erdmann-trust-and-foundatin/wordpresscom507 – Stephen Erdmann Foundation-Dissenter/Disinter Magazine
Investigative Reporting
Home
New Things are Dawning!
What is PayPal? If you wish to help out use PayPal at independenterdmann@gmail.com

When a Study Group Fails to Study!
Posted on  by steveerdmann
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate This


Photo above of Stephen Erdmann, Independent Investigative Journalist

A Review of Reviews of the Great Gatsby

By: Steve Erdmann

The classic story by the late Scott Fitzgerald (Fitzgerald, Scott. 
The Great Gatsby. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1991) has fallen on bad times in the hands of merciless and savage idiot-reviewers of the latest rendering and movie by Director Baz Luhrmann. Demonstrating a total lack of empathy of a classic and well-venerated story, or lack of general literary sense, the purpose and honor of said reviewers can only be questioned and their insensivity heralded as further proof of modern-day barbarism.
Poor Brandi Stephens finds herself mystified that a well-liked masterpiece holds ingredients that are asthma and cold to her: complication and characters; Subtract these two literary tools, and you will have the perfect novel. “I am still reading the book, so maybe it will get better.” 
Martha Conneilly queries that it has “words” in the story – and a lot of them: I can imagine that dinnertime, or even a romance (?) in her family can be a very silent and boring event. And she has the ‘best support’ for her viewpoint – her Book Club – and that is saying a lot: When your book club gives a ‘thumbs down’ on an alleged Classic, you know it has to be saying something about the quality of the author! “It was too ‘wordy’.  Members of the Book Club that I am involved in did not give it a good review.  What makes it a ‘classic’?”
“A Costumer” reviewer/reader, who obviously has dredged the depths of human action and is the epitome of a pensive and analytic connoisseur of art, grasps Fitzgerald’s insight into human nature; some added advice: it helps immensely to have the correct story in mind, in any analysis. “I was disgusted with it.  The characters in the story were worthless wastes of human flesh.”
Iaiam, A Kid’s Review, and Suzanne C solidly place their feet into the author’s shoes, they seem well-prepared to see the story through the author’s eyes. No misunderstanding possible here.  Surely, if the novel had any relevance to our modern age, these two readers would have surely been able to have seen it. They have a handle on plenty other ‘insights’ to this literary world of the Roaring Twenties: they clearly demonstrate that the book was not written for their specific audience.
Clearly, Bay Area User has more of a depth and acumen; he or she is able to fit into the author’s shoes – except for the bulging bunions on his or her feet. ‘Old’ literature; probably, they would say, the same goes for the Bible or Shakespeare.
Luhrmann stated that he planned it to be timelier due to its theme of criticizing the often-irresponsible lifestyles of wealthy people. While Scott Fitzgerald couldn’t see 2008 and the modern financial crisis, his vision undoubtedly expanded beyond the 1920s to live again in the bosom of modern-day catastrophe.
“In reality, the American Dream is based on nothing but immoral wealth and materialistic desires for the pleasures in life. However, once at the top, there is nowhere to go but down. And, for those who took the easy road of immorality to reach the American Dream, the ride down is nothing short of a ride from Hell.”
This reviewer seems to have grasped part of Fitzgerald’s “vision,” unlike our earlier reviewers. Surely, the reviewers can share in this revelation that wealth in the story was no guarantee of happiness; that in the long search for sanctity, Jay Gatsby lost sight of where his dream was going.  And don’t you feel sadness that his quest was so near and yet when he had it in hand, it suddenly disintegrated before his eyes because of an innate flaw in his plan? Has that ever happened to our reviewers? And have not our reviewers ever found themselves in love – only to find that ‘love’ evaporate due to some miscalculation, some bit of misappropriated tweaking that just could not pull it through, like a thread slipping from a needle-eye?
Says another insightful reviewer: “Gatsby becomes fabulously wealthy, but he doesn’t care about money in itself. He lives in a beautiful mansion and dresses beautifully, but everything he does is for love. He invents a hero called Jay Gatsby and then inhabits this creation, just as we hope to reinvent ourselves, someday, any day now, almost certainly starting tomorrow.”
Has the reviewer ever had dreams – and those dreams become so paramount that no one – no man, women or child – would interfere with that tempest in a human heart?  And have they not seen that tempest, that battle, in many a Classic novel or tale?
The book opens in the words of Nick Carraway: reserve judgment long enough as to learn something you might miss, there are worlds where other readers have been, other authors have been, that can tell you much about the world, new horizons and reality:
“In my younger and more vulnerable years my father gave me some advice that I’ve been turning over in my mind ever since.”

“Whenever you feel like criticizing anyone,” he told me, “Just remember that all the people in this world haven’t had the advantages that you’ve had.”        “Reserving judgments is a matter of infinite hope. I am still a little afraid of missing something if I forget that, as my father snobbishly suggested, and I snobbishly repeat, a sense of the fundamental decencies is parceled out unequally at birth.”
Reserving judgment, parceling out hope, reaching the ‘unreachable star’ of human love and understanding (The Man La Mancha) are things, as Scott Fitzgerald may have seen, we too can grasp if we really strive to.
Answers to Eric Lundgren’s Questionnaire:
Question No. 1: Ans.: I try to be unique yet universal, capture the genre and the mood and tone of various authors into my own work, yet leaving my definite ‘stamp’.  Since I derive inspiration from multiple sources, my writing can reflect different styles.
Question No. 2: Ans.: A lot of good and bad happened to me in my childhood that has shaped my worldview.  I am primarily a slice of ‘time’ from World War II through the Space Age.  One of the big events in my early life while in an orphanage was watching the atomic bomb tests on TV out in Nevada.
Question No. 3: Ans.: Certainly, science-fiction/fiction is often prophetic.  Reality can often be stranger than fiction, or visa versa. I do believe that there is a psychic/paranormal side to humanity and that quantum physics is beginning to scientifically prove that.
Question No. 4: Ans.: Michael John Moorcock, James Dickey, Philip K. Dick, H.G. Wells; Richard S. Shaver and Ray Palmer of AMAZING STORIES fame, and his inauguration of FATE Magazine.  There are so many.
Steve Charles Erdmann
05/16/2013
Share this:
Twitter

Customize buttons


Related
Believing is not SeeingNovember 12, 2021In “Alien abduction”
The Many Worlds Undiscovered!December 18, 2021In “Alien abduction”
Thinking Minds of Thomas and KeithDecember 27, 2021In “Alien abduction”
Posted in Alien abductionAlien HybridAngelic HybridARCHAEOLOGYBad KarmaBL4 Lab Biological WeaponsCenter for DiseaseChina A VirusCommerceConspiracyCoronaCorporate ControlCrimeDavid IckeFinanceFlu VaccinationForced VaccinationHIVHuman NatureInvestigative ReportingKafkaesqueMind ControlNazismNew SciencePandemicParanormalPedophilaPhantasmagoriaSadismSarsScience-fictionSlaverySurrealismUfologyUFOsUncategorizedWhistleblowingWuhanTagged Conspiracy Conspiracy Investigative Reporting Cosmology Economics Esoteric History Mind Infiltration Parasychology Politics UFOsEdit
Post navigation
← Thinking Minds of Thomas and Keith
Leave a Reply



Search for:
Recent Posts
When a Study Group Fails to Study!
Thinking Minds of Thomas and Keith
Roswell Secrets!
The Many Worlds Undiscovered!
New Marvels!
Recent Comments

Air Force Bluebook |… on The Project Bluebook Story

Joseph Dispenza Quot… on I, DR. J. Allen Hynek… “(UFOs…

THE FOURTH REICH RIS… on Nazi World Beneath the Ice

Complete History of… on All the facts on the Illuminat…

Admin on Haunting Roswell Legacy
Archives
December 2021
November 2021
October 2021
July 2021
June 2021
May 2021
April 2021
February 2021
January 2021
December 2020
July 2020
June 2020
May 2020
April 2020
March 2020
February 2020
December 2019
November 2019
October 2019
August 2019
July 2019
June 2019
May 2019
April 2019
March 2019
February 2019
January 2019
December 2018
November 2018
October 2018
September 2018
July 2018
June 2018
May 2018
April 2018
March 2018
February 2018
January 2018
November 2017
October 2017
September 2017
August 2017
July 2017
June 2017
February 2017
January 2017
September 2016
August 2016
July 2016
March 2016
December 2015
October 2015
What is PayPal? This a PayPal account at independenterdmann@gmail.comand how to get started.
What is PayPal? This a PayPal account at independenterdmann@gmail.comand how to get started.
  Select Category
  Alien abduction
  Alien Hybrid
  Angelic Hybrid
  ARCHAEOLOGY
  Bad Karma
  BL4 Lab Biological Weapons
  Center for Disease
  China A Virus
  Commerce
  Conspiracy
  Corona
  Corporate Control
  Crime
  David Icke
  Finance
  Flu Vaccination
  Forced Vaccination
  History
  HIV
  Human Nature
  Investigative Reporting
  Kafkaesque
  Mind Control
  Nazism
  New Science
  Pandemic
  Paranormal
  Pedophila
  Phantasmagoria
  Quarantine
  Sadism
  Sars
  Science-fiction
  Slavery
  Surrealism
  Ufology
  UFOs
  Uncategorized
  Whistleblowing
  Wuhan 
Meta
Site Admin
Log out
Entries feed
Comments feed
WordPress.com
Blog at WordPress.com.

Thomas and Keith

Skip to content

https://wordpresscom507.wordpress.com/2020/06/07/stephen-erdmann-trust-and-foundatin/wordpresscom507 – Stephen Erdmann Foundation-Dissenter/Disinter Magazine

Investigative Reporting

Thinking Minds of Thomas and Keith

Posted on  by steveerdmann      Rate This

Kenn Thomas and Jim Keith

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/ciencia/ciencia_flyingobjects75a.htm

(Thomas)

I remember Jim Keith writing this book. At the time, he was also working on an article for the coming issue of Steam shovel Press. Jim contributed regularly to the magazine and stayed in phone contact for research help and to chat conspiracy. He mentioned that he was trying to summarize all of his current thinking in a single themed manuscript.

The original Saucers of the Illuminati, in fact, may have been Jim Keith’s last contribution to the zine world. The original book had an 8×10 format, spiral bound and resembled more a magazine than a book. Then, many people who knew Keith at all knew him primarily through his small circulation “fan” magazines (although it is hard to conceive of a conspiracy/UFO cover up “fan”), Dharma Combat being the most well-known but certainly not the only example.

(Keith)

My purpose for authorizing this informal edition was to get into print certain interesting connections that I had made between occult philosophy, the lore of UFOs, and the totalitarian New World  Order – ideas that I had discussed at length with other researchers and that were already twinkling into being in a firmament of articles by some of those worthies. I was a little… paranoid is not the word I seek… concerned that by the time a proper paperback edition of Saucers was ushered into being, that I might be accused of plagiarizing myself.

As it turned out, my worry was largely unfounded, and little of what I wrote about in ’93 has been grappled with, understood, or even mentioned in the conspiracy or UFO press, much less by the New York Times. I take this to be positive proof that I was on the right track.

Actually, my sense is that the ideas in Saucers tend to jump disciplines from political conspiracy, to UFOs, to the occult, to synthesize the information in each. The researchers in those varied disciplines almost never have any truck with and so are confounded by their adjoining truck stops in arcane research. The Left-Hand Path doesn’t know what the Vast Right-Wing Conspiracy is doing, you might say. But these topics are, at the deepest levels, intertwined and clarify the notions of the others.

Another matter: the ideas in Saucers of the Illuminati are dangerous, not to mention extremely weird, and stray very close to Things You Are Not Supposed to Think. In fact, in current polite-read mind controlled – society you are not even supposed to think that there are things that you are not supposed to think… Do you follow?

Since the lightning appearance and disappearance of the researcher’s edition of Saucers in 1993 copies have been completely unavailable, aside from a pirate edition that was rumored to have been put into print. That unavailability created a few misunderstandings about the book. Some speculated in print and on the Internet that the book was too incendiary, too Politically Incorrect, and that it went so quickly out of print because it was suppressed by the CIA or the Men in Black or some such.

Those things have been known to happen in the annals of conspiracy research, of course, but not in this case. Simply, when I might have been expanding the text of Saucers to a length more appropriate for a paperback, I was doing lots of other things: writing nine other books, chasing the wolf of velvet fortune, things like that.

But I finally got around to the revision in 1998. Now here is the bells and whistles version of Saucers, with a lot of material not included in the book’s original incarnation. Since the first appearance of the book, a great deal in the text has been clarified, and the revised work reflects new theories, new understandings obtained, and an arsenal of new smoking guns. Also included in this edition is the text of “UFOs at the Edge of Reality,” a lecture delivered in Atlanta, Georgia in 1995.

I admit it. Saucers of the Illuminati is my strangest and most controversial work. That fact has been underlined by the largely uncomprehending and sometimes hostile reviews given to the first edition. The book may also be the most true that I have written.

Hold on to your brains. Maybe the world is ready for this stuff now.
 

http://www.subgenius.com/updates/X0002_Jim_Keith_has_died.html

Rock, Nevada, north of Reno, his hometown, and broke his knee. He went to the Washoe Medical hospital there and died during surgery on September 7 at 8:10 PM, when a blood clot released and entered his lung. In addition to co-authoring The Octopus with Kenn Thomas, Keith wrote many other popular books on conspiracy topics, including Mind Control/World Control, Black Helicopters I and II, OKC Bomb, Saucers of the Illuminati, Casebook on Alternative 3, Casebook on the Men In Black and many others. He was well-known and well-loved among the readers of conspiracy literature, and Thomas is receiving a great outpouring of grief and condolences from
Keith’s many fans around the world.

http://radiomisterioso.com/2014/10/12/aerika-keith-and-kenn-thomas-carry-on-jim-keith/

One of the underlying themes of Keith’s works is that the UFO phenomenon is, in fact, of entirely earthly origin and has its roots within a parallel program of technological development. Keith maintained a steadfast commitment to the earthly-origin theory, and he believed that there was a concerted effort to put forth the extraterrestrial hypothesis into the public consciousness.”

https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/alt.conspiracy.princess-diana/8OIRWQIf96k

http://www.hiddenmysteries.org/themagazine/vol6/keith.shtml

(Kenn Thomas)

Thank you for the kind words about Jim. He was a dear friend of mine and an important person to the world. The loss is immeasurable. He was not just the co-author of “The Octopus,” but a dharma combatant who demonstrated time and again that the world is far more multi-dimensional, far more interesting, than the pablum that usually passes for news, information and normal discourse. Unfortunately, it is also far more dangerous.

Share this:

Customize buttonshttps://widgets.wp.com/likes/index.html?ver=20211208#blog_id=100462860&post_id=24993&origin=wordpresscom507.wordpress.com&obj_id=100462860-24993-61c91509030bd

The Many Worlds Undiscovered!December 18, 2021In “Alien abduction”

Believing is not SeeingNovember 12, 2021In “Alien abduction”

Roswell Secrets!December 24, 2021In “Conspiracy Investigative Reporting”Posted in UncategorizedTagged ConspiracyConspiracy Investigative ReportingCosmologyEconomicsEsotericHistoryParasychologyPoliticsUFOsEdit

Post navigation

← Roswell Secrets!

Leave a Reply

Search for:

Recent Posts

Recent Comments

Air Force Bluebook |… on The Project Bluebook Story
Joseph Dispenza Quot… on I, DR. J. Allen Hynek… “(UFOs…
THE FOURTH REICH RIS… on Nazi World Beneath the Ice
Complete History of… on All the facts on the Illuminat…
Admin on Haunting Roswell Legacy

Archives

What is PayPal? This a PayPal account at independenterdmann@gmail.comand how to get started.

What is PayPal? This a PayPal account at independenterdmann@gmail.comand how to get started.  Select Category  Alien abduction  Alien Hybrid  Angelic Hybrid  ARCHAEOLOGY  Bad Karma  BL4 Lab Biological Weapons  Center for Disease  China A Virus  Commerce  Conspiracy  Corona  Corporate Control  Crime  David Icke  Finance  Flu Vaccination  Forced Vaccination  History  HIV  Human Nature  Investigative Reporting  Kafkaesque  Mind Control  Nazism  New Science  Pandemic  Paranormal  Pedophila  Phantasmagoria  Quarantine  Sadism  Sars  Science-fiction  Slavery  Surrealism  Ufology  UFOs  Uncategorized  Whistleblowing  Wuhan 

Log Out

:)

WunderWaffen

One alleged site of production of the Nazi UFOs is a series of tunnels buried under the Jonas Valley in Thuringia, central Germany. Here, under the command of SS General Hans Kammler, legions of slave labourers worked to bring the Fuhrer’s fantasies into existence.

The respected German science magazine has reported how “advanced” the programme was as scientists toiled in secret factories to produce the “wonder weapon” to win the war. The magazine quotes eyewitnesses who saw a flying saucer marked with  the German Iron Cross flying low over the Thames in 1944. “America also treated the existence of the weapons seriously,” it said.

Research done in Third Reich archives points to a secret factory in the Jonas Valley complex. Now officially sealed off, authorities play a cat-and-mouse game with UFO hunters. Why else would the Americans take away everything they found and place the results under a 100-year secrecy order?

The US believed Germany could use it to drop weapons on New York — a target the Fuhrer obsessed on as the war progressed. At the time the New York Times reported on a “mysterious flying disc” with photos of the device seen travelling at extremely high speeds over the city’s high-rise buildings.

“Apparently that machine was capable on its maiden flight of travelling
2,000km,” added the PM report. “The Germans had destroyed much of the
paperwork of their activities but there are numerous hints that it did
indeed exist.”

The Nazi UFO project was driven by engineers Rudolf Schriever and Otto Habermohl and was based in Prague between 1941 and 1943. Initially a Luftwaffe project, it eventually fell under the control of armaments minister Albert Speer before being taken over once again in 1944 by Hans Kammler.  Eyewitnesses captured by Allies after the war claimed to have seen the saucer fly on several occasions. Joseph Andreas Epp, an engineer who served as a consultant to the Schriever-Habermohl project, claimed 15 prototypes were built. He described how a central cockpit surrounded by rotating adjustable wing-vanes formed a circle. The vanes were held together by a band at the outer edge and were set in rotation by small rockets placed around the rim. Once rotational speed was sufficient and lift-off was achieved, horizontal jets or rockets were ignited.

A German official recorded that at the Prague-Gbell aerodrome in September 1943, he saw inside a hangar “a disk 5-6 metres in diameter. Its body is relatively large at the centre. “Underneath it has four tall, thin legs. Colour: aluminum. Height: almost as tall as a man. Thickness: some 30 to 40cm. Along with my friends, I saw the device emerge from the hangar. “It was then we heard the roar of the engines, we saw the external side of the disk begin to rotate and the vehicle began moving slowly and in a straight line toward the southern end of the field. “It then rose almost one metre into the air. After moving around some 300 metres at that altitude, it stopped again. Its landing was rather rough. Later, the ‘thing’ took off again, managing to reach the end of the aerodrome this time.”

German engineer Georg Klein claimed that two types of flying disks had been created by the Nazi scientists. Georg Klein, who went on to have a distinguished postwar career as an aeronautical engineer, said : “I don’t consider myself a crackpot, or eccentric, or fantasy prone person. This is what I saw with my own eyes — a Nazi UFO.”

Dr. Eduard Ludwig,  Chile, South America :  

  1. https://quantumantigravity.files.wordpress.com/2018/08/nazi-ufo_1.pdf
  2. https://quantumantigravity.files.wordpress.com/2018/08/nazi-ufo_2.pdf

Hat Schwerkraft Zukunft ?  
   
Is Gravity The Future ?   

In his “The Hunt for Zero Point“ Nick Cook describes the discovery of “the greatest mystery since the invention of the atomic bomb”. The author, an aviation specialist in the leading military magazine Jane’s Defense Weekly, reveals that American researchers are not only working on revolutionary antigravation techniques, but have already deciphered the secret of the gravity. Only the sensational discovery, which fundamentally changed both transport and weapon technology, had been kept secret for years.

Cook, too, first learns of it through mysterious circumstances. One day he stumbles over a quotation from armor expert George S. Trimble, vice president of the “G project” at Martin Aircrafts. Trimble claimed as early as 1956 that the taming of gravity could be achieved “about the same time as was necessary to build the atomic bomb.” What was he playing with?

There would be, for example, those Nazi scholars who, in the service of the SS, explored the possibility of antigravity and time travel. What became of the head of these armament projects, SS Obergruppenführer Hans Kammler?

Many clues suggest that SS Obergruppenführer Hans Kammler escaped to the United States with his findings and made them available to the US military.

It is quite conceivable that in the late fifties, somewhere in the expanse of the American prairie, a secret research laboratory was set up, which, like the Manhattan project, aimed at mastering the power of the atomic bomb.

Had this effort been successful? Is the anti-gravity technology perhaps already in use? In his researches in the laboratories of the armaments industry, in the corridors of the Pentagon, and in the tunnels of former Nazi research centers, this suspicion is confirmed by Cook. Although he is unable to provide any firm proof, the journalist discovers something else in his research: the feeling of a great mystery, “a black heart”. Cook can properly “feel the fear that clings to it”.

And yet the shielding is not complete. Even the attentive observer of scientific literature could not escape the fact that our schoolbook knowledge stands before a revolution.

Astronomers have been observing for a number of years that the universe is expanding much faster than previously thought – a finding many people explain by the action of a kind of cosmic antigravity that drives the galaxies apart. The astronomers emphasize again and again that this force has no influence on earthly masses and only becomes effective at great cosmological distances. But who knows?

The so-called zero-point energy of the vacuum also stimulates wild speculation. According to quantum mechanics, nothingness is not empty, but full potential. Just wonder how big this zero point energy (ZPE) is. “Some say that there is enough energy in a shoe box to allow the whole world to explode,” says Cook’s book, “others think that you can not even boil an egg with the whole ZPE of the world.”

Do Podkletnov know more? In 1992, the Russian emigrant reported that he had discovered a method for shielding gravity at the Tampere Technical University in Finland. For this purpose, Podkletnov had a disk of a special superconducting material rotated over a strong magnetic field. At over 5000 revolutions per second, measurements with a super fine scale, lost samples suspended above the disc up to one percent of their weight!

Although the professional world is still skeptical about these results, the American physicist Ning Li soon waited for a theoretical explanation: the rotating superconductor had a “gravito-magnetic” effect, a phenomenon which Einstein had already predicted. Similar to a moving electric charge, a magnetic field is generated, according to the theory of relativity, rotating matter must also influence the gravitational field. Although the effect according to Einsteinstheorie should be so small that it would be detectable only in the universe. Ning Li could not convince Nasa to repeat Podkletnov’s groundbreaking experiments.

The fact that these attempts failed for many years and Ning Li does not want to comment on the whole subject any more, can only be explained by the power of the “black heart” that Nick Cook could guess in his research.

Yevgeny Podkletnov also felt his strength. The anti-gravity pioneer lost his job at the Tampere Technical University and has to pursue his research on his own. He recently revealed to a reporter of the New Scientist that he had now developed a “pulse generator”, which could throw down an upright book at a distance of one kilometer. Unfortunately, a visit to the facility is not possible because it is located in a security zone of the Moscow University. In addition, he is obliged to “silence” for “patent reasons”.

But the progress can not be stopped. This is also known by the Nasa researchers, who work in the “Breakthrough in Drive Technology” department. In the meantime, they have realized that Podkletnov’s experiment apparently only works when the rotating superconducting disk has a very specific chemical composition – and the Russian physicist has so far kept this mixture secret. But for a generous check, he has now betrayed his special recipe to an American company, who had an exact copy of his antigravation apparatus made for Nasa for 600,000 dollars. These days, the Marshall Space Flight Center in Huntsville, Alabama, is about to begin the experiments, and it is only a matter of months before the official confirmation of Podkletnov’s breakthrough discovery is made.

Only the scientific community still struggles against the impending paradigm shift. The physicist and book author Hans Christian von Baeyer, who teaches in the USA, considers the antigravitation to be as likely as “the possibility that your office is exploding today”. Even Lawrence M. Krauss, who analyzed the physics of Star Trek and is a science fiction expert, considers NASA’s work as an “nonsense”. As chairman of a corresponding NASA advisory board, he would at any rate do his utmost to “end this stupid project”.

Is there only the arrogance of the mainstream physics establishment behind such statements? Or are they merely distraction maneuvers to conceal the truth of that “dark mystery” that Nick Cook has tracked?

Ulrich Schnabe

Chapter  ONE

The photocopied pages had obviously come from some long-forgotten schlock popular science journal. I had stepped away from my desk only for a few moments and somehow in the interim the article had appeared. The headline ran :The G-Engines Are Coming.  

I glanced around the office, wondering who had put it there and if this was someone’s idea of a joke. The copier had cut off the top of the first page and the title of the publication with it, but it was the drawing above the headline that was the giveaway. It depicted an aircraft, if you could call it that, hovering a few feet above a dry lake bed, a ladder extending from the fuselage and a crew member making his way down the steps dressed in a U.S.-style flight suit and flying helmet—standard garb for that era. The aircraft had no wings and no visible means of propulsion.

I gave the office another quick scan. The magazine’s operations were set on the first floor. The whole building was open-plan. To my left, the business editor was head-down over a proof-page checking copy. To her right was the naval editor, a guy who was good for a windup, but who was currently deep into a phone conversation and looked like he had been for hours.

I was reminded of a technology piece I’d penned a couple of years earlier about the search for scientific breakthroughs in U.S. aerospace and defense research. In a journal not noted for its exploration of the fringes of paranormality, nor for its humor, I’d inserted a tongue-in-cheek reference to gravity—or rather to antigravity, a subject beloved of science-fiction writers.

“For some U.S. aerospace engineers,” I’d said, “an antigravity propulsion system remains the ultimate quantum leap in aircraft design.” The implication was that antigravity was the aerospace equivalent of the holy grail: something longed for, dreamed about, but beyond reach—and likely always to remain so.

Somehow the reference had escaped the sub-editors and, as a result, amongst my peers, other aerospace and defense writers on the circuit, I’d taken some flak for it. For Jane’s, the publishing empire founded on one man’s obsession with the detailed specifications of ships and aircraft almost a century earlier, technology wasn’t something you joked about.

The magazine I wrote—and still write—for, Jane’s Defence Weekly, documented the day-to-day dealings of the multibillion-dollar defense business. JDW, as we called it, is but one of a portfolio of products detailing the ins and outs of the global aerospace and defense industry. If you want to know about the thrust-to-weight ratio of a Chinese combat aircraft engine or the pulse repetition frequency of a particular radar system, somewhere in the Jane’s portfolio of products there is a publication that has the answers. In short, Jane’s was, and always has been, about facts. Its motto is: Authoritative, Accurate, Impartial.

It was a huge commercial intelligence-gathering operation; and provided they had the money, anyone could buy into its vast knowledge base.

I cast a glance at the bank of sub-editors’ work-stations over in the far corner of the office, but nobody appeared remotely interested in what was happening at my desk. If the subs had nothing to do with it, and usually they were the first to know about a piece of piss-taking that was going down in the office, I figured whoever had put it there was from one of the dozens of other departments in the building and on a different floor. Perhaps my anonymous benefactor had felt embarrassed about passing it on to me?

I studied the piece again.

The strapline below the headline proclaimed: “By far the most potent source of energy is gravity. Using it as power, future aircraft will attain the speed of light.” It was written by one Michael Gladych and began: “Nuclear-powered aircraft are yet to be built, but there are research projects already under way that will make the super-planes obsolete before they are test-flown. For in the United States and Canada, research centers, scientists, designers and engineers are perfecting a way to control gravity—a force infinitely more powerful than the mighty atom. The result of their labors will be antigravity engines working without fuel—weightless airliners and space ships able to travel at 170,000 miles per second.”

On any other day, that would have been the moment I’d have consigned it for recycling. But something in the following paragraph caught my eye.

The gravity research, it said, had been supported by the Glenn L. Martin Aircraft Company, Bell Aircraft, Lear “and several other American aircraft manufacturers who would not spend millions of dollars on science fiction.” It quoted Lawrence D. Bell, the founder of the plane-maker that was first to beat the sound barrier. “We’re already working on nuclear fuels and equipment to cancel out gravity.” George S. Trimble, head of Advanced Programs and “Vice President in charge of the G-Project at Martin Aircraft,” added that the conquest of gravity “could be done in about the time it took to build the first atom bomb.”

A little further on, it quoted “William P. Lear, the chairman of Lear Inc., makers of autopilots and other electronic controls.” It would be another decade before Bill Lear went on to design and build the first of the sleek business jets that still carry his name. But in 1956, according to Gladych, Lear had his mind on other things.

“All matter within the ship would be influenced by the ship’s gravitation only,” Lear apparently said of the wondrous G-craft. “This way, no matter how fast you accelerated or changed course, your body would not feel it any more than it now feels the tremendous speed and acceleration of the earth.” The G-ship, Gladych explained, could take off like a cannon shell, come to a stop with equal abruptness and the passengers wouldn’t even need seat belts. This ability to accelerate rapidly, the author continued, would make it ideal as a space vehicle capable of acceleration to a speed approaching that of light.

There were some oblique references to Einstein, some highly dubious “facts” about the nature of subatomic physics and some speculation about how various kinds of “antigravity engines” might work.

But the one thing I kept returning to were those quotes. Had Gladych made them up or had Lawrence Bell, George S. Trimble and William “Bill” Lear really said what he had quoted them as saying?

Outside, the rain beat against the double-glazed windows, drowning the sound of the traffic that crawled along the London to Brighton road and the unrelenting hum of the air conditioning that regulated the temperature inside.

The office was located in the last suburb of the Greater London metropolis; next stop the congested joys of the M25 ring road and the M23 to Gatwick Airport. The building was a vast redbrick two-story bunker amid between-the-wars gray brickwork and pebbledash. The rain acted like a muslin filter, washing out what little ambient color Coulsdon possessed. In the rain, it was easy to imagine that nothing much had changed here for decades.

As aviation editor of JDW, my beat was global and it was pretty much unstructured. If I needed to cover the latest air-to-surface weapons developments in the U.S.A., I could do it, with relatively few questions asked. My editor, an old pro, with a history as long as your arm in publishing, gave each of us, the so-called “specialists” (the aviation, naval and land systems editors), plenty of rope. His only proviso was that we filed our expenses within two of weeks of travel and that we gave him good, exclusive stories. If I wanted to cover an aerospace and defense exhibition in Moscow, Singapore or Dubai, the funds to do so were almost always there.

As for the job itself, it was a mixture of hard-edged reporting and basic provision of information. We reported on the defense industry, but we were part of it, too—the vast majority of the company’s revenue coming from the same people we wrote about. Kowtowing was a no-no, but so was kicking down doors. If you knew the rules and played by them you could access almost any part of the global defense-industrial complex. In the course of a decade, I’d visited secret Russian defense facilities and ultrasensitive U.S. government labs. If you liked technology, a bit of skulduggery and people, it was a career made in heaven. At least 60 percent of the time I was on the road. The bit I liked least was office downtime.

Again, I looked around for signs that I was being set up. Then, satisfied that I wasn’t, but feeling self-conscious nonetheless, I tucked the Gladych article into a drawer and got on with the business of the day. Another aerospace and defense company had fallen prey to post-Cold War economics. It was 24 hours before the paper closed for press and the news editor was yelling for copy.

Two days later, in a much quieter moment, I visited the Jane’s library. It was empty but for the librarian, a nice man way past retirement age who used to listen to the BBC’s radio lunchtime news while gazing out over the building’s bleak rear lot.

In the days before the Internet revolution, the library was an invaluable resource. Fred T. Jane published his first yearbook, Jane’s Fighting Ships, in 1898; and in 1909 the second, Jane’s All The World’s Aircraft, quickly built on the reputation of the former as a reference work par excellence for any and all information on aeronautical developments. Nigh on a century later, the library held just about every book and magazine ever put out by the company and a pile of other reference works besides.

I scanned the shelves till I found what I was looking for.

The Jane’s All The World’s Aircraft yearbook for 1956 carried no mention of antigravity experiments, nor did successive volumes, but that came as no great surprise. The yearbooks are the aerospace equivalent of Burke’s Peerage or the Guinness Book of Records: every word pored over, analyzed and double-checked for accuracy. They’d have given antigravity a very wide berth.

For a story like this, what I was looking for was a news publication.

I looked along the shelves again. Jane’s had gotten into the magazine publishing business relatively recently and the company’s copies of Flight International and Aviation Week ran back only a few years. But it did have bound volumes of Interavia Aerospace Review from before the Second World War. And it was on page 373 in the May 1956 edition of this well-respected publication, in amongst advertisements for Constellation airliners, chunky-looking bits of radar equipment and (curiously for an aviation journal) huge “portable” Olivetti typewriters, that I found a feature bylined: Mr. “Intel”, Washington, D.C., with the headline: “Towards Flight without Stress or Strain…or Weight” Beneath it ran the strapline: The following article is by an American journalist who has long taken a keen interest in questions of theoretical physics and has been recommended to the Editors as having close connections with scientific circles in the United States. The subject is one of immediate interest and Interavia Aerospace Review would welcome further comment from initiated sources. — Editors.

The article referred to something called “electro-gravitics” research, whose aim was to “seek the source of gravity and its control.” This research, “Intel” stated, had “reached a stage where profound implications for the entire human race are beginning to emerge.”

I read on, amused by the tone and wondering how on earth the article had come to be accepted in a mainstream aerospace journal.

“In the still short life of the turbojet airplane [by then, 1956, little more than a decade], man has had to increase power in the form of brute thrust some twenty times in order to achieve just twice the speed. The cost in money in reaching this point has been prodigious. The cost in highly specialized man-hours is even greater. By his present methods man actually fights in direct combat the forces that resist his efforts. In conquering gravity he would be putting one of his most competent adversaries to work for him. Antigravitics is the method of the picklock rather than the sledgehammer.”

Not only that, the article stated, but antigravity could be put to work in other fields beyond aerospace. “In road cars, trains and boats the headaches of transmission of power from the engine to wheels or propellers would simply cease to exist. Construction of bridges and big buildings would be greatly simplified by temporary induced weightlessness etc. Other facets of work now under way indicate the possi- bility of close controls over the growth of plant life; new therapeutic techniques, permanent fuelless heating units for homes and industrial establishments; new sources of industrial power; new manufacturing techniques; a whole field of new chemistry. The list is endless …and growing.”

It was also sheer fantasy.

Yet, for the second time in a week I had found an article—this time certainly in a publication with a solid reputation—that stated that U.S. aerospace companies were engaged in the study of this “science.” It cited the same firms mentioned by Gladych and some new ones as well: Sperry-Rand and General Electric among them. Within these institutions, we were supposed to believe, people were working on theories that could not only make materials weightless, but could actually give them “negative weight”—a repulsive force that would allow them to loft away “contra-gravitationally.” The article went further. It claimed that in experimentation conducted by a certain “Townsend T. Brown” weights of some materials had already been cut by as much as 30 percent by “energizing” them and that model “disc airfoils” utilizing this technology had been run in a wind tunnel under a charge of a hundred and fifty kilovolts “with results so impressive as to be highly classified.”

I gazed out over the slate rooftops. For Interavia to have written about antigravity, there had to have been something in it. The trouble was, it was history. My bread-and-butter beat was the aerospace industry of the 1990s, not this distant cozy world of the fifties with its heady whiff of jet-engine spirit and the developing Cold War.

I replaced the volume and returned to my desk. It should have been easy to let go, but it wasn’t. If people of the caliber quoted by Gladych and Interavia had started talking about antigravity anytime in the past ten years I would have reported it—however skeptical I might be on a personal level. Why had these people said the things they had with such conviction? One of them, George S. Trimble, had gone so far as to predict that a breakthrough would occur in around the same time it took to develop the atomic bomb—roughly five years. Yet, it had never happened. And even if the results of “Townsend T. Brown’s” experiments had been “so impressive as to be highly classified,” they had clearly come to naught; otherwise, by the 60s or 70s the industry would have been overtaken by fuel-less propulsion technology.

I rang a public relations contact at Lockheed Martin, the U.S. aerospace and defense giant, to see if I could get anything on the individuals Gladych had quoted. I knew that Lawrence Bell and Bill Lear were both dead. But what about George S. Trimble? If Trimble was alive—and it was a long shot, since he would have to be in his 80s—he would undoubtedly confirm what I felt I knew to be true; that he had been heavily misquoted or that antigravity had been the industry’s silly-season story of 1956.

A simple phone call would do the trick.

Daniella “Dani” Abelman was an old media contact within Lockheed Martin’s public affairs organization. Solid, reliable and likable, she’d grown up in the industry alongside me, only on the other side of the divide. Our relationship with the information managers of the aerospace and defense world was as double-edged as the PR/reporter interface in any other industry. Our job was to get the lowdown on the inside track and, more often than not, it was bad news that sold. But unlike our national newspaper counterparts, trade press hacks have to work within the industry, not outside it. This always added an extra twist to our quest for information. The industry comprised hundreds of thousands of people, but despite its size, it was surprisingly intimate and incestuous enough for everyone to know everyone else. If you pissed off a PR manager in one company, even if it was on the other side of the globe, you wouldn’t last long, because word would quickly get around and the flow of information would dry up.

But with Abelman, it was easy. I liked her. We got on. I told her I needed some background on an individual in one of Lockheed Martin’s “heritage” companies, a euphemism for a firm it had long since swallowed whole.

The Glenn L. Martin Company became the Martin Company in 1957. In 1961, it merged with the American-Marietta Company, becoming Martin-Marietta, a huge force in the Cold War U.S. defense electronics industry. In 1994, Martin-Marietta merged again, this time with Lockheed to form Lockheed Martin. The first of the global mega-merged defense behemoths, it built everything from stealth fighters and their guided weapons to space launchers and satellites.

Abelman was naturally suspicious when I told her I needed to trace an ex-company employee, but relaxed when I said that the person I was interested in had been doing his thing more than 40 years ago and was quite likely dead by now.

I was circumspect about the reasons for the approach, knowing full well if I told her the real story, she’d think I’d taken leave of my senses.

But I had a bona fide reason for calling her—and one that legitimately, if at a stretch, involved Trimble: I was preparing a piece on the emergence of the U.S. aerospace industry’s “special projects” facilities in the aftermath of the Cold War.

Most large aerospace and defense companies had a special projects unit; a clandestine adjunct to their main business lines where classified activities could take place. The shining example was the Lockheed Martin “Skunk Works,” a near-legendary aircraft-manufacturing facility on the edge of the California high desert.

For 50 years, the Skunk Works had sifted Lockheed for its most highly skilled engineers, putting them to work on top secret aircraft projects.

Using this approach it had delivered some of the biggest military breakthroughs of the 20th century, among them the world’s first Mach 3 spyplane and stealth, the art of making aircraft “invisible” to radar and other enemy sensor systems.

But now the Skunk Works was coming out of the shadows and, in the process, giving something back to its parent organization. Special projects units were renowned for bringing in complex, high-risk defense programs on time and to cost, a skill that had become highly sought after by the main body of the company in the austere budget environment of the 1990s.

Trimble, I suggested, might be able to provide me with historical context and “color” in an otherwise dry business story. “Advanced Programs,” the outfit he was supposed to have worked for, sounded a lot like Martin’s version of the Skunk Works.

Abelman said she’d see what she could do, but I wasn’t to expect any short-order miracles. She wasn’t the company historian, she said dryly, but she’d make a few inquiries and get back to me.

I was surprised when she phoned me a few hours later. Company records, to her surprise—and mine—said that Trimble was alive and enjoying retirement in Arizona. “Sounds hard as nails, but an amazing guy by all accounts,” she breezed. “He’s kinda mystified why you want to talk to him after all this time, but seems okay with it. Like you said, it’s historical, right?”

“Right,” I said.

I asked Abelman, while she was at it, for all the background she had on the man. History or not, I said, trying to keep it light, I liked to be thorough. She was professional enough to sound less than convinced by my newfound interest in the past, but promised she’d do her best. I thanked her, then hung up, feeling happy that I’d done something about it. A few weeks, a month at the outside, the mystery would be resolved and I could go back to my regular beat, case closed.

Outside, another bank of gray storm clouds was rolling in above rooftops that were still slick from the last passing shower.

I picked up my coat and headed for the train station, knowing that somewhere between the office and my flat in central London I was going to get soaked right through.

The initial information came a week later from a search through some old files that I’d buried in a collection of boxes in my basement: a company history of Martin Marietta I’d barely remembered I’d acquired. It told me that in 1955 Trimble had become involved in something called the Research Institute for Advanced Studies, RIAS, a Martin spin-off organization whose brief was to “observe the phenomena of nature…to discover fundamental laws…and to evolve new technical concepts for the improvement and welfare of mankind.”

Aside from the philanthropic tone, a couple of things struck me as fishy about the RIAS. First off, its name was as bland as the carefully chosen “Advanced Development Projects”—the official title of the Skunk Works. Second, was the nature and caliber of its recruits. These, according to the company history, were “world-class contributors in mathematics, physics, biology and materials science.”

Soon afterward, I received a package of requested information from Lockheed Martin in the mail. RIAS no longer existed, having been subsumed by other parts of the Lockheed Martin empire. But through an old RIAS history, a brochure published in 1980 to celebrate the organization’s “first 25 years,” I was able to glean a little more about Trimble and the outfit he’d inspired. It described him as “one of the most creative and imaginative people that ever worked for the Company.”

I read on.

From a nucleus of people that in 1955 met in a conference room at the Martin Company’s Middle River plant in Maryland, RIAS soon developed a need for its own space. In 1957, with a staff of about 25 people, it moved to Baltimore City. The initial research program, the brochure said, was focused on NASA and the agency’s stated goal of putting a man on the moon. But that wasn’t until 1961.

One obvious question was, what had RIAS been doing in the interim? Mainly math, by the look of it. Its principal academic was described as an expert in “topology and nonlinear differential equations.”

I hadn’t the least idea what that meant.

In 1957, the outfit moved again, this time to a large mansion on the edge of Baltimore, a place chosen for its “campus-like” atmosphere. Offices were quickly carved from bedrooms and workshops from garages.

It reminded me of accounts I’d read of the shirtsleeves atmosphere of the early days of the Manhattan Project when Oppenheimer and his team of atom scientists had crunched through the physics of the bomb.

And that was the very same analogy Trimble had used. The conquest of gravity, he’d said, would come in the time it took to build the bomb.

I called a few contacts on the science and engineering side of Lockheed Martin, asking them, in a roundabout kind of way, whether there was, or ever had been, any part of the corporation involved in gravity or “counter-gravitational” research. After some initial questions on their part as to why I should be interested, which I just about managed to palm off, the answer that came back was a uniform “no.” Well, almost. There was a guy, Boyd Bushman, one contact told me, a scientist who worked in the combat aircraft division in Fort Worth who would talk eloquently about the mysteries of Nature and the universe to anyone who would listen. He’d also levitate paper clips on his desk. Great character, but a bit of a maverick. “Paper clips?” I’d asked. “A maverick scientist levitating paper clips on his desk? At Lockheed Martin? Come on.”  My source laughed. If he hadn’t known better, he’d have said I was working up a story on antigravity.  A 1999 FBI memo established that Boyd Bushman was indeed employed at Lockheed Martin (LM). The man’s claims of holding Top Secret clearance while working as a Senior Specialist were also verified. Please note, however, LM expressed concerns to the FBI of what “may be an ongoing attempt to elicit LM proprietary or classified information” surrounding Bushman:

I made my excuses and signed off. It was crazy, possibly dangerous stuff, but it continued to have me intrigued.

I called an old friend who’d gained a degree in applied mathematics. Tentatively, I asked whether topology and non-differential linear equations had any application to the study of gravity.

Of course, he replied. Topology—the study of shape in physics—and nonlinear equations were the standard methods for calculating gravitational attraction.

I sat back and pieced together what I had. It didn’t amount to much, but did it amount to something?

In 1957, George S. Trimble, one of the leading aerospace engineers in the U.S. at that time, a man, it could safely be said, with a background in highly advanced concepts and classified activity, had put together what looked like a special projects team; one with a curious task.

This, just a year after he started talking about the Golden Age of Antigravity that would sweep through the industry starting in the 1960s.

So, what went wrong?

In its current literature, the stuff pumped out in press releases all the time, the U.S. Air Force constantly talked up the “vision”: where it was going to be in 25 years, how it was going to wage and win future wars and how technology was key.

In 1956, it would have been as curious as I was about the notion of a fuel-less propulsion source, one that could deliver phenomenal performance gains over a jet; perhaps including the ability to accelerate rapidly, to pull hairpin turns without crushing the pilot and to achieve speeds that defied the imagination. In short, it would have given them something that resembled a UFO.

I rubbed my eyes. The dim pool of light that had illuminated the Lockheed-supplied material on Trimble and RIAS had brought on a nagging pain in the back of my head.

The evidence was suggesting that in the mid-50s there had been some kind of breakthrough in the antigravity field and for a small window in time people had talked about it freely and openly, believing they were witnessing the dawn of a new era, one that would benefit the whole of mankind.
Then, in 1957, everyone had stopped talking about it. Had the military woken up to what was happening, bringing the clamps down?

Those in the know, outfits like Trimble’s that had been at the forefront of the breakthrough, would probably have continued their research, assembling their development teams behind closed doors, ready for the day they could build real hardware.

But of course, it never happened.

It never happened because soon after Trimble, Bell and Lear made their statements, sanity prevailed. By 1960, it was like the whole episode never took place. Aerospace development continued along its structured, ordered pathway and antigravity became one of those taboo subjects that people like me never, ever talked about.

Satisified that everything was back in its place and as it should be, I went to bed.

Somewhere in my head I was still tracking the shrill, faraway sounds of the city when the phone rang. I could tell instantly it was Abelman. Separated by an ocean and five time zones, I heard the catch in her breathing.

” It’s Trimble,” she said. “The guy just got off the phone to me. Remember how he was fine to do the interview? Well, something’s happened. I don’t know who this old man is or what he once was, but he told me in no uncertain terms to get off his case. He doesn’t want to speak to me and he doesn’t want to speak to you, not now, not ever. I don’t mind telling you that he sounded scared and I don’t like to hear old men scared. It makes me scared. I don’t know what you were really working on when you came to me with this, Nick, but let me give you some advice. Stick to what you know about; stick to the damned present. It’s better that way for all of us.”

Towards Flight without Stress or Strain… or Weight

by Mr. “Intel”,  Washington D.C.  

The following article is by an American journalist who has long taken a keen interest in questions of theoretical physics and has been recommended to the Editors as having close connections with scientific circles in the United States. The subject is one of immediate interest and Interavia Aerospace Review would welcome further comment from initiated sources. — Editors.

Washington D.C.,  March 23,  1956  

Electrogravitics research, seeking the source of gravity and its control, has reached a stage where profound implications for the entire human race begin to emerge. Perhaps the most startling and immediate implications of all involve aircraft, guided missiles — atmospheric and free space flight of all kinds.

If only one of several lines of research achieve their goal — and it now seems certain that this must occur — gravitational acceleration as a structural, aerodynamic and medical problem will simply cease to exist. So will the task of providing combustible fuels in massive volume in order to escape the earth’s gravitic pull — now probably the biggest headache facing today’s would-be “space men”.

And towards the long-term progress of mankind and man’s civilization, a whole new concept of electrophysics is being levered out into the light of human knowledge.

There are gravity research projects in every major country of the world. A few are over 30 years old. Most are much newer. Some are purely theoretical and seek the answer in Quantum, Relativity and Unified Field Theory mathematics — Institute for Advanced Study at Princeton, New Jersey; University of Indiana’s School of Advanced Mathematical Studies; Purdue University Research Foundation; Goettingen and Hamburg Universities in France, Italy, Japan and elsewhere. The list, in fact, runs into the hundreds.

Some projects are mostly empirical, studying gravitic isotopes, electrical phenomena and the statistics of mass. Others combine both approaches in the study of matter in its super-cooled, super-conductive state, of jet electron streams, peculiar magnetic effects or the electrical mechanics of the atom’s shell. Some of the companies involved in this phase include Lear Inc., Gluhareff Helicopter and Airplane Corp., The Glenn L. Martin Co., Sperry-Rand Corp., Bell Aircraft, Clarke Electronics Laboratories, the U.S. General Electric Company.

The concept of weightlessness in conventional materials which are normally heavy, like steel, aluminium, barium, etc., is difficult enough, but some theories, so far borne out empirically in the laboratory, postulate that not only can they be made weightless, but they can in fact be given a negative weight. That is: the force of gravity will be repulsive to them and they will — new sciences breed new words and meanings for old ones — loft away contra-gravitationally.

In this particular line of research, the weights of some materials have already been cut as much as 30% by “energizing” them. Security prevents disclosure of what precisely is meant by “energizing” or in which country this work is under way.

The American scientist Townsend T. Brown has been working on the problems of electrogravitics for more than thirty years. He is seen here demonstrating one of his laboratory instruments, a disc-shaped variant of the two-plate condenser.
A localized gravitic field used as a ponderamotive force has been created in the laboratory. Disc airfoils two feet in diameter and incorporating a variation of the simple two-plate electrical condenser charged with fifty kilovolts and a total continuous energy input of fifty watts have achieved a speed of seventeen feet per second in a circular air course twenty feet in diameter. More lately these discs have been increased in diameter to three feet and run in a fifty-foot diameter air course under a charge of a hundred and fifty kilovolts with results so impressive as to be highly classified. Variations of this work done under a vacuum have produced much greater efficiencies that can only described as startling. Work is now under way developing a flame-jet generator to supply power up to fifteen million volts.

Such a force raised exponentially to levels capable of pushing man-carrying vehicles through the air — or outer space — at ultrahigh speeds is now the object of concerted effort in several countries. Once achieved it will eliminate most of the structural difficulties now encountered in the construction of high-speed aircraft. Importantly the gravitic field that provides the basic propulsive force simultaneously reacts on all matter within that field’s influence. The force is not a physical one acting initially at a specific point in the vehicle that needs then to be translated to all the other parts. It is an electrogravitic field acting on all parts simultaneously.

Subject only to the so-far immutable laws of momentum, the vehicle would be able to change direction, accelerate to thousands of miles per hour, or stop. Changes in direction and speed of flight would be effected by merely altering the intensity, polarity and direction of the charge.

Man now uses the sledge-hammer approach to high-altitude high-speed flight. In the still-short life-span of the turbo-jet airplane he has had to increase power in the form of brute thrust some twenty times in order to achieve just a little more than twice the speed of the original jet plane. The cost in money in reaching this point has been prodigious. The cost in highly-specialized man-hours is even greater. By his present methods man actually fights in direct combat the forces that resist his efforts. in conquering gravity he would be putting one of his most competent adversaries to work for him. Anti-gravitics is the method of the picklock rather than the sledge-hammer.

The communications possibilities of electrogravitics, as the new science is called, confound the imagination. There are apparently in the ether an entirely new unsuspected family of electrical waves similar to electromagnetic radio waves in basic concept.

Electrogravitic waves have been created and transmitted through concentric layers of the most efficient kinds of electromagnetic and electrostatic shielding without any apparent loss of power in any way. There is evidence, but not yet proof, that these waves are not limited by the speed of light. Thus the new science seems to strike at the very foundations of Einsteinian Relativity Theory.

But rather than invalidating current basic concepts such as Relativity, the new knowledge of gravity will probably expand their scope, ramification and general usefulness. It is this expansion of knowledge into the unknown that more emphasizes how little we do know; how vast is the area still awaiting research and discovery.

The most successful line of the electrogravitics research so far reported is that carried on by Townsend. T. Brown, an American who has been researching gravity for over thirty years. He is now conducting research projects in the U.S. and on the Continent. He postulates that there is between electricity and gravity a relationship parallel and/or similar to that which exists between electricity and magnetism. And as the coil is the usable link in the case of electromagnetics, so is the condenser that link in the case of electrogravitics. Years of successful empirical work have lent a great deal of credence to this hypothesis.

Dear  Robert, 

If Nazis had antigravity saucers, which is very possible, 
due to simplicity of old physics involved, 
what crashed  in Roswell was an American replica.  

Check out Annie Jacobsen.  Interestingly, she claims 
that what crashed in Roswell, was a Russian antigravity saucer,
and the small bodies were NOT Aliens : 

Mass Killings Under Communist Regimes

Mass Killings Under Communist Regimes

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopediaJump to navigationJump to search

This article is being considered for deletion in accordance with Wikipedia’s deletion policy.
Please share your thoughts on the matter at this article’s deletion discussion page.Feel free to improve the article, but do not remove this notice before the discussion is closed and do not blank the page. For more information, read the guide to deletion.
Find sources: “Mass killings under communist regimes” – news · newspapers · books · scholar · JSTOR
Part of a series on
Communism
showConcepts
showAspects
showVariants
showInternationals
showPeople
showBy region
showAnthem
hideRelated topicsAnarchism SocialAnti-communismAnti anti-communismAnti-communist mass killingsAnti-fascismAnti-globalization movementCommunitarianismCrimes against humanity
under communist regimes
 (Mass killings)Critical theoryInternationalismIntentional communityLeft-wing politics Old LeftNew LeftMarx’s theory of alienationNational communism RomaniaRed ScareRevolutionSocial democracySocialism DemocraticLibertarianRevolutionarySocialist economicsSocialist mode of productionSyndicalismTrade unionWar communismWorker cooperative
 Communism portal
vte

Mass killings under communist regimes occurred throughout the 20th century. Death estimates vary widely, depending on the definitions of the deaths that are included in them and the political perspectives of those performing such tallies. Estimates account for executions, deaths from man-made and intentional famines, as well as deaths that have occurred during forced labordeportations, or imprisonment.

In addition to mass killings, terms that are used to define such killings include democidepoliticideclassicide, and genocide.

Contents

Terminology and usage

See also: Genocide definitions

Several different terms are used to describe the intentional killing of large numbers of noncombatants.[1][a][b][c][d][e] According to Anton Weiss-Wendt, the field of comparative genocide studies has very “little consensus on defining principles such as definition of genocide, typology, application of a comparative method, and timeframe.”[2][f] According to Professor of Economics Attiat Ott, mass killing has emerged as a “more straightforward” term.[g]

The following terminology has been used by individual authors to describe mass killings of unarmed civilians by communist governments, individually or as a whole:

  • Classicide – Professor Michael Mann has proposed classicide to mean the “intended mass killing of entire social classes.”[3][h] Classicide is considered “premeditated mass killing” narrower than genocide in that it targets a part of a population defined by its social status, but broader than politicide in that the group is targeted without regard to their political activity.[4]
  • Crime against humanity – Professor Klas-Göran Karlsson uses crimes against humanity, which includes “the direct mass killings of politically undesirable elements, as well as forced deportations and forced labour.” Karlsson acknowledges that the term may be misleading in the sense that the regimes targeted groups of their own citizens, but he considers it useful as a broad legal term which emphasizes attacks on civilian populations and because the offenses demean humanity as a whole.[5] Historian Jacques Sémelin and Professor Michael Mann[6] believe that crime against humanity is more appropriate than genocide or politicide when speaking of violence by communist regimes.[7] See also: Crimes against humanity under communist regimes.
  • Democide – Professor Rudolph Rummel defined democide as “the intentional killing of an unarmed or disarmed person by government agents acting in their authoritative capacity and pursuant to government policy or high command.”[8] His definition covers a wide range of deaths, including forced labor and concentration camp victims; killings by “unofficial” private groups; extrajudicial summary killings; and mass deaths due to the governmental acts of criminal omission and neglect, such as in deliberate famines as well as killings by de facto governments, such as warlords or rebels in a civil war.[9][i] This definition covers any murder of any number of persons by any government,[10] and it has been applied to killings that were perpetrated by communist regimes.[11][12]
  • Genocide – Under the Genocide Convention, the crime of genocide generally applies to the mass murder of ethnic rather than political or social groups. The clause which granted protection to political groups was eliminated from the United Nations resolution after a second vote because many states, including the Soviet Union under Joseph Stalin,[13][j] feared that it could be used to impose unneeded limitations on their right to suppress internal disturbances.[14][15] Scholarly studies of genocide usually acknowledge the UN’s omission of economic and political groups and use mass political killing datasets of democide and genocide and politicide or geno-politicide.[16] The killings that were committed by the Khmer Rouge in Cambodia has been labeled a genocide or an auto-genocide; and the deaths that occurred under Leninism and Stalinism in the Soviet Union, as well as those that occurred under Maoism in China, have been controversially investigated as possible cases. In particular, the Soviet famine of 1932–1933 and the Great Chinese Famine, which occurred during the Great Leap Forward, have both been “depicted as instances of mass killing underpinned by genocidal intent.”[k]
  • Holocaust – communist holocaust has been used by some state officials and non-governmental organizations.[17][18][19] The similar term red Holocaust—coined by the Munich Institut für Zeitgeschichte[l][20]—has been used by Professor Steven Rosefielde for communist “peacetime state killings,” while stating that it “could be defined to include all murders (judicially sanctioned terror-executions), criminal manslaughter (lethal forced labor and ethnic cleansing), and felonious negligent homicide (terror-starvation) incurred from insurrectionary actions and civil wars prior to state seizure, and all subsequent felonious state killings.”[m] According to Jörg Hackmann, this term is not popular among scholars in Germany or internationally.[l] Alexandra Laignel-Lavastine writes that usage of this term “allows the reality it describes to immediately attain, in the Western mind, a status equal to that of the extermination of the Jews by the Nazi regime.”[n][21] Michael Shafir writes that the use of the term supports the “competitive martyrdom component of Double Genocide“, a theory whose worst version is Holocaust obfuscation.[22] George Voicu states that Leon Volovici has “rightfully condemned the abusive use of this concept as an attempt to ‘usurp’ and undermine a symbol specific to the history of European Jews.”[o]
  • Mass killing – Professor Ervin Staub defined mass killing as “killing members of a group without the intention to eliminate the whole group or killing large numbers of people without a precise definition of group membership. In a mass killing the number of people killed is usually smaller than in genocide.”[23][p] Referencing earlier definitions,[q] Professors Joan Esteban, Massimo Morelli, and Dominic Rohner have defined mass killings as “the killings of substantial numbers of human beings, when not in the course of military action against the military forces of an avowed enemy, under the conditions of the essential defenselessness and helplessness of the victims.”[24] The term has been defined by Professor Benjamin Valentino as “the intentional killing of a massive number of noncombatants”, where a “massive number” is defined as at least 50,000 intentional deaths over the course of five years or less.[25] This is the most accepted quantitative minimum threshold for the term.[24] He applied this definition to the cases of Stalin’s Soviet UnionChina under Mao Zedong and Cambodia under the Khmer Rouge while admitting that “mass killings on a smaller scale” also appear to have been carried out by regimes in North KoreaVietnamEastern Europe and various nations in Africa.[26] Alongside Valentino, Jay Ulfelder has used a threshold of 1,000 killed.[r] Alex Bellamy states that 14 of the 38 instances of “mass killing since 1945 perpetrated by non-democratic states outside the context of war” were by communist governments.[s] Professors Frank Wayman and Atsushi Tago used mass killing from Valentino and concluded that even with a lower threshold (10,000 killed per year, 1,000 killed per year, or even 1 killed per year) “autocratic regimes, especially communist, are prone to mass killing generically, but not so strongly inclined (i.e. not statistically significantly inclined) toward geno-politicide.”[t] According to Attiat F. Ott and Sang Hoo Bae, there is a general consensus that mass killing constitutes the act of intentionally killing a number of non-combatants, but that number can range from as few as four to more than 50,000 people.[27] Yang Su used a definition of mass killing from Valentino but allows as a “significant number” more than 10 killed in one day in one town.[u] He used collective killing for analysis of mass killing in areas smaller than a whole country that may not meet Valentino’s threshold.[v]
  • Politicide – the term is used to describe the killing of groups that would not otherwise be covered by the Genocide Convention.[28][j] Professor Barbara Harff studies genocide and politicide—sometimes shortened as geno-politicide—in order to include the killing of political, economic, ethnic and cultural groups.[w] Professor Manus I. Midlarsky uses politicide to describe an arc of large-scale killing from the western parts of the Soviet Union to China and Cambodia.[x] In his book The Killing Trap: Genocide in the Twentieth Century, Midlarsky raises similarities between the killings of Stalin and Pol Pot.[29]
  • Repression – Professor Stephen Wheatcroft comments that in the case of the Soviet Union terms such as the terrorthe purges, and repression are used to refer to the same events. He believes the most neutral terms are repression and mass killings, although in Russian the broad concept of repression is commonly held to include mass killings and it is sometimes assumed to be synonymous with it, which is not the case in other languages.[30]

Estimates

According to professor of history Klas-Göran Karlsson, discussion of the number of victims of communist regimes has been “extremely extensive and ideologically biased.”[31] Political scientist Rudolph Rummel and historian Mark Bradley have written that, while the exact numbers have been in dispute, the order of magnitude is not.[y][z] Rummel and other genocide scholars are focused primarily on establishing patterns and testing various theoretical explanations of genocides and mass killings. In their work, as they are dealing with large data sets that describe mass mortality events globally, they have to rely on selective data provided by country experts, so precise estimates are neither a required nor expected result of their work.[32]

Any attempt to estimate a total number of killings under communist regimes depends greatly on definitions, and the idea to group together different countries such as Afghanistan and Hungary has no adequate explanation.[33] During the Cold War era, some authors (Todd Culberston), dissidents (Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn), and anti-communists in general have attempted to make both country-specific and global estimates, although they were mostly unreliable and inflated, as shown by the 1990s and beyond. Scholars of communism have mainly focused on individual countries, and genocide scholars have attempted to provide a more global perspective, while maintaining that their goal is not reliability but establishing patterns.[32] Scholars of communism have debated on estimates for the Soviet Union, not for all communist regimes, an attempt which was popularized by the introduction to The Black Book of Communism and was controversial.[33] Among them, Soviet specialists Michael Ellman and J. Arch Getty have criticized the estimates for relying on émigre sources, hearsay, and rumor as evidence,[34] and cautioned that historians should instead utilize archive material.[35] Such scholars distinguish between historians who base their research on archive materials, and those whose estimates are based on witnesses evidence and other data that is unreliable.[36] Soviet specialist Stephen G. Wheatcroft says that historians relied on Solzhenitsyn to support their higher estimates but research in the state archives vindicated the lower estimates, while adding that the popular press has continued to include serious errors that should not be cited, or relied on, in academia.[37] Rummel was also another widely used and cited source[aa] but not reliable about estimates.[32]

Notable estimate attempts include the following:[aa]

  • In 1978, journalist Todd Culbertson wrote an article in The Richmond News Leader, republished in Human Events, in which he stated that “[a]vailable evidence indicates that perhaps 100 million persons have been destroyed by the Communists; the imperviousness of the Iron and Bamboo curtains prevents a more definitive figure.”[ab][aa]
  • In 1985, John Lenczowski, director of European and Soviet Affairs at the United States National Security Council, wrote an article in The Christian Science Monitor in which he stated that the “number of people murdered by communist regimes is estimated at between 60 million and 150 million, with the higher figure probably more accurate in light of recent scholarship.”[ac]
  • In 1993, Zbigniew Brzezinski, former National Security Advisor to Jimmy Carter, wrote that “the failed effort to build communism in the twentieth century consumed the lives of almost 60,000,000.”[38][aa][ad]
  • In 1994, Rummel’s book Death by Government included about 110 million people, foreign and domestic, killed by communist democide from 1900 to 1987.[39] This total did not include deaths from the Great Chinese Famine of 1958–1961 due to Rummel’s then belief that “although Mao’s policies were responsible for the famine, he was mislead about it, and finally when he found out, he stopped it and changed his policies.”[40][41] In 2004, historian Tomislav Dulić criticized Rummel’s estimate of the number killed in Tito’s Yugoslavia as an overestimation based on the inclusion of low-quality sources, and stated that Rummel’s other estimates may suffer from the same problem if he used similar sources for them.[42] Rummel responded with a critique of Dulić’s analysis[43] but was not convincing.[44] In 2005, a retired Rummel revised upward his total for communist democide between 1900 and 1999 from 110 million to about 148 million due to additional information about Mao’s culpability in the Great Chinese Famine from Mao: The Unknown Story, including Jon Halliday and Jung Chang‘s estimated 38 million famine deaths.[40][41] Karlsson describes Rummel’s estimates as being on the fringe, stating that “they are hardly an example of a serious and empirically-based writing of history”, and mainly discusses them “on the basis of the interest in him in the blogosphere.”[45]
  • In 1997, historian Stéphane Courtois‘s introduction to The Black Book of Communism, an impactful yet controversial[33] work written about the history of communism in the 20th century,[46] gave a “rough approximation, based on unofficial estimates” approaching 100 million killed. The subtotals listed by Courtois added up to 94.36 million killed.[ae] Nicolas Werth and Jean-Louis Margolin, contributing authors to the book, criticized Courtois as obsessed with reaching a 100 million overall total.[47] In his foreword to the 1999 English edition, Martin Malia wrote that “a grand total of victims variously estimated by contributors to the volume at between 85 million and 100 million.”[af] Courtois’ attempt to equate Nazism and communist regimes was controversial, and remains on the fringes, on both scientific and moral grounds.[48][ag]
  • In 2005, associate professor Benjamin Valentino stated that the number of non-combatants killed by communist regimes in the Soviet Union, China, and Cambodia alone ranged from a low of 21 million to a high of 70 million.[ah][ai] Citing Rummel and others,[aa] Valentino wrote that the “highest end of the plausible range of deaths attributed to communist regimes” was up to 110 million.”[ah]
  • In 2010, professor of economics Steven Rosefielde wrote in Red Holocaust that the internal contradictions of communist regimes caused the killing of approximately 60 million people and perhaps tens of millions more.[49]
  • In 2011, self-described atrocitiologist Matthew White published his rough total of 70 million “people who died under communist regimes from execution, labor camps, famine, ethnic cleansing, and desperate flight in leaky boats”, not counting those killed in wars.[aj]
  • In 2012, academic Alex J. Bellamy wrote that a “conservative estimate puts the total number of civilians deliberately killed by communists after the Second World War between 6.7 million and 15.5 million people, with the true figure probably much higher.”[ak]
  • In 2014, professor of Chinese politics Julia Strauss wrote that while there was the beginning of a scholarly consensus on figures of around 20 million killed in the Soviet Union and 2–3 million in Cambodia, there was no such consensus on numbers for China.[al]
  • In 2016, the Dissident blog of the Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation made an effort to compile ranges of estimates using sources from 1976 to 2010, and wrote that the overall range “spans from 42,870,000 to 161,990,000” killed, with 100 million the most commonly cited figure.[am]
  • In 2017, historian Stephen Kotkin wrote in The Wall Street Journal that communist regimes killed at least 65 million people between 1917 and 2017, commenting: “Though communism has killed huge numbers of people intentionally, even more of its victims have died from starvation as a result of its cruel projects of social engineering.”[50][an]

Criticism is mostly focused on three aspects, namely that the estimates are based on sparse and incomplete data when significant errors are inevitable,[51][52][53] the figures are skewed to higher possible values,[51][54][ao] and victims of civil wars, Holodomor, and other famines, and wars involving communist governments should not be counted.[51][55][56] Criticism of the high-end estimates such as Rummel’s have focused on two aspects, namely his choice of data sources and his statistical approach. Historical sources Rummel based his estimates upon can rarely serve as sources of reliable figures.[57] The statistical approach Rummel used to analyze big sets of diverse estimates may lead to dilution of useful data with noisy ones.[57][58]

Another common criticism, as articulated by anthropologist and former European communist regimes specialist Kristen Ghodsee and other scholars, is that the body-counting reflects an anti-communist point of view and is mainly approached by anti-communist scholars, and is part of the popular “victims of communism” narrative,[59][60] with 100 million being the most common, popularly used estimate,[61][ap] which is used not only to discredit the communist movement but the whole political left.[62][aq] Anti-communist organizations seek to institutionalize the “victims of communism” narrative as a double genocide theory, or the moral equivalence between the Nazi Holocaust (race murder) and those killed by communist regimes (class murder).[59][63] Alongside philosopher Scott Sehon, Ghodsee wrote that “quibbling about numbers is unseemly. What matters is that many, many people were killed by communist regimes.”[63] The same body-counting can be easily applied to other ideologies or systems, such as capitalism.[61][ar][63][as]

Proposed causes

Main article: Criticism of communist party rule

Ideology

Klas-Göran Karlsson writes: “Ideologies are systems of ideas, which cannot commit crimes independently. However, individuals, collectives and states that have defined themselves as communist have committed crimes in the name of communist ideology, or without naming communism as the direct source of motivation for their crimes.”[64] Academics such as Daniel Goldhagen,[65] Richard Pipes,[66] and John Gray[67] have written books about communist regimes for a popular audience, and scholars such as Rudolph Rummel consider the ideology of communism to be a significant causative factor in mass killings.[51][68] In the introduction to The Black Book of CommunismStéphane Courtois claims an association between communism and criminality, stating that “Communist regimes … turned mass crime into a full-blown system of government”,[69] while adding that this criminality lies at the level of ideology rather than state practice.[70]The last issue, printed in red ink, of Karl Marx’s journal Neue Rheinische Zeitung from 19 May 1849

Professor Mark Bradley writes that communist theory and practice has often been in tension with human rights and most communist states followed the lead of Karl Marx in rejecting “Enlightenment-era inalienable individual political and civil rights” in favor of “collective economic and social rights.”[z] Christopher J. Finlay posits that Marxism legitimates violence without any clear limiting principle because it rejects moral and ethical norms as constructs of the dominant class, and states that “it would be conceivable for revolutionaries to commit atrocious crimes in bringing about a socialist system, with the belief that their crimes will be retroactively absolved by the new system of ethics put in place by the proletariat.”[at] Rustam Singh states that Marx had alluded to the possibility of peaceful revolution; after the failed Revolutions of 1848, Singh states that Marx emphasized the need for violent revolution and revolutionary terror.[au]

Literary historian George Watson cited an 1849 article written by Friedrich Engels called “The Hungarian Struggle” and published in Marx’s journal Neue Rheinische Zeitung, stating that the writings of Engels and others show that “the Marxist theory of history required and demanded genocide for reasons implicit in its claim that feudalism, which in advanced nations was already giving place to capitalism, must in its turn be superseded by socialism. Entire nations would be left behind after a workers’ revolution, feudal remnants in a socialist age, and since they could not advance two steps at a time, they would have to be killed. They were racial trash, as Engels called them, and fit only for the dung-heap of history.”[71][av] Watson’s claims have been criticized for dubious evidence by Robert Grant, who commented that “what Marx and Engels are calling for is … at the very least a kind of cultural genocide; but it is not obvious, at least from Watson’s citations, that actual mass killing, rather than (to use their phraseology) mere ‘absorption’ or ‘assimilation’, is in question.”[72] Talking about Engels’ 1849 article, historian Andrzej Walicki states: “It is difficult to deny that this was an outright call for genocide.”[73] Jean-François Revel writes that Joseph Stalin recommended study of the 1849 Engels article in his 1924 book On Lenin and Leninism.[aw]

According to Rummel, the killings committed by communist regimes can best be explained as the result of the marriage between absolute power and the absolutist ideology of Marxism.[74] Rummel states that “communism was like a fanatical religion. It had its revealed text and its chief interpreters. It had its priests and their ritualistic prose with all the answers. It had a heaven, and the proper behavior to reach it. It had its appeal to faith. And it had its crusades against nonbelievers. What made this secular religion so utterly lethal was its seizure of all the state’s instruments of force and coercion and their immediate use to destroy or control all independent sources of power, such as the church, the professions, private businesses, schools, and the family.”[75] Rummels writes that Marxist communists saw the construction of their utopia as “though a war on poverty, exploitation, imperialism and inequality. And for the greater good, as in a real war, people are killed. And, thus, this war for the communist utopia had its necessary enemy casualties, the clergy, bourgeoisie, capitalists, wreckers, counterrevolutionaries, rightists, tyrants, rich, landlords, and noncombatants that unfortunately got caught in the battle. In a war millions may die, but the cause may be well justified, as in the defeat of Hitler and an utterly racist Nazism. And to many communists, the cause of a communist utopia was such as to justify all the deaths.”[74]

Benjamin Valentino writes that “apparently high levels of political support for murderous regimes and leaders should not automatically be equated with support for mass killing itself. Individuals are capable of supporting violent regimes or leaders while remaining indifferent or even opposed to specific policies that these regimes and carried out.” Valentino quotes Vladimir Brovkin as saying that “a vote for the Bolsheviks in 1917 was not a vote for Red Terror or even a vote for a dictatorship of the proletariat.”[76] According to Valentino, such strategies were so violent because they economically dispossess large numbers of people,[ax][s] commenting: “Social transformations of this speed and magnitude have been associated with mass killing for two primary reasons. First, the massive social dislocations produced by such changes have often led to economic collapseepidemics, and, most important, widespread famines. … The second reason that communist regimes bent on the radical transformation of society have been linked to mass killing is that the revolutionary changes they have pursued have clashed inexorably with the fundamental interests of large segments of their populations. Few people have proved willing to accept such far-reaching sacrifices without intense levels of coercion.”[77] According to Jacques Sémelin, “communist systems emerging in the twentieth century ended up destroying their own populations, not because they planned to annihilate them as such, but because they aimed to restructure the ‘social body’ from top to bottom, even if that meant purging it and recarving it to suit their new Promethean political imaginaire.[ay]

Daniel Chirot and Clark McCauley write that, especially in Joseph Stalin‘s Soviet Union, Mao Zedong‘s China, and Pol Pot‘s Cambodia, a fanatical certainty that socialism could be made to work motivated communist leaders in “the ruthless dehumanization of their enemies, who could be suppressed because they were ‘objectively’ and ‘historically’ wrong. Furthermore, if events did not work out as they were supposed to, then that was because class enemies, foreign spies and saboteurs, or worst of all, internal traitors were wrecking the plan. Under no circumstances could it be admitted that the vision itself might be unworkable, because that meant capitulation to the forces of reaction.”[az] Michael Mann writes that communist party members were “ideologically driven, believing that in order to create a new socialist society, they must lead in socialist zeal. Killings were often popular, the rank-and-file as keen to exceed killing quotas as production quotas.”[ba] According to Vladimir Tismăneanu, “the Communist project, in such countries as the USSR, China, Cuba, Romania, or Albania, was based precisely on the conviction that certain social groups were irretrievably alien and deservedly murdered.”[bb] Alex Bellamy writes that “communism’s ideology of selective extermination” of target groups was first developed and applied by Joseph Stalin but that “each of the communist regimes that massacred large numbers of civilians during the Cold War developed their own distinctive account”,[bc] while Steven T. Katz states that distinctions based on class and nationality, stigmatized and stereotyped in various ways, created an “otherness” for victims of communist rule that was important for legitimating oppression and death.[bd] Martin Shaw writes that “nationalist ideas were at the heart of many mass killings by Communist states”, beginning with Stalin’s “new nationalist doctrine of ‘socialism in one country'”, and killing by revolutionary movements in the Third World was done in the name of national liberation.[be]

Political system

Prosecutor General Andrey Vyshinsky (centre) reading the 1937 indictment against Karl Radek during the second Moscow Trial

Anne Applebaum writes that “without exception, the Leninist belief in the one-party state was and is characteristic of every communist regime” and “the Bolshevik use of violence was repeated in every communist revolution.” Phrases said by Vladimir Lenin and Cheka founder Felix Dzerzhinsky were deployed all over the world. Applebaum states that as late as 1976, Mengistu Haile Mariam unleashed a Red Terror in Ethiopia.[78] To his colleagues in the Bolshevik government, Lenin was quoted as saying: “If we are not ready to shoot a saboteur and White Guardist, what sort of revolution is that?”[79]

Robert Conquest stressed that Stalin’s purges were not contrary to the principles of Leninism but rather a natural consequence of the system established by Lenin, who personally ordered the killing of local groups of class enemy hostages.[80] Alexander Nikolaevich Yakovlev, architect of perestroika and glasnost and later head of the Presidential Commission for the Victims of Political Repression, elaborates on this point, stating: “The truth is that in punitive operations Stalin did not think up anything that was not there under Lenin: executions, hostage taking, concentration camps, and all the rest.”[81] Historian Robert Gellately concurs, commenting: “To put it another way, Stalin initiated very little that Lenin had not already introduced or previewed.”[82]

Stephen Hicks of Rockford College ascribes the violence characteristic of 20th-century socialist rule to these collectivist regimes’ abandonment of protections of civil rights and rejection of the values of civil society. Hicks writes that whereas “in practice every liberal capitalist country has a solid record for being humane, for by and large respecting rights and freedoms, and for making it possible for people to put together fruitful and meaningful lives”, in socialism “practice has time and again proved itself more brutal than the worst dictatorships prior to the twentieth century. Each socialist regime has collapsed into dictatorship and begun killing people on a huge scale.”[83][undue weight? – discuss]

Eric D. Weitz says that the mass killing in communist states is a natural consequence of the failure of the rule of law, seen commonly during periods of social upheaval in the 20th century. For both communist and non-communist mass killings, “genocides occurred at moments of extreme social crisis, often generated by the very policies of the regimes”,[84] and are not inevitable but are political decisions.[84] Steven Rosefielde writes that communist rulers had to choose between changing course and “terror-command” and more often than not chose the latter.[bf] Michael Mann posits that a lack of institutionalized authority structures meant that a chaotic mix of both centralized control and party factionalism were factors in the killing.[ba]

Leaders

Professor Matthew Krain states that many scholars have pointed to revolutions and civil wars as providing the opportunity for radical leaders and ideologies to gain power and the preconditions for mass killing by the state.[bg] Professor Nam Kyu Kim writes that exclusionary ideologies are critical to explaining mass killing, but the organizational capabilities and individual characteristics of revolutionary leaders, including their attitudes towards risk and violence, are also important. Besides opening up political opportunities for new leaders to eliminate their political opponents, revolutions bring to power leaders who are more apt to commit large-scale acts of violence against civilians in order to legitimize and strengthen their own power.[85] Genocide scholar Adam Jones states that the Russian Civil War was very influential on the emergence of leaders like Stalin and it also accustomed people to “harshness, cruelty, terror.”[bh] Martin Malia called the “brutal conditioning” of the two World Wars important to understanding communist violence, although not its source.[86]

Historian Helen Rappaport describes Nikolay Yezhov, the bureaucrat who was in charge of the NKVD during the Great Purge, as a physically diminutive figure of “limited intelligence” and “narrow political understanding. … Like other instigators of mass murder throughout history, [he] compensated for his lack of physical stature with a pathological cruelty and the use of brute terror.”[87] Russian and world history scholar John M. Thompson places personal responsibility directly on Joseph Stalin. According to him, “much of what occurred only makes sense if it stemmed in part from the disturbed mentality, pathological cruelty, and extreme paranoia of Stalin himself. Insecure, despite having established a dictatorship over the party and country, hostile and defensive when confronted with criticism of the excesses of collectivization and the sacrifices required by high-tempo industrialization, and deeply suspicious that past, present, and even yet unknown future opponents were plotting against him, Stalin began to act as a person beleaguered. He soon struck back at enemies, real or imaginary.”[88] Professors Pablo Montagnes and Stephane Wolton posit that the purges in the Soviet Union and China can be attributed to the personalist leadership of Stalin and Mao, who were incentivized by having both control of the security apparatus used to carry out the purges and control of the appointment of replacements for those purged.[bi] Slovenian philosopher Slavoj Žižek attributes Mao allegedly viewing human life as disposable to his “cosmic perspective” on humanity.[bj]

Soviet Union

Main article: Political repression in the Soviet UnionSign for the Solovetsky Stone, a memorial about repression in the Soviet Union at Lubyanka Square which was erected in 1990 by the human rights group Memorial in remembrance of the more than 40,000 innocent people shot in Moscow during the Great Terror

Adam Jones writes that “there is very little in the record of human experience to match the violence which was unleashed between 1917, when the Bolsheviks took power, and 1953, when Joseph Stalin died and the Soviet Union moved to adopt a more restrained and largely non-murderous domestic policy.” Jones states that the exceptions to this were the Khmer Rouge (in relative terms) and Mao’s rule in China (in absolute terms).[89]

Stephen G. Wheatcroft says that prior to the opening of the Soviet archives for historical research, “our understanding of the scale and the nature of Soviet repression has been extremely poor” and that some scholars who wish to maintain pre-1991 high estimates are “finding it difficult to adapt to the new circumstances when the archives are open and when there are plenty of irrefutable data”, and instead “hang on to their old Sovietological methods with round-about calculations based on odd statements from emigres and other informants who are supposed to have superior knowledge”, although he acknowledged that even the figures estimated from the additional documents are not “final or definitive.”[90][91] In the 2007 revision of his book The Great Terror, Robert Conquest estimates that while exact numbers will never be certain, the communist leaders of the Soviet Union were responsible for no fewer than 15 million deaths.[bk]

Some historians attempt to make separate estimates for different periods of Soviet history, with casualty estimates varying widely. Timothy D. Snyder estimates 6 million for the Stalinist period.[92] Alec Nove estimates 8.1 million for the period ending in 1937.[93] Stéphane Courtois estimates 20 million[69] and Alexander Yakovlev estimates 20-25 million for the entire period of Soviet rule.[bl] Rudolph Rummel estimates 61 million for the 1917–1987 period.[94]

Red Terror

See also: DecossackizationExecution of the Romanov familyRed TerrorTambov Rebellion, and Vladimir Lenin’s Hanging Order

The Red Terror was a period of political repression and executions carried out by Bolsheviks after the beginning of the Russian Civil War in 1918. During this period, the political police (the Cheka) conducted summary executions of tens of thousands of “enemies of the people.”[95][96][97][98][99] Many victims were “bourgeois hostages” rounded up and held in readiness for summary execution in reprisal for any alleged counter-revolutionary provocation.[100] Many were put to death during and after the suppression of revolts, such as the Kronstadt rebellion of Baltic Fleet sailors and the Tambov Rebellion of Russian peasants. Professor Donald Rayfield writes that “the repression that followed the rebellions in Kronstadt and Tambov alone resulted in tens of thousands of executions.”[101] A large number of Orthodox clergymen were also killed.[102][103]

According to Nicolas Werth, the policy of decossackization amounted to an attempt by Soviet leaders to “eliminate, exterminate, and deport the population of a whole territory.”[104] In the early months of 1919, perhaps 10,000 to 12,000 Cossacks were executed[105][106] and many more deported after their villages were razed to the ground.[107] Historian Michael Kort wrote: “During 1919 and 1920, out of a population of approximately 1.5 million Don Cossacks, the Bolshevik regime killed or deported an estimated 300,000 to 500,000.”[108]

Joseph Stalin

Main article: Excess mortality in the Soviet Union under Joseph Stalin

Estimates of the number of deaths which were brought about by Stalin’s rule are hotly debated by scholars in the fields of Soviet and Communist studies.[109][110] Prior to the dissolution of the Soviet Union and the archival revelations which followed it, some historians estimated that the number of people who were killed by Stalin’s regime was 20 million or higher.[92][111][112] Michael Parenti writes that estimates on the Stalinist death toll vary widely in part because such estimates are based on anecdotes in absence of reliable evidence and “speculations by writers who never reveal how they arrive at such figures.”[113]

After the Soviet Union dissolved, evidence from the Soviet archives became available, containing official records of the execution of approximately 800,000 prisoners under Stalin for either political or criminal offenses, around 1.7 million deaths in the Gulags and some 390,000 deaths which occurred during kulak forced settlements in the Soviet Union, for a total of about 3 million officially recorded victims in these categories.[bm] According to Golfo Alexopoulos, Anne ApplebaumOleg Khlevniuk, and Michael Ellman, official Soviet documentation of Gulag deaths is widely considered inadequate, as they write that the government frequently released prisoners on the edge of death in order to avoid officially counting them.[114][115] A 1993 study of archival data by J. Arch Getty et al. showed that a total of 1,053,829 people died in the Gulag from 1934 to 1953.[116] In 2010, Steven Rosefielde posited that this number has to be augmented by 19.4 percent in light of more complete archival evidence to 1,258,537, with the best estimate of Gulag deaths being 1.6 million from 1929 to 1953 when excess mortality is taken into account.[117] Alexopolous estimates a much higher total of at least 6 million dying in the Gulag or shortly after release.[118] Dan Healey has called her work a “challenge to the emergent scholarly consensus”,[bn] while Jeffrey Hardy has criticized Alexopoulos for basing her assertions primarily on indirect and misinterpreted evidence.[119]

According to historian Stephen G. Wheatcroft, Stalin’s regime can be charged with causing the purposive deaths of about a million people.[120] Wheatcroft excludes all famine deaths as purposive deaths and posits that those which qualify fit more closely the category of execution rather than murder.[120] Others posit that some of the actions of Stalin’s regime, not only those during the Holodomor but also dekulakization and targeted campaigns against particular ethnic groups, such as the Polish operation of the NKVD, can be considered as genocide[121][122] at least in its loose definition.[123] Modern data for the whole of Stalin’s rule was summarized by Timothy Snyder, who stated that under the Stalinist regime there were six million direct deaths and nine million in total, including the deaths from deportation, hunger, and Gulag deaths.[bo] Ellman attributes roughly 3 million deaths to the Stalinist regime, excluding excess mortality from famine, disease, and war.[124] Several popular press authors, among them Stalin biographer Simon Sebag Montefiore, Soviet/Russian historian Dmitri Volkogonov, and the director of Yale‘s “Annals of Communism” series Jonathan Brent, still put the death toll from Stalin at about 20 million.[bp][bq][br][bs][bt]

Mass deportations of ethnic minorities

Main article: Population transfer in the Soviet UnionSoviet leader Joseph Stalin and Lavrenti Beria (in the foreground), who was responsible for mass deportations of ethnic minorities as head of the NKVD

The Soviet government during Stalin’s rule conducted a series of deportations on an enormous scale that significantly affected the ethnic map of the Soviet Union. Deportations took place under extremely harsh conditions, often in cattle carriages, with hundreds of thousands of deportees dying en route.[125] Some experts estimate that the proportion of deaths from the deportations could be as high as one in three in certain cases.[bu][126] Raphael Lemkin, a lawyer of Polish-Jewish descent who initiated the Genocide Convention in 1948 and coined genocide, assumed that genocide was perpetrated in the context of the mass deportation of the ChechensIngush peopleVolga GermansCrimean TatarsKalmyks, and Karachays.[127]

Regarding the fate of the Crimean Tatars, Amir Weiner of Stanford University writes that the policy could be classified as ethnic cleansing. In the book Century of Genocide, Lyman H. Legters writes: “We cannot properly speak of a completed genocide, only of a process that was genocidal in its potentiality.”[128] In contrast to this view, Jon K. Chang posits that the deportations had been in fact based on genocides based on ethnicity and that “social historians” in the West have failed to champion the rights of marginalized ethnicities in the Soviet Union.[129] This view is supported by several countries. On 12 December 2015, the Ukrainian Parliament issued a resolution recognizing the 1944 deportation of Crimean Tatars (the Sürgünlik) as genocide and established the 18th of May as the Day of Remembrance for the victims of the Crimean Tatar Genocide.[130] The Parliament of Latvia recognized the event as an act of genocide on 9 May 2019.[131][132] The Parliament of Lithuania did the same on 6 June 2019.[133] The Parliament of Canada passed a motion on 10 June 2019, recognizing the Crimean Tatar deportation as a genocide perpetrated by Soviet dictator Stalin, designating the 18th of May to be a day of remembrance.[134] The deportation of Chechens and Ingush was acknowledged by the European Parliament as an act of genocide in 2004, stating:[135] “Believes that the deportation of the entire Chechen people to Central Asia on 23 February 1944 on the orders of Stalin constitutes an act of genocide within the meaning of the Fourth Hague Convention of 1907 and the Convention for the Prevention and Repression of the Crime of Genocide adopted by the UN General Assembly on 9 December 1948.”[136]

Soviet famine of 1932–1933

Main article: Soviet famine of 1932–1933See also: Collectivization in the Soviet UnionDekulakizationHolodomorHolodomor genocide question, and Kazakh famine of 1931–1933

Within the Soviet Union, forced changes in agricultural policies (collectivization), confiscations of grain and droughts caused the Soviet famine of 1932–1933 in the Ukrainian SSR (Holodomor), North Caucasus KraiVolga region, and Kazakh SSR.[137][138][139] The famine was most severe in Ukrainian, where it is often referenced as the Holodomor. A significant portion of the famine victims (3.3 to 7.5 million) were Ukrainians.[140][141][142] Another part of the famine was that in Kazakhstan, also known as the Kazakh catastrophe, when more than 1.3 million ethnic Kazakhs (about 38% of the population) died.[143][144]

While there is still a debate among scholars on whether the Holodomor was a genocide, some scholars say the Stalinist policies that caused the famine may have been designed as an attack on the rise of Ukrainian nationalism[145] and may fall under the legal definition of genocide by the United Nations‘s Genocide Convention.[137][146][147][148] The famine was officially recognized as genocide by the Ukraine and other governments.[149][bv] In a draft resolution, the Parliamentary Assembly of the Council of Europe declared that the famine was caused by the “cruel and deliberate actions and policies of the Soviet regime” and was responsible for the deaths of “millions of innocent people” in Ukraine, BelarusKazakhstanMoldova, and Russia. Relative to its population, Kazakhstan is believed to have been the most adversely affected.[150] Regarding the Kazakh famine, Michael Ellman states that it “seems to be an example of ‘negligent genocide’ which falls outside the scope of the UN Convention of genocide.”[151]

Great Purge

Main article: Great PurgeSee also: Mass graves from Soviet mass executionsMass operations of the NKVD, and Stalinist repressions in MongoliaMass graves dating from 1937–1938 opened up and hundreds of bodies exhumed for identification by family members[152]

Stalin’s attempts to solidify his position as leader of the Soviet Union led to an escalation of detentions and executions, climaxing in 1937–1938, a period sometimes referred to as the Yezhovshchina’ after Cheka official Nikolay Yezhov, or Yezhov era, and continuing until Stalin’s death in 1953. Around 700,000 of these were executed by a gunshot to the back of the head.[153] Others perished from beatings and torture while in “investigative custody”[154] and in the Gulag due to starvation, disease, exposure, and overwork.[bw]

Arrests were typically made citing Article 58 (RSFSR Penal Code) about counter-revolutionary laws, which included failure to report treasonous actions and in an amendment added in 1937 failing to fulfill one’s appointed duties. In the cases investigated by the State Security Department of the NKVD from October 1936 to November 1938, at least 1,710,000 people were arrested and 724,000 people executed.[155] Modern historical studies estimate a total number of repression deaths during 1937–1938 as 950,000–1,200,000. These figures take into account the incompleteness of official archival data and include both execution deaths and Gulag deaths during that period.[bw] Former kulaks and their families made up the majority of victims, with 669,929 people arrested and 376,202 executed.[156]

The NKVD conducted a series of national operations which targeted some ethnic groups.[157] A total of 350,000 were arrested and 247,157 were executed.[158] Of these, the Polish operation of the NKVD, which targeted the members of Polska Organizacja Wojskowa, appears to have been the largest, with 140,000 arrests and 111,000 executions.[157] Although these operations might well constitute genocide as defined by the United Nations convention,[157] or “a mini-genocide” according to Simon Sebag Montefiore,[158] there is as yet no authoritative ruling on the legal characterization of these events.[123] Citing church documents, Alexander Nikolaevich Yakovlev has estimated that over 100,000 priests, monks, and nuns were executed during this time.[159][160] Regarding the persecution of clergy, Michael Ellman has stated that “the 1937–38 terror against the clergy of the Russian Orthodox Church and of other religions (Binner & Junge 2004) might also qualify as genocide.”[161] In the summer and autumn of 1937, Stalin sent NKVD agents to the Mongolian People’s Republic and engineered a Mongolian Great Terror[162] in which some 22,000[163] or 35,000[164] people were executed. Around 18,000 victims were Buddhist lamas.[163] In Belarus, mass graves for several thousand civilians killed by the NKVD between 1937 and 1941 were discovered in 1988 at Kurapaty.[165]

Soviet killings during World War II

Main article: Soviet war crimesSee also: Katyn massacreNKVD prisoner massacresOccupation of the Baltic states, and Soviet repressions of Polish citizens (1939–1946)

Following the Soviet invasion of Poland in September 1939, NKVD task forces started removing “Soviet-hostile elements” from the conquered territories.[166] The NKVD systematically practiced torture which often resulted in death.[167][168] According to the Polish Institute of National Remembrance, 150,000 Polish citizens perished due to Soviet repression during the war.[169][170] The most notorious killings occurred in the spring of 1940, when the NKVD executed some 21,857 Polish POWs and intellectual leaders in what has become known as the Katyn massacre.[171][172][173] Executions were also carried out after the annexation of the Baltic states.[174] During the initial phases of Operation Barbarossa, the NKVD and attached units of the Red Army massacred prisoners and political opponents by the tens of thousands before fleeing from the advancing Axis powers forces.[175] Memorial complexes have been built at NKVD execution sites at Katyn and Mednoye in Russia, as well as a “third killing field” at Piatykhatky, Ukraine.[176]

People’s Republic of China

Main article: History of the People’s Republic of China (1949–1976)See also: Chinese Civil WarList of massacres in China, and Mass killings of landlords under Mao ZedongA large portrait of Mao Zedong at Tiananmen

The Chinese Communist Party came to power in China in 1949 after a long and bloody civil war between communists and the nationalist Kuomintang. There is a general consensus among historians that after Mao Zedong seized power, his policies and political purges directly or indirectly caused the deaths of tens of millions of people.[177][178][179] Based on the Soviets’ experience, Mao considered violence to be necessary in order to achieve an ideal society that would be derived from Marxism and as a result he planned and executed violence on a grand scale.[180][181]

Campaign to Suppress Counterrevolutionaries

Main articles: Campaign to Suppress Counterrevolutionaries and Chinese Land Reform

The first large-scale killings under Mao took place during his land reform and the campaign to suppress counter-revolutionaries. According to Daniel Goldhagen, official study materials published in 1948 show that Mao envisaged that “one-tenth of the peasants”, or about 50,000,000, “would have to be destroyed” to facilitate agrarian reform.[182] The exact number of people who were killed during Mao’s land reform is believed to have been lower; according to Rudolph Rummel and Philip Short, at least one million people were killed.[180][183] The suppression of counter-revolutionaries targeted mainly former Kuomintang officials and intellectuals who were suspected of disloyalty.[184] According to Yang Kuisong, at least 712,000 people were executed and 1,290,000 were imprisoned in labor camps known as Laogai.[185]

Great Leap Forward and the Great Chinese Famine

This group of sections that follow possibly contains original research. Individual articles are not described as mass killings (the Great Chinese Famine, which accounts for about 50% of what is called by some authors “Communist death toll”, is not described as mass killing), and are not included in genocide scholar Barbara Harff‘s global database of mass killings, which is the most frequently used by genocide scholars and includes politicides; one of the few exception is the Cambodian genocide, which is also one of the few events on which scholars agree on it being genocide, and indeed it is included in the database as politicide and genocide. Please improve it by verifying the claims made and adding inline citations. Statements consisting only of original research should be removed. (November 2021) (Learn how and when to remove this template message)

Main articles: Great Chinese Famine and Great Leap Forward

Benjamin Valentino posits that the Great Leap Forward was a cause of the Great Chinese Famine and the worst effects of the famine were steered towards the regime’s enemies.[186] Those who were labeled “black elements” (religious leaders, rightists, and rich peasants) in earlier campaigns died in the greatest numbers because they were given the lowest priority in the allocation of food.[186] In Mao’s Great Famine, historian Frank Dikötter writes that “coercion, terror, and systematic violence were the very foundation of the Great Leap Forward” and it “motivated one of the most deadly mass killings of human history.”[187] Dikötter estimates that at least 2.5 million people were summarily killed or tortured to death during this period.[188] His research in local and provincial Chinese archives indicates the death toll was at least 45 million: “In most cases the party knew very well that it was starving its own people to death.”[189] In a secret meeting at Shanghai in 1959, Mao issued the order to procure one third of all grain from the countryside, saying: “When there is not enough to eat people starve to death. It is better to let half of the people die so that the other half can eat their fill.”[189] In light of additional evidence of Mao’s culpability, Rummel added those killed by the Great Famine to his total for Mao’s democide for a total of 77 million killed.[41][bx]

Tibet

Main article: History of Tibet (1950–present)

According to Jean-Louis Margolin in The Black Book of Communism, the Chinese communists carried out a cultural genocide against the Tibetans. Margolin states that the killings were proportionally larger in Tibet than they were in China proper and “one can legitimately speak of genocidal massacres because of the numbers that were involved.”[190] According to the Dalai Lama and the Central Tibetan Administration, “Tibetans were not only shot, but they were also beaten to death, crucified, burned alive, drowned, mutilated, starved, strangled, hanged, boiled alive, buried alive, drawn and quartered, and beheaded.”[190] Adam Jones, a scholar who specializes in genocide, states that after the 1959 Tibetan uprising, the Chinese authorized struggle sessions against reactionaries, during which “communist cadres denounced, tortured, and frequently executed enemies of the people.” These sessions resulted in 92,000 deaths out of a total population of about 6 million. These deaths, Jones stressed, may not only be seen as a genocide, but they may also be seen as an eliticide, meaning “targeting the better educated and leadership oriented elements among the Tibetan population.”[191] Patrick French, the former director of the Free Tibet Campaign in London, writes that the Free Tibet Campaign and other groups have claimed that a total of 1.2 million Tibetans were killed by the Chinese since 1950 but after examining archives in Dharamsala, he found “no evidence to support that figure.”[192] French states that a reliable alternative number is unlikely to be known but estimates that as many as half a million Tibetans died “as a ‘direct result’ of the policies of the People’s Republic of China”, using historian Warren Smith’s estimate of 200,000 people who are missing from population statistics in the Tibet Autonomous Region and extending that rate to the borderland regions.[193]

Cultural Revolution

Main article: Cultural Revolution

Sinologists Roderick MacFarquhar and Michael Schoenhals estimate that between 750,000 and 1.5 million people were killed in the violence of the Cultural Revolution in rural China alone.[194] Mao’s Red Guards were given carte blanche to abuse and kill people who were perceived to be enemies of the revolution.[195] Sociologist Yang Su has written that these mass killing were an outcome of “the paradox of state sponsorship and state failure”; according to Yang, mass killings were concentrated in rural areas in the months after the establishment of county revolutionary committees, with mass killing being more likely in communities with more local party members. Repression by the local organizations may have been in response to the rhetoric of violence promoted by the provincial capitals as a result of mass factionalism in those capitals, and the “peaks of mass killings coincided with two announcements from the party center in July 1968 banning factional armed battles and disbanding mass organizations”;[by] Yang writes that Mao’s government designated class enemies using an artificial and arbitrary standard to accomplish two political tasks: “mobilizing mass compliance and resolving elite conflict”, while the elastic nature of the category allowed it to “take on a genocidal dimension under extraordinary circumstances.”[bz] Political scientists Evgeny Finkel and Scott Straus write that Su estimates up to three million people were “murdered by their neighbors in collective killings and struggle rallies. This happened even though the central government had not issued any mass killing orders or policies.”[196]

In August 1966, over 100 teachers were murdered by their students in western Beijing.[197]

Tiananmen Square

Main article: 1989 Tiananmen Square protests and massacre

Jean-Louis Margolin states that under Deng Xiaoping, at least 1,000 people were killed in Beijing and hundreds of people were also executed in the countryside after his government crushed demonstrations in Tiananmen Square in 1989.[198] According to Louisa Lim in 2014, a group of victims’ relatives in China called the “Tiananmen Mothers” has confirmed the identities of more than 200 of those who were killed.[199] Alex Bellamy writes that this “tragedy marks the last time in which an episode of mass killing in East Asia was terminated by the perpetrators themselves, judging that they had succeeded.”[200]

  • Replica of the Goddess of Democracy statue in Hong Kong’s June 4th Museum
  • A memorial to the 1989 Tiananmen Square events in the Dominican Square in Wrocław, Poland
  • Statue located in Ávila, Spain recalling the events of Tiananmen Square

Cambodia

Main article: Cambodian genocideSee also: Cambodian Civil WarDemocratic KampucheaKhmer Rouge, and Killing FieldsSkulls of victims of the Khmer Rouge Killing Fields in Cambodia

The Killing Fields are a number of sites in Cambodia where large numbers of people were killed and their bodies were buried by the Khmer Rouge regime during its rule of the country, which lasted from 1975 to 1979, after the end of the Cambodian Civil War. Sociologist Martin Shaw described the Cambodian genocide as “the purest genocide of the Cold War era.”[201] The results of a demographic study of the Cambodian genocide concluded that the nationwide death toll from 1975 to 1979 amounted to 1,671,000 to 1,871,000, or 21 to 24 percent of the total Cambodian population as it was estimated to number before the Khmer Rouge took power.[202] According to Ben Kiernan, the number of deaths which were specifically caused by execution is still unknown because many victims died from starvation, disease and overwork.[202] Researcher Craig Etcheson of the Documentation Center of Cambodia suggests that the death toll was between 2 and 2.5 million, with a “most likely” figure of 2.2 million. After spending five years researching about 20,000 grave sites, he posited that “these mass graves contain the remains of 1,112,829 victims of execution.”[203] A study by French demographer Marek Sliwinski calculated slightly fewer than 2 million unnatural deaths under the Khmer Rouge out of a 1975 Cambodian population of 7.8 million, with 33.5% of Cambodian men dying under the Khmer Rouge compared to 15.7% of Cambodian women.[204] The number of suspected victims of execution who were found in 23,745 mass graves is estimated to be 1.3 million according to a 2009 academic source. Execution is believed to account for roughly 60% of the total death toll during the genocide, with other victims succumbing to starvation or disease.[205]

Helen Fein, a genocide scholar, states that the xenophobic ideology of the Khmer Rouge regime bears a stronger resemblance to “an almost forgotten phenomenon of national socialism”, or fascism, rather than communism.[206] Responding to Ben Kiernan‘s “argument that Pol Pot’s Democratic Kampuchea regime was more racist and generically totalitarian than Marxist or specifically Communist”, Steve Heder states that the example of such racialist thought as it is applied in relation to the minority Cham people echoed “Marx’s definition of a historyless people doomed to extinction in the name of progress” and it was therefore a part of general concepts of class and class struggle.[207] Craig Etcheson writes that data on the distribution and origin of the mass graves as well as internal Khmer Rouge security documents, leads to the conclusion that “most of the violence was carried out pursuant to orders from the highest political authorities of the Communist Party of Kampuchea”, rather than being the result of the “spontaneous excesses of a vengeful, undisciplined peasant army”,[ca] while French historian Henri Locard writes that the fascist label was applied to the Khmer Rouge by the Communist Party of Vietnam as a form of revisionism, but the repression which existed under the rule of the Khmer Rouge was “similar (if significantly more lethal) to the repression in all communist regimes.”[204] Daniel Goldhagen states that the Khmer Rouge were xenophobic because they believed that the Khmer people were “the one authentic people capable of building true communism.”[208] Steven Rosefielde writes that Democratic Kampuchea was the deadliest of all communist regimes on a per capita basis, primarily because it “lacked a viable productive core” and it “failed to set boundaries on mass murder.”[209]

Other states

Barbara Harff and Ted Gurr write: “Most Marxist–Leninist regimes which came to power through protracted armed struggle in the postwar period perpetrated one or more politicides, though of vastly different magnitudes.”[cb] According to Benjamin Valentino, most regimes that described themselves as communist did not commit mass killings, but in communist states such as BulgariaRomania, and East Germany, mass killings were committed on a scale which was smaller than his standard of 50,000 people who were killed within a period of five years, although the lack of documentation prevents a definitive judgement about the scale of these events and the motives of their perpetrators.[210] Atsushi Tago and Frank Wayman write that because democide is broader than mass killing or genocide, most communist regimes can be said to have engaged in it, including the Soviet Union, China, Cambodia, North Vietnam, East Germany, PolandCzechoslovakiaHungaryNorth KoreaCubaLaosAlbania, and Yugoslavia.[211]

People’s Republic of Bulgaria

According to Valentino, between 50,000 and 100,000 people may have been killed in Bulgaria beginning in 1944 as part of a campaign of agricultural collectivization and political repression, although there is insufficient documentation to make a definitive judgement.[212] In his book History of Communism in Bulgaria, Dinyu Sharlanov accounts for about 31,000 people who were killed by the regime between 1944 and 1989.[213][214]

East Germany

Further information: NKVD special camps in Germany 1945–1950

According to Valentino, between 80,000 and 100,000 people may have been killed in East Germany beginning in 1945 as part of the Soviet denazification campaign; other scholars posit that these estimates are inflated.[212][215][216]A memorial to dead prisoners at an NKVD special camp in Germany

Immediately after World War IIdenazification commenced in Allied-occupied Germany and regions the Nazis had annexed. In the Soviet occupation zone of Germany, the NKVD established prison camps, usually in abandoned Nazi concentration camps, and they used them to intern alleged Nazis and Nazi German officials, along with some landlords and Prussian Junkers. According to files and data released by the Soviet Ministry for the Interior in 1990, 123,000 Germans and 35,000 citizens of other nations were detained. Of these prisoners, a total of 786 people were shot and 43,035 people died of various causes. Most of the deaths were not direct killings but were caused by outbreaks of dysentery and tuberculosis. Deaths from starvation also occurred on a large scale, particularly from late 1946 to early 1947, but these deaths do not appear to have been deliberate killings because food shortages were widespread in the Soviet occupation zone. The prisoners in the “silence camps”, as the NKVD special camps were called, did not have access to the black market and were only able to get food that was handed to them by the authorities. Some prisoners were executed and others may have been tortured to death. In this context, it is difficult to determine if the prisoner deaths in the silence camps can be categorized as mass killings. It is also difficult to determine how many of the dead were Germans, East Germans, or members of other nationalities.[217][218]

East Germany’s government erected the Berlin Wall following the Berlin Crisis of 1961. Even though crossing between East Germany and West Germany was possible for motivated and approved travelers, thousands of East Germans tried to defect by illegally crossing the wall. Of these, between 136 and 227 people were killed by the Berlin Wall’s guards during the years of the wall’s existence (1961-1989).[219][220]

Socialist Republic of Romania

See also: Bărăgan deportations and Danube-Black Sea Canal § Forced labor and repression

According to Valentino, between 60,000 and 300,000 people may have been killed in Romania beginning in 1945 as part of agricultural collectivization and political repression.[212]

Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia

See also: Barbara Pit massacreBleiburg repatriationsFoibe massacresGoli OtokMacelj massacreKočevski Rog massacre, and Tezno massacreFurther information: Communist purges in Serbia in 1944–45Leftist errors, and Titoism

The communist regime of Josip Broz Tito bloodily repressed opponents and committed several massacres of prisoners of war after the World War II. The European Public Hearing on Crimes Committed by Totalitarian Regimes reports: “The decision to ‘annihilate’ opponents must had been adopted in the closest circles of the Yugoslav state leadership, and the order was certainly issued by the Supreme Commander of the Yugoslav Army Josip Broz Tito, although it is not known when or in what form.”[221][222][223][224][cc]

Dominic McGoldrick writes that as the head of a “highly centralised and oppressive” dictatorship, Tito wielded tremendous power in Yugoslavia, with his dictatorial rule administered through an elaborate bureaucracy which routinely suppressed human rights.[224] Eliott Behar states that “Tito’s Yugoslavia was a tightly controlled police state”,[225] and outside the Soviet Union, Yugoslavia had more political prisoners than all of the rest of Eastern Europe combined, according to David Mates.[226] Tito’s secret police was modelled on the Soviet KGB. Its members were ever-present and they often acted extrajudicially,[227] with victims including middle-class intellectuals, liberals, and democrats.[228] Yugoslavia was a signatory to the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights but scant regard was paid to some of its provisions.[229]

North Korea

Further information: Human rights in North KoreaKwallisoNorth Korean famine, and Prisons in North Korea

According to Rudolph Rummel, forced labor, executions, and concentration camps were responsible for over one million deaths in the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (DPRK) from 1948 to 1987.[230] Others have estimated that 400,000 people died in North Korea’s concentration camps alone.[231] A wide range of atrocities have been committed in the camps including forced abortions, infanticide and torture. Former International Criminal Court judge Thomas Buergenthal, who was one of the Report of the Commission of Inquiry on Human Rights in the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea‘s authors and a child survivor of Auschwitz, told The Washington Post that “conditions in the [North] Korean prison camps are as terrible, or even worse, than those I saw and experienced in my youth in these Nazi camps and in my long professional career in the human rights field.”[232] Pierre Rigoulot estimates 100,000 executions, 1.5 million deaths through concentration camps and slave labor, and 500,000 deaths from famine.[233] During the Korean War, the DPRK “liquidated” 29,000 civilians during the North Korean occupation of South Korea, June to September, 1950.[234]

The famine, which claimed as many as one million lives, has been described as the result of the economic policies pursued by the North Korean government[235] and deliberate “terror-starvation”;[236] in 2010, Steven Rosefielde stated that the Red Holocaust “still persists in North Korea”, as Kim Jong Il “refuses to abandon mass killing.”[237] Adam Jones cites journalist Jasper Becker‘s claim that the famine was a form of mass killing or genocide due to political manipulations of food.[238] Estimates based on a North Korean 2008 census suggest 240,000 to 420,000 excess deaths as a result of the 1990s North Korean famine and a demographic impact of 600,000 to 850,000 fewer people in North Korea in 2008 as a result of poor living conditions after the famine.[239]

Democratic Republic of Vietnam

Main articles: Land reform in North Vietnam and Land reform in VietnamSee also: NLF and PAVN strategy, organization and structurePersecution of the Montagnard in VietnamRe-education camp (Vietnam); and Vietnamese boat people

Valentino attributes 80,000–200,000 deaths to “communist mass killings” in North and South Vietnam.[240]

According to scholarship based on Vietnamese and Hungarian archival evidence, as many as 15,000 suspected landlords were executed during North Vietnam’s land reform from 1953 to 1956.[cd][241][242] The North Vietnamese leadership planned in advance to execute 0.1% of North Vietnam’s population (estimated at 13.5 million in 1955) as “reactionary or evil landlords”, although this ratio could vary in practice.[243][244] Dramatic errors were committed in the course of the land reform campaign.[245] Vu Tuong states that the number of executions during North Vietnam’s land reform was proportionally comparable to executions during Chinese land reform from 1949 to 1952.[243]

Cuba

Main article: Human rights in Cuba

According to Jay Ulfelder and Benjamin Valentino, the Fidel Castro government of Cuba killed between 5,000 and 8,335 noncombatants as a part of the campaign of political repression between 1959 and 1970.[246]

Democratic Republic of Afghanistan

Main article: Democratic Republic of Afghanistan

According to Frank Wayman and Atsushi Tago, although frequently considered an example of communist genocide, the Democratic Republic of Afghanistan represents a borderline case.[211] Prior to the Soviet–Afghan War, the People’s Democratic Party of Afghanistan executed between 10,000 and 27,000 people, mostly at Pul-e-Charkhi prison.[247][248][249] Mass graves of executed prisoners have been exhumed dating back to the Soviet era.[250]

After the invasion in 1979, the Soviets installed the puppet government of Babrak Karmal. By 1987, about 80% of the country’s territory was permanently controlled by neither the pro-communist government and supporting Soviet troops nor by the armed opposition. To tip the balance, the Soviet Union used a tactic that was a combination of scorched earth policy and migratory genocide. By systematically burning the crops and destroying villages in rebel provinces as well as by reprisal bombing entire villages suspected of harboring or supporting the resistance, the Soviets tried to force the local population to move to Soviet controlled territory, thereby depriving the armed opposition of support.[251] Valentino attributes between 950,000 and 1,280,000 civilian deaths to the Soviet invasion and occupation of the country between 1978 and 1989, primarily as counter-guerrilla mass killing.[252] By the early 1990s, approximately one-third of Afghanistan’s population had fled the country.[ce] M. Hassan Kakar said that “the Afghans are among the latest victims of genocide by a superpower.”[253]

People’s Democratic Republic of Ethiopia

Main article: Red Terror (Ethiopia)See also: 1983–1985 famine in Ethiopia

Amnesty International estimates that half a million people were killed during the Ethiopian Red Terror of 1977 and 1978.[254][255][256] During the terror, groups of people were herded into churches that were then burned down and women were subjected to systematic rape by soldiers.[257] The Save the Children Fund reported that victims of the Red Terror included not only adults, but 1,000 or more children, mostly aged between eleven and thirteen, whose corpses were left in the streets of Addis Ababa.[254] Ethiopian dictator Mengistu Haile Mariam himself is alleged to have killed political opponents with his bare hands.[258]

Debate over famines

Further information: Soviet and Communist studiesThe Soviet famine of 1932–1933, with areas where the effects of famine were most severe shaded

According to historian J. Arch Getty, over half of the 100 million deaths which are attributed to communism were due to famines.[259] Stéphane Courtois posits that many communist regimes caused famines in their efforts to forcibly collectivize agriculture and systematically used it as a weapon by controlling the food supply and distributing food on a political basis. Courtois states that “in the period after 1918, only Communist countries experienced such famines, which led to the deaths of hundreds of thousands, and in some cases millions, of people. And again in the 1980s, two African countries that claimed to be Marxist–LeninistEthiopia and Mozambique, were the only such countries to suffer these deadly famines.”[cf]

Scholars Stephen G. WheatcroftR. W. Davies, and Mark Tauger reject the idea that the Ukrainian famine was an act of genocide that was intentionally inflicted by the Soviet government.[260][261] Getty posits that the “overwhelming weight of opinion among scholars working in the new archives is that the terrible famine of the 1930s was the result of Stalinist bungling and rigidity rather than some genocidal plan.”[259] Novelist Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn opined in a 2 April 2008 article in Izvestia that the 1930s famine in the Ukraine was no different from the Russian famine of 1921–1922, as both were caused by the ruthless robbery of peasants by Bolshevik grain procurements.[262]

Pankaj Mishra questions Mao’s direct responsibility for famine, stating: “A great many premature deaths also occurred in newly independent nations not ruled by erratic tyrants.” Mishra cites Nobel laureate Amartya Sen‘s research demonstrating that democratic India suffered more excess mortality from starvation and disease in the second half of the 20th century than China did. Sen wrote: “India seems to manage to fill its cupboard with more skeletons every eight years than China put there in its years of shame.”[263][264]

Benjamin Valentino writes: “Although not all the deaths due to famine in these cases were intentional, communist leaders directed the worst effects of famine against their suspected enemies and used hunger as a weapon to force millions of people to conform to the directives of the state.”[77] Daniel Goldhagen says that in some cases deaths from famine should not be distinguished from mass murder, commenting: “Whenever governments have not alleviated famine conditions, political leaders decided not to say no to mass death – in other words, they said yes.” Goldhagen says that instances of this occurred in the Mau Mau Rebellion, the Great Leap Forward, the Nigerian Civil War, the Eritrean War of Independence, and the War in Darfur.[265] Martin Shaw posits that if a leader knew the ultimate result of their policies would be mass death by famine, and they continue to enact them anyway these death can be understood as intentional.[266][cg]

Historian and journalists, such as Seumas Milne and Jon Wiener, have criticized the emphasis on communism when assigning blame for famines. In a 2002 article for The Guardian, Milne mentions “the moral blindness displayed towards the record of colonialism“, and he writes: “If Lenin and Stalin are regarded as having killed those who died of hunger in the famines of the 1920s and 1930s, then Churchill is certainly responsible for the 4 million deaths in the avoidable Bengal famine of 1943.” Milne laments that while “there is a much-lauded Black Book of Communism, [there exists] no such comprehensive indictment of the colonial record.”[267] Weiner makes a similar assertion while comparing the Holodomor and the Bengal famine of 1943, stating that Winston Churchill‘s role in the Bengal famine “seems similar to Stalin’s role in the Ukrainian famine.”[268] Historian Mike Davis, author of Late Victorian Holocausts, draws comparisons between the Great Chinese Famine and the Indian famines of the late 19th century, arguing that in both instances the governments which oversaw the response to the famines deliberately chose not to alleviate conditions and as such bear responsibility for the scale of deaths in said famines.[269]

Historian Michael Ellman is critical of the fixation on a “uniquely Stalinist evil” when it comes to excess deaths from famines. Ellman posits that mass deaths from famines are not a “uniquely Stalinist evil”, commenting that throughout Russian history, famines, and droughts have been a common occurrence, including the Russian famine of 1921–1922, which occurred before Stalin came to power. He also states that famines were widespread throughout the world in the 19th and 20th centuries in countries such as India, Ireland, Russia and China. According to Ellman, the G8 “are guilty of mass manslaughter or mass deaths from criminal negligence because of their not taking obvious measures to reduce mass deaths” and Stalin’s “behaviour was no worse than that of many rulers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.”[124]

See also: Communist crimes (Polish legal concept) and Lustration

According to a 1992 constitutional amendment in the Czech Republic, a person who publicly denies, puts in doubt, approves, or tries to justify Nazi or communist genocide or other crimes of Nazis or communists will be punished with a prison term of 6 months to 3 years.[270] In 1992, Barbara Harff wrote that no communist country or governing body has ever been convicted of genocide.[271] In his 1999 foreword to The Black Book of CommunismMartin Malia wrote: “Throughout the former Communist world, moreover, virtually none of its responsible officials has been put on trial or punished. Indeed, everywhere Communist parties, though usually under new names, compete in politics.”[272]Mengistu Haile Mariam, the former communist leader of Ethiopia

At the conclusion of a trial lasting from 1994 to 2006, Ethiopia’s former ruler Mengistu Haile Mariam was convicted of genocidewar crimes, and crimes against humanity, and sentenced to death by an Ethiopian court for his role in Ethiopia’s Red Terror.[273][274][275][276] Ethiopian law is distinct from the United Nations‘ Genocide Convention and other definitions in that it defines genocide as intent to wipe out political and not just ethnic groups. In this respect, it closely resembles the definition of politicide.[271]

In 1997, the Cambodian government asked the United Nations for assistance in setting up the Khmer Rouge Tribunal.[277][278][279] The prosecution presented the names of five possible suspects to the investigating judges on 18 July 2007.[277] On 26 July 2010, Kang Kek Iew (Comrade Duch), director of the S-21 prison camp in Democratic Kampuchea where more than 14,000 people were tortured and then murdered (mostly at nearby Choeung Ek), was convicted of crimes against humanity and sentenced to 35 years. His sentence was reduced to 19 years in part because he had been behind bars for 11 years.[280] Nuon Chea, second in command of the Khmer Rouge and its most senior surviving member, was charged of war crimes and crimes against humanity but not of genocide. On 7 August 2014, he was convicted of crimes against humanity by the Khmer Rouge Tribunal and received a life sentence.[281][282] Khieu Samphan, the Khmer Rouge head of state, was also convicted of crimes against humanity. In 2018, Nuon Chea and Khieu Samphan were convicted of genocide for “the attempted extermination of the Cham and Vietnamese minorities.”[283]

After restoration of their independence in 1991, the Baltic states started investigating crimes against humanity committed during the Soviet occupation, with most criminal cases focusing on deportation of civilians and extrajudicial killing of forest brethren. In 2013 Rain Liivoja estimated that Estonia had convicted eleven, Latvia nine, and Lithuania about dozen persons. Some former Soviet officials like Alfons Noviks [lv], the former People’s Commissar of the Interior of the Latvian SSR, were explicitly convicted for genocide.[284]

On 26 November 2010, the Russian State Duma issued a declaration acknowledging Stalin’s responsibility for the Katyn massacre, the execution of over 21,000 Polish POW’s and intellectual leaders by Stalin’s NKVD. The declaration stated that archival material “not only unveils the scale of his horrific tragedy but also provides evidence that the Katyn crime was committed on direct orders from Stalin and other Soviet leaders.”[285][ch]

Memorials and museums

See also: Black Ribbon DayDouble genocide theory, and Prague DeclarationMap of Stalin’s Gulag camps in the Gulag Museum in Moscow, founded in 2001 by the historian Anton Antonov-Ovseyenko

Monuments to the victims of communism exist in almost all the capitals of Eastern Europe and there are also several museums which document the crimes which occurred during communist rule such as the Museum of Occupations and Freedom Fights in Lithuania, the Museum of the Occupation of Latvia in Riga and the House of Terror in Budapest, all three of these museums also document the crimes which occurred during Nazi rule.[286][259] Several scholars, among them Kristen Ghodsee and Laure Neumayer, posit that these efforts seek to institutionalize the “victims of communism” narrative as a double genocide theory, or the moral equivalence between the Nazi Holocaust (race murder) and those killed by communist states (class murder),[59] and that works such as The Black Book of Communism played a major role in the criminalization of communism in the European political space in the post Cold War-era.[60] Zoltan Dujisin writes that “the Europeanization of an antitotalitarian ‘collective memory’ of communism reveals the emergence of a field of anticommunism” and the narrative is proposed by “anticommunist memory entrepreneurs.”[287]

In Washington D.C., a bronze statue modeled after the Goddess of Democracy sculpture, which was created during the 1989 Tiananmen Square protests, was dedicated as the Victims of Communism Memorial in 2007, having been authorized by the Congress in 1993.[17][288] The Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation plans to build an International Museum on Communism in Washington.[289] In 2002, the Memorial to the Victims of Communism was unveiled in Prague.[290] In Hungary, the Gloria Victis Memorial to honor “the 100 million victims of communism” was erected in 2006 on the 50th anniversary of the Hungarian Revolution.[291] As of 2008, Russia contained 627 memorials and memorial plaques which are dedicated to the victims of the communist terror, most of them were created by private citizens, but it did not have either a national monument or a national museum.[292] The Wall of Grief in Moscow, inaugurated in October 2017, is Russia’s first monument to the victims of political persecution by Stalin during the country’s Soviet era.[293] In 2017, Canada’s National Capital Commission approved the design of the Memorial to the Victims of Communism – Canada, a Land of Refuge which will be built on the Garden of the Provinces and Territories in Ottawa.[294] On 23 August 2018, Estonia’s Victims of Communism 1940–1991 Memorial was inaugurated in Tallinn by Estonian president Kersti Kaljulaid.[295] The memorial’s construction was financed by the state and the memorial itself is being managed by the Estonian Institute of Historical Memory.[296] The date of the opening ceremony was chosen because it coincided with the official European Day of Remembrance for the Victims of Stalinism and Nazism.[297]

Controversies

This section may primarily relate to a different subject, or place undue weight on a particular aspect rather than the subject as a whole. Please help by spinning off or relocating any relevant information, and removing excessive detail that may be against Wikipedia’s inclusion policy(November 2021)
This section needs expansion. You can help by adding to it(November 2021)

The concept of mass killing as a phenomenon unique to communist governments, or ideologically inherent within them, is heavily disputed.[61][63]

Many commentators on the political right state that the mass killings under communist regimes are an indictment of communism.[298][61][299] Opponents of this hypothesis state that these killings were aberrations caused by specific authoritarian regimes, and not caused by communism itself, and point to mass deaths in wars that they claim were caused by capitalism and anti-communism as a counterpoint to those killings.[ci][61][300][63]

See also

Communist movements and violence

Mass killing of communists

Violence by governments in general and comparative studies

References

Excerpts and notes

  1. ^ Krain 1997, pp. 331–332: “1. The literatures on state-sponsored mass murder and state terrorism have been plagued by definitional problems. Terms such as state-sponsored mass murder and state terrorism can be (and often are) easily confused and therefore need elaboration. The main difference between state-sponsored mass murder and state terrorism, for instance, is one of intentionality. The purpose behind policies of state-sponsored mass murder such as genocide or politicide is to eliminate an entire group (Gurr 1986, 67). The purpose behind policies of state terrorism is to ‘induce sharp fear and through that agency to effect a desired outcome in a conflict situation’ (Gurr 1986, 46). The former requires mass killings to accomplish its goal. The latter’s success is dependent on the persuasiveness of the fear tactics used. Mass killings may not be necessary to accomplish the particular goal. … 2. Genocides are mass killings in which the victim group is defined by association with a particular communal group. Politicides are mass killings in which ‘victim groups are defined primarily in terms of their hierarchical position or political opposition to the regime and dominant groups’ (Harff and Gurr 1988, 360). Interestingly, many of the instances coded by Harff and Gurr as ‘politicide’ are considered by much of the literature to be instances of state terrorism (e.g., Argentina, Chile, El Salvador) (Lopez 1984, 63). Evidently there is some overlap between state terrorism and some kinds of state-sponsored mass murder.”
  2. ^ Valentino 2005, p. 9: “Mass killing and Genocide. No generally accepted terminology exists to describe the intentional killing of large numbers of noncombatants.”
  3. ^ Karlsson & Schoenhals 2008, p. 6: “‘Crimes against humanity’ is a linguistically and logically cumbersome term when the aim is to analyse physical violence perpetrated by individual groups, institutions and states against specific victim groups in their own country, which is essentially the case in the context of communist regimes’ crimes against humanity. In addition, it is not in keeping with the terms that have long been used by the academic community. Naturally, the work of creating an inventory includes examining the terms used in practice by researchers in their analyses, and it is reasonable to assume that every time, every society and every paradigm has its own terms to refer to the crimes of communist regimes. Nonetheless, it is possible to establish at this early stage that researchers have long used the word terror to describe the crimes of the Soviet communist regime, regardless of the framework of interpretation to which they adhere. Although the extent to which the mass operations and forced deportations of specific ethnic groups ordered by Stalin before and during the Second World War can be defined as genocide is debated, there is agreement among researchers that the term ‘terror’ is the best reflection of the development of violence in Bolshevik Russia and in the communist Soviet Union under Lenin and Stalin. As a result, terror will be the term most frequently used here in analysing the Soviet communist criminal history. On the other hand, the term terror is seldom used to describe the mass killings in Cambodia between 1975 and 1979, which may be because it is less clear that the actual intention and stated motive of the Khmer Rouge was to terrorise people into submission. The term genocide, however, is relatively widely accepted and established in describing the systematic and selective crimes of the communist regime in Cambodia, although the use of this term is not entirely uncontroversial. Therefore, in analysing the criminal history of Cambodia, this term will be used in precise contexts dealing with the killing of a category of people, whereas more neutral terms such as mass killing and massacre are used to refer to the general use of violence. The terminology used in the Chinese criminal history is dealt with in detail as part of the section on China. … In the Soviet case, as Klas-Göran Karlsson so rightly notes, there is an ‘established term’ for the crimes of the regime, namely ‘terror’ – and this is used almost regardless of the general frameworks of interpretation employed by individual researchers. In the same way, he notes that ‘the term genocide is established and accepted as a description of the crimes of the Khmer Rouge’. In the case of the People’s Republic of China, however, there are no equivalent terms that are accepted or generally established in the academic community and that can be made use of in a research inventory. Bibliographies and search engines all speak their own clear language: those who carried out research on Maoism in its day made very limited use of words such as terror and genocide, and neither do these terms appear among the key terms that carry implicit clear explanations and are therefore regularly used by current foreign and Chinese historians.”
  4. ^ Semelin 2009, p. 318: “‘Classicide’, in counterpoint to genocide, has a certain appeal, but it doesn’t convey the fact that communist regimes, beyond their intention of destroying ‘classes’ – a difficult notion to grasp in itself (what exactly is a ‘kulak’?) – end up making political suspicion a rule of government: even within the Party (and perhaps even mainly within the Party). The notion of ‘fratricide’ is probably more appropriate in this regard. That of ‘politicide’, which Ted Gurr and Barbara Harff suggest, remains the most intelligent, although it implies by contrast that ‘genocide’ is not ‘political’, which is debatable. These authors in effect explain that the aim of politicide is to impose total political domination over a group or a government. Its victims are defined by their position in the social hierarchy or their political opposition to the regime or this dominant group. Such an approach applies well to the political violence of communist powers and more particularly to Pol Pot’s Democratic Kampuchea. The French historian Henri Locard in fact emphasises this, identifying with Gurr and Harff’s approach in his work on Cambodia. However, the term ‘politicide’ has little currency among some researchers because it has no legal validity in international law. That is one reason why Jean-Louis Margolin tends to recognise what happened in Cambodia as ‘genocide’ because, as he points out, to speak of ‘politicide’ amounts to considering Pol Pot’s crimes as less grave than those of Hitler. Again, the weight of justice interferes in the debate about concepts that, once again, argue strongly in favour of using the word genocide. But those so concerned about the issue of legal sanctions should also take into account another legal concept that is just as powerful, and better established: that of crime against humanity. In fact, legal scholars such as Antoine Garapon and David Boyle believe that the violence perpetrated by the Khmer Rouge is much more appropriately categorised under the heading of crime against humanity, even if genocidal tendencies can be identified, particularly against the Muslim minority. This accusation is just as serious as that of genocide (the latter moreover being sometimes considered as a subcategory of the former) and should thus be subject to equally severe sentences. I quite agree with these legal scholars, believing that the notion of ‘crime against humanity’ is generally better suited to the violence perpetrated by communist regimes, a viewpoint shared by Michael Mann.”
  5. ^ Su 2011, pp. 7–8: “Killing civilians in large numbers is an age-old phenomenon. Since World War II, its conceptualization has been shaped by the enormity of the Holocaust, in which Hitler and the Nazi regime killed more than six million Jews. In 1948, the United Nations (UN) passed the ‘Convention of the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide.’ Lemkin and other framers clearly had the Holocaust in mind when they defined genocide as an act of a nation-state to eliminate an ethnic or national group. Other conceptions of genocide are also preoccupied by central state politics, state-led exterminations, and institutionalized state killers. Later scholars expanded the concept to include cases in which victims are defined other than by ethnic, national, or religious characteristics. Valentino uses the term mass killing instead, and defines it as ‘the intentional killing of a massive number of noncombatants.’ Other concepts such as politicidedemocide, and classicide were developed to address killings in communist countries.”
  6. ^ Weiss-Wendt 2008, p. 42: “The field of comparative genocide studies has grown beyond recognition over the past two decades, though more quantitatively than qualitatively. On the surface, everything looks good: the number of books on genocide has tripled within less than a decade; the field of comparative genocide studies has its own professional association and journals; more and more colleges and universities offer courses on genocide; several research institutions dedicated to the study of genocide have been established. If we are talking numbers, comparative genocide studies are indeed a success. Upon closer examination, however, genocide scholarship is ridden with contradictions. There is barely any other field of study that enjoys so little consensus on defining principles such as definition of genocide, typology, application of a comparative method, and timeframe. Considering that scholars have always put stress on prevention of genocide, comparative genocide studies have been a failure. Paradoxically, nobody has attempted so far to assess the field of comparative genocide studies as a whole. This is one of the reasons why those who define themselves as genocide scholars have not been able to detect the situation of crisis.”
  7. ^ Ott 2011, p. 53: “As is customary in the literature on mass killing of civilians there is a need to restate here what mass killing is about. Although many definitions have been used — ‘genocide’, ‘politicide’ and ‘democide’ — there has emerged a sort of consensus that the term ‘mass killing’ is much more straightforward than either genocide or politicide. Harff (2003) makes a clear distinction from genocide, often used interchangeably with mass killing, by emphasizing the intention of the perpetrator. He [sic] posits: ‘genocide as an authority group’s sustained purposeful implementation or facilitation of policies designed to destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnic, racial or religious group’ (Harff, 2003, p. 58). Although this definition encompasses the ethnic population, the emphasis here is on the objective function of the authority, which is the destruction in whole or part of the intended group. The second definition, politicide, limits the annihilation to a specific group. Politicide pertains when the victimized group is identified by its political opposition to the dominant party, rather than other communal characteristics (Harff, 2003, p. 58). Rummel (1995) advanced the democide label. It is defined as the ‘murder of any person or people by a government including genocide, politicide and mass murder’ (p. 3).”
  8. ^ Semelin 2009, p. 37: “Mann thus establishes a sort of parallel between racial enemies and class enemies, thereby contributing to the debates on comparisons between Nazism and communism. This theory has also been developed by some French historians such as Stéphane Courtois and Jean-Louis Margolin in The Black Book of Communism: they view class genocide as the equivalent to racial genocide. Mann however refuses to use the term ‘genocide’ to describe the crimes committed under communism. He prefers the terms ‘fratricide’ and ‘classicide’, a word he coined to refer to intentional mass killings of entire social classes.”
  9. ^ Rummel 1993: “First, however, I should clarify the term democide. It means for governments what murder means for an individual under municipal law. It is the premeditated killing of a person in cold blood, or causing the death of a person through reckless and wanton disregard for their life. Thus, a government incarcerating people in a prison under such deadly conditions that they die in a few years is murder by the state–democide–as would parents letting a child die from malnutrition and exposure be murder. So would government forced labor that kills a person within months or a couple of years be murder. So would government created famines that then are ignored or knowingly aggravated by government action be murder of those who starve to death. And obviously, extrajudicial executions, death by torture, government massacres, and all genocidal killing be murder. However, judicial executions for crimes that internationally would be considered capital offenses, such as for murder or treason (as long as it is clear that these are not fabricated for the purpose of executing the accused, as in communist show trials), are not democide. Nor is democide the killing of enemy soldiers in combat or of armed rebels, nor of noncombatants as a result of military action against military targets.”
  10. Jump up to:a b Harff 2003, p. 58: “First, the Convention does not include groups of victims defined by their political position or actions. Raphael Lemkin (1944) coined the term genocide and later sought the support of as many states as possible for a legal document that would outlaw mass killings and prescribe sanctions against potential perpetrators. Because the first draft of the Convention, which included political groups, was rejected by the USSR and its allies, the final draft omitted any reference to political mass murder (Le Blanc 1988). The concept of politicide is used here to encompass cases with politically defined victims, consistent with Fein’s (1993b, 12) line of reasoning that ‘mass killings of political groups show similarities in their causes, organization and motives.'”
  11. ^ Williams 2008, p. 190: “A vital element of the evolution of genocide studies is the increased attention devoted to the mass killing of groups not primarily defined by ethnic or religious identities. Most vulnerable minorities around the world had been so defined when Lemkin was crafting his genocide framework, and when UN member states were drafting the Genocide Convention. Such groups continued to be targeted in the post-Second World War period, as in East Pakistan/ Bangladesh in 1971, or Guatemala between 1978 and 1984. But it became increasingly apparent that political groups were on the receiving end of some of the worst campaigns of mass killing, such as the devastating assault on the Indonesian Communist Party in 1965—1966 (with half a million to one million killed), and the brutal campaigns by Latin American and Asian military regimes against perceived dissidents in the 1970s and 1980s. One result of this re-evaluation was that the mass killing by the Khmer Rouge regime in Cambodia between 1975 and 1978, previously ruled out as genocide or designated an ‘auto-genocide’ because most victims belonged to the same ethnic-Khmer group as their killers, came to be accepted as a classic instance of twentieth-century genocide. Detailed investigations were also launched into the hecatombs of casualties inflicted under Leninism and Stalinism in the post-revolutionary Soviet Union, and by Mao Zedong’s communists in China. In both of these cases—and to some degree in Cambodia as well—the majority of deaths resulted not from direct execution, but from the infliction of ‘conditions of life calculated to bring about [the] physical destruction’ of a group, in the language of Article II(c) of the Genocide Convention. In particular, the devastating famines that struck the Ukraine and other minority regions of the USSR in the early 1930s, and the even greater death-toll—numbering tens of millions—caused by famine during Mao’s ‘Great Leap Forward’ (1958—1962), were increasingly, though not uncontroversially, depicted as instances of mass killing underpinned by genocidal intent.”
  12. Jump up to:a b Hackmann 2009: “A coining of communism as ‘red Holocaust,’ as had been suggested by the Munich Institut fur Zeitgeschichte, did not find much ground, neither in Germany nor elsewhere in international discussions.”
  13. ^ Rosefielde 2010, p. 3: “The Red Holocaust could be defined to include all murders (judicially sanctioned terror-executions), criminal manslaughter (lethal forced labor and ethnic cleansing) and felonious negligent homicide (terror-starvation) incurred from insurrectionary actions and civil wars prior to state seizure, and all subsequent felonious state killings. This treatise, however, limits the Red Holocaust death toll to peacetime state killings, even if communists were responsible for political assassinations, insurrections and civil wars before achieving power, in order to highlight the causal significance of communist economic systems. It also excludes deaths attributable to wartime hostilities after states were founded. As a matter of accounting, the convention excludes Soviet killings before 1929, during World War II (1940-45) and in Germany, occupied Europe, North Korea, Manchuria and the Kuril Islands (1946-53). Killings in China before October 1949 are similarly excluded, as are those in Indochina before 1954. Soviet slaughter of nobles, kulaks, capitalist and the bourgeoisie during War Communism are part of the excluded wartime group, but killings of similar social categories in China, North Korea, Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia after their civil wars in the process of Communist consolidation are included. The summary casualty statistics reported in Table 11.1 conform with this definition and in principle only reflect excess deaths, excluding natural mortality. It provides a comprehensive picture of discretionary communist killings unobscured by wartime exigencies. Others desiring a broader body count to assess the fullest extent of communist carnage can easily supplement the estimates provided here from standard sources.”
  14. ^ Shafir 2016, p. 64: “Alexandra Laignel-Lavastine, who was among the first Western authors to analyze this postcommunist trend in Romania, was noting back in 1999 that ‘The pathos, indeed the intentionally provocative tone of the militant parallelism [between Nazism and communism]’ makes use of the term ‘Red Holocaust’ primarily in order to utilize a notion (Holocaust) that ‘allows the reality it describes to immediately attain, in the Western mind, a status equal to that of the extermination of the Jews by the Nazi regime.’ Furthermore, ‘the spirit of the wording is one of a claim of victimization careful to legitimize itself in a sort of mimetic rivalry with Jewish memory.’ That is the competitive martyrdom component of Double Genocide. But Laignel-Lavastine’s intuitive article also alludes to an ideological basis at the foundations of such efforts. In her opinion, postcommunist Romanian historiography had been captured by (both inter-war and national-communist) ideology.”
  15. ^ Voicu 2018, p. 46: “Beginning in the 1990s the notion of a ‘red Holocaust’ (or a ‘communist Holocaust’) was forged in order to establish–including at the level of terminology–the similarity of the two tragedies. The concept of Holocaust, specific to the history of European Jews (and Roma people and other social categories), was thus extracted from its customary register and used to define a different historical experience with its own specific traits. Leon Volovici rightfully condemned the abusive use of this concept as an attempt to ‘usurp’ and undermine a symbol specific to the history of European Jews. As many of those who use the term ‘red Holocaust’ (and other terms along the same lines, such as ‘the Holocaust of Romanian culture’ and ‘the Holocaust of Romanian people’) do so with antisemitic rancor, claiming that the authors of this ‘Holocaust’ are none other than the Jews, the reason for the hijacking of the term becomes clear: to place the blame on Jews and to manufacture an alternate history. It should be noted that the intelligentsia at the top of Romanian culture does not use the expression ‘red Holocaust’ systematically, but rather accidentally. Gabriela Adameșteanu and Rodica Palade, for instance, once considered this syntagma an innocent ‘metaphor’ that could be used legitimately and fruitfully in the debate about the crimes of the communist regime. However, the two journalists–who at the time they supported this syntagma were at the helm of Revista 22–did not use the expression in later publications. From time to time, the syntagma was used by other intellectuals, too, but most of them have recognized its traps and intentions. Yet, while it is no longer part of their usual vocabulary, something of its spirit is still present in the positions they adopt.”
  16. ^ Staub 2011, p. 100: “In contrast to genocide, I see mass killing as ‘killing (or in other ways destroying) members of a group without the intention to eliminate the whole group, or killing large numbers of people’ without a focus on group membership.”
  17. ^ Charny 1999: In the Encyclopedia of Genocide (1999), Israel Charny defined generic genocide as “the mass killing of substantial numbers of human beings, when not in the course of military action against the military forces of an avowed enemy, under conditions of the essential defenselessness and helplessness of the victims.”; Easterly, Gatti & Kurlat 2006, pp. 129–156: In the 2006 article “Development, Democracy, and Mass Killings”, William Easterly, Roberta Gatti, and Sergio Kurlat adopted Charny’s definition of generic genocide for their use of mass killing and massacre to avoid the politics of the term genocide altogether.
  18. ^ Ulfelder & Valentino 2008, p. 2: “The research described here sprang from an interest in observing and assessing the risk of extreme human-rights violations in the form of large-scale violence perpetrated by states against noncombatant civilians. Researchers working in this area usually use the terms ‘genocide’ or ‘mass killing’ to label their subject of interest, but the definitions of those terms remain a source of heated debate among scholars, international lawyers, and policy-makers. Cognizant of these debates, we considered numerous strategies for defining and observing our phenomenon of interest. Unfortunately, none captured the range of events that we wished to explore as completely and objectively as does a simple numerical threshold of civilian fatalities. For purposes of this research, then, we defined a mass killing as any event in which the actions of state agents result in the intentional death of at least 1,000 noncombatants from a discrete group in a period of sustained violence.”
  19. Jump up to:a b Bellamy 2010, p. 102: “If we look at mass killing since 1945 perpetrated by non-democratic states outside the context of war, we find two basic types of case. The first involved revolutionary communist governments implementing their plans for radical transformation. Over one-third of all the relevant cases (14 of the 38 episodes) were perpetrated by communist governments. According to Benjamin Valentino, communist governments were so exceptionally violent because the social transformations they attempted to engineer required the material dispossession of vast numbers of people. The most radical of these regimes, in China, Cambodia, and North Korea, attempted to completely reorient society, eradicating traditional patterns of life and forcibly imposing a new and alien way of life. Communist objectives, Valentino points out, could only be achieved with violence and the scale of the transformation dictated a massive amount of violence. Of course, communist revolutions also elicited resistance, prompting the state into massive and bloody crackdowns and generating a culture of paranoia which led many regimes to periodically purge their own ranks (China’s ‘cultural revolution’ being a good example). In communist ideology, the good of the party was associated with the national interest, individuals were divested of rights and subordinated to the will of the party leadership, and entire groups (e.g. kulaks in the Soviet Union, merchants and intellectuals in Cambodia) were deemed ‘class enemies’ that could be eradicated en masse to protect the revolution.”
  20. ^ Wayman & Tago 2010, pp. 4, 11, 12–13: “Our term, ‘mass killing’, is used by Valentino (2004: 10), who aptly defines it as ‘the intentional killing of a massive number of noncombatants’. The word ‘noncombatants’ distinguishes mass killing from battle-deaths in war, which occur as combatants fight against each other. The ‘massive number’ he selects as the threshold to mass killing is ‘at least fifty thousand intentional deaths over the course of five or fewer years’ (Valentino, 2004: 11-12), which of course averages to at least 10,000 killed per year. … One reason for selecting these thresholds of 10,000 and 1,000 deaths per year is that we find that in the Harff data on geno-politicide, which are one of our key datasets, there are many cases of over 10,000 killed per year, but also some in which between 1,000 and 10,000 are killed per year. Therefore, analyzing at a 1,000-death threshold (as well as the 10,000 threshold) insures the inclusion of all the Harff cases. Valentino chooses 50,000 over five years as ‘to some extent arbitrary’, but a ‘relatively high threshold’ to create high confidence that mass killing did occur and was deliberate, ‘given the generally poor quality of the data available on civilian fatalities’ (Valentino, 2004: 12). We believe that our similar results, when we lower the threshold to 1,000 killed per year, are an indication that the data in Harff and in Rummel remain reliable down even one power of ten below Valentino’s ‘relatively high’ selected threshold, and we hope that, in that sense, our results can be seen as a friendly amendment to his work, and that they basically lend confidence, based on empirical statistical backing, for the conceptual direction which he elected to take. … Within that constant research design, we then showed that the differences were not due to threshold either (over 10,000 killed per year; over 1,000; or over 1). The only remaining difference is the measure of mass killing itself — democide vs. geno-politicide. We have further shown that (although the onset years vary from Harff to Rummel), when one looks at which sovereign states were involved (and the approximate onset year), the geno politicide data is basically a proper subset of the democide data (as one would expect by the addition of the need to show specific intent in geno-politicide). It would therefore appear (assuming for the moment that there are not any big measurement biases) that autocratic regimes, especially communist, are prone to mass killing generically, but not so strongly inclined (i.e. not statistically significantly inclined) toward geno-politicide.”
  21. ^ Su 2003, p. 4: “Following Valentino (1998), I define mass killing in this paper as ‘the intentional killing of a significant number of the members of any group (as group and its membership are defined by the perpetrator) of non-combatants’ (1998:4). A few elements of this definition are worth further discussion. First, identification of the victim is based on ‘membership,’ as opposed to one that is based on immediate threat. In the case of Cultural Revolution, the membership is based on political standards as opposed to ascriptive traces such as race and ethnicity.4 Second, the intent to kill is imputable in the perpetrator. This separates mass killing from other causes of deaths in the Cultural Revolution such as death resulting from on-stage beating or off-stage beating. In on-stage beating the intention was not to kill but to convey a symbolic message and to humiliate the victims, and the main purpose of off-stage torture for confession was clearly to force a confession. Mass killing also differs from casualties of armed battles, a widespread phenomenon occurring in the earlier stage of the Cultural Revolution. Finally, the criterion of ‘a significant number’ indicates some concentration in terms of time and space of the killing. To use a hypothetical example, we should not judge that mass killings occur if 180 villages of a county kill one person in each village, but we should do so if one of the villages kills more than ten people within one day.”
  22. ^ Su 2011, p. 13: “In another conceptual departure from standard scholarship, I use the term collective killing as opposed to genocide or mass killing. This concept shares three basic premises with genocide or mass killing. First, the criteria for becoming a victim are not about deeds but rather with membership in a group. Second, the killing must be intentional, which is distinct from acts of endangerment that carry no goal of killing in the first place. Using torture to elicit confessions, for example, may cause significant numbers of deaths. Third, the number of victims must reach a certain level. This aspect is very much related to the first premise regarding membership: Individuals are rounded up because they are members of a particular group, which by definition results in a collective of victims. I replace the word mass with collective for analysis of units smaller than a country as a whole, for example, county. Collective killings may occur in smaller areas without meeting the criteria suggested by Valentino of ‘at least fifty thousand intentional deaths over the course of five or fewer years.’ With this more fine-grained conceptual approach, it is also possible to compare collective killings across counties, townships, and villages.”
  23. ^ Wayman & Tago 2010, p. 4: “The two important scholars who have created datasets related to this are Rummel (1995) and Harff (2003). Harff (sometimes with Gurr) has studied what she terms ‘genocide and politicide’, defined to be genocide by killing as understood by the Genocide Convention plus the killing of a political or economic group (Harff & Gurr, 1988); the combined list of genocides is sometimes labeled ‘geno-politicide’ for short. Rummel (1994, 1995) has a very similar concept, ‘democide’, which includes such genocide and geno-politicide done by the government forces, plus other killing by government forces, such as random killing not targeted at a particular group. As Rummel (1995: 3-4) says, ‘Cold-blooded government killing … extends beyond genocide’; For example, ‘shooting political opponents; or murdering by quota’. Hence, ‘to cover all such murder as well as genocide and politicide, I use the concept democide. This is the intentional killing of people by government’ (Rummel, 1995: 4). So Rummel has a broader concept than geno-politicide, but one that seems to include geno-politicide as a proper subset.”
  24. ^ Midlarsky 2005, pp. 22, 309, 310: “I distinguish between genocide as the systematic mass murder of people based on ethnoreligious identity, and politicide as the large-scale killing of designated enemies of the state based on socioeconomic or political criteria. Although genocide can be understood to be a species of politicide (but not the converse), in practice, genocidal (i.e., ethnoreligious) killings tap into much deeper historical roots of the human condition. In this distinction, I follow Harff and Gurr 1988, 360. … Turning to Cambodia, the mass killings in that country during Pol Pot’s murderous regime are often characterized with other seemingly identical circumstances. Cambodia and Rwanda, for example, are typically treated as genocides that differ little from each other in essential characteristics. However, the victimization rates for the two countries are similar only when treated as proportions of the total country population systematically murdered. Although the mass murders in Cambodia are frequently characterized as genocide, I argue that in fact genocidal activity was only a small proportion of the killing and that the vast majority of Cambodians died in a politicide, substantially different in origin from the genocides we have been examining. The matter of etiology lies at the root of my distinction here, not definitional semantics. If we lump the Cambodian case other instances of systematized mass murder, then the sources of all of them become hopelessly muddled. … Essentially, I argue that genocides stem from a primitive identification of the ‘collective enemy’ in Carl Schmitt’s sense, whereas politicides, at least of the Cambodian variety, are attributable to more detailed ideological considerations. Further, the Cambodian case falls under the rubric of state killings, having a particular affinity with earlier practices in the Soviet Union and China. Indeed, an arc of Communist politicide can be traced from the western portions of the Soviet Union to China and on to Cambodia. Not all Communist states participated in extensive politicide, but the particular circumstances of Cambodia in 1975 lent themselves to the commission of systematic mass murder. Because an element of Cambodian state insecurity existed in this period, especially vis-à-vis Vietnam, a genocidal element is found in the killing of non-Khmer peoples such as the Vietnamese, who comprised a small proportion of the total.”
  25. ^ Rummel 1993: “Even were we to have total access to all communist archives we still would not be able to calculate precisely how many the communists murdered. Consider that even in spite of the archival statistics and detailed reports of survivors, the best experts still disagree by over 40 percent on the total number of Jews killed by the Nazis. We cannot expect near this accuracy for the victims of communism. We can, however, get a probable order of magnitude and a relative approximation of these deaths within a most likely range.”
  26. Jump up to:a b Bradley 2017, pp. 151–153: “The relationship between human rights and communism in both theory and practice has often been in tension. In the ideational realm, Karl Marx famously dismissed the rights of man as a bourgeois fantasy that masked the systemic inequality of the capitalist system. ‘None of the supposed rights of man,’ Marx wrote, ‘go beyond the egoistic man, man as he is, as a member of civil society … withdrawn into himself, wholly preoccupied with his private interest and acting in accordance with his private caprice.’ Rights and liberties in bourgeois society, he argued, provided only an illusory unity behind which social conflict and inequalities deepened. Rhetorically, the Soviet Union, the People’s Republic of China and most of the rest of the communist world followed Marx’s lead. As the Chinese argued in 1961, ‘the ‘human rights’ referred to by bourgeois international law and the ‘human rights’ it intends to protect are the rights of the bourgeoisie to enslave and to oppress the labouring people … [and] provide pretexts for imperialist opposition to socialist and nationalist countries. They are reactionary from head to toe.’ Rejecting Enlightenment-era inalienable individual political and civil rights, communist states instead championed collective economic and social rights. The Soviets grew fond of annually celebrating International Human Rights Day, to mark the anniversary of the 1948 adoption of the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights, by offering lectures to its citizens that contrasted the promotion of socialist rights in the Soviet Union with their violations in the capitalist world. And yet state-orchestrated mass killings and what have come to be called gross violations of human rights were at times almost commonplace in communist-led states. Between 1933 and 1945, more than a million people died in the Soviet Gulag system and likely at least 6 million more in politically induced Soviet famines, Stalin’s mass executions in the great terror and in what Timothy Snyder has termed the ‘bloodlands’ of Poland, the Baltic states, Ukraine, Belarus and the western edges of Russia. In Mao’s China, as many as 45 million Chinese died of famine during the Great Leap Forward, while some 2.5 million were killed or tortured to death. During the Cultural Revolution, between 750,000 and 1.5 million were killed. In Pol Pot’s Cambodia, 200,000 were executed and between 1.4 million and 2.2 million of the country’s 7 million people died of disease and starvation. If the precise numbers have always been, and continue to be, in dispute, their order of magnitude is not. In fact the entanglements between human rights and communism in the twentieth century were more ambiguous than the chasm between ideology and these staggering numbers would suggest. The meanings of human rights themselves remained unstable over much of the second half of the century, as did the actors in the communist world who engaged with them. What promises of global human rights like those contained in the Universal Declaration might portend and the very claims about what constituted human rights were not fixed. Nor was the significance of human rights for the making of international politics or local lives as they were lived on the ground at all clear. The relationship between human rights and international communism after 1945 became fluid. In the immediate postwar period, the Soviet Union played an active role in the creation of a global human rights order in the drafting of the Universal Declaration and the Genocide Convention and participating in the Nuremberg Trials. With the coming of decolonization, the Soviets and the Chinese would also help to open out the meanings of international human rights toward the rights of postcolonial self-determination and development. But human rights in the communist world largely became a polemical state posture within the broader Cold War ideological struggle. Indeed, the international project of human rights itself became a muted practice by the 1950s.”
  27. Jump up to:a b c d e Valentino 2005, p. 275: “Rudolph J. Rummel, Death by Government (New Brunswick, N.J.: Transaction Publishers, 1994), p. 15. A team of six French historians coordinated by Stéphane Courtois estimates that communist regimes are responsible for between 85 and 100 million deaths. See Martin Malia, ‘Foreword: The Uses of Atrocity,’ in Stéphane Courtois et.al., The Black Book of Communism: Crimes, Terror, Repression (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1999), p. x. Zbigniew Brzezinski estimates that ‘the failed effort to build communism’ cost the lives of almost sixty million people. See Zbigniew Brzezinski, Out of Control: Global Turmoil on the Eve of the Twenty-First Century (New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1993), p. 16. Matthew White estimates eighty-one million deaths from communist ‘genocide and tyranny’ and ‘man-made famine.’ See Matthew White, ‘Historical Atlas of the Twentieth Century,’ http://users.erols.com/mwhite28/warstat8.htm [June 2002]. Todd Culbertson estimates that communist regimes killed ‘perhaps 100 million’ people. See Todd Culbertson, ‘The Human Cost of World Communism,’ Human Events, August 19, 1978, pp. 10-11. These estimates should be considered at the highest end of the plausible range of deaths attributable to communist regimes.”
  28. ^ Culbertson 1978, pp. 10–11: “Available evidence indicates that perhaps 100 million persons have been destroyed by the Communists; the imperviousness of the Iron and Bamboo curtains prevents a more definitive figure. The Communist system of forced starvation, concentration camps, and slave labor is remarkably similar to that of the Nazis, whose policies claimed approximately six million Jewish victims. … This is an incomplete accounting of Communist genocide. Since the Russian Revolution 61 years ago communism has been responsible for the death of 100 million innocent persons – not including the terrorism inspired by Communists in free countries. The total cost of human suffering and grief is beyond comprehension.”
  29. ^ Lenczowski 1985: “The human cost of communism exceeds most Americans’ expectations. The number of people murdered by communist regimes is estimated at between 60 million and 150 million, with the higher figure probably more accurate in light of recent scholarship. The greatest tide of refugees in world history flows from communist states to noncommunist ones: Today it comes from Ethiopia, Afghanistan, Indochina, East Europe, and Nicaragua. (During the entire Vietnam war there was nary a refugee fleeing from Indochina. It was not until communism triumphed that life became so unbearable that people who could withstand decades of war fled to the seas.) Communism invented the concentration camp. Millions have been imprisoned and executed, have worked and starved to death, in these camps. Communist regimes will not permit enterprising Western reporters near these camps, so you don’t hear about them on the news. Communist regimes recognize no restraint on their absolute power. From this they establish ideological falsehoods as the standards of right and wrong and the standards by which deviationism is measured; from this stems the systematic denial of all individual human rights. The quality of life always deteriorates under communism: the militarization of society; the destruction of the consumer economy; the rationing of food; the deterioration of housing and insufficient new construction to meet population growth; the destruction of medical care through lack of medicine and medical supplies; the destruction of religion; the destruction and political control of education and culture; the rewriting of history and destruction of monuments to the national heritage; and the assault on family life and parental jurisdiction over children.”
  30. ^ Brzezinski 2010, pp. 12–16: “Because of Lenin – through mass executions during and after civil war, through massive deaths in the Gulag initiated under Lenin’s direction (and powerfully documented in Solzhenitsyn’s Gulag Archipelago), and through mass famines induced by ruthless indifference (with Lenin callously dismissing as unimportant the deaths of ‘the half-savage, stupid, difficult people of the Russian villages’) – it can be estimated that between 6-8,000,000 people perished. That number subsequently was more or less tripled by Stalin, who caused, it has been conservatively estimated, the deaths of no less than 20,000,000 people, and perhaps even upward of 25,000,000. … Though the precise figures for Stalin’s toll will never be available, it is unlikely that the range of 20-25,000,000 victims is an exaggeration. Census statistics also indicate that additionally the biological depletion of the Soviet population during Stalin’s reign was even higher. The estimated number of killings cited above, in any case, accounts for Stalin’s direct genocide. Demographic depletion – because of reduced birthrates, loss of offspring because of higher infant mortality, births that did not take place because of imprisonment of a would-be parent, etc. – certainly had to be in excess of even the enormous toll directly attributable to Stalin personally. … Accounting for the human losses in China during the most violent phases of the communist experiment is an even more difficult task. Unlike the exposure of Stalin’s crimes in the Soviet Union (and the much delayed and the still somewhat reticent exposure of Lenin’s crimes), the Chinese regime persists in regarding the Maoist phase as relatively sacrosanct, with its killings justified but with their scale kept secret. The only exception is the cultural revolution of the late 1960s and early 1970s, from which the current Chinese rulers suffered directly. For this phase of internal violence some estimates have surfaced, and they suggest deaths on the scale of 1-2,000,000. For the earlier phases, notably the 1950s, there have been broad estimates of as many as several million executed as ‘enemies of the people’ – mostly landlords and richer bourgeoisie as well as former Kuomintang officials and officers. In addition, the figure of up to 27,000,000 peasants who perished as a consequence of the forcible collectivization has often been cited. Given the size of the Chinese population, and the indifference to human life of the current regime, the estimate of about 29,000,000 as the human cost of the communist era is in all probability on the low side, especially as it does not take into account the net loss to China’s population because of the demographic impact of such mass killings. This ghastly ledger would not be complete without some accounting of the price in human lives paid for the attempts to construct communist utopias in Eastern Europe, North Korea, Vietnam, Cambodia, and Cuba. It is a safe estimate that these consumed at least 3,000,000 victims, with Cambodia under Pol Pot alone accounting for one-third. Thus the total might actually be higher. In brief, the failed effort to build communism in the twentieth century consumed the lives of almost 60,000,000 human beings, making communism the most costly human failure in all of history.”
  31. ^ Courtois 1999, p. 4: “Thus we have delimited crimes against civilians as the essence of the phenomenon of terror. These crimes tend to fit a recognizable pattern even if the practices vary to some extent by regime. The pattern includes execution by various means, such as firing squads, hanging, drowning, battering, and, in certain cases, gassing, poisoning, or ‘car accidents’; destruction of the population by starvation, through man-made famine, the withholding of food, or both; deportation, through which death can occur in transit (either through physical exhaustion or through confinement in an enclosed space), at one’s place of residence, or through forced labor (exhaustion, illness, hunger, cold). Periods described as times of ‘civil war’ are more complex – it is not always easy to distinguish between events caused by fighting between rulers and rebels and events that can be properly described only as a massacre of the civilian population. Nonetheless, we have to start somewhere. The following rough approximation, based on unofficial estimates, gives some sense of the scale and gravity of these crimes:USSR: 20 million deathsChina: 65 million deathsVietnam: 1 million deathsNorth Korea: 2 million deathsCambodia: 2 million deathsEastern Europe: 1 million deathsLatin America: 150,000 deathsAfrica: 1.7 million deathsAfghanistan: 1.5 million deathsthe international Communist movement and Communist parties not in power: about 10,000 deaths.”
  32. ^ Malia 1999, p. x: “The Black Book offers us the first attempt to determine, overall, the actual magnitude of what occurred, by systematically detailing Leninism’s ‘crimes, terror, and repression’ from Russia in 1917 to Afghanistan in 1989. This factual approach puts Communism in what is, after all, its basic human perspective. For it was in truth a ‘tragedy of planetary dimensions’ (in the French publisher’s characterization), with a grand total of victims variously estimated by contributors to the volume at between 85 million and 100 million. Either way, the Communist record offers the most colossal case of political carnage in history. And when this fact began to sink in with the French public, an apparently dry academic work became a publishing sensation, the focus of impassioned political and intellectual debate. The shocking dimensions of the Communist tragedy, however, are hardly news to any serious student of twentieth-century history, at least when the different Leninist regimes are taken individually. The real news is that at this late date the truth should come as such a shock to the public at large.”
  33. ^ Karlsson & Schoenhals 2008, pp. 53–54: “Bearing in mind the charged nature of the subject, it is polemically effective to make such comparisons, but it does not seem particularly fruitful, neither morally nor scientifically, to judge the regimes on the basis of their ‘dangerousness’ or to assess the relationship between communism and Nazism on the basis of what the international academic community calls their ‘atrocities toll’ or ‘body count’. In that case, should the crimes of all communist regimes, in the Soviet Union, China, Cambodia and other countries where communism is or has been the dominant party, be compared to the Nazi regime’s massacre of six million Jews? Should the Nazi death toll also include the tens of millions of people who the German Nazi armies and their supporting troops killed during the Second World War? Not even Courtois’ analytical qualification, that ranking the two regimes the same is based on the idea that the ‘weapon of hunger’ was used systematically by both the Nazi regime and a number of communist regimes, makes this more reasonable, since this ‘weapon’ on the whole played a very limited role in the Nazi genocide in relation to other types of methods of mass destruction, and in relation to how it was used by communist regimes.”
  34. Jump up to:a b Valentino 2005, p. 91: “Communist regimes have been responsible for this century’s most deadly episodes of mass killing. Estimates of the total number of people killed by communist regimes range as high as 110 million. In this chapter I focus primarily on mass killings in the Soviet Union, China, and Cambodia — history’s most murderous communist states. Communist violence in these three states alone may account for between 21 million and 70 million deaths. Mass killings on a smaller scale also appear to have been carried out by communist regimes in North Korea, Vietnam, Eastern Europe, and Africa.”
  35. ^ Valentino 2005, p. 75: Table 2: Communist Mass Killings in the Twentieth CenturySoviet Union (1917-23) … 250,000-2,500,000Soviet Union and Eastern Europe (1927-45) … 10,000,000-20,000,000China (including Tibet) (1949-72) … 10,000,000-46,000,000Cambodia (1975-79) … 1,000,000-2,000,000Possible cases:Bulgaria (1944-?) … 50,000-100,000East Germany (1945-?) … 80,000-100,000Romania (1945-?) … 60,000-300,000North Korea (1945-?) … 400,000-1,500,000North and South Vietnam (1953-?) … 80,000-200,000″Note: All figures in this and subsequent tables are author’s estimates based on numerous sources. Episodes are listed under the heading ‘possible cases’ in this and subsequent tables when the available evidence suggests a mass killing may have occurred, but documentation is insufficient to make a definitive judgement regarding the number of people killed, the intentionality of the killing, or the motives of the perpetrators.”
  36. ^ White 2011, pp. 455–456: “For those who prefer totals broken down by country, here are reasonable estimates for the number of people who died under Communist regimes from execution, labor camps, famine, ethnic cleansing, and desperate flight in leaky boats:
    • China: 40,000,000
    • Soviet Union: 20,000,000
    • North Korea: 3,000,000
    • Ethiopia: 2,000,000
    • Cambodia: 1,700,000
    • Vietnam: 365,000 (after 1975)
    • Yugoslavia: 175,000
    • East Germany: 100,000
    • Romania: 100,000
    • North Vietnam: 50,000 (internally, 1954-75)
    • Cuba: 50,000
    • Mongolia: 35,000
    • Poland: 30,000
    • Bulgaria: 20,000
    • Czechoslovakia: 11,000
    • Albania: 5,000
    • Hungary: 5,000
    • Rough Total: 70 million
    (This rough total doesn’t include the 20 million killed in the civil wars that brought Communists into power, or the 11 million who died in the proxy wars of the Cold War. Both sides probably share the blame for these to a certain extent. These two categories overlap somewhat, so once the duplicates are weeded out, it seems that some 26 million people died in Communist-inspired wars.)”
  37. ^ Bellamy 2012, p. 949: “Between 1945 and 1989, communist regimes massacred literally millions of civilians. A conservative estimate puts the total number of civilians deliberately killed by communists after the Second World War between 6.7 million and 15.5 million people, with the true figure probably much higher. Communist governments in China and Cambodia embarked on programs of radical social transformation and killed, tortured or allowed to starve whole groups that were thought hostile to change or simply unworthy of life. In the Soviet Union, Albania, North Korea, East Germany, Romania, Bulgaria, Ethiopia, Vietnam, Yugoslavia and China, communist governments used sometimes massive levels of indiscriminate violence against civilians to deter and defeat actual and imagined opponents and/or exact revenge for the Second World War. Where communist governments were violently challenged, they exhibited little concern for civilian immunity, as evidenced by the Soviet assaults on Hungary and Afghanistan and North Korea’s conduct in the Korean War. Finally, communism spawned violent non-state actors, such as the Red Brigades and Bader-Meinhoffer gang in Europe, Shining Path in Peru, and FARC in Colombia, all of which deliberately targeted non-combatants.”
  38. ^ Strauss 2014, pp. 360–361: “For some areas, there is now a beginning of scholarly convergence on raw numbers. Most are now willing to accept a rough number of around 20 million including famine victims for the Soviet Union, and provisionally somewhere between 2 and 3 million for Cambodia, of whom roughly half were executed outright. In other environments such as China, there is still little consensus on numbers of total victims of Maoist revolutionary policies; for the Great Leap Forward alone, estimates of excess deaths range from 15 to 40 million.”
  39. ^ Dissident 2016: “A brief survey returns the following high and low estimates for the number of people who died at the hand of communist regimes:China: 29,000,000 (Brzezinski) to 78,860,000 (Li)USSR: 7,000,000 (Tolz) to 69,500,000 (Panin)North Korea: 1,600,000 (Rummel, Lethal Politics; figure for killings) to 3,500,000 (Hwang Jang-Yop, cited in AFP; figure for famine)Cambodia: 740,000 (Vickery) to 3,300,000 (Math Ly, cited in AP)Africa: 1,700,000 (Black Book) to 2,000,000 (Fitzgerald; Ethiopia only)Afghanistan: 670,000 (Zucchino) to 2,000,000 (Katz)Eastern Europe: 1,000,000Vietnam: 1,000,000 (Black Book) to 1,670,000 (Rummel, Death by Government)Latin America: 150,000International Movements not in power: 10,000The combined range based on the estimates considered, which derive from scholarly works, works of journalism, memoirs, and government-provided figures, spans from 42,870,000 to 161,990,000. While reasonable people will disagree in good faith on where the true number happens to lie, any number within this range ought to provoke horror and condemnation. And as previously mentioned, these figures estimate only the number of people who perished, not those who were merely tortured, maimed, imprisoned, relocated, expropriated, impoverished, or bereaved. These many millions are victims of communism too. The commonly cited figure of the deaths caused by communist regimes, 100 million, falls midway through this range of estimates. As scholars continue to research the history of the Soviet Union, the People’s Republic of China, and other communist regimes, and as they gain access to previously inaccessible records, the scale of communist crimes will gradually come into even sharper focus.Works ConsultedBrzezinski, Zbigniew. Out of Control: Global Turmoil on the Eve of the 21st Century. New York: Simon and Schuster, 2010.Courtois, Stéphane, Nicolas Werth, Jean-Louis Panné, Andrzej Paczkowski, Karel Bartošek, and Jean-Louis Marolin. The Black Book of Communism. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1999.’Cambodians Recall Massacres.’ AP, May 22, 1987.Fitzgerald, Mary Anne. ‘Tyrant for the taking.’ The Times (London), April 20, 1991.Katz, Lee Michael. ‘Afghanistan’s President is Ousted.’ USA Today, April 17, 1992.Li, Cheng-Chung. ‘The Question of Human Rights on China Mainland. Republic of China: World Anti-Communist League’, 1979.Panin, Dimitri. Translated by John Moore. The Notebooks of Sologdin. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1976.Rummel, R. J. Death by Government. New Brunswick, N.J.: Transaction Publishers, 1994.Rummel, R. J. Lethal Politics: Soviet Genocide and Mass Murder Since 1917. New Brunswick, N.J.: Transaction Publishers, 1990.Tolz, Vera. ‘Ministry of Security Official Gives New Figures for Stalin’s Victims.’ Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty Research Report. May 1, 1992. (The figure of seven million direct executions under Stalin, given by a member of the security services heading a commission for rehabilitation, may be taken as an absolute baseline figure to which should be added the many deaths suffered by labor camp inmates and the deaths preceding and following the Stalin period.)’Top defector says famine has killed over three million Koreans.’ Agence France Presse, March 13, 1999.Vickery, Michael. Cambodia 1975 – 1982. Boston: South End Press, 1984.Zucchino, David. ‘The Americans … They Just Drop Their Bombs and Leave.’ Los Angeles Times, June 2, 2002.Matthew White’s website Necrometrics provides a useful compilation of scholarly estimates of the death toll of major historical events.”
  40. ^ Kotkin 2017: “But a century of communism in power—with holdouts even now in Cuba, North Korea and China—has made clear the human cost of a political program bent on overthrowing capitalism. Again and again, the effort to eliminate markets and private property has brought about the deaths of an astounding number of people. Since 1917—in the Soviet Union, China, Mongolia, Eastern Europe, Indochina, Africa, Afghanistan and parts of Latin America—communism has claimed at least 65 million lives, according to the painstaking research of demographers. Communism’s tools of destruction have included mass deportations, forced labor camps and police-state terror—a model established by Lenin and especially by his successor Joseph Stalin. It has been widely imitated. Though communism has killed huge numbers of people intentionally, even more of its victims have died from starvation as a result of its cruel projects of social engineering.”
  41. ^ Aronson 2003, pp. 222‒245: “But most of these problems pale in significance compared with the book’s opening and closing chapters, which caused enormous controversy and even occasioned a break among The Black Book’s authors. … Courtois’s figures for the Soviet Union, Vietnam, and Latin America go far beyond the estimates of the authors themselves, as does Courtois’s final body count. … But two other theses created considerable consternation and have come to be associated with The Black Book: the figure of 100 million deaths and the parallel with Nazism. They became central in the debate that followed. … In articles and interviews Werth and Margolin pointed out how, in the service of this goal, Courtois distorted and exaggerated: Werth’s total, including the Civil War and the famine of 1932–1933 had been five million less than Courtois’s ‘mythical number,’ while Margolin denied having spoken of the Vietnamese Communists being responsible for one million deaths. Interviewed in Le Monde, Margolin likened Courtois’s effort to ‘militant political activity, indeed, that of a prosecutor amassing charges in the service of a cause, that of a global condemnation of the Communist phenomenon as an essentially criminal phenomenon.’ Both rejected the comparison between Communism and Nazism: … .”
  42. ^ Engel-Di Mauro 2021: “A petulant upsurge in anti-communism is permeating the United States (US) and Canada, as well as countries in the European Union (EU). Its main truncheon is the simultaneously fictitious and slanderous claim that communism caused 100 million victims, a catchy slogan sensationalised through a 1997 propaganda volume titled The Black Book of Communism (henceforth BBC). It suits a more recent China-bashing campaign, where the Communist Party of China is purposefully conflated with communism.”
  43. ^ Courtois 1999, p. xiv: “On the one side, commentators in the liberal Le Monde argue that it is illegitimate to speak of a single Communist movement from Phnom Penh to Paris. Rather, the rampage of the Khmer Rouge is like the ethnic massacres of third-world Rwanda, or the ‘rural’ Communism of Asia is radically different from the ‘urban’ Communism of Europe; or Asian Communism is really only anticolonial nationalism. … [C]onflating sociologically diverse movements is merely a stratgem to obtain a higher body count against Communism, and thus against all the left.”
  44. ^ Engel-Di Mauro 2021: “In this discussion I want to draw attention to the fact that, since the time of the Russian Revolution, capitalist institutions as a whole have caused close to 158 million deaths by waging war alone, with liberal democratic varieties of capitalism contributing at least 56 million of those fatalities. This monstrous impact, unprecedented in the history of humanity, doubtless reaches hundreds of millions more deaths when the centuries of genocides and slavery systems are considered and when murders in the home, at work, in prisons, and in the streets (including by police) are counted as well. Because studies on the level of morbidity associated with capitalist relations are scarce and limited, war-related deaths provide an arguably less assailable set of figures to oppose anti-communist libels.”
  45. ^ Ghodsee & Sehon 2018: “But the problem for the anti-communists is that their general premise can be used as the basis for an equally good argument against capitalism, an argument that the so-called losers of economic transition in eastern Europe would be quick to affirm. The US, a country based on a free-market capitalist ideology, has done many horrible things: the enslavement of millions of Africans, the genocidal eradication of the Native Americans, the brutal military actions taken to support pro-Western dictatorships, just to name a few. The British Empire likewise had a great deal of blood on its hands: we might merely mention the internment camps during the second Boer War and the Bengal famine. This is not mere ‘whataboutism’, because the same intermediate premise necessary to make their anti-communist argument now works against capitalism: … .”
  46. ^ Jahanbegloo 2014, pp. 117–118: “Most interesting, however, is Finlay’s argument that Marxist thought, beyond justifying and excusing the use of violence, also legitimates it. Finlay (ibid. p. 378) argues that this is done by ‘undermining existing moral norms and suggesting that new ones will be created to suit a new proletarian order.’ Marx argues that norms and ethics are determined by the dominating class of the time, as can be illustrated in Lenin’s statement that ‘Honesty is a bourgeoisie virtue’, meaning that honesty is crucial to the existence of bourgeoisie, as other virtues such as loyalty and obedience were necessary virtues during the reign of the feudal aristocracy. This impacts the concept of justice in war dramatically. As there is the assumption that a new social order is to be created, along with a new set of moral and ethical codes, then the current ones may be discarded. Therefore, Finley (ibid.) states that it would be conceivable for revolutionaries to commit atrocious crimes in bringing about a socialist system, with the belief that their crimes will be retroactively absolved by the new system of ethics put in place by the proletariat. Finley also addresses an alternative opinion, that of Shlomo Avineri, who believes that this may be a non-issue when one takes into account the universality of the proletariat. This universality means that it has no active class-based or sectarian interest, or, rather, that its interests represent those of all society. Its major interest is simply to ‘eliminate all other special interests on the basis of which it suffers oppression’ and is an entirely negative entirely (ibid., p. 379). Therefore, our conception of ethics and morality – the product of a capitalist society – is inaccurate. Being based on the interest of the bourgeoisie rather than a true and authentic reflection of the ethics of a universal class, its contravention is not something to be lamented. Finley understands Avineri as drawing two conclusions. First, that:whatever the bourgeoisie with its individualistic and legalistic conception of political ethics and legality has to say about the morality of violence is likely to be invalid since it reflects the particular class interests and therefore the perverted humanism of its proponents. (Ibid., p. 370)and, moreover, that only ethical claims of the proletariat are valid, insofar as they are the true reflections of ‘the perspective of the last social class, at its final revolutionary stage of oppression’ (ibid.). It is only then that morals and ethics can be created authentically, and all other systems ought to be considered as arbitrary. However, this creates a major difficulty for Finlay and, as Marx has inspired many other theorists (Žižek, Fanon, Sorel, etc.) this is a difficulty which he identifies in each of their works as well. Understanding that revolutionary violence is carried out in the hope of future absolution based on a hypothetical social order able to craft a universal system of ethics, Finlay sees this as carte blanche for revolutionists to carry out any action, however atrocious, so long as it helps bring about this imminent revolution. Finlay’s ‘permissive doctrine’ is a ‘philosophical framework within which the possibility of using violence is validated but without setting any clear limits to how much violence can be used and against whom’. Finlay also argue that there is a tendency for excess, as Fanon, Sorel and Žižek all see the use of violence as beneficial, since it may act as a spark for the revolution. Finlay sees the total legitimation of violence in revolution, with no principle of restriction, to be both dangerous and unethical.”
  47. ^ Jahanbegloo 2014, pp. 120–121: “Singh makes a principled argument: that Marx saw the use of violence, even when it is avoidable, as required insofar as that it has a purging quality, believing that only by using violence can all elements of the previous regime be eradicated. Moreover, Singh (ibid., p. 14) considers Marx’s references to the use of bourgeoisie democratic institutions to bring about social change only as ‘hinting to the possibility of the working class coming into power, in England, through universal suffrage’. Furthermore, he quotes Engels in a letter addressed to the Communist Committee in Brussels in October 1846. In this letter, Engels states that there cannot be any means of carrying out the communist agenda ‘other than a democratic revolution by force’ (ibid. p. 10). Singh, however, does acknowledge the desire in Marx to avoid a bloody revolution. Singh (ibid. p. 11) notes that most Marxist writing that alluded to the possibility of this transition being carried out peacefully took place before the events of 1844-48, which ‘showed that a peaceful change was not even remotely possible’. After 1848, Singh notes a return to advocating a violent revolution due to what Singh identifies as the ‘practical considerations’ of being unable to overcome the existing obstacles to a peaceful transition. Singh (ibid. p. 13) writes that, in 1848, Marx published an article titled The Victory of Counter-Revolution in Vienna, where he states ‘there is only one means by which the murderous death agonies of the old society and the bloody birth throes of the new society can be shortened, simplified and concentrated – and that is by revolutionary terror’.”
  48. ^ The Magyar Struggle: “Among all the large and small nations of Austria, only three standard-bearers of progress took an active part in history, and still retain their vitality — the Germans, the Poles and the Magyars. Hence they are now revolutionary. All the other large and small nationalities and peoples are destined to perish before long in the revolutionary world storm. For that reason they are now counter-revolutionary. … There is no country in Europe which does not have in some corner or other one or several ruined fragments of peoples, the remnant of a former population that was suppressed and held in bondage by the nation which later became the main vehicle of historical development. These relics of a nation mercilessly trampled under foot in the course of history, as Hegel says, these residual fragments of peoples always become fanatical standard-bearers of counter-revolution and remain so until their complete extirpation or loss of their national character, just as their whole existence in general is itself a protest against a great historical revolution. Such, in Scotland, are the Gaels, the supporters of the Stuarts from 1640 to 1745. Such, in France, are the Bretons, the supporters of the Bourbons from 1792 to 1800. Such, in Spain, are the Basques, the supporters of Don Carlos. Such, in Austria, are the pan-Slavist Southern Slavs, who are nothing but the residual fragment of peoples, resulting from an extremely confused thousand years of development. … The Magyars are not yet defeated. But if they fall, they will fall gloriously, as the last heroes of the 1848 revolution, and only for a short time. Then for a time the Slav counter-revolution will sweep down on the Austrian monarchy with all its barbarity, and the camarilla will see what sort of allies it has. But at the first victorious uprising of the French proletariat, which Louis Napoleon is striving with all his might to conjure up, the Austrian Germans and Magyars will be set free and wreak a bloody revenge on the Slav barbarians. The general war which will then break out will smash this Slav Sonderbund and wipe out all these petty hidebound nations, down to their very names. The next world war will result in the disappearance from the face of the earth not only of reactionary classes and dynasties, but also of entire reactionary peoples. And that, too, is a step forward.”
  49. ^ Revel 2009, pp. 94–95: “Already among the most authentic sources of socialist thought, among the earliest doctrinarians, are found justifications for ethnic cleansing and genocide, along with the totalitarian state, all of which were held up as legitimate and even necessary weapons for the success and preservation of the revolution. Socialism’s canonical principles were not at all violated by Stalin or Mao when they implemented their murderous policies; on the contrary, Stalin and Mao were scrupulous in applying these principles with perfect fidelity to the letter and the spirit of the doctrine – as has been rigorously established by the Cambridge scholar George Watson in his treatise on The Lost Literature of Socialism. In the modern historiography of socialism, an essential part of the theory has been quite effectively suppressed. The true believers, while claiming socialism’s founding fathers as their mentors, very early on dispensed with any thorough study of them, even of Marx himself. And today, the key texts seem to enjoy the rare privilege of being understood by everyone, without having been read in their entirety by anyone – not even by socialism’s adversaries, who for fear of reprisal are likely to quell their own curiosity. (History for the most part is a selective rearrangement of the facts, and the history of ideas does not escape this general law.) Study of the unexpurgated texts, writes Watson, shows us that “Genocide was an idea unique to socialism.” Friedrich Engels, in an article penned in 1849 for the Neue Rheinische Zeitung, a periodical edited by his friend Karl Marx, called for the extermination of the Hungarians, who had risen up against Austria. He had a low opinion also of Serbs and other Slavic peoples, and of the Basques, the Bretons and the Scottish Highlanders – all problems that needed to be eliminated. Three-quarters of a century later, in his On Lenin and Leninism (1924), Stalin would recommend study of Engels’ influential piece. Marx himself, in “Revolution and Counter-Revolution in Germany,” published in the Neue Rheinische Zeitung in 1852, asked how “those moribund peoples, the Bohemians, the Carinthians, the Dalmatians etc.,” might be disposed of.”
  50. ^ Valentino 2005, pp. 91, 93: “Communism has a bloody record, but most regimes that have described themselves as communist or have been described as such by others have not engaged in mass killing. In addition to shedding light on why some communist states have been among the most violent regimes in history, therefore, I also seek to explain why other communist countries have avoided this level of violence. … I argue that radical communist regimes have proven such prodigious killers primarily because the social change they sought to bring about have resulted in the sudden and nearly complete material and political dispossession of millions of people. These regimes practiced social engineering of the highest order. It is the revolutionary desire to bring about the rapid and radical transformation of society that distinguishes radical communist regimes from all other forms of government, including less violent communist regimes and noncommunist, authoritarian governments.”
  51. ^ Semelin 2009, p. 331: “Dynamics of destruction/subjugation were also developed systematically by twentieth-century communist regimes, but against a very different domestic political background. The destruction of the very foundations of the former society (and consequently the men and women who embodied it) reveals the determination of the ruling elites to build a new one at all costs. The ideological conviction of leaders promoting such a political scheme is thus decisive. Nevertheless, it would be far too simplistic an interpretation to assume that the sole purpose of inflicting these various forms of violence on civilians could only aim at instilling a climate of terror in this ‘new society’. In fact, they are part of a broader whole, i.e. the spectrum of social engineering techniques implememted in order to transform a society completely. There can be no doubt that it is this utopia of a classless society which drives that kind of revolutionary project. The plan for political and social reshaping will thus logically claim victims in all strata of society. And through this process, communist systems emerging in the twentieth century ended up destroying their own populations, not because they planned to annihilate them as such, but because they aimed to restructure the ‘social body’ from top to bottom, even if that meant purging it and recarving it to suit their new Promethean political imaginaire.”
  52. ^ Chirot & McCauley 2010, p. 42: “The modern search for a perfect, utopian society, whether racially or ideologically pure is very similar to the much older striving for a religiously pure society free of all polluting elements, and these are, in turn, similar to that other modern utopian notion – class purity. Dread of political and economic pollution by the survival of antagonistic classes has been for the most extreme communist leaders what fear of racial pollution was for Hitler. There, also, material explanations fail to address the extent of the killings, gruesome tortures, fantastic trails, and attempts to wipe out whole categories of people that occurred in Stalin’s Soviet Union, Mao’s China, and Pol Pot’s Cambodia. The revolutionary thinkers who formed and led communist regimes were not just ordinary intellectuals. They had to be fanatics in the true sense of that word. They were so certain of their ideas that no evidence to the contrary could change their minds. Those who came to doubt the rightness of their ways were eliminated, or never achieved power. The element of religious certitude found in prophetic movements was as important as their Marxist science in sustaining the notion that their vision of socialism could be made to work. This justified the ruthless dehumanization of their enemies, who could be suppressed because they were ‘objectively’ and ‘historically’ wrong. Furthermore, if events did not work out as they were supposed to, then that was because class enemies, foreign spies and saboteurs, or worst of all, internal traitors were wrecking the plan. Under no circumstances could it be admitted that the vision itself might be unworkable, because that meant capitulation to the forces of reaction. The logic of the situation in times of crisis then demanded that these ‘bad elements’ (as they were called in Maoist China) be killed, deported, or relegated to a permanently inferior status. That is very close to saying that the community of God, or the racially pure volksgemeinschaft could only be guaranteed if the corrupting elements within it were eliminated (Courtois et al. 1999).”
  53. Jump up to:a b Mann 2005, pp. 318, 321: “All accounts of 20th-century mass murder include the Communist regimes. Some call their deeds genocide, though I shall not. I discuss the three that caused the most terrible human losses: Stalin’s USSR, Mao’s China, and Pol Pot’s Cambodia. These saw themselves as belonging to a single socialist family, and all referred to a Marxist tradition of development theory. They murderously cleansed in similar ways, though to different degrees. Later regimes consciously adapted their practices to the perceived successes and failures of earlier ones. The Khmer Rouge used China and the Soviet Union (and Vietnam and North Korea) as reference societies, while China used the Soviet Union. All addressed the same basic problem – how to apply a revolutionary vision of a future industrial society to a present agrarian one. These two dimensions, of time and agrarian backwardness, help account for many of the differences. … Ordinary party members were also ideologically driven, believing that in order to create a new socialist society, they must lead in socialist zeal. Killings were often popular, the rank-and-file as keen to exceed killing quotas as production quotas. The pervasive role of the party inside the state also meant that authority structures were not fully institutionalized but factionalized, even chaotic, as revisionists studying the Soviet Union have argued. Both centralized control and mass party factionalism were involved in the killings.”
  54. ^ Tismăneanu 2012, p. 14: “However, a nuance emphasized by Snyder offers a caveat to the comparison between these two extremisms. In fact, Stalinism did not transform mass murder into political history, as happened in Nazi Germany. For Stalin, ‘mass murder could never be anything more than a successful defense of socialism, or an element in a story of progress toward socialism.’ But, to take Snyder’s point further, Communism, like Fascism, undoubtedly founded its alternative, illiberal modernity upon extermination. The Communist project, in such countries as the USSR, China, Cuba, Romania, or Albania, was based precisely on the conviction that certain social groups were irretrievably alien and deservedly murdered.”
  55. ^ Bellamy 2012, p. 950: “But it is not simply the number of victims that distinguishes communist from non-communist mass killing in the Cold War—though that in itself is important to acknowledge. The most important difference for our purposes lies in the fact that amongst the perpetrators and their supporters there was very little recognition that the deliberate extermination of large numbers of civilians might be morally problematic, let alone prohibited. Where there was criticism of this litany of mass murder, it almost always came from outside the communist world. The principal reason for the failure of civilian immunity to moderate the behavior of communist governments during the Cold War was the persistence and spread of communism’s ideology of selective extermination, and its general acceptance within the communist world as a legitimator of mass killing. As I argued earlier, this ‘anti-civilian ideology’ identifies whole groups as being outside the protection of noncombatant immunity and therefore liable for legitimate extermination. The basic communist variant of this ideology was first developed and applied by Stalin and held that certain socioeconomic or national groups or political attitudes were anti-communist and that group members were ‘enemies of the people’ who could be legitimately destroyed. Although each of the communist regimes that massacred large numbers of civilians during the Cold War developed their own distinctive account of selective extermination, they all shared the basic idea that their targets—identified as whole groups—had by their identity, actions, or thoughts, placed themselves outside legal or moral protection.85 Thus, in contrast to most Western or anti-communist perpetrators of mass atrocities during the Cold War, communist perpetrators tended to argue that their victims were ‘criminals’ or ‘enemies of the people’ and therefore beyond the protection of civilian immunity.”
  56. ^ Katz 2013, p. 267: “Mass Death under Communist Rule and the Limits of ‘Otherness’ Steven T. Katz Boston University Mass death is not a new reality. Over the centuries this tragic phenomenon has manifest itself in many times and places. An integral feature of this history of large-scale violence is what I call, ‘otherness.’ That is, the victimizer stigmatizes and stereotypes the victim in various ways in order to legitimate the violence that is then unleashed. What is worthy of note is that this distancing process takes many forms. The historical record reveals cases where the ‘Other’ is created on the grounds of class, sex, color, race, religion, ethnicity, and nationality. So, for example, the majority of Stalin’s victims were identified as ‘class enemies.’ The most notorious example of such class war was directed at the Kulaks, though his entire massive campaign against the peasantry as represented by his forced drive to collectivize agriculture, was based on the notion of class (and his desire for national modernization). Likewise, the extraordinary event that was Kampuchea was defined by the application of a radical communist ideology in which class was everything. Nationalism — connected usually to other factors such as religion, ethnicity, race, or color — has also played its part in justifying oppression and death — as a decisive ingredient in Stalin’s exile of the minority nationalities during World War II and in his assault on the Ukraine in the early 1930s.”
  57. ^ Shaw 2015a, p. 115: “In these contexts, democratic impulses were snuffed out, and foundations were made for the centralization of power in the hands of Stalin, who in turn proclaimed the new nationalist doctrine of ‘socialism in one country’. Thereafter, nationalist ideas were at the heart of many mass killings by Communist states, both in genocide and in war. As Stalinist parties seized power in Asia and the Balkans after 1945, they each proclaimed their own national ideology. Each ‘great leader’ claimed to represent his fatherland, and many were prepared to kill extensively in the leader’s name. After this, nationalist militarism became the model for revolutionary movements across the Third World. Whatever other ideological elements and alliances the insurgent forces claimed, their killing was invariably in the name of national liberation. The ‘killing fields’ of Cambodia (episode VII) represented the nadir of this kind of nationalist Communism. In the former Soviet and Yugoslav areas after 1989, many former Communist elites reinvented themselves as ethnic nationalists. In some cases, they launched genocidal wars in the name of their new creed, to renew the foundations of their power. Nationalism made democratization a sick joke in war zones – the incentive to manufacture ethnically homogenous electorates became one of the driving forces of expulsion and slaughter (episode VIII).”
  58. ^ Rosefielde 2010, p. xvi: “The story that emerges from the exercise is edifying. It reveals that the conditions for the Red Holocaust were rooted in Stalin’s, Kim’s, Mao’s, Ho’s and Pol Pot’s siege-mobilized terror-command economic systems, not in Marx’s utopian vision or other pragmatic communist transition mechanisms. Terror-command was chosen among other reasons because of legitimate fears about the long-term viability of terror-free command, and the ideological risks of market communism. The internal contradictions of communism confronted leaders with a predicament that could only have been efficiently resolved by acknowledging communism’s inferiority and changing course. Denial offered two unhappy options: one bloody, the other dreary, and history records that more often than not, communist rulers chose the worst option. Tens of millions were killed in vain; a testament to the triumph of ruthless hope over dispassionate reason that proved more durable than Hitler’s and Hirohito’s racism. These findings are likely to withstand the test of time, but are only a beginning, opening up a vast new field for scientific inquiry as scholars gradually gain access to archives in North Korea, China, Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia.”
  59. ^ Krain 1997, p. 334: “In addition, many studies have documented the effects of wars and civil wars on general preconditions for genocides and politicides. For example, Melson (1992) argues that revolutions create the conditions that allow genocidal movements and permit their leaders to come to power in the first place and impose their radical ideology, thereby legitimizing mass murder in the eyes of the populace by making it state sponsored. Following the work done by Laswell (1962) on the ‘garrison state,’ Gurr (1988) documents the establishment and expansion of the secret police and other institutions of the ‘coercive state’ as a direct result of wars and civil wars. Eisenstadt (1978) argues that hostile international pressures lead to greater isolation of the elites, which in turn leads to an increased probability that these elites will use repression. Some preliminary quantitative work has verified this hypothesis.”
  60. ^ Jones 2010, p. 126: “This civil war, one of the most destructive of the twentieth century, lasted until 1921 and claimed an estimated nine million lives on all sides. Its ‘influence . . . on the whole course of subsequent history, and on Stalinism, cannot possibly be overestimated. It was in the civil war that Stalin and men like Stalin emerged as leaders, while others became accustomed to harshness, cruelty, terror.’ Red forces imposed “War Communism,’ an economic policy that repealed peasants’ land seizures, forcibly stripped the countryside of grain to feed city dwellers, and suppressed private commerce. All who opposed these policies were ‘enemies of the people.’ ‘This is the hour of truth,’ Lenin wrote in a letter to a comrade in mid-1918. ‘It is of supreme importance that we encourage and make use of the energy of mass terror directed against the counterrevolutionaries.’ The Cheka, the first incarnation of the Soviet secret police (later the NKVD and finally the KGB), responded with gusto. Lenin and other Bolshevik leaders may have viewed mass terror as a short-term measure but its widespread use belies claims that it was Stalin’s invention.”
  61. ^ Montagnes & Wolton 2019, p. 27: “Mass purges further seem to have occurred during, arguably, the most personalist phase, to borrow Geddes’s (2003) terminology, of the communist regimes in the USSR and China. We see two possible complementary reasons for this. According to Geddes (2003), personalist leaders control appointments, potentially raising the congruence of new agents, and the security apparatus, potentially reducing the cost of carrying out the purge. Purges may then have almost disappeared in China and the USSR following the deaths of Stalin and Mao because of the subsequent return to a form of collective leadership to avoid a repeat of past excesses (Levytsky, 1972; Teiwes, 2017). Obviously, much more needs to be learned about why autocrats decide to start a mass purge. However, our framework can be seen as a possible starting point for a more general theory of coercive instruments in autocracy.”
  62. ^ Žižek 2006: “This ‘cosmic perspective’ is for Mao not just an irrelevant philosophical caveat; it has precise ethico-political consequences. When Mao high-handedly dismisses the threat of the atomic bomb, he is not down-playing the scope of the danger — he is fully aware that nuclear war may led to the extinction of humanity as such, so, to justify his defiance, he has to adopt the ‘cosmic perspective’ from which the end of life on Earth ‘would hardly mean anything to the universe as a whole’:The United States cannot annihilate the Chinese nation with its small stack of atom bombs. Even if the U.S. atom bombs were so powerful that, when dropped on China, they would make a hole right through the earth, or even blow it up, that would hardly mean anything to the universe as a whole, though it might be a major event for the solar system.This ‘cosmic perspective’ also grounds Mao’s dismissive attitude towards the human costs of economic and political endeavors. If one is to believe Mao’s latest biography, he caused the greatest famine in history by exporting food to Russia to buy nuclear and arms industries: 38 million people were starved and slave-driven to death in 1958-61. Mao knew exactly what was happening, saying: ‘half of China may well have to die.’ This is instrumental attitude at its most radical: killing as part of a ruthless attempt to realize goal, reducing people to disposable means – and what one should bear in mind is that the Nazi holocaust was NOT the same: the killing of the Jews not part of a rational strategy, but a self-goal, a meticulously planned ‘irrational’ excess (recall the deportation of the last Jews from Greek islands in 1944, just before the German retreat, or the massive use of trains for transporting Jews instead of war materials in 1944). This is why Heidegger is wrong when he reduces holocaust to the industrial production of corpses: it was NOT that, Stalinist Communism was that.”
  63. ^ Conquest 2007, p. xvi: “Exact numbers may never be known with complete certainty, but the total of deaths caused by the whole range of Soviet regime’s terrors can hardly be lower than some fifteen million.”
  64. ^ Yakovlev 2002, p. 234: “My own many years and experience in the rehabilitation of victims of political terror allow me to assert that the number of people in the USSR who were killed for political motives or who died in prisons and camps during the entire period of Soviet power totaled 20 to 25 million. And unquestionably one must add those who died of famine—more than 5.5 million during the civil war and more than 5 million during the 1930s.”
  65. ^ Wheatcroft 1999, pp. 315‒345: “During 1921–53, the number of sentences was (political convictions): sentences, 4,060,306; death penalties, 799,473; camps and prisons, 2,634,397; exile, 413,512; other, 215,942. In addition, during 1937‒52 there were 14,269,753 non-political sentences, among them 34,228 death penalties, 2,066,637 sentences for 0–1 year, 4,362,973 for 2–5 years, 1,611,293 for 6–10 years, and 286,795 for more than 10 years. Other sentences were non-custodial.”
  66. ^ Healey 2018, p. 1049: “New studies using declassified Gulag archives have provisionally established a consensus on mortality and ‘inhumanity.’ The tentative consensus says that once secret records of the Gulag administration in Moscow show a lower death toll than expected from memoir sources, generally between 1.5 and 1.7 million (out of 18 million who passed through) for the years from 1930 to 1953. Moreover, as Alexopoulos summarizes, we have found no ‘plan of destruction’ of prisoners (7), no statement of official intent to kill them in these records. Instead, historians have found that prisoner releases significantly predominated over deaths in the Gulag, with Alexopoulos’s own earlier work on amnesty a leading statement of this view. Yet her encounter with the Gulag medical-sanitary service’s Moscow archive ‘surprised’ Alexopoulos (1), and she now attempts to challenge the emergent scholarly consensus, with uneven success.”
  67. ^ Snyder 2011: “All in all, the Germans deliberately killed about 11 million noncombatants, a figure that rises to more than 12 million if foreseeable deaths from deportation, hunger, and sentences in concentration camps are included. For the Soviets during the Stalin period, the analogous figures are approximately six million and nine million.”
  68. ^ Montefiore 2005, p. 649: “Perhaps 20 million had been killed; 28 million deported, of whom 18 million had slaved in the Gulags.”
  69. ^ Volkogonov 1999, p. 139: “Between 1929 and 1953 the state created by Lenin and set in motion by Stalin deprived 21.5 million Soviet citizens of their lives.”
  70. ^ Gellately 2007, p. 584: “More recent estimations of the Soviet-on-Soviet killing have been more ‘modest’ and range between ten and twenty million.”
  71. ^ Brent 2008: “Estimations on the number of Stalin’s victims over his twenty-five year reign, from 1928 to 1953, vary widely, but 20 million is now considered the minimum.”
  72. ^ Rosefielde 2010, p. 17: “We now know as well beyond a reasonable doubt that there were more than 13 million Red Holocaust victims 1929–53, and this figure could rise above 20 million.”
  73. ^ Kleveman 2003: In one estimate, based on a report by Lavrenti Beria to Stalin, 150,000 of 478,479 deported Ingush and Chechen people (or 31.3 percent) died within the first four years of the resettlement.; Naimark 2001: Another scholar puts the number of deaths at 22.7 percent: Extrapolating from NKVD records, 113,000 Ingush and Chechens died (3,000 before deportation, 10,000 during deportation, and 100,000 after resettlement) in the first three years of the resettlement out of 496,460 total deportees.; Mawdsley 2003: A third source says a quarter of the 650,000 deported Chechens, Ingush, Karachais and Kalmyks died within four years of resettlement.; Fischer & Leggett 2006: However, estimates of the number of deportees sometimes varies widely. Two scholars estimated the number of Chechen and Ingush deportees at 700,000, which would halve the percentage estimates of deaths.
  74. ^ BBC 2008b: “Латвія стала 19-ю країною світу, яка визнала Голодомор ґеноцидом українського народу. Литва й Естонія ухвалили такі декларації раніше.” (translation: ‘Latvia became the 19th country in the world that recognized the Holodomor as the genocide of the Ukrainian people. Lithuania and Estonia have adopted such declarations earlier.’); Korrespondent 2008a: “Латвия присоеденилась к еще 15 странам, уже признавшим Голодомор в Украине геноцидом украинского народа. Декларация подготовлена в ответ на призыв Украины к международному сообществу признать и осудить Голодомор – голод на Украине 1930-х годов прошлого века. Как сообщалось, в феврале Мексика и Парагвай признали Голодомор 1932-1933 годов актом геноцида украинского народа.” (translation: ‘Latvia has joined 15 more countries that have already recognized the Holodomor in Ukraine as the genocide of the Ukrainian people. The declaration was prepared in response to Ukraine’s appeal to the international community to recognize and condemn the Holodomor — the famine in Ukraine of the 1930s of the last century. As reported, in February, Mexico and Paraguay recognized the Holodomor of 1932–1933 as an act of genocide against the Ukrainian people.’); Korrespondent 2008b: “Сусідні з Латвією Литва та Естонія визнали Голодомор в Україні геноцидом проти українського народу ще на початку 1990-х років. Загалом, Голодомор 1932-33 рр. геноцидом українців визнали понад 10 держав світу. Серед них США, Канада, Естонія, Аргентина, Австралія, Італія, Угорщина, Литва, Грузія, Польща, Еквадор і відтепер Латвія.” (translation: ‘Neighboring Latvia Lithuania and Estonia recognized the Holodomor in Ukraine as a genocide against the Ukrainian people in the early 1990s. In general, the Holodomor of 1932-33 has been identified by more than 10 states of the world as a genocide of Ukrainians. Among them are the USA, Canada, Estonia, Argentina, Australia, Italy, Hungary, Lithuania, Georgia, Poland, Ecuador and now Latvia.’).”
  75. Jump up to:a b Ellman 2002, pp. 1151–1172: “The best estimate that can currently be made of the number of repression deaths in 1937–38 is the range 950,000–1.2 million, i.e., about a million. This estimate should be used by historians, teachers, and journalists concerned with twentieth century Russian—and world—history.”
  76. ^ Fenby 2008, p. 351: “Mao’s responsibility for the extinction of anywhere from 40 to 70 million lives brands him as a mass killer greater than Hitler or Stalin, his indifference to the suffering and the loss of humans breathtaking.”
  77. ^ Su 2003, pp. 25–26: “In this study I have documented the patterns of mass killings in three Chinese provinces in the demobilization period of the Cultural Revolution. I also have also sought explanations for this historical tragedy by examining the role of the state. I have presented the findings from a few different angles. Now it is time to take a look at these findings together to formulate my central argument: The mass killings were rooted in the paradox of state sponsorship and state failure. … Mass killings occurred in the three provinces; in two provinces they were a widespread phenomenon. That this finding is from a published source sanctioned by the Chinese government unequivocally supports similar claims made by previous case studies. By examining the mass killings across more than 180 counties, with information from the previous case studies, I am able to uncover the following patterns. First, the mass killings varied greatly across three provinces, while within one province, there appears to be a great degree of uniformity. This pattern indicates that the occurrence of mass killings was more germane to province-specific political conditions rather than national politics as a whole. I tentatively attribute the provincial difference to the different patterns of mass factional alignment vis-à-vis the governmental authorities in the province. In Hubei, the Rebel Faction, having had prevailed in the previous conflict, was incorporated into the new government. In contrast, in Guangxi and Guangdong, the Rebel Factions continued to be the outsider, and the two provinces were more prone to use violence as a weapon against the Rebel Factions. An alternative explanation for the difference is that Hubei was geographically, and by inference, politically closer to Beijing, hence the province tended to have more restraint against violence. Second, the mass killings concentrate in the months after most counties established revolutionary committees, but in the time when the provincial capitals were still entangled in mass factionalism. The peaks of mass killings coincided with two announcements from the party center in July 1968 banning factional armed battles and disbanding mass organizations. The finding that historical timing was crucial factor helps us understand the nature and source of mass killings. The fact that most of them occurred after the new governments were put in place indicates that mass killings were the result of the repression by the local state rather than the result of conflicts between independent mass groups. The fact that they coincided with the crackdown of the oppositional mass organizations in the provincial capital indicates that the provincial authorities promoted the rhetoric of violence, although extreme violence in local communes and villages may not be what they intended. Third, mass killings were primarily a rural phenomenon. In other words, they occurred not in provincial capitals or county seats, but in communes and villages. This is in stark contrast to earlier mass movements of the Cultural Revolution such as campaigns against intellectuals and government officials and the factional street battles which mostly occurred in urban settings. The imagery of top-down diffusion does not apply to the mass killings. This suggests that the class struggle rhetoric disseminated from urban centers found an expression in extreme violence in rural townships and villages, possibly due to the failure of the state to hold the action of the lowest bureaucrats accountable. This explanation is supported by another piece of evidence—the poorer and remoter counties were more likely to have mass killings. Fourth, the perpetrators were the local leaders and their mass followers (e.g., militia members). The more party members in the local community, the more likely there were mass killings, likely because the local government in these communities enjoyed a stronger organizational base to mobilize the extreme violence. Fifth, other things being equal (i.e., controlling for distance, county revenue, and party membership) counties with a significant presence of ethnic minority were not more likely to have mass killings. Similarly, population density, prior armed battle conflict, and the compositions of the county leadership have no association to the likelihood of mass killings. These findings to some extent eliminate alternative explanations to the argument fashioned here that stresses the role of the state.”
  78. ^ Su 2011, pp. 98–100: “The so-called class enemy as a category of the rural population had been in place for about two decades after 1949, but not until the Cultural Revolution did it become a victim group for eliminationist killing. This development cannot be explained by the communist doctrine of a classless society because the doctrine as previously practiced in China, for the most part, was not to create this society by physical elimination. Neither can it be explained by the notion that previously propertied classes posed an objective threat, hence that their elimination was imperative. This review of the origin of class enemy demonstrates that its creation, maintenance, and treatment all served the politics of the time. Mass-killing scholars who draw on political violence in communist societies for comparison, however, often take a realist view of the concept of class enemy (or ‘people’s enemy’ in the case of the Soviet Union). That is, they write as though the opposition to the new communist system was real, with class enemy identifying a broad category of individuals who represent plausible or incipient opposition or resistance to the state. … After the Land Reform movement, China was transformed into a classless society, if defined only in terms of property. From this classless society, the state created an artificial divide between ‘the people’ and the ‘class enemy.’ The toothless enemy class was never designed to be eliminated, either by murder or other means. In the first place, the numbers of class enemies were inflated. Quotas were established and sanctions were applied to local leadership if localities did not have a certain percentage of landlords and rich peasants; the numbers were always greater than their initial landed status would warrant. To underscore the artificiality and arbitrariness of this designation, a few years after Mao’s death, class enemies were eliminated as a political class – not by murder but rather by declaration – once the new leadership decided that the categories and campaigns had become counterproductive. Therefore, the class divides were imposed and maintained by the state and perpetuated through state-sponsored mass campaigns. What purpose, then, did the existence of a constructed enemy class serve? The answer links this artificial class divide to two main political tasks: mobilizing mass compliance and resolving elite conflict. These linkages are the key to understanding why the system deepened the politically constructed divide in times of political crisis. Its elastic nature, then, is the key to understanding why the class categorization could take on a genocidal dimension under extraordinary circumstances.”
  79. ^ Etcheson 2005, p. 78: “Were the Cambodian people somehow Pol Pot’s ‘willing executioners,’ with the violence of the Khmer Rouge regime reflecting an underlying trait of the Cambodian people, historically unique to the time and place it occurred? Or did the violence of the Khmer Rouge regime emanate from some more broadly distributed ideological origin, therefore rendering it amenable to comparison? Perhaps the Khmer Rouge mass killing arose from the same tenets of communism that brought about the mass killing of Stalin’s Russia and Mao’s China but that was, by absolute numbers, much less evil. Or perhaps the killing in Cambodia can be understood as a response to the perceived threat from Vietnam, as the Khmer Rouge themselves have argued at some length. These same themes and issues lay at the heart of the Historikerstreit, and they are also part and parcel of genocide studies. In the scholarly literature on the Khmer Rouge regime of Democratic Kampuchea, there have been two principal schools of thought regarding the nature of the violence that took so many lives in such a short period of time. One school of thought holds that the primary locus of the violence was local and that it was largely the result of the spontaneous excesses of a vengeful, undisciplined peasant army. A prominent proponent of this school of thought is Michael Vickery. A second school of thought holds that the locus of the violence was centralized and that it was largely the result of a carefully planned and centrally controlled security apparatus. Several observers have proposed this explanation of the violence in the Democratic Kampuchea regime, including, for example, the recently retired U.S. ambassador to Cambodia, Kenneth Quinn. It can be argued, however, that until recently there was an inadequate amount of data to make an unambiguous determination of the question. A wide range of new evidence uncovered by the Documentation Center of Cambodia over the course of the last ten years has done much to resolve this controversy. In particular, data on the frequency, distribution, and origin of mass graves, combined with data gleaned from newly discovered Khmer Rouge internal security documents, have given us new insight into the question of the economy of violence within Democratic Kampuchea. The data lead inexorably to the conclusion that most of the violence was carried out pursuant to orders from the highest political authorities of the Communist Party of Kampuchea. In this chapter, I briefly review some of the new evidence that so strongly suggests this new and well-documented conclusion.”
  80. ^ Harff & Gurr 1988, p. 369: “Revolutionary mass murder: the most common type of politicide (following repressive politicide), with ten examples in our data set. In all these instances new regimes have come to power committed to bringing about fundamental social, economic, and political change. Their enemies usually are defined by variants of Marxist-Leninist ideology: initially their victims include the officials and most prominent supporters of the old regime and landowners and wealthy peasants. Later they may include-as they did in Kampuchea and in China during the Cultural Revolution-cadres who lack revolutionary zeal. In Laos and Ethiopia they have included ordinary peasants in regions which actively or passively resisted revolutionary policies. Most Marxist-Leninist regimes which came to power through protracted armed struggle in the postwar period perpetrated one or more politicides, though of vastly different magnitudes. The worst offender was the Pol Pot regime in Kampuchea; the second worst, the Chinese Communist regime.”
  81. ^ Jambrek 2008, p. 156: “Most of the mass killings were carried out from May to July 1945; among the victims were mostly the ‘returned’ (or ‘home-captured’) Home guards and prisoners from other Yugoslav provinces. In the following months, up to January 1946 when the Constitution of the Federative People’s Republic of Yugoslavia was passed and OZNA had to hand the camps over to the organs of the Ministry of the Interior, those killings were followed by mass killing of Germans, Italians and Slovenes suspected of collaborationism and anti-communism. Individual secret killings were carried out at later dates as well. The decision to ‘annihilate’ opponents must had been adopted in the closest circles of Yugoslav state leadership, and the order was certainly issued by the Supreme Commander of the Yugoslav Army Josip Broz — Tito, although it is not known when or in what form.”
  82. ^ Vu 2010a, p. 103: “Clearly Vietnamese socialism followed a moderate path relative to China. … Yet the Vietnamese ‘land reform’ campaign … testified that Vietnamese communists could be as radical and murderous as their comrades elsewhere. In May 1953, on the eve of the campaign, the VWP Politburo chaired by Ho authorized the execution of landlords by a ratio of one person for every thousand people, or 0.1 percent of the population.5 … 5. ‘Chi thi cua Bo Chinh Tri’ (Politburo’s Decree), May 4, 1953 (Dang Cong San Viet Nam, hereafter DCSVN, 2001, 14: 201). Based on other sources, Edwin Moise (2001, 7-9) accepts an estimate close to 15,000 executions. This was about 0.1 percent of the total population of 13.5 million in North Vietnam in 1955.”
  83. ^ Valentino 2005, p. 223: “The pattern of Soviet military operations strongly suggests that population relocation was a significant part of Soviet counterinsurgency strategy in Afghanistan. Although direct evidence of Soviet intentions is limited, most analysts and observers of the war have concluded that the Soviets adopted an intentional policy of attacking villages in areas of high guerrilla activity in the effort to force the population into flight. Free-fire zones were established in depopulated areas, permitting Soviet troops to shoot anything that moved. In addition to killing tens of thousands in attacks on villages, this policy eventually produced one of the most massive refugee movements in modern history. Approximately 5 million people out of a total prewar population of between 15.5 and 17 million had fled the country by the early 1990s, the great majority across the border to Pakistan. Two million more were displaced within Afghanistan. Many refugees died during the difficult journey over mountain passes to Pakistan.”
  84. ^ Courtois 1999, p. 9: “As for the great famine in Ukraine in 1932-33, which resulted from the rural population’s resistance to forced collectivization, 6 million died in a period of several months. Here, the genocide of a ‘class’ may well be tantamount to the genocide of a ‘race’ — the deliberate starvation of a child of a Ukrainian kulak as a result of the famine causes by Stalin’s regime ‘is equal to’ the starvation of a Jewish child in the Warsaw ghetto as a result of the famine caused by the Nazi regime. Such arguments in no way detract from the unique nature of Auschwitz — the mobilization of leading-edge technological resources and their use in an ‘industrial process’ involving the construction of an ‘extermination factory,’ the use of gas, and cremation. However, this argument highlights one particular feature of many Communist regimes — their systematic use of famine as a weapon. The regime aimed to control the total available food supply and, with immense ingenuity, to distribute food purely on the basis of ‘merits’ and ‘demerits’ earned by individuals. This policy was a recipe for creating famine on a massive scale. Remember that in the period after 1918, only Communist countries experienced such famines, which led to the deaths of hundreds of thousands, and in some cases millions, of people. And again in the 1980s, two African countries that claimed to be Marxist-Leninist, Ethiopia and Mozambique, were the only such countries to suffer these deadly famines.”
  85. ^ Shaw 2015b, Structural contexts and unintended consequences: “Many famines, for example, are originally the product of natural conditions (e.g. in nineteenth-century colonial India) or of anti-peasant policies not originally intended to cause mass death (Stalin’s ‘terror-famine’ and Mao’s ‘Great Leap Forward’). However, if regimes, whether colonial or Stalinist, fail to take action to alleviate or end starvation, then that outcome may come to be, in part, intended. The understanding of this issue in the laws of war is enlightening: ‘If the destruction [of civilian populations] is avoidable … through better weapon selection, tactics, etc., then the commander could still be held liable under Article 2 of the 1907 Hague Conventions,’ even if he did not intend to kill civilians. If leaders, in the knowledge of hunger, actively pursue policies that exacerbate it, as Stalin and Mao did by selling grain overseas and using violence to prevent peasants from accessing it, then their intention is clear.”
  86. ^ The resolution stated: “In the early 1990s, our country took important steps towards establishing the truth in the Katyn tragedy. It was recognized that the mass extermination of Polish citizens on the territory of the USSR during World War II was an act of arbitrariness by the totalitarian state, which also repressed hundreds of thousands of Soviet people for their political and religious beliefs, on social and other grounds. The published materials, kept in secret archives for many years, not only reveal the scale of this terrible tragedy, but also testify that the Katyn crime was committed on the direct orders of Stalin and other Soviet leaders.”
  87. ^ Bevins 2020, p. 240:”… we do not live in a world directly constructed by Stalin’s purges or mass starvation under Pol Pot. Those states are gone. Even Mao’s Great Leap Forward was quickly abandoned and rejected by the Chinese Communist Party, though the party is still very much around. We do, however, live in a world built partly by US-backed Cold War violence … Washington’s anticommunist crusade, with Indonesia as the apex of its murderous violence against civilians, deeply shaped the world we live in now …”

Citations

  1. ^ Wheatcroft 1996, pp. 1320–1321.
  2. ^ Weiss-Wendt 2008, p. 42.
  3. ^ Mann 2005, p. 17.
  4. ^ Sangar 2007, p. 1, paragraph 3.
  5. ^ Karlsson & Schoenhals 2008, p. 104.
  6. ^ Semelin 2009, p. 344.
  7. ^ Semelin 2009, p. 318.
  8. ^ Harff 2017, p. 112.
  9. ^ Harff 2017, pp. 112, 116.
  10. ^ Harff 2017, p. 116.
  11. ^ Fein 1993a, p. 75.
  12. ^ Rummel 1993.
  13. ^ Jones 2010, p. 137.
  14. ^ van Schaack 1997, p. 2267.
  15. ^ Staub 2000, p. 368.
  16. ^ Wayman & Tago 2010, pp. 3–4.
  17. Jump up to:a b US Congress 1993, p. 15 at §905a1.
  18. ^ Rauch 2003.
  19. ^ Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation 2010.
  20. ^ Möller 1999.
  21. ^ Rousso & Goslan 2004, p. 157.
  22. ^ Shafir 2016, pp. 64, 74.
  23. ^ Staub 1989, p. 8.
  24. Jump up to:a b Esteban, Morelli & Rohner 2010, p. 6.
  25. ^ Valentino, Huth & Bach-Lindsay 2004, p. 387.
  26. ^ Valentino 2005, p. 91.
  27. ^ Ott 2011, p. 55.
  28. ^ Harff & Gurr 1988, p. 360.
  29. ^ Midlarsky 2005, p. 321.
  30. ^ Wheatcroft 1996, p. 1320.
  31. ^ Karlsson & Schoenhals 2008, p. 8.
  32. Jump up to:a b c Harff 2017.
  33. Jump up to:a b c Dallin 2000.
  34. ^ Getty 1985, p. 5.
  35. ^ Ellman 2002.
  36. ^ Ellman 2002, p. 1151.
  37. ^ Wheatcroft 1999, p. 341: “For decades, many historians counted Stalin’ s victims in ‘tens of millions’, which was a figure supported by Solzhenitsyn. Since the collapse of the USSR, the lower estimates of the scale of the camps have been vindicated. The arguments about excess mortality are far more complex than normally believed. R. Conquest, The Great Terror: A Re-assessment (London, 1992) does not really get to grips with the new data and continues to present an exaggerated picture of the repression. The view of the ‘revisionists’ has been largely substantiated (J. Arch Getty & R. T. Manning (eds), Stalinist Terror: New Perspectives (Cambridge, 1993)). The popular press, even TLS and The Independent, have contained erroneous journalistic articles that should not be cited in respectable academic articles.”
  38. ^ Brzezinski 1993, p. 16.
  39. ^ Rummel 1994, p. 15, Table 1.6.
  40. Jump up to:a b Rummel 2005a.
  41. Jump up to:a b c Rummel 2005b.
  42. ^ Dulić 2004, p. 85.
  43. ^ Rummel 2004.
  44. ^ Harff 2017, p. 10.
  45. ^ Karlsson & Schoenhals 2008, p. 79.
  46. ^ Aronson 2003.
  47. ^ Rutland 1999, p. 123.
  48. ^ Karlsson & Schoenhals 2008, pp. 53–54.
  49. ^ Rosefielde 2010, pp. 1, 7.
  50. ^ ChicagoTribune 2017.
  51. Jump up to:a b c d Harff 1996, p. 118.
  52. ^ Dulić 2004, p. 98.
  53. ^ Harff 2017, pp. 113–114.
  54. ^ Weiner 2002, p. 450.
  55. ^ Paczkowski 2001, p. 34.
  56. ^ Kuromiya 2001, p. 195.
  57. Jump up to:a b Harff 1996.
  58. ^ Dulić 2004.
  59. Jump up to:a b c Ghodsee 2014.
  60. Jump up to:a b Neumayer 2018.
  61. Jump up to:a b c d e Engel-Di Mauro 2021.
  62. ^ Courtois 1999, p. xvii.
  63. Jump up to:a b c d e Ghodsee & Sehon 2018.
  64. ^ Karlsson & Schoenhals 2008, p. 5.
  65. ^ Goldhagen 2009, p. 206.
  66. ^ Pipes 2001, p. 147.
  67. ^ Gray 1990, p. 116.
  68. ^ Harff & Gurr 1988, pp. 360, 369.
  69. Jump up to:a b Courtois 1999, p. 4.
  70. ^ Courtois 1999, p. 2.
  71. ^ Watson 1998, p. 77.
  72. ^ Grant 1999, p. 558.
  73. ^ Walicki 1997, p. 154.
  74. Jump up to:a b Totten & Jacobs 2002, p. 168.
  75. ^ Totten & Jacobs 2002, p. 169.
  76. ^ Valentino 2005, pp. 33–34.
  77. Jump up to:a b Valentino 2005, pp. 93–94.
  78. ^ Hollander 2006, p. xiv.
  79. ^ Fitzpatrick 2008, p. 77.
  80. ^ Conquest 2007, p. xxiii.
  81. ^ Yakovlev 2002, p. 20.
  82. ^ Ray 2007.
  83. ^ Hicks 2009, pp. 87–88.
  84. Jump up to:a b Weitz 2003, pp. 251–252.
  85. ^ Kim 2016, pp. 23–24.
  86. ^ Malia 1999, p. xviii.
  87. ^ Rappaport 1999, pp. 82–83.
  88. ^ Thompson 2008, pp. 254–255.
  89. ^ Jones 2010, p. 124.
  90. ^ Wheatcroft 1996, p. 1330.
  91. ^ Wheatcroft 2000, pp. 1146–1147.
  92. Jump up to:a b Snyder 2011.
  93. ^ Nove 1993, p. 265.
  94. ^ Rummel 1994, pp. 10, 15, 25.
  95. ^ Melgunov 1975.
  96. ^ Melgunov 1927, p. 205.
  97. ^ Lincoln 1999, pp. 383‒385.
  98. ^ Leggett 1987, pp. 197–198.
  99. ^ Figes 1997, p. 647.
  100. ^ Figes 1997, p. 643.
  101. ^ Rayfield 2004, p. 85.
  102. ^ Yakovlev 2002, p. 156.
  103. ^ Pipes 1994, p. 356.
  104. ^ Courtois 1999, p. 98.
  105. ^ Holquist 1997, p. 138.
  106. ^ Figes 1997, p. 660.
  107. ^ Gellately 2007, pp. 70–71.
  108. ^ Kort 2001, p. 133.
  109. ^ Keep 1997, p. 94.
  110. ^ Haynes & Klehr 2003, p. 23.
  111. ^ Keller 1989.
  112. ^ Rummel 2017, p. xii.
  113. ^ Parenti 1997, pp. 77–78.
  114. ^ Ellman 2002, p. 1153.
  115. ^ Alexopoulos 2013.
  116. ^ Getty, Rittersporn & Zemskov 1993, p. 1024.
  117. ^ Rosefielde 2010, pp. 67, 77.
  118. ^ Alexopoulos 2017, p. 16.
  119. ^ Hardy 2018, pp. 269–270.
  120. Jump up to:a b Wheatcroft 1996, p. 1348.
  121. ^ Naimark 2010, pp. 133–135.
  122. ^ Applebaum 2010.
  123. Jump up to:a b Ellman 2007, p. 690.
  124. Jump up to:a b Ellman 2002, p. 1172.
  125. ^ Boobbyer 2000, p. 130.
  126. ^ Conquest 1970.
  127. ^ Courtois 2010, pp. 121–122.
  128. ^ Totten, Parsons & Charny 1997, p. 120.
  129. ^ Chang 2019, p. 270.
  130. ^ RFE/RL 2015.
  131. ^ RFE/RL 2019.
  132. ^ Saeima 2019.
  133. ^ BalticTimes 2019.
  134. ^ Wrzesnewskyj 2019.
  135. ^ UNPO 2004.
  136. ^ EuropeanParliament 2004.
  137. Jump up to:a b Kulchytsky 2007.
  138. ^ Wheatcroft 2001, p. 885, Приложение № 2.
  139. ^ Kremlin 1998.
  140. ^ Britannica1 2008.
  141. ^ Davies & Wheatcroft 2004, p. 401.
  142. ^ Ellman 2005, pp. 833–834.
  143. ^ Pianciola 2001, p. 237.
  144. ^ Volkava 2012.
  145. ^ Amstutz 2005, p. 96.
  146. ^ Finn 2008.
  147. ^ Bilinsky 1999, p. 147.
  148. ^ Snyder 2010, p. vii.
  149. ^ Maksymiuk & Dratch 2006.
  150. ^ RIAN 2010.
  151. ^ Ellman 2007, p. 682.
  152. ^ Courtois 1999, p. 202 (photographic insert).
  153. ^ McLoughlin 2002, p. 141.
  154. ^ Gellately 2007, p. 256.
  155. ^ Okhotin & Roginsky 2007.
  156. ^ Figes 2007, p. 240.
  157. Jump up to:a b c Ellman 2007, p. 686.
  158. Jump up to:a b Montefiore 2005, p. 229.
  159. ^ Yakovlev 2002, p. 165.
  160. ^ Pipes 2001, p. 66.
  161. ^ Ellman 2007, p. 687.
  162. ^ Kuromiya 2007, p. 2.
  163. Jump up to:a b Kaplonski 2002, p. 156.
  164. ^ White 2010.
  165. ^ Alexandra 2008.
  166. ^ Strzembosz 2001, p. 2.
  167. ^ Gross 2002, pp. 181‒182.
  168. ^ Allen 1996, p. 155.
  169. ^ AFP 2009.
  170. ^ Materski & Szarota 2009.
  171. ^ Fischer 1999, p. 69.
  172. ^ Parrish 1996, pp. 324, 325.
  173. ^ Montefiore 2005, pp. 197‒198, 332, 334.
  174. ^ Montefiore 2005, p. 334.
  175. ^ Gellately 2007, p. 391.
  176. ^ Fischer 1999, pp. 68–69.
  177. ^ Short 2001, p. 631.
  178. ^ Chang & Halliday 2005, p. 3.
  179. ^ Rummel 1991, p. 205.
  180. Jump up to:a b Rummel 2007, p. 223.
  181. ^ Goldhagen 2009, p. 344.
  182. ^ Goldhagen 2009, p. 608. It is based on a quote from the 1958 Wuchang conference, where Mao was quoted as saying: “In this kind of situation, I think if we do [all these things simultaneously] half of China’s population unquestionably will die; and if it’s not a half, it’ll be a third or ten percent, a death toll of 50 million people. … If with a death toll of 50 million, you didn’t lose your jobs, I at least should lose mine; [whether I would lose my] head would be open to question. Anhui wants to do so many things, it’s quite all right to do a lot, but make it a principle to have no deaths.”
  183. ^ Short 2001, pp. 436‒437.
  184. ^ Mosher 1992, pp. 72‒73.
  185. ^ Kuisong 2008, p. 120.
  186. Jump up to:a b Valentino 2005, p. 128.
  187. ^ Dikötter 2010, pp. x, xi.
  188. ^ Fish 2010.
  189. Jump up to:a b Dikötter.
  190. Jump up to:a b Courtois 1999, pp. 545‒546.
  191. ^ Jones 2010, pp. 95–96.
  192. ^ French 2008.
  193. ^ French 2009, pp. 291–292.
  194. ^ MacFarquhar & Schoenhals 2006, p. 262.
  195. ^ MacFarquhar & Schoenhals 2006, p. 125.
  196. ^ Finkel & Straus 2012, p. 60.
  197. ^ Lorenz 2007.
  198. ^ Courtois 1999, p. 542.
  199. ^ Lim 2014, p. 106.
  200. ^ Bellamy 2017, p. 66.
  201. ^ Shaw 2000, p. 141.
  202. Jump up to:a b Kiernan 2003, p. 587.
  203. ^ Sharp 2005.
  204. Jump up to:a b Locard 2005, pp. 121, 134.
  205. ^ Seybolt, Aronson & Fischoff 2013, p. 238.
  206. ^ Fein 1993b, p. 819.
  207. ^ Heder 1997, pp. 101, 112.
  208. ^ Goldhagen 2009, p. 207.
  209. ^ Rosefielde 2010, pp. 120–121.
  210. ^ Valentino 2005, pp. 91, 75 table 2.
  211. Jump up to:a b Wayman & Tago 2010, p. 12.
  212. Jump up to:a b c Valentino 2005, p. 75, table 2.
  213. ^ Шарланов 2009.
  214. ^ Sharlanov & Ganev 2010.
  215. ^ von Plato 1999, p. 141.
  216. ^ Morré 1997, p. 9.
  217. ^ von Plato 1999.
  218. ^ Merten 2018, p. 7.
  219. ^ Baron 2011, p. 486.
  220. ^ Taylor 2012.
  221. ^ Rummel 1997c.
  222. ^ Cohen, Ettin & Fidler 2002, p. 193.
  223. ^ Andjelic 2003, p. 36.
  224. Jump up to:a b McGoldrick 2000, p. 17.
  225. ^ Behar 2014.
  226. ^ Matas 1994, p. 36.
  227. ^ Corbel 1951, pp. 173–174.
  228. ^ Cook 2001, p. 1391.
  229. ^ Matas 1994, p. 37.
  230. ^ Rummel 1997b.
  231. ^ Omestad 2003.
  232. ^ Dangerfield 2017.
  233. ^ Courtois 1999, p. 564.
  234. ^ Clodfelter 2002, p. 726.
  235. ^ Haggard, Noland & Sen 2009, p. 209.
  236. ^ Rosefielde 2010, p. 109.
  237. ^ Rosefielde 2010, pp. 228, 243.
  238. ^ Jones 2010, pp. 215–216.
  239. ^ Spoorenberg & Schwekendiek 2012, p. 154.
  240. ^ Valentino 2005, p. 75.
  241. ^ Szalontai 2005, p. 401.
  242. ^ Berger 1987, p. 262.
  243. Jump up to:a b Vu 2010a, p. 103.
  244. ^ Vu 2010b, p. 243.
  245. ^ Vo 2015, p. 36.
  246. ^ Ulfelder & Valentino 2008, p. ii.
  247. ^ Valentino 2005, p. 219.
  248. ^ Kaplan 2001, p. 115.
  249. ^ Sarwary 2006.
  250. ^ Hossaini 2007.
  251. ^ Collins 1987, pp. 203–204.
  252. ^ Valentino 2005, p. 83, table 5.
  253. ^ Kakar 1995.
  254. Jump up to:a b Andrew & Mitrokhin 2006, p. 457.
  255. ^ BBC 1999.
  256. ^ Orizio 2004, p. 151.
  257. ^ Courtois 1999, p. 692.
  258. ^ Clayton 2006.
  259. Jump up to:a b c Ghodsee 2014, p. 124.
  260. ^ Davies & Wheatcroft 2009, p. xiv.
  261. ^ Tauger 2001, p. 46.
  262. ^ Solzhenitsyn 2008.
  263. ^ Mishra 2010.
  264. ^ Wemheuer 2014, pp. 3–4.
  265. ^ Goldhagen 2009, pp. 29–30.
  266. ^ Shaw 2015b, Structural contexts and unintended consequences.
  267. ^ Milne 2002.
  268. ^ Wiener 2012, p. 38.
  269. ^ Day 2018.
  270. ^ Whine 2008.
  271. Jump up to:a b Harff 1992, pp. 37–38.
  272. ^ Malia 1999, p. xiii.
  273. ^ BBC 2006.
  274. ^ HRW 1999.
  275. ^ Tadesse 2006.
  276. ^ BBC 2008a.
  277. Jump up to:a b Doyle 2007.
  278. ^ MacKinnon 2007.
  279. ^ Cambodia.
  280. ^ Brady 2010.
  281. ^ McKirdy 2014.
  282. ^ BBC 2007.
  283. ^ BBC 2018.
  284. ^ Liivoja 2013, pp. 254–258.
  285. ^ Barry 2010.
  286. ^ Todorova & Gille 2012, p. 4.
  287. ^ Dujisin 2020.
  288. ^ Omar 2007.
  289. ^ Gregory 2017.
  290. ^ Škodová 2002.
  291. ^ Stan & Nedelsky 2015, p. 241.
  292. ^ Satter 2011.
  293. ^ BBC 2017.
  294. ^ CBC 2018.
  295. ^ Memoriaal.
  296. ^ ERR2 2018.
  297. ^ ERR 2018.
  298. ^ Piereson, James. “Socialism as a hate crime”newcriterion.com. Retrieved 22 October 2021.
  299. ^ Satter, David (6 November 2017). “100 Years of Communism—and 100 Million Dead”Wall Street JournalISSN 0099-9660. Retrieved 22 October 2021.
  300. ^ Bevins 2020, pp. 238–240.

Bibliography

Further reading

General

Soviet Union

China

Cambodia

Others

showvteCommunism
showvteGenocide

Categories

Contribute

Tools

Print/export

In other projects

Languages

Edit links

An Editorial!

Steve Erdmann’s Dissenter/Disinter Group Editorial Comments

“Warning” to those who join the Dissenter/Disinter Group: Facebook’s new algorithm automatically ‘subtracts’ members rather than add them correctly! It was not like this a few months ago. This has been reported to Facebook numerous times, without result! An accounting has been started today of all members added to the Dissenter/Disinter Group to document their miscreant functioning. I ask ‘you’ computer programming and mathematician experts out there: what kind of accounting is Facebook using and how would you address this problem? Please help me investigate this and make complaints. A Facebook Help Desk comment on Google says they are “scrubbing-out” non-active Group members: Who and why are they making those indiscriminate decisions (they don’t do that with Friends on Timelines): sounds more like censorship, that would actually be a private matter between Administrators and the members, and not done arbitrarily and against their will (why even try to get members if they’re going to be knifed in the back (or, solicit new members to a Group)?

*******
SE – Once again, we try to explain (as we have done in the past several times) our general approach to news, the media, politics. Here is a reproduction of private comments in a reply to one of my critics:

“We like some of your ideas, facts, and thoughts, and we welcome them – if presented within reason and decor. This is what we don’t like and try to avoid: Stephen Erdmann: We promote very few human endeavors in an absolute sense, Russian or otherwise, as all fail and all fall within the scope of the loop of human evil and frailty. We look for those foes that all humankind seems to be battling from ‘any’ corner they are hunkered in.

“This Group is not a ‘platform’ for one single person’s private opinions or ‘sermons.’ It is a ‘forum’ whereby ‘all’ have an opportunity to add to the ongoing investigation. Hopefully, most will participate and not just become ‘observers.’ Likewise, this Group will not become monopolized by the thinking and propaganda of just one individual – this was not its purpose.

“We are not affiliated with the KKK or any other political faction said that many times, over and over, as well as has explained why we present all sides of news and media questions, without censorship, if possible. We are against the Military/Industrial/Corporate/Complex/Matrix (MICCM) and all its ‘isms,’ ‘cants,’ ‘crats,’ ‘cans,’ and  ‘doms.’ All it takes to see this and prove it, is to use your mouse or enter scroll and have a strong browser and investigate back to 2011. We refuse to become any one person’s private, personal pulpit (that is why you have your own Timeline). We allow most to speak their minds continually here — even to the point of opulently and often stuporous ferociousness — over and over — but apparently that is not good enough for a few. It takes a strong mind and will to live under the 1st Amendment and really abide by it.

“When I say ‘we,’ I usually mean ‘me’ – though I am speaking editorially on behalf of all those members who follow and agree with the Preamble religiously — they get the idea and message — and are giving me their full support.

“All the twisting, stretching, and manipulating of my stated words and intended feelings will not help these matters, and being completely uncompromising, unreasonable and deliberately uncouth certainly won’t help either.

“Please, read my text and postings in their full context and their entirety, if possible, to adjust to the real story and picture I present. Don’t settle for ‘half-baked’ interpretations or careless understanding.

“When any one person begins to use these spaces as solely his or her private podium to demonized (and shout down or otherwise badger) all other voices, he will be informed and given a mandate to cease and desist. This is a ‘forum’ Group and that connotes some fairness and inspection and equipoise of one’s behavior: we hope that each member will reflect on their behavior and not allow it to become effluvium.”

(This does not mean we will allow boring, tiring, inaccurate propaganda about the alleged Israel-cabal of so-called Zionism, which in many cases is far too short-sighted when it concerns the worldwide Military-Industrial-Corporate-Complex-Matrix (MICCM). Well documented pieces on ‘how’ Zionism is part and parcel of the “overall” MICCM, might be tolerated; but, singling out propaganda trying to prove Hitler was virtuous and the killing of the Jewish population as justified, will not be tolerated.

We do not automatically share anti-Semitic views and do not state everyone should or does. In fact, those that appear to be promoted from a Hate standpoint usually won’t coexist on this Group. This Group does not endorse, knowingly, anti-Semitic propaganda per se and any Hate Speech that is the basis for it.)

We are here to promote ‘news’ from all different angles and sources, it is not my or anyone else’s purpose to knowingly or even unknowingly ‘prejudge’ the news, unless it becomes so apparent it is false there is no other alternative. But getting to that point can be a rocky and wearisome struggle. We have no prejudice about exposing ‘multiple’ viewpoints, because we realize that reality is multi-sided, often multidimensional, complicated and not always easily discernible: so we present many sides of that struggle. If you read my editorial comments, you should see that I have no particular stake in the sordid political fights and feel such political ‘gamesmanship’ is illusory and almost impossible. Some people feel that such deception is beyond their party, club or faction. You may feel yours is Holy, as well. I doubt that sanctimoniousness. Only the strong-minded need to tread here. That closed-mindedness of “my viewpoint only” needs to be “taken down.”

It won’t help to distance yourself from exercising your 1st Amendment Rights or having a scientifically critical viewpoint of the way life really is. Being Cheshire Cats or Mad Hatters, neither, or the way humans use delusion to cover the crimes of fellow humans down through the centuries. They now call Hollywood La-La Land for a reason. We all want to be ‘happy,” or try to be, and relish the moments that can be described as such—who wouldn’t?— but the age-old conflicts that are weighing down on so many in society, like maimed soldiers with PTSD — can’t foolishly ignore the conflicts.

A lot of people don’t want to fall into the greedy hands and the vicious, heartbreaking, devastating grip of the Legal Cabal and lawyers who eagerly waiting your downfall and falter into the henchmen hands and courtroom manipulations of distorting reality and controlling your life in as much pain and anguish and loss as possible. You have to example the alternatives, but when confronted, especially with prior knowledge, it might be best to look to each other rather than the Powerbrokers and the Big Brothers. Unfortunately, many are just babes in the woods and don’t know yet what is about to befall them.

It’s all about the money and how the Legal Cabal can control the situation; children are used as hostages for ransom, the court room their playground to reconstruct reality: Orwell’s ‘1984’ further realized, and you will, like Winston, if they have their way, “come to love Big Brother.”

It’s all part of a political ‘game’ that they develop in the courtroom to recreate a ‘reality’ that is used against you (much like the political world in George Orwell’s ‘1984’), been saying that for some time now; and the bigger “gunslinger” and ‘stick-carrier’ more or less wins. Not much different then olden medieval jousts or Roman gladiator fights.

There is a big difference between a source that publishes outright invented news, and a source—or sources—that you just “don’t like,” or says things that are philosophically different than your views or opinions. Things said on the Left spectrum and the Right Spectrum may annoy us, but they have the Constitutional Right to speak and be heard by willing listeners (you can always turn a deaf ear to the opinion). Myself, I think both sides of the “aisle” are filled with evil intentions and hogwash, but that shouldn’t prevent me printing interesting ‘tidbits,’ unless I decide one day to go completely “off the grid.”

Political terms, names and meanings have evolved, changed, and transformed over the years as many other concepts that have also transmogrified. Some “liberal” concepts once seemed to uphold “freedom,” ‘free speech’ and protected ‘human rights’: now have turned into a ‘power-based’ ‘force’ to change society, even if by ‘radical’ or ‘militant’ means. Some blatantly attack those idealistic overtures the Founding Fathers alluded to (some hiding behind those precepts but being actually treacherous to them). Conservatives tried to parade themselves as preserving the principals that were expounded underlying the Founding Fathers up to and through the Bill of Rights, have much, in the same way, become the lair of the wealthy and ultra-rich which want to control the masses, preserve their power and wealth, and hide behind a disguise of being the protectors of the Rights of Mankind, when they are only another power-based ‘force’ for control and greed using the slavery to the masses. They have far surpassed the British overlords the colonialists fought. All of these have become Monsters.

(I know from experience that security guards are nothing but Whipping Boys, a ‘buffer’ between the Security Guard company, the police and the Landowner (they have three (3) bosses). They are the ‘Fall guys,’ if anything goes wrong, it is their job to take the heat, to not make the Landlords or the company to look bad (nor the police, who often treat them as low, second-class citizens and nothing more). They are given a whole list of phony ‘rules’ to make them robots to ‘slice the heat’ and put on a good ‘public face’ (often at low or very moderate wages), sometimes in very dangerous and life-threatening situations. It is Crony Capitalism at its worst; most guards will not admit this for fear of losing their jobs. They could really tell you some stories: but it would expose the ‘system.’ They are allowed to do what they have to do in order to ‘protect’ this ‘status quo and system.’ I am quite sure this goes beyond the Security Guard profession, and the same mentality exists in most businesses and professions, one way or the other.)

Yes, we have covered this phenomena every now and then since 2011. I’ve been through the Divorce Racket (and other rackets) over the years and have tried to speak out in various formats and scenarios; it all follows a common thread. It makes one wonder why we are fighting each other, rather than the ‘common enemy.’ That enemy is hard to see and I’ve done what I can to expose it and make it visible. These pages are open to fellow dissidents and ‘explorers’ and ‘exposers.’ You’re welcome to tell your stories here and add to the exposition. It is all part of a megalith monster I call the Military-Industrial-Corporate-Complex- Matrix (MICCM).

Those that have been through an unwanted divorce, and even a wanted one, to some degree, are aware of the trauma, nervous fatigue, and other psychological damage done—along with other life incidents—resulting in a form of PTSD. I would be the last one to tell someone how to live, as there are too many factors. Avoid elitist nay-sayers who are usually the cause of the problem that you are in, as they are usually narcissists. There is an ‘upside’ to these battles, and it is usually found within you somehow and can be reinforced by fellow victims, possibly.

Concerning a separate and special Right for Women Manifesto: Don’t know why it has to be signature by “women” as these are basic Human Rights for all mankind, male or female, which, unfortunately many women, in their symbiotic and parasitic alliance with the Legal Industry Cabal, causes them to tarnish and violate those basic Rights for both Men and Women. See how far these Rights go without falling into the trap (as they have already been) of being used or overtaken by the MICCM and other Legal Industry Masterminds which only serve their own Power, Profit and Prestige.

You are seeing the dark crevices of the Legal Cabal and its influence over humans. It is not a female/male thing, necessarily, but an allowance of human perversity personified by the workings of the Legal Industry. You are experiencing the gun-ho workings of the system on individuals, as many men have experienced, but the system forces on everyone for profit and power. It is as old as “slavery.”

“Outspoken” should pertain to those who are proven to be true heroes opposing physical and psychological dangers, as opposed to brats and punks, calling themselves adults, trashing, and destroying others for very vain and greedy purposes.

It is equally infuriating to be unnecessarily misquoted and misunderstood, when an opponent or debater is just flouting his ingrained and innate propaganda brainwashed into him from birth and is making no attempt to truly analyze and comprehend what you are telling them. Sometimes, their minds are so closed, they just ignore anything you say or do. Instead of approaching the arguments from “in your shoes,” they continue to be the little robots our society has invented and further spiel the usual venom and grade-school invectiveness in which they have ‘not’ tried to unlearn.

I am at a point in my life that I want to undo the evils that I forgot or refused to fight against in my life, and give others a choice to do the same, before it is too late, utilizing my 1st Amendment Rights and no longer turning a blind eye to the fates of the world. To teach others to ‘think’ and discover and use their mind, not to become simple sheep and blind slaves to those who control their reality: Take off their masks, those little deceiving priests!

People get stuck in very old ideologies, concepts and “isms” and refuse to move out of those ‘boxes.’ We always like to think that we are the ones that are wearing the ‘white hats,’ and are the ‘only’ ones that know how to wear them and, even, the only ones that know where to ‘buy’ them: when they are just grey, smudged, soiled and fraying old hats that have been passed around for generations through many, many secret hands.

“Some kind” of compromise and “understanding” is always needed when these debates appear and try to look at “root” problems and not bring up too many private situations; and even then, always be willing to compromise and see each other’s point-of-view. Other than that, as I have said many times previously, the terms “fascist, liberal, left, right” are thrown around too loosely and with no historical meaning, always being projected from each person’s “private boxes.”

We shouldn’t condemn ‘socialism’ any more than ‘conservatism’: both are aimless, meaningless terms that don’t reflect the hidden agendas they are used for: fascist control and imperial elitism, the real enemy. At least ‘socialism’ had a true and genuine use in history well before America came into being and the bastardization of political terms. Most “political sensations” are nothing but masks to hide our inner evils and to gang together and destroy each other rather than help each other. A lot of national patriotism is the same baby-gook. We tend to fall for false histories, rather than the real histories: take off your masks little priests! Stop living in a world of ancient slogans and worn-out propaganda created by deceptive brain controllers and illusory political ideals.

Putting your full faith behind any one political party or personage is like trying to find virtue in a whorehouse: there are no such animals. Tyrannical and fascistic thinking are par for the course in any arena of life: it is the way humanoids operate. Ideologies are things only on ‘paper’: the real world should circumnavigate those illusory dreams and get down to the true facts; take off your masks, little priests.

I am the real oddball: and I have been sick and tired of the masking and erroneous parading of the so-called “Political Parties” for some time; watching the circus of flying monkeys never changes, even when one monkey is somewhat likable and seems to be alien to all the rest, it never changes. Still, we forge ahead and root and rant like the Romans at the Coliseum.

‘Pure’ Capitalism has never existed, nothing politically and socially has ever existed as ‘pure.’ It is easy to write something on paper and claim it is pristine and infallible, but quite another to see it operate in cold, stark reality. So-called Americanism as Capitalism was corrupted right out of the gate (i.e., see past postings and comments elsewhere). It is nice to write idealistic doctrine, but quite another thing to see it corrupted, inadequate, and having no fail-safe due to the monstrosity of the human condition. I know all about the dictionary definition but applying it to real human accomplishments is a pipedream, daydream, fable that has never really existed in all practically. I ‘sure as hell’ see proof of that every day.

So-called “Capitalism” has had its problems too, part of which redesigning what is a theory on ‘paper’ and inventing it according to our own evil images, in the form of Crony Capitalism, Fascism, etc., etc. Like so much in life, there never has been “pure” Capitalism (like there have never been ‘pure’ heroes, or ‘pure’ religion, or ‘pure’ politics) because any such “ism” is run by nefarious and weak and inhumane “humans.” We have a classical bent to destroy, pervert and warp the things about us. It is just one of many fairy tales and play-toys that humans like to toss around and manipulate. Looking for this Holy Grail (like looking for the Golden Fleece) is ‘fun’ and can be used to bolster our usual Id Monsters (to take a metaphor from the movie FORBIDDEN PLANET), but it is in no way ‘reality.’

Capitalism is a cheap term used on paper only, a fairy-tale used by mega-Monsters to wave in the face of others and hide behind their own magnanimous quests to control and prosper—it is a concept on paper, an ideology, that does not truly represent what is actually being done in reality. Crude Crony Mercantilism as a guise to hide under a fictitious Capitalism might be another way to describe it, but no matter what term you use, it has never really existed, any more than “pure” Communism, “pure” Christianity, or other “pure” ‘isms’ which we use to mask the real person or the real institution as it should be nakedly exposed for what it “is” and for what is really being done in all their corrupt and inglorious actions. Being a Monster in any fashion, no matter, how wealthy or powerful, does not justify its existence, Might does not Make Right, as history blatantly shows, and the defense of such corruption and any extension or characteristic of it only shows the evil it is and continues to become. Thank you Dorian Gray.

Fighting each other instead of the common enemy: what a waste! Some members are correct when they say America has strong fascist elements, but America is “not” the ‘only’ place that this evil does and can take root. We are overemphasizing the wrong places, time and things! Why is it that vampires can’t see themselves in the mirror?

It would appear that “enslavement” — or slavery — is a universal, ingrained mechanism of human nature — a very cruel and often contradictory facet of humans: which we can see today as it is incorporated, mechanized and used in our Modern World; and it is aimed at and applied “to all humans” (except for those who try to rule and use enslavement).

The vile vindictiveness that the public is confronted with by many judges in the legal system goes beyond the words “fair and equal justice,” where the lives of citizens become mere playthings in the Westworld-type of robotic recreation on the floors of the courthouse. The worldwide multi-billion-dollar Legal Industry has permeated every fiber of our lives and directed our realities to the dictates of this despotic Puppet-Master. Ask any divorce man or domestic court victim, they will attest that a man has only five (5) foes when he enters the system: his lawyer, her lawyer, the judge, her innate sexuality and the status quo.

Many live in their little “isms” they were raised in from birth and do not look beyond or question who are the core sponsors (do you have a mirror; can you look in a mirror?). They do not realize how intricately they are crafted and brainwashed. They are robotized goose-stepping zombies, and there is no changing. The MICCM has trained them well.

No concept or leaf is left alone by the MICCM: it is part of evil human nature, even so-called national pride or patriotism. Look down through history and see how often humans have used these for evil and destructive purposes.

The human being is love-challenged and intelligence-challenged and has proved themselves as such down through history. The humans believe that owning tons of money makes them superior to their fellow creatures and creating millions of enslaved and blindly devoted employees makes themselves even better rulers and elitists. It has always been that way, on the micro and macro levels; they also abhor psychological mirrors and will even kill to the death if their empires are challenged, taking millions of fellow humans to their death. They “group” in mutual ‘clubs’ as a way to protect and even ‘mask’ their true natures.

Reality is shifting beneath your very own feet: what we have been taught about the righteousness of the Left or Right, Democrats or Republicans, this ‘wing,’ or that ‘wing,’ and we do not reflect the innate and basic social realities that are taking place before our own eyes. In my years since July 27, 1944, based on my experience and the questions I have asked, and my eyes have seen, we have been deluded over and over, from the day we were born. See my past comments. When confronting attorneys in private and putting hard questions to them, often in confidence, many have said there is no real freedom, anywhere, in any party — that they are in control and they hold allegiance to no one but their Bar Association cabal. Right out of Orwell’s 1984, but only worse and complete. This: because all “isms” are under the evil rule of the “Humans.” Humans that glorify every evil act they do as good and pure: it won’t change, and we won’t challenge it unless we see the real “enemy.” We will continue to form “clubs” (social and physical) — and expound those clubs — with power and greed and evil to be used as ‘clubs’ against each other — until this final Truth becomes too evident to deny.

These lawyers have opened a Pandora’s box. In my meetings with attorneys, they have shown hardened, darkened commitment to fascistic, despotic rule by corporate giants and big business, in stark, no-uncertain-terms—those terms are evident in the elements of its manufacture, such as Fire-At-Will laws and the disrespect of Human Rights.

An editor from the Wall Street Journal hit the nail right on the head: it is all about money. You pay enough so your lawyer can split a little off for the other lawyer and the judge, and after paying a small fortune, you get some of what you want. It is all a recreated reality done in the court room to the tune of the dollar bill. It is sad, that is true, but this is the way humans operate. Sometimes, however, one lawyer just does not want to look bad to the other lawyer, or the judge, and will sell you out just to keep in tight with the Club. The Legal Cabal is very much a part of the MICCM and controls our reality, it’s a “‘Big Club,’ and you are not in it!” (Carlin). I mentioned one time to an editor of the Wall Street Journal that perhaps a RICO suit should be brought against the Bar Association, and he asked how I would get the money to do that, and that, here again, it is a lawyer suing fellow lawyers; it ain’t going to happen. How can we get over this insurmountable wall? I’ll join in a Foundation to fight lawyers, if others will come with me. Let me know.

Note the synchronistic similarities between corporate “government,” popular “government,” social “government,” corporations as “people,” corporate “government” bribing and sleeping with “popular government,” all mixed in what I call the Military/Industrial/Corporate/Complex/Matrix (MICCM) “Government.”

We don’t understand “government.” We think it is a separate entity, alone and separate from us. Government is the darkest, evilest, macabre parts of our own psyche, and when those elements ‘group’ in the various forms and combinations (such as the MICCM) and materialize, we see the Monster ‘we’ have become. In the science-fiction thriller THE FORBIDDEN PLANET, it was called monsters of the ‘id.’ Until we see the true ‘enemy’—us—we will never, ever come to terms or defeat it.

Part of the problem is our throwing terms around for loose and lop-sided reasons without any real background or roots. These are enormously powerful people in the IMF and the United Nations, they are not a bunch of poor people trying to grub-up a livable wage for themselves. All this talk about entitlements: some of these ‘official’ people are born-and-breed aristocracy; they don’t know what it is like to live in the slums of India, Africa or the lowest of the low. It is a matter of the wealthy controlling the masses, and it is usually the wealthy that profit and the masses that suffer. They spend billions of media-propaganda-dollars guaranteeing that ‘that’ brainwashing is successful so the masses don’t attack them and “keep the lowly in their place.” That is the way it has always been! What is so sad, is when some of these executives, in a “little-bit-than-better-CEO-middle-class-salary,” actually have convinced themselves they are on the “winning side”—yes, they are actually safely on the side of the “elite”—that is ‘their’ team—and yet they don’t realize or are not aware that this is all self-delusion and they are only a few steps away—in actuality—from their very own destruction as outsiders also. It is all part of the programming by the MICCM.

It is exceedingly difficult and painful to suddenly realize that lullabies and fairy stories are things that are used to placate us and even control us, stories put down on paper, while they make us feel good and justified, are usually used by ourselves against ourselves as weapons hurting or obscuring ourselves. But we keep trudging on, programmed to believe that our ‘pipe dreams’ will come true and the scribbling we have made—or were programmed to make–mean something and will fly off the paper into reality. We can always pretend and hope.

(An aside: We have a ban on personal and unreasonable attacks on each other, or any other excuse one would try to come up with. If some are allowed to attack private family and friends, then any one is allowed to.

Attacks on one’s personal parents, children, or relatives are not allowed for whatever reason one can imagine. No posting or site or Group justifies hitting below the belt: if your arguments are good, they will not sink this low. That is not just espousing another opinion: instead, that is vicious attack.

We welcome all civil comments. We are running into, now and then, more and more, the questionable muck that is so often displayed across the Internet that ‘free speech’ is confused with slander, personal attacks and just being downright nasty and unkind for no other reason. We are happy to see you are not one of them.)

(I am not so sure the Reich disappeared but was transformed into the Fourth Reich, and the transformation and partnerships went further and further: the constant transmogrifications and transformations with partners sleeping in same bed. All the “isms” have blended into sub-Rosa deals: you are dealing with one huge Industrial/Military/Corporate/Complex/Matrix [MICCM]. The Party system is a mask, as are so many other masks. “Take off your mask, little priest,” says murderer Errol Childress to detective Rustin Spence in TRUE DETECTIVE, a mask we all wear and deny. ######################################## 
“He’s saying to take off the mask of his persona. They both know that the whole concept of being a ‘person’ is an illusion, and that everything just repeats over and over again, that good and evil will always exist, and yet Rust continues to fight the ‘good’ fight, because that’s simply his role. He is aware that it is futile, and yet continues this masquerade nonetheless. Errol is telling him to take off his mask and reveal his ‘true’ self; that the darkness is really within him. That this is all just a play, created by himself. A dream that he had within a locked room. And the only way to reveal this truth is in death.” ################### https://www.quora.com/True-Detective-Season-1-Episode-8-Why…

 ##### Lindsey Krumhar.) #########https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CIdB8LX4pGs

.)

It is sad if we still have to use the terms Liberal and Right as human qualifiers, as if it is a baseball sport, instead of just looking at the people as humans and just look at the facts: without all the banner- “my side versus your side” – waving. Slogans are masks to hide the evil, take off your masks little priests.

How in the world do the readers/members equate “non-coercion” with capitalism, when capitalistic countries have far more than a share of human torment and inhumanity? The fact is: there are no ‘pure’ systems of human relations that are devoid of evil and human mistreatment, be that capitalism or other. A lot of corruption happens in this system, and others, that can’t be gainsaid or explained away with fluffy, pie-in-the-sky make-believe. We need to take off our masks!

I think there is far more fear of the wealthy right-wing tyranny taking over America than the poor, underprivileged underclass swarming the Elite-ruling class. This fear of the “reds” coming to get our money was instilled in the 30-50’s to fight Communism by Intelligence operations in America. You are stuck in an era that was not all-together true. I don’t think presenting you with other evidence will do much good, if you are not willing to move out from behind that propaganda.

Having no great love for the current Parties, or any “ism,” does not mean I cannot pick out those bits and pieces and statements of logic that seem – seem – to point to good directions. It doesn’t mean I am giving “WHOLEHEARTED” endorsement of any Party or organization: just respecting some things that they occasionally say that are reasonable. History – true history – exists as bits and pieces in a large jigsaw puzzle; it is up to us to locate and assemble those pieces in honest efforts.

This should be an independent look at facts and issues, not “wings”: this is not a Kentucky-Fried restaurant. And this so-called “Right wing”—that must be a spicy part of the bird—or are they just Muppets dressed in white robes and gold halos floating around with their all-powerful wands and gimmicks?

This Group is not a hodgepodge of confused (nor a melting pot of all kinds of), aimless political quips and slander: do not come here to just “get something off your chest” – speak with purpose, clarity, and humanity and reason: childish tantrums belong in the alley. We need some new, innovative, investigation and reasoning: not the same old, worn-out, repetitive, ageless tantrums about Left versus Right. If we cannot change – we are lost.

Members are always welcome to state their detailed reasons for disagreement, but usually none are forthcoming. We encourage members to post their own analysis and other areas of news, no matter how disconcerting; but, apparently, most just rather be by-standing critics that have little to say of value.

If you want further specifics other than what is said here: you need to help locate those persons and names and pin down their actual substance and actions: nothing is being handed on a silver-platter, and we ask all to add further names and specific items; you are welcome to do that. Readers are welcome to speak up and demonstrate their findings, rather than vaguely complain. Sometimes, specific and detailed questions bring forth specific and detailed answers, bad questions, bad answers.

I don’t necessarily believe Putin or “anybody”: I try to present a lot of interesting comments and facts with not so much an unduly “prejudgment” so as to get opinions from all sides, rather than censor from some hidden or inner sanctum crap-pot of judgmental facts; and then I sometimes let the chips fall where they may.

(Please read and follow the Preamble, it is there for a reason. While we abhor censorship, but we do have rules: this is not a “let it all hang out” assembly with wild and ravishing comments. Use reason and purpose and humanity.

For all those out there who occasionally complain about the choice of content [and I am fighting the heavy-hand of the 1st Amendment and no censorship as well]: please submit – submit content that you would like to see, be active to this extent, and not just bystanders and curbside spectators.)

We welcome all the stories of tragedy in the lives of people who have encountered the Power Cabal. Most people are unaware of the day-to-day destruction of the family and other ‘taboo’ topics because the Powers-That-Be are not predicated upon its disclosure and they rather hide the cold, stark and naked facts: it would expose their true, evil intentions. Your stories can be told here.

Sadly, corporate enterprises, such as FACEBOOK, are trending to follow in the insanity of despotic corporatism, viewing their use of robots and censorship and Kangaroo Courts: It doesn’t make it right, known as Might Makes It Right syndrome. People have always fought back against this type of tyranny—and always will—unless they are Brain Washed or become corporate lackeys or henchmen. Here is one better: ultimately, your reality is controlled by lawyers and the Bar Associations in a Grand Cabal—what do you do, just give up the spirit and allow them total, complete control? As time goes on, and the technological tools advance and the wealth of the elites also grow, so do the means and tactics of the Power Elites, advancing in tow — step by step, to your demise.

That’s foolish! Obviously, Facebook doesn’t say: “you must agree to pointless censorship and reckless use of rules and unreasonable and dark, unanswerable human treatment and censorship”; they allege to act in a fair and reasonable manner and answerable to common decency and humanity. It is the least that American society expects. True, no one is reasonable and especially those in power, and only corporate lackeys and those of dark, like-minded mentally would agree with it anyway. Some of us have been mistaken, but it is not the first time, and, in our goodwill and generosity, we make false assumptions all the time—–it still does not make it right, but only to the like-minded.

We dance around some of the “core” problems and dress our dance in all kinds of (getting to be) “worn out” slogans, chants, and aimless threats, some very inaccurate, often, pretending to be on the “right side” of history — as the ground is shifting beneath our feet and the very reality of things is and has changed drastically in the matrix before our very eyes. More to come.

Good that you aren’t “complying,” that is not like you Ron Schmidt, because it seems to be Facebook’s “official” policy to allow this junk to happen often; religion, corporatism, and a whole host of tyrannical and power-derived ‘isms’ — even ‘capitalism’ — operate basically the same: fear, control, subjugation, etc. It is the way humans work and have been operating for eons. But Ron doesn’t really believe this “system” of humans can be evil and maybe, just maybe, we signed on to their Terms of Service (TOS) when we bought into this mass deception, and since we “bought in” to this grand Status Quo, we should have no complaint (Sovereign Immunity, “Don’t Question the King,” Boss, Dictator, President, etc., etc.), complaining won’t get you to the Top (investigating the system, the boss, etc.), only compliance will so sell your soul to the TOS, you hoe. Besides, it doesn’t really matter said an EEOC lawyer: they can make the rules, break the rules, apply them incoherent any way they like (and from the looks of the dirty politics going on nationally and internationally, that is obvious)! You just have to live with it!

Robert Glenn: True, men and affairs are like peas in the pod, on down the line. They carry that pistol and then are told not to use it. But here is the irony of those situations, unless they are gay: they are doing it with “females.” It takes two to have sex, unless you are into riding the pony by yourself. But sadly, we are also told these “females” are forever innocent, victims, forced into sex by evil-overbearing-seductive males. I’ve met many females when I was single: not at all innocent, dumb, uncreative, brainless sex partners. In fact, I recall being seduced five or six times. Some, I even turned down (to my chagrin and even threats). But that was all my fault too for not allowing seduction. A guy just can’t ‘win,’ and to emphasize the point the Legal Cabal Pimps will see that you get the point and learn that lesson in the back-alley called the court system. Have a nice day?

You corporate lackey! We know all about the propaganda of corporatism! We’ve heard the slogans and the doctrines and the weird terms of corporations as ‘people,’ and how they have so much Power and can get away with murder and inventing and corralling laws and the making and breaking of laws. And you are right ‘in’ there! We see it— and so do many others — quite differently — crony capitalism — phony capitalism — whatever term you feel happy and comfortable about. Nobody in their right mind willingly sells their soul to the devil (except you!). We’ve been over this — with you — and other numbskulls — and we know from where and how you are coming. You probably feel just fine and dandy with the bullshit Facebook has been promoting, and some more that kind, or the other antics that corporate social media is using. You have all the answers but not the soul of America, and its ugly, dark, corporate underbelly. You are right at home (but not here) and probably could care less.

Stephen Erdmann Ron Schmidt (April 9, 2018) Hey Ron, corporations are different than citizen houses and families. There is a dichotomy and a hierarchy involved that is apparently over your head, but it can involve crimes, and if any ‘person’ commits a crime (and corporations are ‘persons’ now) he pays penalties and infractions, and from the looks of things, corporations are not devoid of that and even further looking shows they have many legal suits and case files against them. If they can do no wrong, why is this all taking place? Apparently, what corporations want, and what ‘reality’ is doing and seeing are two different things. There are many other fine distinctions happening, but they are well over any corporate lackey’s head as most of those have their heads stuck so far up the respective corporate butts, they can’t see the light of day! It has been called by many different names, white collar crime, and monopolization, money laundering, on and on and on.

Trump has a specific personality his own, entirely, how can it be any different; do you want him to ‘pretend’ to be a person that he really isn’t, and what might that be? Listen, this Group, site, and profile, as well as many others on Facebook and the Internet say they are for originality, free-thought, free speech, free actions, and then when a President of the U.S. says he is his own person and unique, you slam him. It is okay for ‘you’ to be that way and not a President? If he does something dastardly, it will be exposed, but this wild and constant minute-to-minute character assassination (in the land of the Free, innocent until proven guilty) that appears nothing but a propaganda machine; and dirty politics isn’t any good either, at all. And who might and has been accusing us freethinkers on Facebook of being “unbalanced” as it goes with the territory.

Male and female have that innate animal urge to destroy their neighbors. Animals do it out of necessity to survive. Humans do it out of that unidentifiable element in the deep part of their spirit that must be evil, to be satiated, and quenched, for no other purpose than to gain control, Power, and conquest for pleasure. Both men and women have this ID Monster element; though females have evolved to perform an ‘added’ psychological mechanism and gimmick that males have not evolved into, giving them an added ‘edge’ of attack and destruction. My MiiMii and Dexter, even my outdoor Blackie, do not do these things, because they are civilized animals, not monstrous humans. It is interesting to note, one instance when I was a Security Guard at a bank, I could listen in on the conversations of the female bank tellers, and they had gotten into an unrehearsed, completely free conversation amongst themselves about females and how destructive they were in their actions and the games they play. True history and life, unveiled and unprompted, can be a powerful life-lesson.

Stephen Erdmann: June 12, 2018:  Sadly, trying to find honest and reputable “politicians” is like trying to find a sinless prostitute in a whorehouse, or trying to find the best apple in a barrel of really rotten apples, or….it just is not possible. My Timeline, and the Dissenter/Disinter Group, and my Editorial Comments there, make it very clear: Partisan Politics (in fact, all ‘isms’ and ‘ologies’) is a zero-sum game which reveals only the masquerade that humans operate behind and mask themselves (only paper-tigers, bound up with phony White Hats, pretty ribbons, and decorative paper) — in short, these games of political ‘tag’ are worthless, history is always written by the winners and also distorted by the participants to cover all and subvert all the full facts. Of course, not everyone agrees with me, and most blindly march forward waving the banner of their ‘club,’ ‘group,’ ‘religion,’ etc., etc., blind to the obvious fact that humans do more historical damage to fact-finding than constructive help because of the continuous ‘masquerades.’ One reason we need the 1st Amendment and more impartial fact-finding historians (if such can even possibly exist). Until then, misplaced hero-worship and self-aggrandized ‘ologies’ will forever continue to distort the picture, perhaps without hope.

Some Groups are quite paranoid and hyperventilated, suspecting all people and persons to some curious agenda they ‘have’ or suspect others of having. The JFK groups are mostly like that, being a landscape of suspicion, unreasonable debate, slander, attack and wild accusations. That doesn’t say much for fair and sane investigation, tending to be grade-schoolers and parochially petty. I tend to shy away from such radical and wild climates, not doing science or any one any good: Mostly private “in” Groups, if you are friends of friends of friends, or know same or even if you associate with the wrong people they dislike (not the basis for good journalistic enquiry). Good luck.

But I repeat myself.

(We go back to 2011, for genuine researchers and not just spectators, so use a powerful browser and go searching. Good luck.)

#################

Dissenter/Disinter Magazine goes back to 1967 when I gave birth to a little fanzine that seemed to be my contribution to the media flavor of that time: the Viet Nam war, the aftermath of the Kennedy assassination, the late Jim Moseley’s Saucer News, Ray Palmer’s provoking Search Magazine and Hidden World series, as well as a line of “controversy” radio programs such as Long John Nebel, Suspense, Yours Truly, Johnny Dollar, with television shows such as Science Fiction Theater and Twilight Zone. In St. Louis in the 60s there was WIL “Steve Clark” controversy radio. There was a section of the media that was renaissance to the investigating of the more curious and often sinister elements at that time, and it gave birth to me and others that have continued in that vein to this day (many will include Coast to Coast radio and Alex Jones and others to this list). We still try to contribute to the emblem of “controversy and protest” as a way of getting to the truth.

Subsequently, in the years following, my life embodied further “discovery” of these “realities” of the mysterious Powers-that-Be (which were quite depressing and decorated with flight-or-fight syndromes), and my waking hours were consumed with survival and making “ends meet” (as with so many of the population, I did not have the luxury of always devoting myself to media publishing or even schooling). That story may or may not be left to my memoirs (and my Timeline), if at all.

We try not to “conform” to predispose or status quo “images” that people have in their heads or were born with. We approach all topics from different viewpoints and suggestions, because we realize solutions are never black and white (I hail back to H.G. Wells, Jules Verne, George Orwell, Charles Fort (http://www.experienceproject.com/

…/Protest-The-Use-…/2923915), Info Journal, and a host of New Age and Protest scientists [study my Timeline]). We offer a forum for discussion, within reason. Questions are always open. I, personally, am ‘independent’ politically, neither bowing to the Left or Right, and neither do I encourage others to bow to them either (or any “ism”). It is a matter of finding out who the tyrants are and how much you relinquish to being a slave. Others may participate from their own level of evaluation, that is their right; but I cannot “endorse” everyone’s politics or religion. We offer a platform to search these things out (in a civil and humane fashion: see Preamble) through questioning and debate. How do you see applying censorship in Groups and Timelines? Use it every time something grinds against your personal opinion? And what about the next person? And the next person? Seems that our Founding Fathers grappled with these questions as well. It is amazing with all the common threads of agreement that ‘can’ be found in fighting tyrannical government and evil conspiracies, we are tearing each other apart, for some reason, over petty feuds and personality squabbles that detract from common core efforts (those little nuggets of gold that make us all as one in protest). We (we are speaking editorially) hope we are able to stand in a “common core” against Tyranny and the evils that are associated with it.

In the end, we are all brothers and sisters.

*******

And, yes, I tend to be an activist: A political activist is someone who is involved in the political process for the sake of promoting, impeding or raising awareness of a certain issue or set of issues. Political activism typically involves engagement beyond just voting, whether it be through protest, demonstration or lecture.

*******
.
PRIVACY Warning: Steve Erdmann:
.
Due to the fact that Facebook has chosen to involve software that will allow the theft of my personal information, I do declare the following: on this day, September 28, 2016, in response to the new Facebook guidelines and under articles L.111, 112 and 113 of the code of intellectual property, I declare that my rights are attached to all my personal data, drawings, paintings, photos, texts etc… published on my profile. For commercial use of the foregoing my written consent is required at all times.
Those reading this text can copy it and paste it on their Facebook wall. This will allow them to place themselves under the protection of copyright. By this release, I tell Facebook that it is strictly forbidden to disclose, copy, distribute, broadcast, or to take any other action against me on the basis of this profile and/or its contents. The actions mentioned above apply equally to employees, students, agents and/or other staff under the direction of Facebook.
The contents of my profile include private information. The violation of my privacy is punished by the law (UCC 1 1-308 – 308 1 -103 and the Rome Statute). Facebook is now an open capital entity. All members are invited to post a notice of this kind, or if you prefer, you can copy and paste this version. If you have not published this statement at least once, you will tacitly allow the use of elements such as your photos as well as the information contained in your profile update.https://www.facebook.com/groups/171577496293504/ ##https://www.facebook.com/stephen.erdmann1.

NOTE: Many  members and  readers say this is worthless and of no legal value. I borrowed it from another Group. Worth a try. SE.

*************************************

May 21, 2018.  About 3:50 p.m. Greg Ross I’ve shot better than you. Your fat ass easy target

**************

May 23, 2018: Comment on Travis Smith:  Stephen Erdmann –  Nationalism is a fiction created by ‘insiders,’ and like the doctrines of religions, despite their pompous-sounding slogans and professed emblems, usually has gone astray, and even covered evils of the professors that use them. The Founding fathers professed noble causes and principles, but they also had a ‘dark side,’ some of them, and many say they ‘really’ did not break away from the British Commonwealth and Throne. In the name of “goodness,” in the name of “Nationalism,” most countries wage war and so-called ‘defense’ against other countries. Some horrendous crimes are hidden under those banners. What if it is all a joke, a hoax, a deception, and ‘this’ is the way that the human “being,” animal, operates, suffocated by and paying homage to their inner ID Monsters?

**********

Facebook TOS: We’ve updated our TermsData Policy, and Cookies Policy, to make sure you know how your data is used so you can make the choices that are right for you. By continuing to use Facebook, you are accepting our updates which go into effect on July 14.

We’ve made it easier for you to control your data, privacy and security settings in one place, which you can do any time in Settings. Our Terms better explain our service and what we ask of everyone using Facebook. Our Data Policy and Cookies Policy reflect the new features we’ve been working on, and explain more about how we create a personalized experience for you. Updates include:

  • Adding information about features such as Marketplace, camera effects and accessibility tools
  • More detail about how our systems process things you share, such as text, photos and videos
  • More about how we share information, systems and technology across the Facebook Company Products, including WhatsApp, Instagram and Oculus
  • Adding Instagram, a service provided by Facebook Inc., to the Data Policy

Stephen Erdmann” June 17, 2018. A general comment not directed at anyone in particular: We just don’t reproduce what each person might consider brand-spanking-undisclosed-news items never-seen-before that might titillate their subjective fancies, we achieve and denote and collect interesting tidbits that might be of general interest, usually very up-to-date and of interest. If you want the fantasy that strikes your innermost wishes, start your own library, we don’t cater to just one person.

Stephen Erdmann: June 19, 2018: Need to tell you the story of Walter Lembeck, one of the smartest savvy CEO’s that was married to a judge’s daughter, who turned on him, causing him to lose his children in a custody battle, and the ‘system’ and the judge brought down the whole cabal to protect the judge’s daughter. Walter only put up with that for so long: he studied night and day in the Law Library (and studied court sessions), and became a very ‘intimating’ pro se lawyer and expert, and began winning many filings he made and eventually won his children back and made his ‘ex’ pay some costs—but it didn’t end there. No, the story didn’t end there, unfortunately, and the full force of the cabal was brought against him, his losing property, jobs, and his children once again. Walter borrowed about 300,000 to 600,000 dollars from his mother to file and fight to the local Supreme Court all the way to the national Supreme Court; which they refused to hear his case. Destitute and defeated, he did the only thing he could do to save himself from destruction—he eventually remarried his ex-wife, and last I heard was back in good (?) graces and remarried to his ex-wife: What kind of ending would you call that? We need to talk to Walter, if he is still living, to find out. Life is scary and strange.

Steve Erdmann to Anna Benjamins, June 22, 2018:  Anna, as you probably know by now, several weeks ago, the UFO Digest Magazine was hit by hackers. Since the tech company is in Canada, it is difficult for RM to get readily in touch with them to work on the problem. His last message to me was that “he needed to get in touch with Dirk’s wife about the company but haven’t heard back from her.” Please contact him and help him in any way possible, it is imperative that we get the magazine back in operation. Please keep in touch about this and contact RM as well.

Stephen Erdmann: June 22, 2018:  The noble ideas that the Founding Fathers enveloped in the Bill of Rights were universal and sanctioned for all people, everywhere in as much as the Fathers were very aware of urban life, and not just rural lives, around the globe, big cities, complex governments—they were aware of these things also as they pondered and wrote the Bill of Rights. They were often educated lawyers from Britain and other places of higher education. It really wasn’t framed by rural people at all. Those who want to tamper with these noble and holistic ideas are fools that are rather tyrannical in their primitive thinking to destroy and reconstruct with as much damage and power as they can get.

Stephen Erdmann: June 23, 2018: This is a growing problem across the broad scope of the media everywhere. It is happening to Facebook, YouTube, and the Internet in general—which has been invented and control by the government from the beginning. People don’t realize how controlled their lives are across the span of living, and from birth. It is the way that despots and tyrants operated from time immemorial. We need a spiritual and universal awakening. Every day, another victim is added to the list, and occasionally, they wake up to the tyranny and slavery when it hits them personally, but not enough or often. Contact me and my Foundation to fight back: independenterdmann@gmail.com or locate me at http://wordpresscom507.wordpress.com or Facebook (if they allow it and don’t censor it). We are under attack!

Stephen Erdmann: June 23, 2018: What should have been plain to most citizens long ago, but apparently not, neither party nor partisan politics are void of and free from tyrannical thinking and the enslavement of the “controllers.” They all want to wear the “White Hat,” when in reality, all hats are smudged, dark, dirty, greasy ‘hats.’ Apparently, everyone is lacking ‘mirrors’ in their homes and domains! The illusion of “my gang versus your gang, and my gang is right” should have long ago passed into oblivion, but we cling to the myths and deception and mind-manipulation taught to use by our enslavers and from birth. Our Controllers and enslavers depend on that stupidity and our lack of spiritual insight. They want us as crude and dumbed-down Orwellian Paroles to manipulate. It has been that way through history. Trying to measure the “good” points versus the “bad” points could be a skill attempted for a professional and advanced historian, but it does little for now in viewing “my side is holier than your side” misconceptions to date. As culprit, Errol Childress told detective Rust Cohle in the TV series TRUE DETECTIVE: “Take off your mask, little priest!”

Stephen Erdmann: June 23, 2018:  Geneva Hagen Any way you cut it, the Founding Fathers had put hard and long-thought into the Bill of Rights and it was meant for posterity and to be universal. When I speak of tyrannical-thinking, I am speaking in generalities and point it at all people with these ugly ID Monster “Masks” that hide their errors and evil vanities. There are those who wish the worst for themselves and their fellow man all under the disguise of self-righteousness, holiness, and Control of others, misguided they be in their inflated worth to destruct the Bill of Rights. If there be a way to perfect those, if even possible, so be it; but the UN can’t even follow their own guidelines for Human Rights. This is because the human being is basically ‘vampires’ that never see their own image in the mirror. This is why even the culprit Errol Childress said to detective Rust Cohle in the TV series TRUE DETECTIVE: “Take off your mask, little priest!”

Stephen Erdmann: July 3, 2018:

Becky Olmstead
Becky Olmstead: Travis Smith …um…yea….men don’t make good hookers 😉

Peter Corlis
Peter Corlis: power corrupts

Peter Corlis
Peter Corlis: But I’ve seen many good men taken to the cleaners in divorce settlements…

Stephen Erdmann: The story to human cruelty can only be divided between females and males, humans are stinkers and fallen creatures. There are many examples of the ‘techniques’ that females use, and in their evolutionary past, they have grown added ‘edges’ of cruelty. Because of their physically weaker bodies, they have adopted strong and more cunning psychological mechanisms to combat things they consider threats. A symbiotic relationship has developed between them and the Legal Industry. You see this symbiotic machination in nature all the time.

Once, when I was a security guard at a bank, the female tellers were speaking amongst themselves, openly and unrehearsed, as to that added ‘cruelty’ ‘edge’ that females possessed. It was the frank and candid conversation with no holds barred; all those female tellers were agreeing that their sex contained those extra aspects of cruelty and their sex was by-far experts at these gimmicks and evils.

In another case, a man was confronted with divorce when his wife involved him in litigation and was trying to obtain the family home and custody of his children. She had many lovers and had been conspiring with an attorney secretly for many years. His lawyers told him that he had no chance to win unless he obtained concrete proof. This he did with a telephone tap and recording over a number of weeks in which he not only recorded the lovers but the cruelty of female friends and neighbors who equally conspired to sabotage the man. At one point in the tape, the wife suggested placing poison in the husband’s soup. The conspiracy was astounding.

This is no fiction—it is completely true—I heard the uncensored tape. The conspiracy is astounding. It involved not only neighbors and supposed friends of the wife, but attorneys that she was seeing for years and years, planning on the caper. So much for the goodness of attorneys. A few weeks after he had finally paid off the house mortgage, he was presented with the divorce petition.

This same female, now single and having married a wealthy businessman (who died from cancer?), has set her sights on doing everything possible, true to her nature, to destroy the love and caring of her children for their father. And there also was some hoaxing involved in the use of Parental Alien Syndrome (PAS): the story never seemed to end. But I believe you are getting the picture, and that we’ll save for another time.

Typically, as a metaphor, a dinosaur monster charges the cave in which the caveman and his wife and children exist. The cavewoman screams and shouts instructions at the husband to attack and destroy the monster—to which he does to protect his family. He was physically stronger—but who do you think was actually in control of the situation? The real puppeteer?

Of course, we are not saying males are innocent creatures, no human or homo sapien is! Both can and do evil acts; there are an evolutionary difference that have their own special and inherent peculiarities, and as the saying goes ‘Viva la difference!” —- but maybe not so happy as some ‘differences’ can be deadly and scary and uncharted. Uncharted! There has been very little scientific ‘study’ about the aforementioned “edge.”

July 23, 2018.  To Tony Elliott and Emil Donofrio:  Stephen Erdmann:  Both of you philosophers are wrong and also correct, I’ve said all I can say in my pinned Editorial Comments, spoken from the heart and my own life experiences. People live in rigged ‘boxes’ taught from birth and most won’t budge an inch to get out of them. I still have isolated prejudices myself that I am working on. Emil is certainly correct: no one—no one–has created true Capitalism, and they are not living in a real ‘Capitalism.’ It is an unreal, phony doctrine that Capitalists hide behind and mask their evil intentions. So, in reality, these people are living in a fairytale that never actually is taking place, other than what is on paper. To bolster that belief, these people use all kinds of slogans and banners and parade about under “Nationalism” and a lot of flag-waving and political sermons. However, likewise, all nations—every one of them–do the same thing. They do it for Power, for Money, for Control (name me one communistic or socialistic nation that doesn’t). You see, humans work this way, it is their innate mindset. It leads to all kinds of hidden agendas and Black Projects and political intrigue. We can hope and wish for some buried element of a soul, some hidden decency behind it all—but just how realistic is that when we see the harsh reality about us telling us the true story? Progressives, Socialism, Communism are also just ‘paper’ doctrine and we actually see that they, very much like their capitalistic counterparts, are probably identical, and these people also are based on Power, Money, and Control. And all these human savages will do almost anything to keep it that way. And then add the further hidden ingredient of ‘global’ partnering in these hidden and evil endeavors, and you might as well throw out that entire band standing and preaching out the window.

July 26, 2018/ Steve Erdmann on J. Elbert Whitlow’s Timeline.  Stephen Erdmann

Alex Johnson:  Bingo, you got that right, as I said above, it is the ‘taboo’ to look at women as anything but innocent, helpless, holy little angels, even after they had committed all kinds of crimes and evil acts, we just keep them on a pedestal. Took millions of years to get that programmed.

The Legal Cabal ‘must’ define love and marriage because they are the ones that construct reality in the courtroom; literally, invent it. And it is set-up to facilitate this way because of the ‘money.’ If they can’t control the situation to make their ‘profit,’ they will construct ‘any’ human endeavor to control and profit from it. No escape. That is one reason they invented “Palimony” because people started living together outside of marriage to escape their greedy grasp, and they invented Palimony to fill that gap. You see how their minds work. Not just in personal relationships, but in every corner of society: control, control, control, greed, greed, greed.

August 18, 2018 in Group to Tony Elliott:    The more basic and even accurate cause of human slavery and suppression goes far beyond any “ism” or philosophy, it is despotism and tyrannical thinking and that is global. Trying to put human evil and the human ID Monster in nice, neat little ‘boxes’ only shows our failure to recognize the real culprit and the basic evil involved. All ‘leaders’ have shared this evil trend since history recorded. There is no political “safe haven,” and what is written on ‘paper’ is nothing but masks that hide this innate manipulation.

October 7, 2018.  Stephen Erdmann: This is ridiculous: democrats are pitch-perfect, holy, never make mistakes, are rational blameless creatures__ this goes against science, history and almost every other testimony. Ford was even speaking in a phony little girl- pity-me-pity-me voice, had a growing history of CIA and radical Left involvement, and this in our latest findings of Deep State Mind Control and deceptions of the Military-Industrial-Corporate-Complex-Matrix world that we sadly find ourselves in. Take a long cold look at history (which the mobsters and radical Left or Right refuse to do): humans are savages and all their doctrines and “isms” are just ‘masks’ to hide their evil behind. Turning politics into a savage mob action with verbal and physical ‘attacks’ belies any good intentions. It only gets worse, never better. Connecting the dots are only for the more intelligent historians, and they won’t shy away from finding the true culprits, which, sadly, are on both political aisles and even beyond all politics. Females and radical feminists always did have the upper hand against males with their innate sexuality which evolved over the eons and promote this symbiosis with the Legal Cabal. They are not now, and never have been, the powerless, innocent angles their mob-actions make them out to be. Even males will sell-out to protect this ‘TABOO’ under some misguided White Knight fantasy. Ask many of males that have had to confront the Legal Cabal and discover they have only five (5) foes when they are shanghaied into court: 1) His lawyer, 2) her lawyer, 3) the judge, 4) her innate sexuality, and the status (deceptive and hidden and masked) quo.

********

Facebook, June 16, 2019

Stephen Erdmann: I will share this, I just found my daughter at home, finally after many attempted visits; a totally different person than I last saw her and not at all like the little girl I knew at one time. Someone has been working hard on her behind the scenes, but I understand this is what happens to men and people that have been caught in the clutches of the Legal Cabal. It is called Parental Alienation Syndrome. I am beginning to understand some of the missing pieces and how — after five court modifications and sessions (each one is like a new divorce) —an attempt was by Jefferson City to even, after all these ‘finalized’ sessions, to collect more support (was disallowed and rebuked by a city of St. Louis judge). That would be session number six. She said I had abandoned her. Seems to me to have been the other way around, by her mother and other people. I would have gladly opened my arms and heart to her, if they would have just approached me in a respectful and proper way, rather than demonized and threaten me (as if I did not have enough to survive under.) There is so much more – much more – to the story, so much more – but no one to listen.

Any time the government and the Legal Cabal get their fingers in to your life, you are screwed, they will make you a slave or the court – men -women – any breathing person. They will try to destroy your life, take control to their satisfaction and profit. Same thing happens to men: there are just as many horror stories. The government does not care, it is all done to their agendas, I’ve lived with this for most of my life, as well as millions of other persons. It is not a lone-happening story but the slavery most people are living under and do not realize this, men, women, children, cats, dogs, anything that is breathing. I’ve been trying to fight it.

June 18, 2019: I have found, in most divorce alienation, that the legal system is only another factor that is further nails in the coffin, another wheel in the mechanization’s, added weight, that usually works against the participants. It certainly doesn’t help them, other than the legal system’s professed doctrines and advertised publicity. Add on to that, when one parent becomes the target of the narcissism and inherent psychosis of the other parent who, not only allows, but fosters and grows, and even programs (using their full power, availability. and ingenuity) the events — “that” becomes a powerful tool of the system. I have two daughter cats that I would in no time desert or do ill to. How much better animals are compared to the savagery of humans, and we could learn so much from them. What is also sad, is that my children will not now learn about the horrid details that I know about: the affairs and conspiracy that my ex-wife was involved in, ugly, cutting stories, for which I sought counseling to save the marriage and even had a remarriage in the church: all for naught, it was as if it was somehow planned behind the scenes as if a sheep led to the slaughter. In my case, even having being caught (the lovers eventually squealed on her) she wanted to get the paid-off family home (a lot of overtime) for her and her lover (s). They will never know how the stark and convoluted reality of all this hurts: you wouldn’t believe this, unless you saw it in a movie. And the deep scares it has left. The forlorn dreams of reconciliation with my children, which were killed many years ago, unbeknownst to me.

December 31, 2019: The connection between December 25th Pagan celebrations of Winter solstice, — the “gods” of antiquity, — “the sun dying, “– “Cursed Nimrod/Christmas’s Tree,” the Satanic Infanticide Tree, — and today Pauline god of Jesus Christ.

Pagan societies, such as the Carthaginians, ancient Greece and Rome had a very different view about the value of human life than we do today. They legalized and encouraged killing their children as religious sacrifices to their gods almost universally. Nor can it be said to be simply a practice to preserve few resources to save the whole culture, but it was practiced by rich, poor citizens and slaves.

Leading pagan leaders and philosophers also encouraged the practice of Infanticide. Cicero defended the Infanticide by referring to the Twelve Tables. Plato, Aristotle and Cornelius Tacitus recommended infanticide as legitimate state policy. (Histories 5.5.). Even Seneca, otherwise known for his relatively high moral standards, stated, “we drown children at birth who are weakly and abnormal.” (De Ira 1.15.) There is no dispute among historians and informed laypersons that Infanticide was incredibly widespread in the ancient pagan world.

In both approaches, infants were particularly vulnerable to infanticide by those that should have been protecting the helpless, were the ones who were killing them. It was very uncommon for even wealthy, upper-class families to have more than one daughter in ancient Greece and Rome. An inscription found in Delphi illustrates this quite well. Of more than 600 second-century families, only one percent had raised two daughters. It was openly approved, encouraged and a very common practice, as it was justified by law and advocated by philosophers in the Pagan society. (Rodney Stark, The Rise of Christianity, pages 97-98 & 118. See also: Durant, op. cit., page 56; Susan Scrimshaw, “Infanticide in Human Populations: Societal and Individual Concerns,” in Infanticide; Comparative and Evolutionary Perspectives, eds. Glenn Hausfater and Sarah Hardy, page 439.)

In Greece and ancient Rome a child was virtually its father’s chattel-e.g., in Roman law, the Patria Protestas granted the father the right to dispose of his offspring as he saw fit. In Sparta, the decision was made by a public official. The Twelve Tables of Roman Law held: “Deformed infants shall be killed” (De Legibus, 3.8.). Of course, deformed was broadly construed and often meant no more than the baby appeared “weakly.” The Twelve Tables also explicitly permitted a father to expose any female infant. (Stark, op. cit., page 118.).

According to Plutarch, the Carthaginians “offered up their own children, and those who had no children would buy little ones from poor people and cut their throats as if they were so many lambs of young birds; meanwhile the mothers stood by without a tear or moan.” (Moralia 2.17.). According to Wikipedia, “Infanticide was common in all well studied ancient cultures, including those of ancient Greece, Rome, India, China, and Japan” with many forms: a parent directly killing the child, usually by drowning. The infant was simply held underwater until it was dead. Relatively quick, inexpensive, and the water muffled the cries; In other forms, the family would simply take the child out beyond the city and abandon it to die from exposure to the elements. In sum, pagans practiced infanticide.

On a certain day during winter solstice of December 25th, pagan societies in ancient times would make a list of all the things they wanted to the false god of prosperity for the upcoming year according to the list they’d written. They would line up with their children in their hand and they would heat their hands on this horror cast idol iron of the god of prosperity’s burning statue’s hot hands until their hands were red as a fire brand, then place and burning their babies and small children alive on the burning idol statue’s hot hands of the god of prosperity as an offering for prosperity. Amidst the hideous stench of burning flesh, and the screams and cries of hundreds of babies pierced the night air, until nothing remained except charred ashes. The people in the ancient world would begin to celebrate their false gods (they worshiped many) This practice was known in the bible as making your children pass through the fire. It was ritual child sacrifice and absolutely cursed by the One God of Abraham, Ishmael and Isaac.

Various ancient celebrations honoring this most blood-thirsty false gods prevalent today such as Christmas Eve, Baby New Year (the symbol of the child-victim), and the Janus false god (January) New year’s Eve macabre pagan holiday are tied to one another and have come down to the today world Christmas traditions celebrated on December 25th honoring the Jesuits and Molechian Zionists New World Order who want 90 per cent of the whole world dead in Purim (star pentagon) human sacrificed to Lucifer according to the Georgia Guidestones.

Early Christian documents reveal that there was a clash of cultures when Christianity converted previously pagan Romans and Greeks by instructing them that infanticide was immoral and murder. (The Didache, 90 -110 CE). Another early Christian document, the Epistle of Barnabas (130 CE), also explicitly condemned infanticide and prohibited its practices as necessary parts of the “way of light.” Moreover, by the end of the second century, “Christians were not only proclaiming their rejection of abortion and infanticide, but had begun direct attacks on pagans, and especially pagan religions for sustaining such crimes,” as the accepted practice. (Stark, op. cit., page 125., Robin L. Fox op. cit., page 350.).

But so long as Christianity remained a disfavored–and sometimes persecuted–religion, their appeals to the pagan government to act against infanticide were ineffectual in changing government policy. This Christian ‘brotherly love’ has been minimized as a reason for turning to the Church, as if only those who were members could know of it. In fact, it was widely recognized,” according to Durant, “in many instances Christians rescued exposed infant, baptized them, and brought them up with the aid of community funds.” Through these efforts, Christians worked to diminish some of the causes of infanticide. (Fox,op. cit., page 324., Durant, op. cit., page 598.) Clearly, one unique and valuable contribution of Christianity to Western Civilization was its opposition to infanticide. “but these patterns persisted among pagans far into the Christian era.” (Stark, op. cit., page 97-98.)

Christmas Tree “Cursed Nimrod’s Tree,” the Satanic Infanticide Celebration Tree on December 25th.
Christmas trees were originally decorated with burning candles made from the fat of the burned bodies of child sacrifice victims. Instead of Christmas balls, decapitated heads of sacrificial child victims were hung from the tree. Caroling was originally done by rotund old fat naked singers engaging in licentious behavior. Instead of Santa, they worshiped death, the grim reaper with his scythe (false god Saturn) who demanded child sacrifice. It is a grotesque blood splattered gore fest of barbaric sadistic delight for devil worshippers

The bible forbids putting up the Christmas tree: Jeremiah 10:1-4. Deuteronomy 16:21, Acts 17:29, just as is repeated over and over in the Qur’an that Nimrod cast Abraham on fire, and the bible says in book of chronicles, ‘the kings would not get rid of the high places, the idols, groves and other items of pagan worship and after their deaths, they did wickedly in the sight of the Lord. They will burn in hell for their involvement in paganism.’ The Christmas tree is Zaqqoum, the cursed tree as depicted in (the Qur’an17:60, 37:62 -68, 44:43, 56:52), inimical to the Abrahamic Monotheistic Tree of Ishmael & Isaac.

The Zaqqoum “Cursed Nimrod’s Tree” that springs out of the bottom of hell’ is known when Nimrod married Semiramis (i.e. Dumez and Inanna). The Anunnaki used to marry their first- and second-degree relatives, in order to preserve their “royal” blood and the right to the throne. Semiramis later became known as Ishtar, which is pronounced… Easter. Ishtar and Moloch like all other Anunnaki “gods”, because of his long life span, they were known by many names throughout history, among which: Molech, Nimrod or Ba’al (which was the highest possible title, meaning Lord). But his first name was Morduch, and he was the son of the supreme Anunnaki leader on Earth, Enki, and his wife Damkina.

The Zaqqoum began shortly after the flood with the birth of Tammuz as the reincarnation of Nimrod. When Nimrod/Dumez died, his cousin-wife Semiramis/Inanna, claimed that a full-grown evergreen tree sprang overnight from a dead tree stump. And the New Year is coming in as a young child portrayed as children ready to be sacrificed. The New Year’s still to come are Victims of child sacrifice were always heavily veiled so that their parents would not recognize when their child was burned.
The pagan Romans honored the false god, Saturn, who was usually depicted holding a scythe (death’s sickle). Saturn IS the grim reaper, the figure that emerges from and who is looking after children and demanded them for child sacrifice. It wasn’t just the romans, even some Israelites and pre-Islamic Ishmaelites (Arab Jahiliyyah) turned from the One God of Abraham, Ishmael and Isaac, and even offered their children in sacrifice to this vile bloodthirsty Saturn false gods.

It’s pagan chronic pedophiles infanticide filth! The recent kings of the North in the Illuminati and Freemasonry Occult still practicing a chilling representation of “Father Time” and “Baby New Year” that can be found in many illustrations from the 19th century. Father Time is Saturn, the god of time is standing in front of a large clock, holding his scythe illustrated that the old years kids are passing away as full-grown raped, tortured and murdered, their bodies wrapped in burial shrouds. They do so as the Illuminati and Freemasonry occult privacy pact so they won’t rat out group activities of the coven. If they ever betray the occult privacy pact, they are ousted with their names flashed across the world news channels as being a pedophile to completely destroy them.

It is a reason why we have human sacrifices all over the planet, in some of the most prevalent cultures, is because the Anunnaki required them. Hundreds of thousands of children are kidnapped every single year, most times with the help of the highest religious institutions such as the Vatican, NWO Secret Evil Agenda in Britain and USA and practiced it behind closed doors by powerful secret societies such as the Illuminati, Skull & Bones and the highest-ranking Freemasons. They are sacrificed and dedicated for Purim blood sacrifices to Lucifer (Moloch) on Wars for Business Religion (profit and power). The burial sites for the bones and ashes of sacrificed children have been unearthed. These places were known as Tophet’s.

HAPPY NEW “JANUS” SATANIC RITUAL ABUSE & MURDER YEAR 2019
https://web.facebook.com/photo.php?fbid=2270517719938756&set=a.1420552904935246&type=3&theater&ifg=1

800.000 American children disappear every year
One Every 40 seconds only in USA
https://web.facebook.com/photo.php?fbid=10156343259065916&set=a.10151326545060916&typely=3&theater&ifg=1

Now, there are two versions of the story, one stating that Dumez’s anniversary was on December 25th and his spirit would visit the evergreen tree every year on this date to leave gifts upon it. The second version states that the son of Semiramis, Tammuz, by his dead husband, Dumez, was born on December 25th. Whatever version is true, two things are clear: the Zaqqoum “Christmas tree” is in fact “Cursed Nimrod’s Tree” and December 25th is a Satanic celebration! Inanna image was idolized in the statue of Lady Liberty. (See: The Secret Worship of the Illuminati: The Statue of Liberty is Anunnaki Goddess Inanna.)

“Do not kill your children for fear of poverty; it is We Who provide for them as well as for you. Killing them is surely a grave sin.”(the Qur’an 17.31)

The “gods” of antiquity.
Though romans quit offering human sacrifice early on, but blood was still spilled for the “gods” of antiquity by the gladiators during the saturnalia celebrations in December and even Africans predominantly worshipped Saturn and were too killing their children to this ruthless fictional representation of false god Saturn (Satan) that he set up to deceive people. A false god Saturn is satanic child killing deity and had attributes most similar to Satan himself. Christmas is his religious festival. Participation in Christmas celebrations gives honor to this evil of false god Saturn.

Other “gods” of antiquity is Che mosh, the horned one (aka Molech, Krampus: the false god of witches, etc.) was represented as a huge cast iron statue in the shape of a horned god with an extended hands as if he is ready to receive something. It was known as the god of prosperity. Also, Krampus is a Christmas devil companion of Santa (i.e. anagram for Satan) who punishes children by beating them with a stick or steals them in his sack. Google images of Nimrud bags/sacks. It is currently Israel Secret Intelligence Service’s (ISIS) sacks filled with human heads.
https://www.google.com/search?q=images+of+nimrud+“bags”&safe=strict&client=opera&hs=kd0&sa=X&biw=1326&bih=626&tbm=isch&source=iu&ictx=1&fir=9ZuISWvXdU5iSM%253A%252CuemyzHna9GmHlM%252C_&vet=1&usg=AI4_-kQoRVQx82kGwdPRAXmy4-inuKK_qg&ved=2ahUKEwjUzrDIheDmAhWe6nMBHcWcD-UQ9QEwAHoECAoQBg#imgrc=9ZuISWvXdU5iSM:

The figure resembles another horned being, that of Moloch (i.e. Anunnaki “god” Morduch) who was also given children through fire or to a giant throne. But that is another pagan/Anunnaki “Easter. Celebration” that was adopted by modern religions. The “gods” then used to eat the fresh hearts of the sacrificed children and drink their adrenaline-filled blood. Today’s highest ranking prelates still conduct these rituals in secret ceremonies, while the rest of them are required to conduct an open phony version of the same ritual, the liturgy/mass.

The “gods” of antiquity were flesh and bones Anunnaki and the so called “pagan” religions that followed all the grotesque elements of this hideous gods are contained in worshipped them under different names and almost identical cult rituals. This cannibalistic traditions and occult rituals of the Liturgy/Mass is the most prevalent of all today’s the so called “pagan” religions that followed, worshiped them under different names and almost with identical occult rituals of paganism (i.e. the worship of the Anunnaki colonizers “flesh and bones”), and including Christianity, in which all Christians across the planet are required to pretend drinking the blood and eating the flesh of – allegedly – Jesus Christ. The bishop clothes, miter and staff of today’s prelates are identical to those of the Babylonian priests of Dagon, which represented their god-fish Dagon (i.e. Enki wearing his astronaut suit and staff-shaped weapon).

The connection between the Pagan celebrations of Winter solstice, “the sun dying” and the today Pauline god of Jesus Christ.

According to popular tradition, Christmas is celebrated on 25 th December to honor the birth of Jesus. However, no records exist in the Bible or elsewhere to suggest that Jesus was actually born on this date, which raises the important question – why is Christmas celebrated on 25 December? In fact, the selection of this date has its root in both Persian and paganism gods traditions.

The Catholic Encyclopedia admits “there is no month in the year to which respectable authorities have not assigned Christ’s birth.” Since it appears unlikely that Jesus was born on 25th December, it raises the logical question of why Christmas is celebrated on this date. The answer points back to the Romans’ pagan celebrations of the winter solstice. Two celebrations in particular took place around December 25 – the Saturnalia, and the birthday of the Sun god, Mithra (Catholic Encyclopedia). The Saturnalia festival began on 17 th December and later expanded with festivities through to the 25 December. It paid tribute to Saturn, the agricultural god of Sowing and Husbandry, and was associated with the renewal of light and the coming of the new year. The holiday was celebrated with a sacrifice in the Temple of Saturn, a public banquet, followed by private gift-giving, continual partying, and a carnival atmosphere

Followers of the cult of Mithras, which became popular among the military in the Roman Empire from the 1 st to 4 th centuries AD, are believed to have celebrated his birthday on 25th December, which was the most holy day of the year for many Romans. The worship of the Sun god, Mithra (proto-Indo-Iranian ‘Mitra’), has its origin in Persia, from around the 6 th century BC, and was later adapted into Greek as ‘Mithras’. The most popular hypothesis is that Roman soldiers encountered this religion during military excursions to Persia.

While it is widely accepted that the Mithraic New Year and the birthday of Mithras was on 25 December and was celebrated on this day as part of the Roman Natali’s Invictus festival, others have argued that the Natali’s Invictus was a general festival of the sun, and was not specific to the Mysteries of Mithras. Nevertheless, it is clear that 25 December was an important day for the Romans and revolved around a celebration of the sun.

There are, however, a number of reasons to suggest that Jesus was probably not born in December. Firstly, Luke 2:8 states that on the night of Jesus’ birth ” there were also in that same country shepherds living out of doors and keeping watches in the night over their flocks.” Many scholars agree that this would have been unlikely in December, as shepherds would have been keeping their flock under cover during the cold winter months. Some scholars have stated that shepherds would not watch their flock overnight in December but would keep them under cover. ‘The Good Shepherd’ from the early Christian catacomb of Domitila/Donatella (Crypt of Lucina, 200-300 CE). ( Wikimedia Commons ). Secondly, it is written in the Bible that Joseph and Mary travelled to Bethlehem to register in a Roman census (Luke 2:1-4). However, such censuses were not taken in winter, when temperatures often dropped below freezing and roads were in poor condition.

The Pagan solstice dates to celebrate the return of the sun (…son) were absorbed into the Christian calendar so that there would be a link to encourage pagans to give up their beliefs and gods and move to Christianity. Some claim to have found a lot of pangamic parallels and similarities with Christianity, particularly in the cult of the god Attis. Attis was associated with the goddess Cybele. The cult of Attis was a religion which involved orgiastic rites and rituals. The priests of the religion, the Gallai, were eunuchs. This requirement was part of a re-enactment of one of the principle myths regarding Attis and Cybele. It is also claimed that Attis was born on December 25th and that he was born of the virgin, Nana, and that Attis died on a tree and rose from the dead. Or of Isis, the Egyptian goddess who fed the Nile with her tears and, in the past, was responsible for nurturing Pharaoh and giving him his divine power to govern Egypt effectively. Mithra, the sun-god of Mithraism, said to be born on December 25th, but also Osiris, Horus, Hercules, Bacchus, Adonis, Jupiter, [Nimrod]/Tammuz, and other sun-gods were also supposedly born at what is today called the ‘Christmas’ season, the winter solstice!” (“The Two Babylon’s” by Alexander Hislop, p.93.)

When King Constantine converted to Christianity in the fourth century, he had quite a challenge ahead of him with regard to converting an empire full of pagans. It was therefore decided to celebrate the birth of Jesus on a date that was already sacred according to pagan traditions. So as a compromise with paganism and in an attempt to give the pagan holidays Christian significance, it was simply decided that the birthday of the Sun God would also be the birthday of the Son of God. The Catholic Encyclopedia quotes an early Christian with saying, “O, how wonderfully acted Providence that on that day on which that Sun was born…. Christ should be born”.

Isa al-Masih (Christ) is stolen from us and renamed because King Constantine felt his god was superior to the Christ and it was done to make it easier for his Pagani Empire to convert..

Biblical Evidence Shows Jesus Christ Wasn’t Born on Dec. 25
https://www.ucg.org/…/biblical-evidence-shows-jesus-christ-…

You can reach Steve Erdmann – at  – dissenterdisinter@yahoo.com or independenterdmann@gmail.com.
You can friend him at Facebook https://www.facebook.com/stephen.erdmann1  – or –  visit the Dissenter/Disinter Group – at –  https://www.facebook.com/#!/groups/171577496293504/. 
His Facebook email is http://facebook.com/stephen.erdmann1.
You can also visit his articles at the following:
http://www.minds.com,
http://www.ufospotlightwordpress.com,
http://www.ufodigestblog.wordpress.com,
http://www.ufodigest.com,
Alternate Perception Magazine: http://www.apmagazine.info/,
https://www.facebook.com/TheUniversalDigest/?__tn__=%2Cd%2CP-R&eid=ARB3i9eJwirzOvkPMA5RwMhIUX-3xSP69ME1YHZhQjeSqnxoiNgzhKt1WVX8EUlupUgLBVzd_mX-VXAN


 





I can’t believe my Eyes!

Believing is not Seeing

Posted on  by steveerdmann      Rate This

“There is only one cause of unhappiness: the false beliefs you have in your head, beliefs so widely spread, so commonly held, that it never occurs to you to question them.”  Anthony De Mello

By: Steve Erdmann

A similar article can be found at https://wordpresscom507.wordpress.com/2021/11/12/believing-is-not-seeing/

              BREAK AWAY MAN

It is always refreshing when trained and thoroughly experienced investigators suggest fresh and overlooked avenues of a scientific phenomenon. Dr. John B. Alexander has done that with his ideas of a “step back process” to study precognitive sentient phenomena (PSP), of which UFOs are certainly a part, but only a part, of an all-encompassing and “anfractuous” phenomenon “beyond current comprehension”.

Dr. John B. Alexander, author of The Warrior’s Edge, speaks as a Green Beret combat veteran, a retired Colonel – U.S Army Project Manager at Los Alamos National Laboratory, NATO studies of nonlethal weapons, the National Research Council, Council on Foreign Relations, a consultant to the National Intelligence Council, the CIA, the U.S Special Operations Command, and the Army Science Board (UFOS: Myths, Conspiracies, andRealities, St. Martin’s Press, 175 Fifth Avenue, New York 10010, 2011, $25.99. 305 pages).

Alexander “DE myths” at the same time he supports the reality of the phenomena.  One of the major fallacies, he says, is that the government is in the “know” and THEY are out to cover up the facts. To the contrary, Alexander set up an Advanced Theoretical Physics Project (ATP) to try and discover if such an “inner sanctum” group exists. Alexander queried many very high-security, high-level personnel:  they all assumed THEY existed but no one knew who THEY were.

“The ultimate answer appears to be that nobody does have that responsibility,” says Alexander. “While this notion runs counter to all of the conspiracy theorists’ proclamations, that was the bottom line.”

The other myth he contends with, aside from THEY, is that surely the government must be expending large amounts of “black budget money” to study UFOs, crashed or otherwise; and it largely has to do with The Budget and priorities.

“As big as the DOD budget is, it remains the aforementioned zero-sum game, meaning for every project that gains funding, another must lose theirs,” says Alexander.  “Interdepartmental, as well as intradepartmental, battles over funding are vicious and played by the most ruthless, merciless bastards on the planet.”

The DOD is run by Program Objective Memorandum or POM.

Department of Defense and other government programs are “a continual process in which programs are constantly being evaluated with a myriad of comptroller vultures waiting to pounce on any perceived programmatic weakness,” says Alexander.  “Just note that most research and development programs, as well training funds, have taken tremendous cuts and are constantly under scrutiny as bill payers (sources from which funds can be transferred to other projects).” 

Funds are usually already dedicated to some current project and hawkish eyes plan theft on various levels; even Black Projects are not exempt from oversight: They have Technical Review Committees and bodies that determine what gets funded or not.

“With highly classified programs, there are fewer legislators involved in the process,” says Alexander, “but they are there.” The Department of Defense (DOD) fits under the Executive Branch, and everything comes together to the President of the United States, (even with his aides) “over everything: just because a program is Black does not allow underlings to determine the validity of reporting acquired information.”

MAKES NO SENSE

U.S government agencies usually run out of money long before they run out of projects with validated requirements.  When extralegal or clandestine means to move funds are attempted there are catastrophic results; huge cross-jurisdictional issues, resulting in Congressional and criminal investigations of misapplication of funds. Even “flexions” (powerful players who move seamlessly from opposing positions of power) are not agile enough to operate above all the sectors.  I am reminded of the eventual exposure of the BCCI banking scandal; as well as the Mafia-CIA associations in the 1960s; others.

‘When you consider the number of people who would have had access to critical information over a period of more than a half a century,” says Alexander, “the resulting silence on UFO matters does not make sense.”

Worse yet, when key individuals “express a personal interest in UFOs”, and they are mistakenly to mean their organizations accept responsibility or involvement in studying the phenomena – which they don’t have.

The truth of the matter is, says Alexander, that the government has never been able to get anything right – including UFO investigation. Just look at the mess they’ve made of things such as bungling secrecy, war, money, and other responsibilities on down the years.

OPEN ADMISSIONS

Surprisingly, the governments have disclosed from time to time, as individuals, that UFOs are real (as one example, Alexander cites Colonel General Igor Maitsev’s, Chief of Staff of the Soviet Air Dense Forces statement of March, 1990: “Skeptics and believers both can take this as official confirmation of the existence of UFOs”).  Generals, Presidents, Congressmen have stated their belief in the reality of UFOs.  What governments have not  been willing to do is to endorse a bogus theory or unequivocally uphold subjective and private fantasies.

“The probability of an all-out invasion by hostile extraterrestrials may rank in Hollywood, but it is deemed as an extraordinarily low probability by officials who would be responsible for organizing a human response,” says Alexander, “It is in this content that the role of the U.S government‘s involvement is studying UFOs should be examined.”

Instead, Alexander is impressed by “The Trickster” actions of PSP and the Catch-22 involved, which officials run away from and can’t handle, or they are somehow “held back.”

Alexander, however, doesn’t skimp on sensational PSP cases: one is the Cash-Landrum case; another is the March 16, 1967, Maelstrom Air Force Base case; the Robert Salas case; the December,1980 Royal Air Force at Bent waters, United Kingdom case; the Skin walker-ranch-Utah-Bigelow case; and many others. Unfortunately, the public (especially UFO ‘believers’) assumes the government has a deep interest in UFOs just because anomalies are reported.  Alexander says this is not true: “Large institutions are very bureaucratic in nature.”

Many officials are heavily restrained by ridicule to their careers if they spoke assertively on UFOs. Likewise, Alexander says: “There is no credible evidence that reverse-engineered ARV exist (Alien Reproduction Vehicles from UFO crashes).” THEY supposedly have captured the secrets of limitless energy at very low cost—which come under the ownership of the American people—and solve most of the “massive socio-economic problems” facing mankind.  This hasn’t  happened.

Apparently, as well, according to Alexander, Ben Rich of the super-secret Skunk Works, denies his previous alleged comments about ETs and Black Projects.

MENTAL PROBLEMS OF DEBUNKERS AND BELIEVERS

(“Irrational thinking will never be overcome by empirical evidence.” Jon Stewart, host of The Daily Show on Comedy Central.)

Particularly interesting is Alexander’s comments on skeptics and their psychological problems. Alexander lists cases of Precognitive Sentient Phenomena – some very startling and striking – and many suggesting that the extraterrestrial hypothesis is too limited.  The skeptics, he says, are not geared to study PSP because of mental defects:

“Nor is it likely that any amount of evidence would persuade them to change their minds.  While I consider myself to be rather skeptical of many claims, with good reason, they would better be classified as debunkers. The basic premise is that these anomalous events can’t be true, therefore they aren’t. If they cannot disprove the anomaly, they assume that the prosaic, commonplace answer has not yet been found – but they are equally confident that none exists.  Facts are not of consequence, just inconvenient details and often ignored.”

Alexander says such “debunkers” suffer from a mental disorder of sorts which he calls cerebral centrism, “a typical American position in which we believe that we are smarter than everyone else.”  Some believe that 99 percent of everything science will learn has already been discovered.  UFOs are usually reduced to ‘flares’ and ‘astronomical bodies.’

The debunkers reply on discussing weak cases, and their extrapolating to the whole field.  Debunkers believe in the impossibility of these events; however, as Hal Puthoff notes and Alexander says. “….they are not sufficiently skeptical to question the views – ones that often do not fit the facts of the situation – that are aligned with their own mythology.”  Fear, atheism, hostility towards religion, animus about new horizons in physics are known threads in the psychopathology of debunkers.

FRAUD AND PHANTASMAGORIA

The ‘flip side’ of this aberration-coin is just as frightening, if not more so.  Alexander acknowledges that a larger percentage of the population has elements of mental illness, particularly various forms of schizoid illness and schizophrenia.

“The fantasies associated with UFO phenomena are boundless…created an exotic tapestry…important downside for serious research…outrageous tales provide fodder for ad hominem attacks…having serious mental health problems is far greater than generally imagined…” (Pages 267-268)

The last two mentioned factors alone can be an epidemic that has scared away serious interest by the government and led to ventures like the riddance of the UFO Project by the Air Force and the creation of the Condon UFO Committee – as well as the continual avoidance by the public.  What do you do with blatantly uncontrollable phantasmagoria; and what about the accompanying fraud?

REVISIONISM

One added aspect is that of revisionism and obliteration of history:

  • For example, Alexander and Hal Puthoff have determined the mystical MJ-12 documents have originated in a real “Continuity of Government” (COG) plan created under President Eisenhower in the early post-World War II days, to prevent nuclear decapitation of the U.S government. The creation of the National Security Act, the National Security Council, and the Central Intelligence Agency emerged almost simultaneously, close to September 18, 1947, and near the MJ-12 date of September 24, 1947. The COG plan also created “hardened secret underground bases” and other “hidden subterranean facilities.”  The barebones description of MJ-12 dovetails with a “dearth of written substantiation” of the COG. UFO enthusiasts doctored such classified documents and weaved a tale of extraterrestrial cover, and the UFO community further took the myth to all-time heights.
  • A local St. Louis UFO Study Group does the same historical “revisionism” recreation, playing with facts and dates, even subtlety using innuendo for added distortion. The Study Group was basically “kicked off” in earliest meetings in the first few months of Winter/Spring 1967 under the tutorship and direction of UFO authority John Schuessler, at the time, an engineer at McDonnell-Douglas Aircraft, and St. Louis A.P.R.O and N.I.C.A.P members (including August Hearst, Arthur Epstein, Ray Nelke, Cliff Palmberg, Richard Phillips, David Schroth, for a few) who sent out press and news releases and had public announcements in local newspapers, including Walt Andrus’ Skylook Magazine.  After a few years, and newer members, the group decided to incorporate under Missouri law in 1971. Much later, narcissistic, and biased members, wishing to bolster their standing in the UFO community and hide these earliest facts, stated that they somehow heralded the creation of the Study Group and that the Study Group was created near their membership times:
  • A likewise situation would be that President Obama or President Clinton, and their “administrations,” claimed that the true beginnings of the Republic and Confederacy of the United States began with them, and not mention the earliest sparks of origin in William Penn, Paul Revere, Thomas Jefferson, Benedict Arnold, George Washington, Patrick Henry, Daniel Dulany, John Page, Richard Henry Lee, William Randolph, Peyton Randolph, Betsy Ross, John Berry, Gilbert Mutier, John Marshall and many others who lit the fires of America. Or, claim that Constantine in 328 A.D, by dedicating the Basilica of St. Peter – or possibly Pope Gregory –  as the first, true and real beginnings of the Christian Church, avoiding, hiding and failing to mention the original twelve disciples including Matthew, Mark, Luke, John, Judas, Peter, Thomas some 300 odd years earlier.

The revisionist’s goal is narcissism, ego-satiation, and fantasy: not full and true history (Alexander spends considerable time analyzing Philip Corso’s tale on Roswell as one example of possible historical embellishment).

(Steve Erdmann has prepared a large volume of material on the original creation of the Study Group available for the first time and purchasable at the given below address at the cost of $30.00 a volume)

QUESTIONING CONCLUSIONS

(“You cannot depend on your eyes when your imagination is out of focus” Mark Twain.)

John Alexander is to be commended for his attempts to bring added insight, with a seasoning of common sense, to the topic of UFOs and PSPs, though one can still wonder about some of his conclusions.  For example, if PSPs have cases of unfriendly, even destructive, happenings (such as physical damage, like radiation burns, animal mutilations), how can people in government keep saying “there is no threat”?  And if UFO stories and PSP phenomena are so awash in mental illness and hoaxing, what would asking the public to get into a reporting frenzy invite (page 270): would we not be inundated with a flood of liars?  Should we not first contend with these blockages before rather than as we venture ahead? It is hoped that Alexander will address these topics further.

“Based on credible witnesses and backed by Physical evidence, I conclude that UFO observations are manifestations of issues that are anfractuous and beyond current comprehension,” concludes Alexander. “The extraterrestrial hypothesis is but one possibility, and probably not the best fit with the facts…we must beware of the Puzzle Paradox that plagues the field with UFOs we are still collecting various disparate pieces…contumacious puzzle.”

Those wishing to contact Steve Erdmann may reach him at independenterdmann@gmail.com

                                                             ################################

Share this:

Customize buttonshttps://widgets.wp.com/likes/index.html?ver=20211111#blog_id=100462860&post_id=24931&origin=wordpresscom507.wordpress.com&obj_id=100462860-24931-618edab99a4ad

Tricks of the MindAugust 9, 2017In “ARCHAEOLOGY”

Ghost Busting UFOsJuly 1, 2017In “Conspiracy”

The Hidden ReichAugust 7, 2017In “ARCHAEOLOGY”Posted in Alien abductionAlien HybridAngelic HybridARCHAEOLOGYBad KarmaBL4 Lab Biological WeaponsCenter for DiseaseChina A VirusCommerceConspiracyCoronaCorporate ControlCrimeDavid IckeFinanceFlu VaccinationForced VaccinationHistoryHIVHuman NatureInvestigative ReportingKafkaesqueMind ControlNazismNew SciencePandemicParanormalPedophilaPhantasmagoriaQuarantineSadismSarsScience-fictionSlaverySurrealismUfologyUFOsUncategorizedWhistleblowingWuhanTagged ConspiracyConspiracy Investigative ReportingCosmologyEconomicsEsotericHistoryMind InfiltrationParasychologyPoliticsUFOsEdit

The Age of Flying Saucers – On the 74th Anniversary: The Real UFO Disclosure

1947

Kenneth Arnold Warned The World …

Flying Saucers Are Here

(Image above courtesy of UFOInsight.com)

https://www.ufoinsight.com/ufos/sightings/kenneth-arnold-sighting-modern-ufo-era

*******

The Age of Flying Saucers

On the 74th Anniversary

By Robert D. Morningstar

Kenneth Arnold Interview – 30 years later in 1977 – After 5 years and 15 Million UFO Witness Accounts He Spoke Again

  The Real UFO Disclosure:

2020

AI: The Plan to Invade Humanity

The Movie That Spawned Pentagon’s Alien UFO Disclosures, Predicted Bioweapon, Caused POTUS Reaction

Google, Facebook, Neuralink Sued For Weaponized AI Tech Transfer, Complicity To Commit Genocide In China

Click the Link below to Hear:

An Interview with Cyrus Parsa

https://rumble.com/vizt6t-movie-spawned-pentagons-alien-ufo-disclosures-predicted-bioweapon-caused-po.html

https://rumble.com/vizt6t-movie-spawned-pentagons-alien-ufo-disclosures-predicted-bioweapon-caused-po.html

AI – The Plan to Invade Humanity Trailer

1999

Fa Lung Gung Leader Li Hong Jr

Warned Humanity

Fa Lung Gung Founder Li Hong Jr

Interview with Li Hongzhi – TIME

http://content.time.com/time/world/article/0,8599,2053761,00.html 

TIME: Why does chaos reign now?
Li: Of course there is not just one reason. The biggest cause of society’s change today is that people no longer believe in orthodox religion. They go to church, but they no longer believe in God. They feel free to do anything. The second reason is that since the beginning of this century, aliens have begun to invade the human mind and its ideology and culture.

TIME: Where do they come from?
Li: The aliens come from other planets. The names that I use for these planets are different . Some are from dimensions that human beings have not yet discovered. The key is how they have corrupted mankind. Everyone knows that from the beginning until now, there has never been a development of culture like today. Although it has been several thousand years, it has never been like now.

The aliens have introduced modern machinery like computers and airplanes. They started by teaching mankind about modern science, so people believe more and more science, and spiritually, they are controlled. Everyone thinks that scientists invent on their own when in fact their inspiration is manipulated by the aliens. In terms of culture and spirit, they already control man. Mankind cannot live without science.

1959

Ed Wood Warned Humanity

Wood Predicted Electronic Zombiefication of Humanity

& 5G Technology

Mockingbird Mass Media Ridicule Blocked the Warning



Plan 9 from Outer Space Colorized Version

Full Movie 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7LqJdVplOvY


烙

image.png

Kenneth Arnold – June 24th, 1947

*******

Night Vision Photo of An Actual Alien Abduction Photo Taken by US Army Sergeant Who Was Unable to Stop It Read Jacques Vallee’sMessengers of Deception” & Dr. Karla Turner’s “A Masquerade of Angels

2021

Robert Morningstar Warns Humanity

Demonic Aliens Are Here To Harvest Minds, Bodies and Souls

*******

Only Christ Can Save the World”

Call to Him and He Will Come

*******

Pro Christo Rege

The Face of Christ The King

Image Captured by RDM (1974)

“I AM The Light of the World … I AM The Way, The Truth and The Light …
No Man Comes To The Father, But By Me”

In secula seculorum



World without End



RDM

The Day After UFO Disclosure

June 25th, 2021

Professional Commentary After US Government’s “Faux UFO Disclosure”

On Fri, Jun 25, 2021 at 8:38 PM xtronus@protonmail.com <xtronus@protonmail.com> wrote:

Well here it is, the vaunted congressional UAP Task Force Report, unclassified
version (they purportedly are reporting the good stuff to those morons in
the congress). We are the people that have been begging for an
authorative information release.

It is insulting.

OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR OF NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE
Preliminary Assessment:
Unidentified Aerial Phenomena
25 June 2021

Click to access Prelimary-Assessment-UAP-20210625.pdf

Robert Morningstar <robert.morningstar@gmail.com>12:49 AM
to xtronus@protonmail.com, 

Hello, Xtronus,


Thanks for the copy …

We all know that No ONE is better at “B.S.-ing” the public than the Deep State and the US Government, so no one in this group should have been surprised by the ‘Nothingness’ of this report. I got to the 4th paragraph and realized what a farce this is when I read:


“Assumptions
Various forms of sensors that register UAP generally operate correctly and capture enough real
data to allow initial assessments, but some UAP may be attributable to sensor anomalies.”

I’ve been cautioning people on radio and emails for weeks, reminding them that this is the same official US government that to this day still claims that Lee harvey oswald shot President Kennedy ALONE and that Oswald fired ONLY  2 bullets, one of which caused 11 wounds in the President and Governor Connally.It is the same “official” government that claims that the Gulf of Tonkin Attack, which mired us in Viet Nam, was real; that Saddam Hussein had WMDs soas to justify the First Gulf War, and that 19 crazy Jihadis brought down the World Trade Center Towers  alone ,then whacked the Pentagon To justify US military invasions in the Middle East to produce 20 years of the perpetual warfare state (filling the coffers of the military industrial complex).


We are dealing with pathological liars, and the ONLY “truth” that will come out of such cabal will be the next smokescreen through the next “Big Lie.”


This UFO Disclosure document is simply another “chit sheet” to requisition billions of dollars (if not trillions) more to confront another false threat to the  “National InSecurity State.”
As I’e said before, quoting  Alfred Lambremont Webre:


“We are the Disclosure.”

Best regards,

🐬
RDM
Kim Burrafato1:22 AM
to TimxtronusBruceChristenLorienJamesRobert,

If you believe that the vast US national security apparatus doesn’t know more than they’re claiming in this obvious whitewash then you might as well believe in Santa Claus and the Tooth Fairy. Disgusting is the first word that comes to mind. The conclusions of the Robertson panel remain in effect.

On Jun 25, 2021, at 10:13 PM, Tim Ventura <tim@timventura.com> wrote:

Hey Robert –

The report conclusions are what’s important.

The USG has officially stated:


1. UAPs are real, physical objects.

2. They’re intelligently controlled.

3. They pose a flight safety & national security risk.

4. They appear to utilize advanced technology.

5. We can’t explain them fully until science advances more.


They softened the conclusions to avoid causing a panic, but if you read carefully they seem to be confirming what Elizondo has said.


So, after 70+ years, UFOs are “officially real”


Sincerely;

Tim Ventura

Robert Morningstar wrote
1:50 AM 

Hello,  Tim,

Thank you for your prompt reply.

Let me say that I, for one, don’t need the US Government to “tell me” or “confirm” for me that UFOs are real.


My reality is not dependent on US Government approval or authorization.


The one good thing to come of this, I’ll grant you, is that honest people can no longer be ridiculed or accused of being “crazy” or “conspiracy theorists”  fo reporting a UFO sighting, but the fact is that we know no more today than we did the day before yesterday as to the true relationship(s) and treaties between the US, UN,  or World Governments and the alien presence.

LOL .. I also think it’s funny that they changed the lexicon for UFOs to UAPS, which if you know want to know the truth sounds to me like another sick joke on us if we pronounce it like I read it, which I read as:


“You-Apes!”

Best regards,

🐬
Robert
Robert Morningstar <robert.morningstar@gmail.com>2:13 AM
To Tim ventura

Tim,


We have yet to consider the possibility that China or Russia (or even NWO/Illuminati/Bilderberger global  corporatists) could have made secret deals (sub rosa UN oversight) with the Alien Technocracy to exchange “goods” (humans, territory, and “rangin rights) in return for alien  technology transfers  as has been rumored  was done by the Nazis with aliens or even the USG in the 1940/50s with the Grey Presence.


That’s why I referred to secret treaties or pacts held with the Alien technocracy, as was recommended be done by Robert oppenheimer and Albert Einstein in their June 1947 letter to MJ 12, which specifically cited the  negotiation of a secret treaty with “Them,”. which would grant them “settlement rights” but would keep their presence on Earth hidden from Mankind. 


That is obviously the recommendation that the USG  pursued, leading to a very radical break in policy vis-a-vis secrecy now.  
Why?  👁

The question for me remains:
Why would the Aliens demand a break in the “secrecy clause” at this time (a movement to end UFO secrecy which actually began 13 years ago with the aborted US Navy-sponsored UN General Assembly UFO Disclosure initiative, in which I and several others on this list were deeply involved)?

I think that’s some “Food for Thought”

🐬
M

Clayton Pickering8:33 AM
to Robert M. , 

Thanks, Bob.


NBC News headline stated:  

“UFO Report:  Government can’t explain 143 of 144 mysterious flying objects, blames limited data.”

Though, I have not viewed nor read the news of the report as of yet, what NBC’s remark reminds me of is a very subtle difference between the report today and the University of Colorado’s 1969 report on UFOs, better known as the Condon Committee Report (No committee was involved, btw).

Condon’s summary is what the media read and puffed whereas today’s report appears to be broader in limited scope (Oxymoronic) without the imprimatur deference of one man. Has the stigma been lifted once and for all? 

Correct my limited analysis from the cheap seats, guys.”

Clay Pickering

June 26th, 2021 — 8:54 a.m.

Art Wagner wrote

“I can assure you that, given they exist, these flying saucers are made by no power on this Earth.”

— President Harry S. Truman,
4 April 1950, at a White House press conference.

“It is my thesis that flying saucers are real and that they are space ships from another solar system. I think that they possibly are manned by intelligent observers who are members of a race that may have been investigating our Earth for centuries. I think that they possibly have been sent out to conduct systematic, long-range investigations, first of men, animals, vegetation, and more recently of atomic centers, armaments and centers of armament production.”

– Professor Hermann Oberth


“It now seems quite clear that Earth is not the only inhabited planet. There is evidence that the bulk of the stars in the sky have planetary systems.

Recent research concerning the origin of life on Earth suggests that the physical and chemical processes leading to the origin of life occur rapidly in the early history of the majority of planets within our Milky Way galaxy–perhaps as many as a million–are inhabited by technical civilizations in advance of our own. Interstellar space flight is far beyond our present technical capabilities, but there seems to be no fundamental physical objections to preclude, from our own vantage point, the possibility of its development by other civilizations.”

– Carl Sagan

“I happen to be privileged enough to be in on the fact that we have been visited on this planet, and the UFO phenomenon is real.”

– Edgar Mitchell

*******

Avise La Fin

Consider the End

Motto of the Kennedy Clan

M: Five (5) Cases of Military vs. Alien Encounters: In Regard to “Antarctica UFO Secrets” & Alien Invasion Op (June 12, 2021)

Dedicated to

James V. Forrestal

1st Secretary of Defense

The United States of America

*******


Nazi Haunebu UFOs over Antarctic

When I think of Nazi UFO encounters with Operation Highjump, I don’t imagine it as a Star Wars type of battle scenario using laser weapons on the frozen planet HOD, but more as a series very disruptive operations, which hamstrung the mission, killing confidence and eroding morale, using such tactics as making equipment fail using EMG forces, for example, to burn out electronics, disrupt communications, and make electro-magnetic instrumentation fail.


“Foo Fighters” caused static on radios and affected engine functions in bomber formations during WW2, so that kind of interference, not to mention the psychological impact of having Haunebu type UFO sightings and overflights of the fleet & ground forces, would certainly affect the minds and morale of the mission and create desire to abort any long term mission objectives.

We know that UFOs have caused electronic interference with car ignition, flight instruments and even sabotaged ICBM’s electronic circuitry in their silos at a distance (i.e., Malmstrom AFB in 1966).  


[Note: I see Jim Penniston’s name on this list, and I am sure that he would concur with me on this aspect of human/UFO contact, (like the Rendlesham Forest incident, 1980) i.e. in regard to the psychic & psychological effects of powerful magnetic fields and lights of unusual radiance upon the minds and the morale of mortal men during their encounters with UFOs]


Two such examples, for me, were the loss of the USN aerial reconnaissance aircraft that crashed into an Antarctic mountain, which I could ascribe to navigation instrument and/or altimeter instrument failure (reporting wrong altitude) cause by UFOs, as well, the sudden loss of an engine on Admiral Byrd’s flight to the South Pole. 
Imagine what the powerful EM field surrounding a Haunebu flying disk could do to a magnetic compass and other electronic devices used for ranging and bearing on aircraft, ships or ground vehicles.


This video (linked below) cites 5 examples of such unusual Alien vs. military encounters in which American, British  & Soviet military units came out on the short end in their encounters with Aliens and UFOS.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sgc3m1SL1OM

The first case cited (in Korea 1952) occurred within 5 years time of Operation Highjump and I would consider it typical of military vs. UFO encounters of that epoch.    


The “Tractor Beam” that was used by a UFO to raise Lt. Coyne’s Army National Guard helicopter 2,000 feet in altitude in just a few seconds time on October 18th, 1973, could explain certain mishaps like the loss of Admiral Byrd’s “Snow Crawler” during Operation Highjump.


The Soviet case of the “petrified soldiers,” which I learned of more than 2o years ago when I read the same CIA case file cited, is by far the most disturbing and harrowing of them all.


Tally Ho,”

🐬

  M

Addendum:

Admiral Richard E. Byrd’s

“DISCOVERY” EXPEDITIONS

1935-1935

*******

Operation Highjump

In Memoriam

James V. Forrestal

1st Secretary of Defense

The United States of America

*******

US Navy Antarctic Development Project Report

1947

Task Force 68

Click to access AntarcticFOIA.pdf

*******

There is a New Ocean in the South

https://www.nationalgeographic.com/environment/article/theres-a-new-ocean-now-can-you-name-all-five-southern-ocean

An Interview with UFO/SSP Whistleblower Mark McCandlish on Advanced Engineering Propulsion

An Interview with UFO/SSP Whistleblower Mark McCandlish

on Advanced Energy Propulsion

By Dr. Bruce Cornet, Phd.

Edited by Robert D. Morningstar

Mark McCandlish’s Cut-away of the ARV – Alien Reproduction Vehicle


I heard Mark give a talk at APEC (Alternative Engineering Propulsion Conference) hosted by Tim Ventura. 

I fear that his death at age 68 on 13 April 2021 was premature.

Was he exposing too much?

Mark Mccandlish wrote to me on Messenger on 7 July 2020 about the TicTac that a friend of his saw aloft multiple times “between Redding where I live, here in Northern California, and the state capitol, Sacramento.” 

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is arv-modern-lockheed-disc.jpg
Lockheed Flying Disk by Mark McCandlish

Below, I present our amazing conversation:

Conversation with Mark McCandlish on 7 July 2020, the day of the Roswell crash:

Bruce:

Hi Mark. Do you think we are close to disclosure after the Navy’s Official recognition of UFOs?

Mark:

Well, the real “hat trick” here is, those “tic tac” UFO’s are “ours”.  So the disclosure process will have to run through several cycles. 

First acknowledgement of the existence of these kinds of “craft,” which indirectly admits to the technology that includes a propulsion system that is capable of what is called “mass-modification” technology. 

You see, mass, in physics is the very thing that produces inertia and G-forces when you turn a corner in your car or even more so in a military aircraft.   I have personally experienced 9.3 G’s in the F-16  “Fighting Falcon”.

I blacked out. 

F-16 Fighting Falcon in Steep Climb by Mark McCandlish

The experienced Arizona Air National Guard Pilot was unfazed by the experience. If you can “modify the mass” of an aircraft– (in other words) make it somewhat less (massive), it means that the craft and its pilot or crew can withstand much higher turn rates without experiencing something in excess of 9 G’s. 

Some trained observers have stated that these Tic Tac UFO’s made turns that would produce G-forces in excess of 22 G’s.  (Deadly– but not so if you can modify the mass and make it far less.) 

The second phase of UFO Disclosure is admitting that we have the technology, but this in turn implies very strongly that we back-engineered it from UFO’s that crashed many decades ago.  I’ve seen evidence that we had possession and an understanding of such alien technology since at least the mid-1960’s (all very highly classified of course).

And the third phase of UFO/SSP (Secret Space Program) Disclosure would be that, well, yes- we did back engineer the technology from UFO crash recoveries, and yes, there is alien life “out there” in the cosmos, and it has been coming to Earth for many centuries– perhaps millennia.  And some of it isn’t friendly.

Mark continued:

You may wonder how I know this. 

Well, as it happens, I have a good friend who drives a semi-truck between Redding where I live, here in Northern California, and the state capitol, Sacramento.  When he is coming back north in the wee hours of the morning, he frequently encounters craft that look just like the renditions of the Tic Tac UFO’s

This typically occurs when he is around the town of Williams (on Interstate 5), and that lies maybe fifteen miles due west of Beale AFB, where the SR-71 Blackbird used to be kept and launched on surveillance missions over the former Soviet Union, Red China, and North Korea.  In fact my buddy, had an encounter with one passing directly over the freeway in front of his truck at about 3:30 AM (as I was talking on the phone with him).

ARV Flight Controls by Mark McCandlish

Bruce:

Thank you, Mark, for such a detailed explanation. The term “Alliance” is used today to refer to those supporting the Space Force. Could this Alliance be between humans and non-humans, who are building ARVs for both military and alien use? They provide technology. We manufacture replacement vehicles.  They live below ground. We live above ground.

Mark:

There is no question that there are many underground facilities, and in all likelihood connected by a vast, sophisticated tunnel system.  I have not seen any direct evidence of a Human-Alien alliance, or that we are building hardware for an off-world customer.  I did have a personal friend and former Green Beret, who began to open up about what he knew and participated in, starting in the mid-to-late 1970’s after his involvement in the Viet Nam War. 

He claimed that back in the 1970’s the U.S. military had figured out how to move through time and space; a kind of time-space teleportation system.  They could go just about anywhere or any time you can imagine.  They looked far into the future (from that time) and saw the Earth as a burned out cinder.  Lifeless.  Then they backed up year by year until they found the cause.  An alien armada showed up and began extinguishing all life and strip-mining the Earth of its resources.  We had nothing (no weapons) that could pose a defense against their superior technology.  So they mounted a program (Operation Pegasus) where the participants traveled back in time to Mars 65 million years ago– back when that planet had a molten core, a magnetic field and an atmosphere, along with a lush, Jurassic Park-like ecosystem. 

The purpose was to begin a weapons development program, that would have literally millions of years and thousands of Human generations to create a future defense for Earth.  Then, if and when breakthrough technology was ready for deployment, brought back up through time (yes, “back to the future”) to prepare for the defense of Earth. 

A Faux 3-D Joint Venture:
Flying Wing by Mark Mark McCandlish

Left Wing Tip & Screen Extension by Robert D. Morningstar

This program was and is largely responsible for the majority of UFO sightings here in the present time.  You may have noticed that even the UFO’s have appeared to improve in their performance and capabilities over the past sixty years.    That sounds like the by-product of a Human program.  You wouldn’t see that kind of thing coming from a civilization thousands or perhaps millions of years more advanced than us. 

Mark MCCandlish Spoke to the Alternative Engineering Propulsion Conference on November 21st, 2020
Editor”s Note: Ironically, Posted to YouTube on November 22nd 2020

In the midst of all this, the military forgot one thing:  that the Humans that went back millions of years to develop weapons would themselves evolve over time– to become a more intelligent, spiritual, and psychically-capable being.  Telepathy, telekinesis, healing injuries on others– the list goes on and on.  In the end, it may be that the Human mind itself, in its most advanced form, is the greatest weapon we could ever hope for.

Aurora Concept Vehicle by Mark McCandlish

Bruce:

So you believe that non-humans are not working with humans?

What about MILABs (Military-Industrial Laboratories)?

Yet you admit that we are being visited by ETs. I agree that significant progress has occurred with reverse engineering of alien crashed craft. Stories coming out of people who allegedly worked at Area 51 and S4 are either true or part of the coverup program to undercut public fear of an alien presence on Earth.

In other words, nothing here to report. All UFO sightings are military craft, just classified above top secret. Then comes the questions of abductions and telepathy. Gurdjieff says that there are multiple dimensions and worlds that overlap in part, just enough to explain ghosts and parallel world encounters.

Have you ever had missing time?

Mark:

I didn’t say that.  What I said was: I don’t believe that Humans are building advanced technology craft for off-world entities.  There’s a difference. 

Sure, they might be working “together” on a variety of programs, everything from biological and ecosystem problems to advanced technology.  Military abductions are very real.  I have friends who have experienced them. I’ve been with a contactee during an alien abduction in December 1989, and experienced an hour of missing time.  She was shown future events, including, the World Trade Center attack on 9-11-2001, the earthquake that devastated Banda Aceh, Indonesia (9.0 Richter) the earthquake that caused the great nuclear accident in Fukushima, Japan on March 11, 2011. 

And she saw “THE” major quake on the San Andreas Fault in California which has yet to happen.  The aliens told her they would perform a “mass landing” near Mojave, California after that event.  

My Special Ops friends know about the teams that perform these operations and the hand-held aerosol can they use to knock out a target instantly.  Generically, it is called “The Angel of Death in a Can” or known by its chemical formula: Tryptomethylchloride. 

It instantly raises Melatonin production in the body by 85%, essentially putting you to sleep.  Too much will kill you.  It has a chemical half-life in the body of less than five minutes, beyond which it is undetectable by pathological exam. 

I never said ALL UFO reports are highly classified craft.  I said a large portion of these sightings are; (about 85% are human built and operated).  The other 15% are off-world or alternate dimensional entities. 

Telepathy is real.  Some of those advanced humans from the Mars program “Pegasus” are fully capable of this, have brought their genetic traits back up through time and have had children in the present who manifest some of these abilities.  I have met a few of them. 

ARV & Hovercraft by Mark McCandlish

Telepathy, healing (or killing) at a distance, telekinesis.  A friend of mine was tasked with killing the last leader of North Korea, Kim Jong Il by stopping his heart.  He could do a consciousness insertion evaluate a person’s health status read their thoughts and help or harm as directed.  He could not understand Jong Il’s thoughts, because they were in the man’s native language.  Then they directed him to have a heart attack.  Weeks later, the military infected my friend with genetically modified, highly virulent strain of MRSA, and he was dead three months later.  That’s how they repay their assassins.  I’ve experienced ghosts, and parallel world encounters, and know of a building that has a time bridge portal running through it back to the 1600’s.  The “ghosts” seen there are all in colonial-era dress, and seem genuinely as frightened as the present-day residents who witness them. 

On one occasion, the resident came home on his birthday, wondering why he had not heard from any from any of his friends.  He entered the kitchen, put down his groceries to see his living room “…full of men and women in colonial dress, dancing to the music of a string quartet.  He recognized NO ONE. 

When he went to the living room doorway, and said, “Who ARE all of you people, and what are you doing in my home?”  The crowd turned to gaze upon him with a look of terror, then vanished!  And that wasn’t the only incident of that type.

Bruce:

Thank you for clarifying your statements. Much appreciated. I have a friend in Miami who is one of those ETs in a human biosuit. Would you like to hear first hand information from the alien side? I can put you in touch with her. I know she would be fascinated with your story.

Can I share our conversation with her?

Mark:

Certainly.  But let me ask you:  How do you know that her claim is true?

TR-3 By Mark McCandlish

Bruce:

She is either certifiably nuts, or the information, names of species, names of planets, names of ET contacts, and hundreds of drawings, as well as her education and history with the nuclear industry (power plants) supports her claims of government surveillance.  There is an uncanny correlation with what other ET contacts and insiders have disclosed, but with a level of personal detail only someone who flies with her ET handlers almost weekly at night could know.

As an observer, her story is amazing. George Filer recommended her to me. She claims to be the only one of her kind, and was put on Earth as a portal guard at her home in Miami, where with an exotic tropical garden and crystal layout she says she is a “Soldier Sentry.”

Mark:

I’d rather not get involved with any of that. By the way, I have to get back to work … Perhaps we can continue at another time.

Bruce:

O.K. Thanks … Let’s do that.”

End of Conversation

Bruce Cornet, Phd.

July 7, 2020 on the day of the Roswell UAP crash, 73 years later.

Mark McCandlsih & The ARV

In Memoriam

Mark McCandlish

Editor’s Note:

Mark McCandlish died on April 13th, 2021 in his home on Redding, CA of a shotgun blast to the head.

Shasta County Coroner’s official report cites his death as a “Suicide” from self-inflicted gunshot wound.

Mark McCandlish spoke to his friend, Rick Price, late that day (April 13th) and Mark told him that he was going to rest and would call him later. Mark also spoke to his girlfriend later and told her that he would speak to her when he went to work at her animal shelter. When Mark did not show up for work and he failed to call her, Mark’s girlfriend, who had a key to his home, went there to look for him, and found his body, dead from a gunhot wound to his head.

A colleague of Mark McCandlish, a member of a UFO/SSP Disclosure group with which Mark McCandlish was associated, wrote on May 10th, 2021:

“Regarding Mark McClandlish suicide with shotgun blast to his head.  He was going to testify for Senate UFO/UAP meeting in June.   His testimony would have destroyed the “we haven’t made much progress” narrative. Also the one who showed the Tic Tac was actually USAF SSP drone … That would also destroy that narrative, came out and reversed and said he made it up.  Mark probably didn’t go along.  It’s an agenda.  It’s complicated for sure.”

*******

Robert D. Morningstar, Editor/Publisher of The UFO Spotlight, a friend and colleague of Mark McCandlish since the June 2014 Secret Space program – Breakaway Civiliation Conference that was held in San Francisco, and Rick Price, a close friend (for more than 20 years) who was one of the last people to speak to Mark McCandlish find that conclusion dubious, doubt the “official story,” and reject that conclusion.

Finally, it has been reported by one official that “several Federal agencies are investigationg the death of Mark McCandlish.’ If Mark’s death was, in fact, just a “suicide,” the editor asks:

Why should further investigations by multiple agencies of the US government be necessary?

I reject the ‘official story.”

Robert D. Morningstar

May 10th, 2021

New York City

*******

Join our Crusade Against Fake News

A Personal Request for support:

How to make a Tax-deductible Contribution

to Help The Morningstar Report Continue Newscasting

The UFO SpotlightI is an online E-zine that is a part of The Morningstar Report, which broadcasts bi-weekly on Sundays at 3 pm Estern on studio A and on mondays at 10 pm Eastern on Studio B

@ www.Revolution.Radio

I’m calling on our readers and supporters because we need your help to continue to send out our Torrent of Truth news stream, here, on YouTube, Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn and other social media platforms.

This is all part and parcel of our Crusade Against Fake News, corporate dictatorship and government tryanny on both sides of our borders, in Europe, Australia and around the world.

You can help The Morningstar Report continue newscasting by helping sponsor our radio, video broadcasts, news transmissions with a tax-exempt donation to The Morningstar Report.Your donation will help us continue research, investigations and radio broadcasting by contributing through our sponsor Global Peace Media.Please click the link below to make your tax-exempt donation today:

http://globalpeacemedia.org/morningstarreport.html

The Unnatural Universe!

They came – They saw – They conquered! 

The Psychrophiles Wraith_attack

The Psychrophiles Are Coming!

By:

Steve Erdmann

Part I

Copyright, C, Steve Erdmann, 2013
This article was previously published in The UFO Digest –  May 1 through May 7, 2013.
It is printed here with permission.
ufodigest.com/article/psychrophiles-are-coming-0501-0406

Reviewers and journalists can quote small portions as long as they give full credits to the original article.

Asimlar article can be seen at https://wordpresscom507.wordpress.com/2017/08/12/the-forgotten-visitors/

Marshall Karlfeldt explores the work of the late Zecharia Sitchin from The Earth Chronicles (Sitchin’s meticulous translations of thousands of Sumerian cuneiform tablets concerning the history of the earliest human civilization).  The tablets contain The Epic of Enuma Elish (The Story of Creation) and The Epic of Gilgamesh, as explained through the works of Sitchen’s deciphers, a civilization some 450,000 years ago from a far distant world called Nibiru.  

(Adam, The Missing Link: The New History of Mankind’s Creation, Marshall Karlfeld, Trafford Publishers, 1663 Liberty Drive, Bloomington, In. 47403, CustomerSupport@trafford, 1-888-232-444, 812-339-6000, www.trafford.com, 2009, 66 pages, $38.95.)

Book Cover

ANUNNAKI

The book contains extremely handsome and elaborate photographs, professionally exquisite graphic charts, illustrations that are well worth the cost: outlining the arrival and rise of an alleged civilization called the Anunnaki; Gilgamesh, the king of Urek; Ekidu, a cloned humanoid of the Anunnaki; Lord Enki, the chief genetic engineer; and Gilgamesh’s mother as an Anunnaki Divine Princess; Gilgamesh’s father was human.

The 6th tablet tells about Princess Ishtar who lusts after Gilgamesh but is rejected by him. Furious, Ishtar travels from an orbiting mothership to Urek, stealing the “Bull of Heaven” from Leader Anu, and uses the laser-device to blast the streets of Uruk killing hundreds of people.  Gilgamesh and Enkidu destroy “The Bull” as Ishtar retreats.

CYLINDER VA/243

Cylinder seal VA/243 is about 4,500 years old.  The story on the cylinder tells of Anunnaki leaders: the Commander Enlil and Genetic Engineer Enki are shown experimenting with animals, says Klarfeld.

The same diagrams show the alleged solar system with 10 planets; Nibiru is supposedly the 10th planet.

CARL SAGAN

Klarfeld, as also so many other people, believes that a double entendre’ existed in the beliefs and statements of scientist Carl Sagan; Sagan always intended his words provoke additional thoughts on controversial topics, says Klarfeld.  In Sagan’s 1985 book Contact, his photograph held behind him a “sentient belief” in Sumerian stories of the Anunnaki.  Sagan once named a spaceship as Gilgamesh. It was Sagan that said: ‘Somewhere, something incredible is waiting to be known.”  Klarfeld adds: “I suspect that Dr. Sagan was a believer who wanted to signal his beliefs, without overtly confronting the scientific community.”

THE ENUMA ELISH EPIC

Klarfeld summarizes that The Enuma Elish Epic predated the Hebrew Book of Genesis, and is the bases for the Genesis creation account.  It is the original creation story that was transmitted orally from the Anunnaki. The Epic came to rest eventually in the form of seven cuneiform tablets.

(Why the Anunnaki didn’t use their advanced knowledge and technology to transmit history, as such, in a superior and very solidified means other than ‘oral’ and primitive ‘tablets’ is a curiously tantalizing question.)

THE SEVEN DAYS OF CREATION

Genesis spoke of seven days of creation. There were “seven” tablets relaying the Sumerian tale, said Sitchin. In Genesis, God saw on the 7th day that creation is good, and then He rested; in the Sumerian accounts, the ‘god’ created in the length of ‘six tablets,’ but on the last and 7th tablet, ‘god’ heralded and examined his creation. In the Sumerian seven tablets, creation was portrayed. In Genesis, God created and praised His creation in ‘seven’ days.

The Psychrophiles Zacharia-Sitchin
Zecharia Sitchin, Supporter of Planet Nibiru and of the Anunnaki

NIBIRU AND PLANETS AS ‘GODS’

The Enuma Elish tale, according to the late Zacharia Sitchin, named the planets of the solar system in the form of ‘gods’: Sun, Moon, nine planets, and Nibiru as the 10th planet. Starting from the Sun, they are Apsu (which is the Sun), Mummu, Lahamu, Tiamat (the Earth), Kishar, Arislar, Anu, Ea (Neptune). Apparently, Pluto is disowned and disenfranchised by Anunnaki and present-day scientists. Translating the personified conversations in the tale, the solar system was very mobile, causing all kinds of havoc and destruction until the sun stabilized their movements.

The Psychrophiles towerofbabel
Tower of Babel built to Symbolize Seven Stellar gods 

Earth’s moon is called Kingu, and the moon of Nibiru is called “Northwind.” When Nibiru came close to Earth in its 3,600-year orbit around the sun, ‘Northwind’ careened into the Earth about 225-million-years ago, fragmenting Pangea into continents, causing new orbits for Tiamat (Earth) and Nibiru. The asteroid belt was referred to as the Hammered Bracelet.

LIFE ON A COLD PLANET

If Sitchin was correct, the inhabitants of Nibiru evolved on a planet that had no ‘goldilocks’ zone from a central sun precisely at the adequate distance for life as we know it. That meant that Nibiruites must have had a very peculiar evolution.

Has there ever been precedence in the UFO lore of beings evolving on a “cold planet”? Yes, there have been a few, one in particular: the stories of the late Richard Sharpe Shaver and the late Raymond Arthur Palmer.

The Psychrophiles Shaver and Palmer download
Richard Sharpe Shaver and publisher Ray A. Palmer

THE TRADITIONS OF SHAVER AND PALMER

Through a period of about 1943 to 1977 the publisher of Amazing Stories Magazine, Ray A. Palmer (affectionately referred to as RAP), promulgated accounts of Richard Shaver’s journey into a Hidden World. Shaver, somewhat of a bohemian character who grew up with science-fiction and a dabbling of science, had also, for the most part, been an adventurer from occupation to occupation, talent to talent, territory to territory. Shaver also had an enlarged imagination as he discovered one day while working as a welder in a Detroit auto factory: voices were coming from his welding equipment; the voices were describing obscene depictions, and generally detailing outlandish events of another reality.

Right away, many would be quick to say that Shaver was probably schizophrenic or somehow mentally ill, but Palmer was swift to point out to Shaver’s detractors that much more was happening to Shaver.  Palmer based that opinion on scientific verification of Shaver’s claims. There also existed modern theories on exactly what the brain perceives amidst the latest traditions of quantum physics.

(One is reminded of the movie scene in A Beautiful Mind where schizophrenic John Nash, played by Richard Crowe, was observing the reflections of glass and crystal and seeing great mathematical possibilities: to quote the Halexandria Foundation: “On the one hand, there is the supposition that all of reality is an illusion. As discussed in Mass, the universe is nothing more than a figment of our prolific imaginations, a phantasm. That may be, but on a more, still-in-the-midst-of-this-life’s-drama level, we can ask about the degree to which we may be imagining — and/or creating — our own reality.” [Creating Your Perfect Reality])

The Psychrophiles abeautifulmind
In the Movie, A Beautiful Mind, John Nash (Actor Richard Crowe) Contemplates Unknown Mathematical Possibilities in Crystal Glass and a Tie.

The Psychrophiles Art MDJackson_Shaver_5-200x300
DELICATE CONNECTIONS

David Darling, an astronomer, and graduate of Sheffield and Manchester Universities in England, spoke of ancient and current practitioners to ‘brain tapping,’ as one example, that by-passes the brain as a modulator to confronting cosmic consciousness. Darling also spoke of Clive Wearing’s Korsakoff Disease (Korsakoff had to reconstruct reality and memory every few seconds):  “Cases such as these speak of more than just the fragile and constructed nature of self. They raise serious questions about the nature of time,” said Darling, “and the delicate connection between psychological time and physical reality. Could it be that time, likewise, is nothing more than a product of the way we think.”  (Soul Search, Villard Books, Random House, New York, 1995, p. 117.)

SANCTIMONIOUS RIGHTEOUSNESS

Darling and other scientists pointed to altered states of consciousness where perception exceeded normal restraints. The sanctimonious judgments of such people, others would say, were probably premature if not also suspect and neurotic.

BACK INTO SPACE

Palmer received a rather sketchy manuscript at his office at Amazing Stories Magazine telling of a vast underground civilization of demented creatures left on earth thousands of years ago by an Elder Race; this race possesses super-technology from their forefathers, who escaped earthly contamination by heading back into space.

The Psychrophiles nasa-ready-to-launch-ufo-flying-saucer-shaped-low-density-supersonic-decelerator-ldsd-rocket
Artist’s rendering of the proposed Mars Transfer Vehicle that would use NTR – Nuclear Thermic Rocket -Propulsion 

AMAZING STORIES

The beings that were left behind on earth are a composite of ‘The Good, The Bad, and The Ugly,’ to use a movie metaphor: abandero or dero, and the not-so-bad, sometimes good, tero. Dero kept themselves “Dosed-up,” so-to-speak, through their machines which allowed them to continue long but torturous lives of radiation poisoning from the sun.

The Tero were a little more fortunate, knew the danger of the destructive “de” from the Sun, as well as the mechanics of surviving in such a surrealistic world. Some Tero actually waged war against the Dero who had the advantage of combat with their Ben-ray, Stim-ray, Telesolidography, and Telepathic-Augmentor.

The Psychrophiles Amazing tumblr_nkgnqtOQ8P1r0t5x7o1_540

And then, there are the “surface dwellers”: we humans, who have to deal with apparitions, ghosts, poltergeists, surface-type diseases and other mysterious calamities.

IT’S HELL!

Out of such a rich but chaotic history grew the legends of other legends; tales of other tales; Atlantis, Lemuria, Mu, The Oahspe Bible, Hades (Hell), and hundreds of other sagas.

The Psychrophiles AmazingStories_1947
The Hidden Underworld

Palmer reconstructed Shaver’s story-line for Amazing Stories and presented the manuscripts in a serious vain and found himself avalanched by responses from thousands of readers with a chorus of “Real! This is really happening!”  Most were certifiably sane. Carl Sagan said and (quoted by Elz Cuya) “….renamed the scientific method, ‘the baloney detection kit.’  He admitted that science at times had been wrong.”

COLD PLANETS

If Shaver was insane, he also appeared correct, exampled by one such claim that the Elder Race lived on “dark, cold worlds,” away from deadly effects of space and sun radiation (exd) which carries “de, der, dir or d” ash, as compared to good matter – integrative energy – te, ter or t.

Like Zacharia Sitchin (1976), Emanuel Velikovsky (1950), Harold Jeffreys (1924), Shaver’s stories also told of cosmic catastrophe: Planets were dislodged, orbits realigned, and crash events occurred. The Elder Race feared none of this on their ‘dark planet’ of the Nortonean Race.

.

THE MEANING OF EVIL

Princess Vanic and other “Elder Gods,” as recorded in Shaver’s I Remember Lemuria (1948), lived on the ‘sunless Nor’: they were “Nortons” who could thrive in ‘dark space’; they were ‘Titans,’ ‘Atlans,’ and ‘Nor-tons.’ They did avoid the “black death” from the “masses of (the) poisonous particles” from any sun or star (also called ‘dis’ or ‘de’). Such poison eventually causes ‘radioactive disease’ known as ‘‘age.’’ 

Nortons were protected by a “carbon shell” canopy. Unfortunately, our sun, Sol, captured Nor and over many eons, the “shell” burned away about 30,000 years ago, allowing the destructive “de, der, dir or d” to enter the surface and cause havoc, disease, and aging. A residual “exd,” or ash, pushed back causing ‘gravity’ (A lot of Shaver’s ‘formulas’, said Palmer, have been found to be eventually true).

Not only was the capture of the “cold planet” a major epiphany-event but there were cataclysmic events and collisions of celestial bodies through the solar system.

This resulted in various legends.

LEGENDS

As mentioned, some legends appeared to be copies or remnant stories of other legends: issue tales of Atlantis, Lemuria, Mu, and Shaver’s strange “Mantong” language and alphabet where each letter denoted meaning: one word could seemingly have been a complete sentence or more.

When the “gods” left earth, they also abandoned superior machinery and diseased monsters that took “surface dwellers” into their Realm as “shanghaied slaves.”

Shaver died in November 1975 (same month I was confronted with the Kafkaesque world of the multi-billion-dollar Divorce Industry, Scam, and Racket). Ray Palmer died in August 1977, just two years after his dear friend Richard Shaver.

THE VISITOR

Donald Wesley Patten referred to such a mysterious celestial body moving tremulously through our solar system as “the Visitor” (The Biblical Flood and the Ice Epoch, Pacific Meridan Publishing Company, 1966, p. 139).  As a professional Geographer, M.A., Patten came to believe that a number of cosmic and planetary events disturbed the evolution of earth and its inhabitants. Rather than a “carbon shell,” Patten believed Earth had a “water canopy” (evidenced by a residual Van Allen Belt around the planet). The “canopy” was destroyed by a combination of events in the solar system. This “canopy” protected the earth from radiation and space debris (referred to in the Book of Genesis in the Scriptures as “the waters above”), allowing a rather deterioration-free world. The intimate details were in Patten’s book and related works of Immanuel Velikovsky and Jim Wentworth’s Giants in the Earth; but all theories and legends held questionable “gaps” and begged multiple queries as yet unanswered or challenged.

STORED INFORMATION DEVICES

Klarfeld answers numerous questions; I cannot say he will answer questions to everyone’s satisfaction. He examines Sumerian and ancient archeology through four categories: S.I.T – or – Stored Information Text (cuneiform tablets), S.I.Ts – or – Stored Information Tablets (cuneiform tablets), S.I.D – or – Stored Information Device (cylinder seals), S.I.Sc – or – Stored Information Sculpture (Ishtar statue, etc.), and S.I.S.t – or – Stored Information Structure (pyramids).

HANDS ON

The pyramids certainly seemed mysterious enough to be classified as possibly an actual alien “structure”: 2.3 million bricks in the Giza pyramid with a satellite view of being only two inches off at the apex.  This is a tolerance of 1/1,000,000 of an inch.

But the question seemed affordable to ask: why did the Sumerians, who consorted with the Anunnaki beings and leaders, not “demand,” or, at least, query their Creators about obtaining or inventing their super-technology? They could have insisted or campaigned as so that the Anunnaki put their laser, radio, and other advanced machinery at their disposal. Conversely, the Anunnaki could have circumnavigated cuneiform tablets and cylinder-seals and ‘had given’ the Eridue superior machines.

WIPEOUT

Why is there only history of the Anunnaki in the Mesopotamian civilization? Or, did the “Nephilim” do a very good job of keeping their existence of technology completely out of the hands of the Enkidu? Why allow ‘any’ technological transfer?

(Tantalizing questions are further posed in Part II of the curiosities of the Elder Gods and the reality of the planet Niberu.)

The Psychrophiles Are Coming!

Part II

CONNECTING THE DOTS OR NOT

Klarfeld offers the mysteries of Stonehenge as another bit of evidence of ancient super-civilizations. Klarfeld says the stones were erected on a prior 285-foot-diameter circle of 56 chalk holes. The Audrey Circle, say its defenders, is an early eclipse-computer with precise knowledge of celestial mechanics. Stonehenge’s earliest portion dates approximately 2950-2900 BCE, Middle Neolithic, and having enormous knowledge about the earth’s relation to celestial bodies, enabled as S.I.D and S.I.S.t devices.

ENGINEERING MARVELS

The Uruk, Nipper, Kishilarsa, Ur, Eridu, and Anunnaki peoples left many clues: stones, says Klarfield, that can only have been chiseled and moved by an advanced technology. One stone weighs over 1,200 tons; the St. Louis Gateway Arch weighs 900 tons. Some megalith stones are found raised 36 feet above the ground and end to end.

STONES

The pyramid of Giza (and several other pyramids) still defied complete explanation by its critics of an S.I.S.t.  Pyramid fascinations included: Its engineers knew of the proportions of “pi” and the Golden Mean, Pythagorean Triangles, thousands of years before Pythagoras lived. Passageways, said defenders, could not be produced with copper or bronze tools; the builders also knew the precise spherical shape and size of the Earth, Venus, Mars, and Mercury and star positions.

The Psychrophiles 111128_GR_pyramidFW.jpg.CROP.original-original
The Pyramids as a Grand Communication Tool

ATOMIC WAR

Sitchin’s legends told of the messenger Galzu, instructed by the Creator of All, telling the Anunnaki to save humanity and advance human civilization.  In “The Lost Book of Enki,” Enki and Enlil debated using “Weapons of Terror”: atomic-tipped missiles stored on earth and used in war: issue Sodom and Gomorrah, the “evil wind” (radiation fallout) which destroyed the Sumerian alien-hybrids. The Halexandria Foundation stated: “Unfortunately, Lot’s wife looked behind her, and was turned into a pillar of salt for her trouble. [6/22/06 – One reader, Paul Cilwa, had noted that ‘In Hebrew, the word used for ‘salt’ also means ‘vapor.’ Lot’s wife wasn’t turned to salt. She was vaporized. When Abraham got wind of the event, ‘he looked toward Sodom and Gomorrah, and toward all the land of the plain, and beheld, and, lo, the smoke of the country went up as the smoke of a furnace.’ (Genesis 19:28).]”

The Psychrophiles lots-wife-1
The Vaporization of Lot’s Wife

The Foundation continued: “The aftermath was so terrifying that Lot and his daughters fled to a cave, where the natural assumption was that the human race was doomed (i.e. no men to beget children). The daughters then took the next step of lying with their father, conceived, and ultimately bore sons.

“Notice how all of the ingredients in the Biblical story account for the destruction of the cities by a nuclear blast.”

RADIOACTIVITY

Possible clues also further substantiated the atomic war. Mark Hempsell of Bristol University, based on the cuneiform symbols in Planisphere tablets of a Sumerian astronomer, postulated a large asteroid passed over the area scorching 386,000 square miles and sending out debris and shock waves. The text spoke of:  “a white stone bowl being vigorously swept along.”

The cities, also known as Bab edh Dhra and Numeira, showed signs of fire from above as well as a “burn layer” at Numeira. “To this day, unnatural levels of radioactivity are found in the water of springs around the southernmost edges of the Dead Sea. One study confirmed that this radioactivity was sufficiently high to ‘induce sterility and allied afflictions in any animals and humans that absorbed it over a number of years. Further evidence of an explosion is being revealed by the falling level of the Dead Sea, which has in recent years dropped from 1,280 feet to 1,340 feet below sea level.’”

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sumer_anunnaki/godsnewmillemnium/godsnewmillemnium10.htm
The Psychrophiles sodomslide2
The City of Bab Edh Dhra – was it destroyed by an Atomic Blast?

ISOTROPIC

“The isolation of the fossil water body give it characteristic chemical and radioactive properties, including low values of radioactive tritium and radium and the presence of bivalent iron, which indicates a lack of oxygen. One study found that radioactive isotopes had been introduced into the surface layers and mixed throughout the water column before its stratification.”

http://eden-saga.com/en/ancient-nuclear-sodom-salt-lakes-nuclear-world-war.html
https://www.jehovahs-witness.com/topic/186108/jihad-sodom-gomorrah
http://redtodead.blogspot.com/2007/03/10-trade.html

“A strong correlation between radium activity and salinity was also evident in groundwater along the rift valley between the Sea of Galilee and the Dead Sea, as well as in groundwater from the Judea Group rocks in the Negev. The general rule is that in freshwater conditions, most of the radium remains in the aquifer rocks, while in saline conditions the radium escapes from the rocks and has high concentrations in groundwater. Other studies have established that groundwater with no oxygen also is typically enriched in radium.”

http://www.geotimes.org/may06/feature_RadioactiveWater.html

RADIATION AT HARAPPA

Based on evidence found at Harappa, could this not be the case at Sodom and Gomorrah as well?

“The levels of radiation registered so high on investigators’ gauges that the Indian government cordoned off the region. Scientists then apparently unearthed an ancient city where they found evidence of an atomic blast dating back thousands of years: from 8,000 to 12,000 years.”

http://www.philipcoppens.com/bestevidence.html.

The Psychrophiles mohenjo skeletons
Some were laid out as if in an Aerial Blast 

BY ANY OTHER NAME

Some artifacts are disputed, some disproven, some appeared to be hoaxes—-such as the Crystal Skulls. All in all, the accuracy of the Sumerian account boiled down to whether an inhabited planet came around our Sun from deep space.

Klarfeld says that legends title this mysterious Planet X as Marduk, The Winged Globe, Treta, Yuga, The Celestial Disk, and Nemesis.

Photos Extra Planet X 383_planet_9_art_1_1400
https://solarsystem.nasa.gov/planets/hypothetical-planet-x/in-depth/
Artist Conception of Planet X

NIBIRUIAN EVOLUTION

Could molecular life as we know it have existed on “dark planets” so far from radiant heat or warmth?

Life on planets in our solar system exists because of ideal or quasi-ideal “goldilocks” positions from a heat source in the universe that “sets the stage.” Mars probes and discoveries on Europa, the fourth-largest moon of Jupiter (which has a possible 50-mile-ocean-breeding-ground) gave wonder about the tenacity of life. Internal heat from volcanism and other factors inspired us to new and fresh viewpoints.

COLD AS HADES

Rare and bizarrely exotic life existed and evolved under the strenuously cantankerous and perhaps perilous conditions. Science seemed to indicate that life “yearns” to exist, even in hostilely macabre environments. In Oymyakon in the northern hemisphere, birds in mid-flight froze because the temperatures are so cold.  The Hot Spring of Sakha (“non-freezing water”) supported life in temperatures of -60-degree centigrade to -71.2-degree centigrade. Vostok, about 1,300 km from the South Pole has a low temperature of -128.6-degrees-farhenheit (and winds up to 60 mph), yet life was found. During Polar Night, in low oxygen at an 11,312-foot altitude, life abounded.

The Psychrophiles Bugs bugs_2a
Permafrost Life- Coldest Living Organisms – Cryptoendoliths
HYDROTHERMAL VENTS

.Scientists pointed to life in Chile’s cruelly dry Atacama Desert, the 10,000-foot-thick ice plateaus in Greenland, the 750-degree-fahrenheit hydrothermal vents on the ocean floor, and mitochondria in a microscopic “harsh world.”

The Psychrophiles Ocean blastomussa-coral-fluorescent-vojce-shutterstock_1024
Organisms Found in Deepest Part of  Ocean 

COLD SHOCK PROTEINS

Antarctica flourished with bacteria living because of ‘cold shock proteins,’ said Dr. William P. McGiven, and proteins carrying metabolic enzymes that allow ‘ice re-crystallization inhibition (RI) activity.’

https://microbewiki.kenyon.edu/index.php/Antarctica
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0005272814000917#f0010.
The Psychrophies archaeon 1-s2.0-S0005272814000917-gr1
hyperthermophiles

McGiven found that proteolytic cleavage in a creature called hydrogenophilus or chemolithoautotrophy can change the physical structure of the ice around them through “stress chaperones or stress proteins.”

PSYCHROPHILES

Psychrophilic organisms were found at -112-degrees-F; they were “psychrotolerant”: able to survive in either cold or warm temperatures. Archaea creatures were thermophiles that, contrarily, were ‘‘heat-loving,” demonstrating the wide-range of spectacular life.

Toxic cyanobacteria secreted “anti-freeze chemicals,” exopolymers, mucus that allowed insulation; yeast and nematode worms utilized trehalose sugar; and in the Antarctic Taylor Dry Valley, organisms flourished in calcium chloride in the Ross Ice Shelf.

http://greenarea.me/en/168432/atolla-jellyfish/
The Psychrophiles Antarctica Meduza-Atolla
Diplulmaris Antarctica
EXTREMOPHILE WEIRD LIFE

Carol Cleland and Microbiologist Sheely Copley of NASA’S Astrobiology Institute spoke of a “shadow biosphere” wherein all kinds of “weird life” intersect and thrive on earth, some in symbiotic relationships, but all suspended in diversified and “staggeringly” cooperative and competitively strange and harsh life.

The Psychrophiles Tough DSC-CR0916_08
Tardigrades Survived Cold Outer Space

We must consider: what about life on distant worlds?

THE ROSWELL GREYS

One can only have speculated that in billions of years in crossing space to, briefly (several hundred years out of thousands), pass a sun in its orbit, as to what type of life could evolve on a “dark planet.” Obviously, life would be unique, to say the least, for it would not depend on the traditional “goldilocks” mechanisms we’re usually assumed.

The Psychrophiles akhenaten-depiction_g5ad
Pharaoh Akhenaten may have had Extraterrestrial Heritage 

Gravity would be quite different, due to the individual planetary terrain. There would not be the Sun’s “constant” harmful radiation; perhaps such a planet might itself be an “organism” enveloped in some ‘cloud’ or ‘shell’ causing surface evolutionary mechanisms. Such ‘shields’ may become threatened by eventual catastrophe causing the inhabitants to search out artificial survival morphing.

One could envision large, almost “pupil-less” eyes to allow as much light in as possible; thin, elongated features due to odd gravity strains, and inner organs much reported like the artist conceptions in the alleged, famed “humanoid grey creatures” of 1947, Roswell, New Mexico, UFO crash.

.

ThePsychrophiles Humanoid 200px-Alienigena
Humanoid depicted at Roswell, New Mexico, 1947
GOLD FOR HEALTH

According to Sitchenites, the Anunnaki created Enkidu-type hybrids to mine gold from the bowels of the earth because Anunnaki had a medical and ecological need for it.   Sitchenites speculated: gold dust or salts have anti-inflammatory uses or the ability to reduce arthritic pain, rheumatoid arthritis, and tuberculosis. Gold, also, has a use in radioisotopes and electrical conductivity.

Obviously, as a basis for our legends, the Anunnaki may have had a “broken” ozone layer or damage to their “cloud-shield.” Gold, as various solid and dust forms, may have been used as an aid or protectant (we see our ‘modern chem-trails’ being sprayed by humans today).

BREAD OF LIFE

Researchers speculated about gold’s anti-cancer properties when induced as nanoparticles to fight “cellular deformations.” It may fix strings of DNA and regulate the hormonal functions of the human endocrine system.

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19580513
https://www.epic.com/epic/post/3105

Gold had electrical aspects as a “superconductor.” Metallurgy and chemistry were still progressing into the monoatomic reality of elements. Theorists talked of arranging the atoms into singular atoms causing very little deletion of energy input, as a superconductor, and enhancing the body brain-power and memory, even acting as a time-machine in some ‘monatomic optimum.’ 

https://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2014/04/140427190726.htm
http://www.universalconsciousness.co.uk/monatomic-conductivity.html

The Psychrophiles Gold xg5416e38a
The Anunnaki had a Medicinal Use for Gold 
http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread1032495/pg1

Metallurgy and chemistry were still progressing into the reality of the elements.

DEBUNKERS

Sadly, major consensuses of scientists attacked such claims by Sitchen and similar “catastrophists”:

Farley V. Ferrante, SMU Physics Department, August 7, 2012: 
http://blog.smu.edu/research/tag/farley-ferrante/

“Sitchen’s scientifically liberating work is filled with poor scholarship, poor translations, and poor science.”

The Seal VA/243 was later described, by Roger Westcott, professor emeritus of Anthropology and Linguistics at Drew University, as merely ‘stars.’ Michael S. Heiser, M.A and Ph.D. in Hebrew Bible and Ancient Semitic languages at the University of Wisconsin lambasted Sitchin’s translations of the texts as grossly misleading and inadequate.

Astronomers of similar style and rank, said Ferrante, have failed to spot Nibiru in its approach into our domain. Such critics pointed out that Akkadian and Sumerian texts were, supposedly, actually talking about Jupiter as the god Marduk (Nibiru). They “frowned” on the idea of a planet “frozen solid” being capable of supporting life; that out of a 3,600-year-orbit, only 153-years would be in sunlight and supposedly life-supporting: if, if, if……… 

AMIDST A CONFLUENCE

Despite these threads of contention, facing a magnanimous universe, final answers were hidden in the midst of infinite questions; confluence guarded the darkest secrets of the great beyond. Only in the never-ending search, will we finally know if Sitchin, Patten, Velikovsky, Shaver, Palmer, John Keel, and others in this matrix of inquiry, will be found correct: sicitor ad astra (“Thus one goes to the stars”, Aeneid, Virgil).

*******
Steve Erdmann can be reached at dissenterdisinter@yahoo.com; or, independdenterdmann@gmail.com;
also, www.facebook.com/#!/stephen.erdmann1
You can friend him at –  Facebook https://www.facebook.com/stephen.erdmann1,
or, visit the Dissenter/Disinter Group at – https://www.facebook.com/#!/groups/171577496293504/.
His Facebook email is http://facebook.com/stephen.erdmann1.
You can also visit his articles at the following:
mewe.com/i/stephenerdmann1
http://www.minds.com – TheDissenter,
http://www.ufospotlightwordpress.com,
http://www.ufodigestblog.wordpress.com,
http://www.ufodigest.com,
Alternate Perception Magazine: http://www.apmagazine.info/,
*******

.

Founding members of UFO Study Group November 1967 4-24-2017 1;25;37 PM.jpg new
Steve Erdmann – on left – 1967 – 
Independent Investigative Journalist

*******
ThePsychrophiles Humanoid 200px-Alienigena
Humanoid depicted at Roswell, New Mexico, 1947
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grey_alien
*******
The Psychrophiles akhenaten-depiction_g5ad
Statue of Akhenaten – Akhenaten ascended to the throne as the 10th Pharaoh of the 18th dynasty in 1352 B.C. He is depicted in paintings and carvings with an elongated skull, which some ancient alien theorists see as a sign of extraterrestrial heritage.
http://dandan19.blogspot.com/2014/05/
*******
The Psychrophiles towerofbabel
“The storied tower of Birs Nimrud counts seven of these quadrangular platforms painted in seven colors, black, white, yellow, blue, scarlet, silver and gold, and in the same order sacred to the stellar gods, Adar (Saturn), Ishtar (Venus), Merodach (Jupiter), Nebo (Mercury), Nergal (Mars), Sin (the Moon), Shamash (the Sun).”
http://www.truthbeknown.com/anunnaki.htm.
*******
The Psychrophiles nasa-ready-to-launch-ufo-flying-saucer-shaped-low-density-supersonic-decelerator-ldsd-rocket
Artist’s rendering of the proposed Mars Transfer Vehicle that would use NTR
https://alfa-img.com/show/flying-saucer-in-space.html
*******
The Psychrophies archaeon 1-s2.0-S0005272814000917-gr1
Universal phylogenetic tree of life based on 16S rRNA sequences, emphasizing the domains of Bacteria and Archaea. Orange branches indicate hyperthermophiles that grow at ≥90 °C; purple branches, groups that contain known (cultured) psychrotolerant strains; and blue branches, groups that contain known psychrophiles. Note that the (uncultured) marine Crenarchaeota are colored purple because degree of cold adaptation is not known.
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0005272814000917#f0010.
*******
The Psychrophiles Bugs bugs_2a
Permafrost Life- Coldest Living Organisms – Cryptoendoliths
https://www.wired.com/2009/06/extremophile/.
Extremophilic microbes are a wild bunch. They can be found thriving in some of the most hostile environments imaginable – swimming in near-boiling water, eating rocks, lounging in sub-zero temperatures, and hanging out where radiation levels rival nuclear reactors.
https://www.livescience.com/133-wild-extreme-creatures.html.
*******
The Psychrophiles Ocean blastomussa-coral-fluorescent-vojce-shutterstock_1024
Organisms Found in Deepest Part of  Ocean 
The benthic zone includes the entire sea floor. About 200,000 species of plants and animals live here. They live on the continental shelf and continental slope. Hydrothermal vents discovered in 1977 are also teeming with life. These plants and animals do not need sunlight to exist.
https://www.sciencealert.com/corals-at-the-bottom-of-the-sea-produce-their-own-sunlight-to-survive.
*******
The Psychrophiles Tough DSC-CR0916_08
Tardigrades are a class of microscopic animals with eight limbs and a strange, alien-like behavior. William Miller, a leading tardigrade researcher at Baker University, says these creatures are remarkably abundant. Hundreds of species “are found across the seven continents; everywhere from the highest mountain to the lowest sea,” he says. “Many species of tardigrades live in water, but on land, you find them almost everywhere there’s moss or lichen.”  In 2007, scientists discovered that these microscopic critters can survive an extended stay in the cold, irradiated vacuum of outer space. A European team of researchers sent a group of living tardigrades to orbit the earth on the outside of a FOTON-M3 rocket for ten days.  When the water bears returned to Earth, the scientists discovered that 68 percent lived through the ordeal.
http://discovermagazine.com/2016/sept/1-surviving-one-strange-trip.
*******
The Psychrophiles Zacharia-Sitchin
Zecharia Sitchin, Supporter of Planet Nibiru and of the Anunnaki
http://www.annunaki.org/who-was-zecharia-sitchin/
*******
The Psychrophiles Shaver and Palmer download
Richard Sharpe Shaver and publisher Ray A. Palmer
http://www.tompstewart.com/blog/2015/9/17/ray-palmer-and-the-inner-world-65-years-of-the-shaver-hoax.
*******

Raymond Arthur Palmer

Editor of Amazing Stories from 1938 through 1949

Prolific science fiction editor and author

Palmer was hit by a truck at age seven and suffered a broken back. At nine, a failed spinal graft left him a hunchback who never grew past four feet. He immersed himself in science fiction, moving quickly from fandom, to fan zine publication, to editor at Ziff-Davis. He published a wide array of magazines over the decades.

He also turns up in many of the key UFO connected conspiracy events of the mid 20th century such as the Maury Island Incident

Ray Palmer’s series of Amazing Stories on the Hidden World 
The Hidden Underworld
http://obscurantist.com/oma/palmer-ray/.
*******

The Psychrophiles Antarctica Meduza-Atolla

Diplulmaris antarctica
Jellyfish species Diplulmaris Antarctica floats with the current just offshore of McMurdo Station, Ross Island, Antarctica. This species is generally found in Antarctica and the Antarctic Peninsula near the surface in continental shelf waters. It’s colorless umbrella can be up to 18 centimeters in diameter and its diet consists mainly of copepods, euphausiid larvae, medusae, ctenophores, fish larvae and molluscan pteropods.
https://decem.info/top-10-samyh-krasivyh-meduz-v-mire.html.
*******
https://www.tumblr.com/search/Richard-Shaver.
*******
The Psychrophiles Art MDJackson_Shaver_5-200x300
The Shaver Mystery is part of the history of Amazing Stories Magazine, but it is certainly not considered one of the magazine’s shining moments.  Barry Malzberg touched on it briefly in his blog post. In a nutshell, the Shaver Mystery was the “UFO phenomenon” before the actual UFO phenomenon. 
  www.amazingstoriesmag.com/2013/02/the-art-of-the-shaver-mystery.
*******
The Psychrophiles lots-wife-1
The Vaporization of Lot’s Wife
https://spiritskindred.com/tag/annunaki/.
*******
The Psychrophiles sodomslide2
The City of Bab Edh Dhra – was it destroyed by an Atomic Blast?
http://www.nichewarehouse.com/sodomgomorrahpictureproductpage.html.
*******
The Psychrophiles mohenjo skeletons
Some were laid out as if in an Aerial Blast 
http://www.ancient-wisdom.com/Pakistanmohenjo.htm.
*******
*******
*******
The Psychrophiles 111128_GR_pyramidFW.jpg.CROP.original-original
The Pyramids as a Grand Communication Tool
http://www.slate.com/articles/health_and_science/green_room/2011/11/communicating_with_aliens_through_an_interstellar_beacon_.html.
*******
The Psychrophiles Gold xg5416e38a
The Anunnaki had a Medicinal Use for Gold 
http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread1032495/pg1.
*******
The Psychrophiles Wraith_attack
They came – They saw – They conquered! 
http://stargate.wikia.com/wiki/Wraith.
*******

A Beautiful Mind” – Actor Richard Crowe (John Nash) Contemplates the Uncharted Designs in Crystal Glass and Fellow Classmate’s Tie. 
 https://jikoman.info/main/gosford-park-cast.ben.
The Psychrophiles Tie abm01
“There has to be a mathematical explanation for how bad your tie is.”
John Nash (Richard Crowe) Speculating on Little Noticed Mathematical Designs in Movie A Beautiful Mind.
http://movieimage2.tripod.com/abm/index.html.
*******
Photos Extra Planet X 383_planet_9_art_1_1400
Artist Conception of Planet X
https://solarsystem.nasa.gov/planets/hypothetical-planet-x/in-depth/
*******

A simlar article can be seen at https://wordpresscom507.wordpress.com/2017/08/12/the-forgotten-visitors/

CORONA UNMASKED: Chinese Intelligence Officer Reveals True Magnitude of China’s Fake Coronavirus Crisis – 包含中文字符版本

CORONA UNMASKED: Chinese Intelligence Officer Reveals True Magnitude Of China’s Fake “Coronavirus” Crisis

Posted on   CORONA UNMASKED: Chinese Intelligence Officer Reveals True Magnitude of China’s Fake “Coronavirus” Crisis

Image result for chinese military intelligence officer ~ ROBERT MORNINGSTAR

CORONA UNMASKED

Chinese Intelligence Officer Reveals True Magnitude of China’s Fake “Coronavirus” Crisis

By  Pen Name U  u/WuhanvirusDispersal

Edited by  明亮晨星

*******

I am a senior Chinese military intelligence officer and I know the truth about the “coronavirus” outbreak.  It is far worse than the media are telling you.

I am a Chinese citizen in Wuhan who occupies — or perhaps occupied — a high-ranking position in military intelligence.  I am also a member of the Chinese Communist Party. As a senior official near the top of the Party, I have access to a great deal of classified information and I have been involved in many top secret government projects.  I have a doctorate from a leading university in a western country, which is why I am able to write my account in English.

I have information that I believe could lead to the overthrow of my government.  It is also relevant to billions of people outside of China, all of whom are now in existential peril.

It will not surprise you to hear that if my identity were to be revealed, my life would be in grave danger, as would those of my wife and son.  I ask you to respect the fact that I have stripped out of this account all facts that would make it easy to identify me.

By now you will be familiar with the recent outbreak of 2019-nCoV, also known as NCP, or simply “coronavirus”. You will have heard that it originated in Wuhan, an industrial city in China, and that it came from an animal — most likely a bat or a pangolin — that was sold in a wild animal market.  You will have been told that it is an influenza-like illness that can in severe cases cause pneumonia, respiratory failure and death.

Finally, you may have heard that although the disease is highly infectious, it is dangerous only to the elderly or to those who have a compromised immune system.  The official lethality rate is approximately  2% or so.

All of that is a bunch of lies concocted by the Chinese state with the tacit support of the U.S. deep state and its friends in the European Union, Russia and Australia, and spread by the docile media in all of those countries.

Let me start by telling you that the world does not operate the way you think it does. Although countries like the US and China vie for global dominance, that competition is restricted to certain limited areas.

In most ways, the two countries are more interested in cooperation so that they can stop other competing countries from gaining more power.  They also have a shared interest in keeping real power out of the hands of their “ordinary” citizens. To this end, they have many different mechanisms by which they control the overwhelming majority of their media outlets.  The Americans in particular have perfected the art of creating made-up “divisions” between their two main parties which are designed to hide the fact that both serve the same masters.

These same nations also posses technology that is far more advanced than you can imagine and which is kept carefully hidden from public view.  This includes advanced artificial intelligence capable of undermining and deciding any election in the world; biological and chemical agents that can manipulate and control the thinking patterns and behaviours of citizens to terrifying degrees; highly sophisticated manipulation techniques using hypnotic practices entirely unknown to the public; and other things that I will not go into now.

*******

My point is that the great nations do not compete so much as work together. Their principal goal is to shield the true workings of the world from the “uninitiated” public.

Just to give you one example, there aren’t actually any nuclear weapons anywhere in the world.  The U.S. and the Soviet Union scrapped them all in the 1970s, as did their client states.  Everyone realized that those weapons could not be used without destroying the whole world, so there was no need for them; but by pretending that they still had them, the big players were able to keep the non-nuclear powers in line.

Let me return to the virus.

Last year, large-scale anti-government protests erupted in Hong Kong.

The Standing Committee of the Chinese Communist Party considered these to be a grave threat to the integrity and stability of the motherland.  The U.S. government and the EU both knew that the Chinese were secretly working on a biological agent that was supposed to make the protesters docile and obedient.  Without going into detail, I worked on that project.  We tried to develop a sort of spray that could be dispersed from helicopters or drones and that would lead to mental retardation and behavioural change.

Naturally, as Hong Kong is one of the most open and international cities in the world, the Party decided that it was too risky to release the agent in Hong Kong without first testing it.  For this, it needed a great number of human guinea pigs. Two groups were identified for this.

First, we rounded up a large number of so-called “islamic radicals” in Xinjiang Province and took them to what we called “training camps.”

We had already been using these camps for human experimentation for several years, but the Hong Kong protests meant that we redoubled our efforts.  We exposed the inmates to various “alpha” experimental agents.  As these were odourless and invisible, the subjects were not aware that they were taking part in medical trials.

Image result for uighurs in china

Escape from Xinjiang:  Muslim Uighurs Speak of China Persecution

https://www.aljazeera.com/indepth/features/escape-xinjiang-muslim-uighurs-speak-china-persecution-180907125030717.html

The resulting high rates of cancer, premature dementia, suicidal depression and death by organ failure could easily be suppressed, as the camps are located in very remote parts of our motherland.

Once the initial experiments had yielded a “beta” agent, it was transported to Hubei Province, where it was deployed in a special military testing facility outside the city of Wuhan.  This was not even a particularly well-kept secret: the existence of this facility has been reported in international news.  Even the fact that it is located close to the wild animal market is a known fact.

By then our President had already introduced a “social credit” system that allowed us to identify disloyal, counter-revolutionary and bourgeois elements in our society.  Using the social credit scores — which are taken from online activity, electronic shopping behaviour and reports from informers in civil society — we selected some of the worst offenders.  These included human rights lawyers and activists, Christians, homosexuals, artists, intellectuals, people who speak foreign languages, and other undesirables.

Once these troublemakers had been collected and placed in the testing facility, we exposed them to the Agent, which is biochemical in nature and spread in an invisible aerosol, akin to certain viruses.  Initial results were encouraging, as we saw significant cognitive decline and reduction in higher mental processing facilities.  Essentially, our undesirables were becoming mildly mentally disabled, which is precisely the effect we wanted to produce in order to pacify the restive population of Hong Kong.

Image result for hong kong riots

Unfortunately, it quickly became apparent that the Agent also had other effects. About one week after the retardation set in, our subjects developed major anxiety and panic attacks.  Eventually they developed symptoms akin to those of paranoid schizophrenics.  At that point, their bodies rapidly deteriorated.  They developed massive internal bleeding; the walls of their arteries dissolved; they bled out of their eyes and orifices, and their tissue disintegrated.

To put it in a more direct Western manner, they started to melt.

Death usually occurred through multiple organ failure.  This was preceded by at least five days of severe agony which could not be alleviated by painkillers.  It was at this time that I first violated our protocol: one subject, an elderly lady who had published defamatory cartoons of our President, begged me for death with such insistence that I took pity and shot her.  I was reprimanded, but fortunately the complaint was dropped when I agreed to reimburse the cost of the bullet. I swore to myself never again to show such unnecessary emotion.

We decided that our Agent was unusable.  It was far too destructive for our purposes.  We wanted the population of Hong Kong to submit to us; we did not want to exterminate it.

Image result for hong kong riots

Naturally, our American friends had by then taken an interest in our work and asked us for a sample for their own research and testing purposes.  They hinted that they wished to use it to resolve certain difficulties in Venezuela.  Normally we would have agreed, as we maintain friendly relations with the CIA, but given the extremely toxic nature of the Agent, we declined.

This, as it turned out, was a grave mistake.  The CIA was convinced that we had developed something very powerful and wanted to keep it to ourselves.  They offered a great deal of money to one of our researchers.

Foolishly, he agreed to sell them a specimen.  We found out just in time for the handover and tried to stop it from happening.  In the ensuing shoot-out — don’t bother to look for it in the news, it was never reported anywhere — several dozen people were killed.

More importantly, however, the Agent escaped!

The shoot-out took place at the wild animal market, which has been reported as the location of the “animal-to-human” transmission that started the outbreak.  But, of course, there was no such transmission; it was just the location where the CIA was supposed to receive the sealed vial containing the Agent.  The vial shattered when it was dropped by the traitor who had agreed to sell it to the Americans.

By now I understand you will be sceptical.  If I really am who I say I am, why would I be sharing this information on the internet?

Let me assure you that I am no friend of the Western system of governance. I love my motherland and I am loyal to the Communist Party.  It has lifted hundreds of millions of my compatriots out of squalor and poverty.  However, I am also a human being and I have a conscience.

Most importantly, I have a wife and a son.

Once we realised that the Agent had escaped and would start to spread, we swiftly put all of Wuhan into lockdown. I was one of those tasked to manage the fallout of the contamination.

Of course, we could not keep such a huge undertaking secret, so we decided to order our state media to report that a “coronavirus” had broken out in Wuhan.

In reality, of course, there is no “coronavirus”. It was all made up.

It was one of my colleagues who came up with the genius idea of pretending that people with the common flu suffered from the coronavirus. This allowed us to hide the true nature of the disease. Let me explain.

It is currently flu season in China. When we realised that we could no longer control the spread of the Agent, we sent our men to all the hospitals and instructed all doctors to diagnose every case of the common flu as “coronavirus”. We came up with a new name — 2019-nCoV — and handed out “factsheets” that described a made-up illness.

The result of this decision was that tens of thousands of individuals who were simply suffering from a cold or flu were now diagnosed as having a mysterious coronavirus that, although infectious, was not often lethal.  While this frightened the public, it allowed us to push the narrative that the disease was not that deadly; it also gave us time to prepare for the catastrophe that was sure to come by imposing a lockdown on Wuhan and other cities in Hubei Province.

You have not heard this in the news — and given the size of Wuhan, with its population of 11 million, it is not known even to many of the residents — but within days thousands upon thousands were infected and before long they suffered the agonising deaths that I have already described.

Within a week, there were so many corpses that we did not know what to do with them, so we ordered the surviving social credit prisoners to drive the bodies into the countryside and bury them in mass graves.

But it was very difficult to keep this activity secret, and we could not even keep up as there were so many corpses.People’s Daily, China

@PDChina

Full-front disinfection work has started in #Wuhan, an effort to contain the spread of #coronavirus

Embedded video

6,021Twitter Ads info and privacy4,366 people are talking about this

We planted a story that five million residents had “fled” Wuhan.  In reality, of course, many of those people had died from the Agent.

I was working around the clock helping to orchestrate this cover-up.  When I think back to my actions now, I feel great shame.  At the time I still believed that I was fighting for my motherland and that the rule of the Party was right and just. But deep down, I had already begun to have doubts.

My faith in the Party was shaken even more deeply when I learnt what had happened to Dr Li Wenliang.

Li Wenliang: Doctor who warned about coronavirus outbreak dies after being infected by virus

Whistleblower who was confronted by police becomes latest victim of deadly outbreak

https://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/asia/li-wenliang-coronavirus-outbreak-dead-wuhan-whistleblower-a9322496.html

Dr Li Wenliang was one of the few doctors who refused falsely to diagnose flu patients with the “coronavirus”.  As a punishment, he was sent to help transport dead bodies to mass graves.  The expectation was that he would be infected with the Agent and die an agonising death, but to our great surprise, he did not contract the illness.https://www.youtube.com/embed/Z_8LnnHMeG4?version=3&rel=1&fs=1&autohide=2&showsearch=0&showinfo=1&iv_load_policy=1&wmode=transparent

You have of course read that he died of “coronavirus.”  You have been misinformed.  A sergeant of the People’s Armed Police injected him with a mixture of heroin and mercury that caused his lungs to deflate.

When I found out about this I became unsure whether or not I was doing the right thing.  While I believe that it is appropriate for a government to rule with a severe hand, I do not think that it was right to kill Dr Li.  He was a compassionate and kind man and he cared about his patients; how can our motherland not benefit from having such a doctor?

I shared my concerns with my wife, but she convinced me that I should not say anything to my superiors.  She said that it was too dangerous; that they valued loyalty above everything else; and that I would only find trouble if I admitted to my doubts about their practices.  She also pointed out that we benefited from priority medical treatment.  As senior officials, we received regular supplies of the highly-sophisticated hazmat masks that are the only known technology that can prevent infection.   She implored me to think of our son, who is still small.  If I spoke out and were caught, our lives would be at risk.

Around the same time, it became clear that the Agent was entirely beyond our control.  It was spreading like wildfire throughout Hubei Province and beyond, infecting tens of millions and causing them all to die.

I understand that what I just said is difficult to believe, because you have been told that there have been only about 50,000 infections, and far fewer deaths.

But these are the influenza infections that have been falsely passed off as the non-existent “coronavirus.”  The Agent is far, far more contagious than that, and its fatality rate, unlike the “coronavirus”, is not 2%.

No, its fatality rate is 100%.  Nobody recovers from it.  Everybody who contracts it dies.

And a lot of people are contracting it.

Hubei Province lies in ruins. The various travel restrictions and lockdowns that have been imposed were not created to stop the spread of the Agent — none of them can stop it, not embargoes, not face masks or hand sanitiser — but to stop the survivors from seeing the catastrophe with their own eyes.

                                                                                                                                                      Drones are being used to heard people toward -containment centers.

https://videos.dailymail.co.uk/video/mol/2020/01/31/8187835495158297293/640x360_MP4_8187835495158297293.mp4?_=3?

I am part of the greatest cover-up in human history: the hiding of the deaths of tens of millions. Very soon, Hubei Province will be no more than a giant mortuary, and the truth will come out.

For me, the turning point came when the Party told yet another lie, and that lie was too dreadful even for me to accept.

You may have heard that China built a new hospital, called Huoshenshan Hospital, in Wuhan, in order to provide additional quarantine and isolation facilities for infected patients.  You may have heard that they built it in only ten days.

That too is a lie.

Sure, they did build something in six days.  But it was not a “hospital. ”  The true nature of the building was considered “top secret.”

Initially, I was naive enough to believe that the Party was demonstrating its compassion and care for the people.  But then my superiors sent me to Huoshenshan.

I was shown around the installation by a military police officer called Corporal Meng (this is not his real name).  It was there that I saw the truth.

As I have mentioned, the only way to protect oneself from the Agent is by wearing a special protective mask that is entirely unlike those available commercially. Even medical professionals do not have access to it.  It is available only to biomedical warfare researchers and it contains extremely advanced technology.

These masks need to be kept at a particular temperature to offer full protection, and lose their effectiveness very quickly.  As I have also already said, one of the benefits of my position was that both my family and I had access to regular supplies, which is why were safe when compared to civilians, doctors and even lower-level government officials, all of whom wore utterly ineffective surgical masks in the misguided belief that they would protect them.

And so, wearing this special equipment, I went to Huoshenshan with Corporal Meng.

Whatever you want to call that place, it is not a hospital.

Sure, the entrance looks like a hospital and in the ward at the front of the complex, there are what appear to be normal medical beds.  There, thousands of infected patients lie, all of them in the early stages of the disease.  I walked along those long, white corridors next to Corporal Meng, his angular face dispassionate in his military fatigues, and saw hundreds upon hundreds of identical hospital beds on which squirmed the terrified and diseased inhabitants of Wuhan.  Their cries and pleas haunt me in the long nights in which I now am unable to sleep.

But this was merely the beginning.  Eventually the Corporal took me to the rear of this front section.  There, locked metal gates led to what he called the “middle section”.  The patients in the front are unaware of its existence.  It is there that the more advanced cases are kept, in what most closely resembles a mental asylum.

Immediately upon entering this part of Huoshenshan, I was struck by the dim lighting and stench of vomit and human waste.  Here the unfortunates roamed freely, their minds gradually disintegrating in endless panic attacks and psychotic episodes.  Here too there were no more doctors, merely gorilla-faced men in black uniforms who belonged to some secret branch of the military police I had never heard of.

They appeared to have been selected for their cruelty, for they beat and degraded the patients in the most sadistic manner.  Many of the inmates had regressed to childlike states and lay on the floor weeping like infants and begging for compassion that they did not receive.

There was cruel pleasure in the eyes of these thugs as they brutalised the unfortunates.  They beat them with batons, sprayed pepper spray into their eyes and kicked them with their steel-capped boots.  As I was from military intelligence, the guards did not even attempt to hide their activities.  They even invited me to join; in every way, they treated me as one of them.

Yes, one of them.  I stood in the grey staff bathroom of Huoshenshan and looked into a cheap mirror and asked myself — is this really what you are? Are you really like them?

But the violence was not merely an expression of sadism, for the poor inmates were not there to be cared for.

They were there to work.

There was one more set of doors, and beyond them lay what the Corporal called the “Core.”  And it was there that I saw it — piles and piles of dead bodies, stacked on top of one another all the way to the ceiling.  There were men, women and children, elderlies and toddlers, rich and poor, beautiful and misshapen, proud and humble.

They were all of them dead.  Our Agent made no distinction between any of them.

I gasped when the Corporal led me to the Core.  I cannot count how many there were, but it was many, many thousands.  And in the midst of the piles of corpses was a kind of path, and I heard a roaring sound in the distance.  The miserable patients from the middle section picked up the dead and carried and dragged them away into the dark, even as the guards beat them with truncheons.

It took me a little while before I grasped what was happening.  I simply could not believe what lay at the end of that path in the Core.

It was an enormous furnace, with great fires roaring within.

One by one, their minds destroyed and their bodies twisted, the dying men and women carried the corpses to the furnace and cast them inside in a doomed attempt to hide the dreadful truth.  I saw several of them collapse from exhaustion only for their lifeless bodies to be added to the mountains of corpses on both sides.  In a seemingly endless line they went, their emaciated bodies clad in grey overalls, their backs bent under the weight of their dreadful cargo.  Many howled and groaned in terror and their voices joined in a sorrowful cacophony that lingered over the roar of the fires.

In deep shock, I stared at the boundless horror before me.  Beside me stood Corporal Meng, his freshly-shaved face as emotionless as before.  When I turned to face him, he looked at me.  His mouth smiled, but his eyes did not.

“We use the energy to operate Huoshenshan,” he said. “We save the state considerable resources in this way.  And look,” — he waved at the gallery of the dead — “there are so many of them here.  You could almost describe it as renewable energy.”  He laughed and waved his hand in a strangely camp gesture.

I stood speechless and stared at the infernal scenes before me.  Men in black uniforms screamed like daemons at the wretches who were disposing of the corpses for them.  They stripped the dead of anything that had value — jewellery, cash, expensive clothing — and tossed these items onto an enormous pile next to the furnace.  When I asked the Corporal what would be done with the items, they said that they would be used to pay for the “healthcare expenses” incurred by the patients’ stay in Huoshenshan.

I vomited in the toilet.  When I flushed and came out of the stall, Corporal Meng stood by the door and looked at me.  His face was as blank as before, but in his eyes I thought I registered a very faint trace of contempt.  You are ten years my senior, the look said, but you are soft.

I thanked him for his service and went home.

When I arrived, I saw that I had received hundreds of updates on the encrypted device the Party uses to communicate to insiders.  The news were unimaginably grim.  The State Legal and Economic Commission had allocated funds for the construction of dozens of facilities like Huoshenshan all throughout China.

The Agent had spread not only to every single province of the motherland, but to most other nations in the world. Fortunately, we had agreements in place with other governments — they agreed to pretend that the infections were due to a coronavirus.  They were just as worried as we were that a panic might break out in their countries.  The Americans, in particular, were terrified that the S&P 500 might decline.  This, they said, would be unacceptable in an election year, so we could count on their full support.

Of course the World Health Organisation also helped us.  For a long time, the only issue with the WHO has been that we have been locked in a contest with the Americans about who bribes them more.  They released all sorts of sophisticated misinformation about having decoded the DNA of the so-called coronavirus.  All this has allowed us to stave off a global panic.

For now.

Yet the situation was worsening with astonishing speed.  I am reluctant to reveal too much on this point, as it would make it too easy for my enemies to identify me, but we quickly began to implement measures to protect our most senior leaders.  If you look at the world news, you will see that Xi Jinping, our President, disappeared for approximately one week after the outbreak, before being seen again with the leader of Cambodia.

You should know that the person who met the Cambodian leader was not President Xi.  It was a body double who had, for many years, been trained to look and sound just like our President.  President Xi is of course not careless enough to risk his own death.  He is safely ensconced in a secret bunker underneath Zhongnanhai, the headquarters of the Party in Beijing.

Nor was he the only leader who is in hiding.  In fact, I can assure you that over half of all senior Party members are currently being imitated by trained actors who are following instructions given to them via special implants.

Do you really think that our Prime Minister would risk his life by going to Wuhan?

All of this means that our government has become utterly paralysed and the functions of the state have been taken over by the military.

It became clear to me that our efforts were pointless.  Yes, the lockdowns, travel bans and targeted assassinations of rebellious journalists allowed us to hide the true situation in Wuhan; but I knew that this would not last.

Once the mass deaths begin in the rest of the world — in our estimation, this should happen within the next week or so — everyone will know the truth.  It will become clear that we cannot protect ourselves from the Agent.

Surgical masks, hand sanitiser, gloves — nothing can stop it.  Nothing except the special hazmat masks, but those cannot be produced in anything like sufficient quantities.  You, an ordinary person, will never even receive one, let alone a sufficient number to see you through the coming holocaust.

For those of you reading this, therefore, all I can suggest is that you keep your loved ones close to you.  Hug them, tell them what they mean to you.  Enjoy the time you have left with them.  It is not typical in Chinese culture to express one’s feelings in this way, but I have learnt the importance of such gestures.

I promised my wife that I would show this document to her before I posted it.

Yet I broke my word.

I hear her weep in loud, hoarse sobs in the bedroom, and the keyboard of my laptop is wet with my own tears.  Not long ago, we received results of the regular tests that are part of our “priority medical treatment”, and we learnt that my son had been infected with the Agent.

The military police that has supplied me with the special protective mask had been giving expired and ineffective masks to my son, masks that senior officials had already worn and then discarded when they ceased to protect them.   My own masks, on the other hand, had always been of the necessary quality.

I suppose they decided that my son was of lower priority than me. I suppose my son could not help them with their cover-up.

We had long ago decided that we would be different — we would be honest with him, always.  And so when he asked us, we told him the truth. We told him that he was very sick.  He asked more, and we told him he would not get better.

He continued asking, and we told him that he would die.  He is very small, but he was old enough to understand.

His terrified wails will haunt me for the rest of my miserable days in this world.

Let them come.  Let them do with me as they will. I no longer care.

By   

u/Wuhanvirusthrowaway

*******

Editor’s Postscript

Here is the True Face of Communism.

The videolinked below shows scenes from Wuhan, China, and graphically supports all the assertions made by the anonymous Chinese Military Intelligence Officer presented above.

The viewer should “Cut to the chase” at the 54 minute Time Mark to see what’s really going on in Red China, emphasis on “Red” as in “bloody China.”These scenes show the ruthlessness of the Chinese Police conducting forced detainment of people suspected of having the Corona Flu.enforcing. Even pets are being thrown out of windows on rumors that pets are spreading the disease (not true).This video also shows clear evidence of intentional contamination and spreading of disease as seen in the elevator with Chinese operatives spitting on tissue and smearing it on elevator buttons, as well as, people spitting in food containers and into food service centers.The following video images reveal the real face of Chinese Communism, which has become today the worst “Death Cult” ever known in the long history of Mankind.



明亮晨星

*******

Corona-unMaskeD

Go to the 54 minute Time Mark to get a glimpse of

“Hell on Earth”

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xOOe5XI4JS0&feature=share&fbclid=IwAR1cet–90EKIMbT0dN3WmXVWSLPRe24qwVgIK369u4tE0O63AdyjOczfPk

A Harvard Professor, The DOD & NIH, A Chinese Spy, 21 Stolen Vials Of “Biological Research”, & Nanoscience

Here are some dots in desperate need of connecting, even if the DOJ says it’s all “separate”. Oh yeah, and they tie into the Wuhan University of Technology…

From the DOJ:

Harvard University Professor and Two Chinese Nationals Charged in Three Separate China Related Cases
The Department of Justice announced today that the Chair of Harvard University’s Chemistry and Chemical Biology Department and two Chinese nationals have been charged in connection with aiding the People’s Republic of China.

Dr. Charles Lieber, 60, Chair of the Department of Chemistry and Chemical Biology at Harvard University, was arrested this morning and charged by criminal complaint with one count of making a materially false, fictitious and fraudulent statement. Lieber will appear this afternoon before Magistrate Judge Marianne B. Bowler in federal court in Boston, Massachusetts.

Yanqing Ye, 29, a Chinese national, was charged in an indictment today with one count each of visa fraud, making false statements, acting as an agent of a foreign government and conspiracy. Ye is currently in China.

Zaosong Zheng, 30, a Chinese national, was arrested on Dec. 10, 2019, at Boston’s Logan International Airport and charged by criminal complaint with attempting to smuggle 21 vials of biological research to China. On Jan. 21, 2020, Zheng was indicted on one count of smuggling goods from the United States and one count of making false, fictitious or fraudulent statements. He has been detained since Dec. 30, 2019.

https://techstartups.com/2020/02/10/us-government-charges-4-chinese-military-spies-hacking-credit-bureau-equifax/CHINESE CHARACTER VERSIONOF“CORONA-UnMasked”

日冕未遮盖

Edited byRobert D. Morningstar

明亮的晨星

Image result for chinese military intelligence officer

日冕病毒遮盖

中国情报官员揭露中国假“冠状病毒”危机的真实面目通过

u / Wuhanvirusthrowaway

明亮晨星

编辑

*******

我是中国军事情报高级官员,我知道“冠状病毒”爆发的真相。 这比媒体告诉你的要糟糕得多。我是武汉的中国公民, 在军事情报领域担任高级职位。我也是中国共产党的成员。作为接近党的最高层的高级 官员,我可以获得大量的机密信息,并且参与了许多最高机密的政府项目。 我拥有西方国家一流大学的博士学位,这就是为什么

我能够用英语写我的帐户的原因。 我掌握的信息可能会导致我的政府被推翻。这也与中国境外数十亿人息息相关, 他们现在都面临着生存的危险。 听到我的身份被揭露,我的生命和我妻子和儿子的生命将面临极大的危险, 这不会让你感到惊讶。我要求您尊重我已经从该帐户中删除所有易于识别我的事实。 到目前为止,您将熟悉最近爆发的2019-nCoV(也称为NCP)或简称为“冠状病毒”。 您会听说它起源于中国的工业城市武汉,并且来自一种在野生动物市场上出售的动物 -最有可能是蝙蝠或穿山甲。 您会被告知这是一种类似于流感的疾病,在严重的情况下会导致肺炎,呼吸衰竭和死亡。 最后,您可能已经听说,尽管该疾病具有很高的传染性,但仅对老年人或免疫系统受损 的人才有危险。官方的致死率约为2%左右。 所有这些都是中国国家在美国深层国家及其在欧盟,俄罗斯和澳大利亚的朋友的默契支 持下炮制的一堆谎言,并由温顺的媒体在所有这些国家传播。

*******

比赛仅限于某些特定区域。在大多数方面,两国对合作更感兴趣,因此它们可以阻止其 他竞争国家获得更大的权力。他们也有共同的利益,就是将真正的权力掌握在“普通”公 民的手中。为此,他们拥有许多不同的机制来控制绝大多数媒体。尤其是美国人, 已经完善了在两个主要政党之间建立人为“分工”的艺术,这是为了掩盖双方都担任同 一大师的事实。 这些国家/地区还拥有比您想像的要先进得多的技术, 并且应谨慎地将其隐藏在公众视野之外。 这包括能够破坏和决定世界上任何选举的先进人工智能; 可以操纵和控制公民思维方式和行为的恐怖程度的生物和化学制剂; 使用完全不为公众所知的催眠方法的高度复杂的操纵技术; 和其他我现在不会讨论的事情。

******

我的观点是,伟大的国家相互竞争不如共同努力。他们的主要目标是保护世界的真实运
作免受“未启动”的公众的侵害。仅举一个例子,世界上实际上没有任何核武器。

美国和苏联及其客户国在1970年代都将它们全部报废。每个人都意识到,如果不破坏整
个世界就无法使用这些武器,因此没有必要。但是通过假装他们仍然拥有这些大国,
大国能够使非核大国保持一致。让我回到病毒。

去年,香港爆发了大规模的反政府抗议活动。中国共产党常务委员会认为这是对祖国完
整与稳定的严重威胁。美国政府和欧盟都知道中国人正在秘密地从事一种生物制剂的研
究,这种生物制剂应该使抗议者服从和服从。在不详细介绍的情况下,我从事该项目。

我们试图开发一种可以从直升机或无人机上散落的喷雾剂,这种喷雾剂会导致智力低下
和行为改变。

当然,由于香港是世界上最开放和最国际化的城市之一,该党认为在不首先进行测试的
情况下释放该代理人是太冒险了。为此,它需要大量的人类豚鼠。为此确定了两组。

首先,我们在新疆省搜集了大量所谓的“伊斯兰激进分子”,并将其带到我们所谓的“训练
营”。

我们已经将这些营地用于人体实验已经有几年了,但是香港的抗议活动意味着我们加倍
努力。我们将囚犯暴露于各种“阿尔法”实验剂下。
由于它们无味且无形,因此受试者不知道他们正在参加医学试验。

逃离新疆:穆斯林维吾尔人谈到对中国的迫害

https://www.aljazeera.com/indepth/features/escape-xinjiang-muslim-uighurs-speak-china-persecution-180907125030717.html

Primary Target: JFK – Part II

Commemorating President John Fitzgerald Kennedy’s 106th Birthday – Monday, May 29, 2023.

Primary Target: JFK – Part II

By James Scott & Robert D. Morningstar

In commemoration of the 106th Anniversary of President John Fitzgerald Kennedy’s Birthday, Monday, 29 May 2023.

Some Americans still believe that Lee Harvey Oswald was “the lone assassin” …

As the reader will realize upon reading this historic article:

Nothing could be farther from The Truth.

Lee Harvey Oswald was NOT the assassin. Lee Oswald was innocent and, exactly as he claimed, just the “patsy” set up as “the fall guy” by the CIA and the FBI.  Lee Oswald never fired a shot at President Kennedy. 

The Truth is that a group of assassins, and principally one, James Earl. Sutton (aka Files) assassinated President Kennedy with a single shot from a Remington XP-100 chambered in a .221 Fireball similar to the one in the attached photo.

Such a weapon was issued to James Earl Files by the Central Intelligence Agency for express purpose of assassinating of President John F. Kennedy on November 22nd,1963.

The Fireball XP-100 Issued to James Files by CIA to Assassinate John F. Kennedy

Watch this short video of James Files Interview with Jim Marrs & Wim Daankbar: 

James Files Interview Describing His Role in the JFK Assassination on 11/22/1963
David Atlee Phillips - TangoDown63

David Attlee Philips – Official CIA handler of JFK’s Principal Assassin, James Files

As a “CIA Mercenary” and Chicago MOB Hitman, under direct orders from his CIA handlers, principally, David Attlee Philips, James Files was paid $30,000 in 1963 to assassinate President John F. Kennedy.  This book makes a superb gift for history buffs and Americans who care about the past/future of America.  They are a great investment too.  If you buy it, you’ll have a written record of most of the story. 

This is The Gospel Truth about the Assassination of President John F. Kennedy

“You shall know the Truth and The Truth Shall set you Free.”- JOHN 8:32

JFK Assassination Film GIFS - Page 2 - JFK Assassination Debate - The ...
Zapruder Film – Frame Sequence Z-312 through Z-320

The 35th President of the United States, John Fitzgerald Kennedy, was assassinated at 12:30 pm on Friday, November 22nd, 1963 as a direct result of a complex operation formulated and executed by the Central Intelligence Agency.  The CIA’s Assassination Plan was named Operation ZIPPER

Many government officials, CIA/FBI Operatives, and influential businessmen knew about the assassination plan prior to its execution. The instant when President John F. Kennedy was killed by a pistol shot (in a crossfire from several teams)) from the Grassy Knoll and other sites was recorded for history in the world-famous “Zapruder Film”

There were several layers of assassins that day in Dealey Plaza, including The CIA, The Chicago Mafia, a French assassination team of the Corsican Mafia, and a local team associated with the Dallas PD (including members of the KKK and The Minutemen organization of General Edwin Walker), notably including a Dallas sheriff named Harry Weatherford and a Dallas policeman named Roscoe White.

This article deals with the principal team organized by the CIA and the Chicago Mafia, which delivered “The Kill Shot” from the legendary Grassy Knoll position.

The Picket Fence on The Grassy Knoll Where James Files Fired “The JFK Kill Shot”

JFK was shot while riding in the back seat of his open-top Lincoln presidential limousine by two Chicago shooters. The primary shooter was Charles “The Typewriter” Nicoletti, a so-called “made man” and a renowned “Hitman” in the Chicago Mafia. The Chicago Mafia (aka “Outfit”) was run by Chicago Godfather, Anthony (aka “Tony” and “Joe Batters”) Accardo and “Chicago Boss” Salvatore Mooney (aka Sam Giancana)

Charles Nicoletti fired four quick rifle shots from the prepositioned and prepared sniper nest on the second floor of the DalTex building at their primary target, JFK, from a telescope-mounted bolt action Mauser rifle chambered in .30-06 Springfield as the presidential motorcade drove directly away from his position. 

Those four rifle shots were fired from an office window on the second story of the DalTex building owned by the Oil Baron Hunt Brothers.  The office on the second story of the DalTex building had been prepared as a sniper nest two weeks earlier when a trusted associate of the Oil Baron Hunt Brothers who owned the DalTex building named Eugene Hale Braden (aka Brading) had the DalTex office cleared of all the furniture for “restoration work”.   

No title
James Altgen’s Photo of JFK Assassination – First Shots from Dal-Tex Building

The first three shots fired by Charles “Chuck” Nicoletti did not hit President Kennedy in the head which was the goal of the team. 

Another Chicago Mafia “made-man” and renowned “Hitman” named Johnny “Handsome Johnny” Roselli was in the second-story DalTex office with Charles Nicoletti during the shooting. 

Johnny Roselli

The backup shooter was named James Earl Sutton (nicknamed “Jimmy” also known by his military callsign “Sandman”). Sutton later changed his last name to Files for the security of his family. 

On Friday afternoon, 26 May 2023, I asked James “Sandman” Files where he was standing when he shot JFK.  James Files assured me he was positioned behind the wooden rail yard stockade fence about 8′ from the corner just to the left of the second tree that is still there today. 

James Files was overlooking Elm Street in Dealey Plaza from the grassy knoll; his position was only 88 feet from “The Kill Zone” where President Kennedy was when the bullet struck him in the right temple. 

Files told me that, on Friday, November 22nd,1963, he (Jimmy Sutton – aka James “Sandman” Files) was armed with his trusty Colt 1911 .45 ACP (custom tuned by a former Marine Corps Armorer named George “Wolfman” Collora) that he carried concealed everywhere he went in his belt line (no holster) on his left side, a US hand grenade in his right front pants pocket (for a potential distraction to aid escape), and the assassination weapon, a Remington XP-100 chambered in .221 Remington Fireball hidden in a briefcase that had been issued to him by his CIA Controller David Atlee Phillips.  The XP-100 was loaded with custom lighter-than-normal mercury-filled bullets that had been hand loaded by George “Wolfman” Collora.  

James Earl Sutton (aka Files) was a former soldier in the US Army 82nd Airborne Division Company 505 (“Double Nickle”) who had extensive previous combat experience (Operation Mobile White Star) in Laos and a CIA assignment with the training cadre for the assassination of Fidel Castro (Operation Mongoose) and the Bay of Pigs Invasion (aka Operation Zapata).

Muere el exagente cubano de la CIA Luis Posada Carriles
Luis Clemente Posada Carrilles

In late 1961, James Files and Luis Clemente Posada Carrilles were recruited by OSS/CIA Officer George H. W. Bush (future US Congressman, 11th Director of the CIA, 43rd VP of the US, 41st POTUS) as the first two members of CIA Operation 40, a global assassination and black operations group. James was directly involved in numerous black operations around the globe for the next 28 years. James has stated on more than one occasion that the “Kennedy Job” was an easy shot and one of the easiest operations of the many he was involved in…“just another day at the office, no big deal”. 

Luis Posada Carriles

Sam Giancana and Johnny Roselli had been the official liaisons with the CIA during the formal planning phases of Operation ZIPPER, which began in March of 1963. 

It was alleged (and supported by the Operation Zipper files of CIA Director of Clandestine Operations, Robert T. Crowley) that there had been meetings near the CIA HQ in northern Virginia, in New York City, and in Miami, Florida between March and November of 1963 between the CIA and their MOB liaison Johnny Roselli planning for the assassination of President Kennedy. 

James Scott states:

“I attempted to open a case involving the JFK Assassination when I was a Virginia State Trooper so that I could interview James Files who was incarcerated in Statesville Prison near Joliet, Illinois. ” 

Virginia State Trooper James Scott Guarding Presidential Limousine

I was told… “Drop the idea of investigating the JFK Assassination” or it would likely “cost me my job”.  So, I did not get to pursue the JFK case back in 1998.  However, if the State Police would have allowed me to open a case and interview James Files in 1998, this truth would most likely have been public knowledge 25 years ago in 1998.  Suppression of the truth back then was critical to the criminal parties involved, like former President George H. W. Bush, because he was still alive. 

Dallas Police Officer J.D. Tippit was not killed by Lee Harvey Oswald, he was killed by one of his “friends” from the Bay of Pigs Operation named Gary “The Raven” Marlowe (a Mafia Operative who worked under George H.W. Bush with the Bay of Pigs Operation (aka operation Zapata), gun running, along with both J.D. Tippit and James Files).

James E. Files & Gary Marlowe

The members of Operation ZIPPER included Vice President Lyndon B. Johnson, FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover, USAF Maj Gen Edward Lansdale, Former DCI Allen Dulles, CIA Director of Counter-Intelligence James Jesus Angleton, DCI John McCone, CIA Deputy Director of Clandestine Services Robert Trumbull Crowley, CIA Officer William King, FBI Dep Director William Sullivan, the Chairmen of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, JCS Rep Lt. Col Cass, USMC, etcetera were directly involved in the assassination of President Kennedy.

JANE BOND AKA JACKIE KENNEDY

USAF Maj Gen Edward Lansdale:

On-site Commander for the JFK Assassination

As of Sunday, 28 May 2023, James Files is still alive. While he was in prison, James was blessed to be contacted by Pamela Ray they married when he was released from prison.

Here’s a odd twist to the story. James briefly considered changing his last name to Pam’s last name (Ray) until they realized it would make him “James Earl Ray.” Obviously, that wouldn’t work. Pamela has written three detailed and historic books concerning James Files; their tell-all book full of top-secret information about the JFK assassination is now available.

You can order an autographed copy of “Primary Target: JFK, How the CIA Used the Chicago Mob to Kill the President”…

Go to this website to order copies of the book autographed by James and Pamela Files:

www.jfkmurderjamesfiles.weebly.com

Some of the items we will cover in part 3 of this article will include the following subjects:  

1. The extreme hatred Vice President Lyndon Johnson had for President Kennedy, Robert F. Kennedy, and especially, Texas Democrat Senator Ralph Webster Yarborough. LBJ planned to have Yarborough killed with JFK; however, JFK insisted that Governor John Connelly would ride with him in the Presidential Limousine with JFK.  

Kennedy Assassination - A nation stopped to mourn| FiftiesWeb

2. More details about George H. W. Bush and USAF Major General Edward Lansdale.  The CIA killed JFK, RFK, MLK, Marilyn Monroe, and more. 

3. Details about the Three Tramps (Charles Rogers, Chauncey Holt, & Charles Harrelson) who were led away from a railroad box car that contained a huge bomb that was going to be a distraction if anything went wrong during the assassination.  

4. Many CIA Officers were present around the front of the School Book Depository to watch “The Big Event” including George H. W. Bush, Major General Edward Lansdale (USAF), CIA Officer Frank Sturgis, along with Cubans from Operation FortyOperation Mongoose, and many others.  

5. The role of Roscoe White in killing JFK assassination witnesses (Roscoe was the body double for the altered photo of Lee Harvey Oswald showing him holding a rifle and 2 communist newspapers).

6. How and why the US government is forced to live “The Lee Harvey Oswald Lie” forever.

Lee Harvey Oswald Inside the Soviet Union [INTERVIEW] | History News ...

7. The rogue CIA lives by its secret motto…”Deny everything, admit nothing, make counteraccusations”. Satanic homosexual control by the CIA.

Journalist James Phelan interviewed District Attorney Jim Garrison regarding the trial of Clay Shaw and wrote:

“In an effort to get Garrison’s story into focus, I asked him the motive of the Kennedy conspirators. He told me that the murder at Dallas had been a homosexual plot.

“They had the same motive as Loeb and Leopold, when they murdered Bobbie Franks in Chicago back in the twenties,” Garrison said. “It was a homosexual thrill-killing, plus the excitement of getting away with a perfect crime. John Kennedy was everything that Dave Ferrie was not—a successful, handsome, popular, wealthy, virile man. You can just picture the charge Ferrie got out of plotting his death.”

I asked how he had learned that the murder was a homosexual plot. “Look at the people involved,” Garrison said. “Dave Ferrie, homosexual. Clay Shaw, homosexual. Jack Ruby, homosexual.”

A Homosexual Thrill-Kill? By Adam Gorightly

8. David Armstrong videos:  https://www.youtube.com/@davidarmstrong7628

United States Capitol Building, Washington D.C. - Architecture Revived

Americans need to encourage our legislative representatives to corral the continuing corruption of the CIA and FBI.  Their corruption is not new cancer; it has been ongoing since the corrupt homosexuals J. Edgar Hoover and Clyde Tolson led the FBI for over 4 decades and participated in the assassination of President Kennedy during Operation ZIPPER (Read the attachment)

The Operation ZIPPER “Kangaroo Court Martial” held by the CIA and FBI concluded they could assassinate both JFK and RFK for “High Treason”.  Our world would most likely have been a much better place if the CIA had NOT killed President Kennedy.  Maybe RFK Jr. can take up the causes for which his father and his Uncle John gave their lives, namely, “Peace on Earth, goodwill towards men.”.

Consider playing this video recitation of the Declaration of Independence by President John F. Kennedy for your family on the Fourth of July (Independence Day) this year.  Its powerful message may need to be remembered, repeated adn memorized. 

Click on this website:  

President John Fitzgerald Kennedy’s 106th Birthday was on Monday, May 29th, 2023.  Some Americans still believe that Lee Harvey Oswald was the assassin…he was NOT, Lee was innocent and he said to reporters when he was arrested “I’m just a patsy,” exactly as he claimed.  Lee never fired a shot at President Kennedy. 

Lee Oswald never fired a shot at President Kennedy. 

The Truth is that James Sutton (aka Files) assassinated President Kennedy with a single shot from a Remington XP-100 chambered in .221 Fireball similar to the one in the photo shown above..

Watch this short video:  https://rumble.com/v1r7skg-james-files-confession-i-killed-jfk.html

Autographed copies of Pamela Ray’s JFK Assassination secret revealing book, “Primary Target: JFK”, are available directly from Pamela Ray and James Files on their website.  James is now a close friend, James is 81 and dying from COPD.  Due to his failing health, this book with his autograph and thumbprint will only be available for a limited time.  They will be historic treasures after his passing. 

Watch this short video:  

https://rumble.com/v1r7skg-james-files-confession-i-killed-jfk.html

Autographed copies of Pamela Ray’s JFK Assassination secret revealing book, “Primary Target: JFK”, are available directly from Pamela Ray and James Files on their website.  James is now a close friend, James is 81 and dying from COPD.  Due to his failing health, this book with his autograph and thumbprint will only be available for a limited time.  Trust me, they will be historic treasures after his passing. 

Click on this website:  jfkmurderjamesfiles.weebly.com

As a CIA Mercenary and Chicago MOB Hitman, under direct orders from his CIA handlers, James Files was paid $30,000 in 1963 to assassinate President John F. Kennedy.  This book makes a great gift for history buffs and Americans who care about the past/future of America.  If you buy it, you’ll have an accurate written record of the true history of the JFK Assassination.

“You shall know the truth and the Truth shall set you free.”

JOHN 8:32

Americans need to encourage our legislative representatives to corral the continuing corruption of the CIA and FBI.  Their corruption is not a new cancer; it has been ongoing since the corrupt homosexuals J. Edgar Hoover and Clyde Tolson founded and (for over 40 years) led the FBI, even participating in the assassination of President Kennedy during Operation ZIPPER

(Read the attachment below with more documents to come in Part III)

The Operation ZIPPER “Kangaroo Court” held by the CIA and FBI concluded they could assassinate both JFK and RFK for “High Treason”.  Our world would have been a much better place if the CIA had NOT killed President Kennedy.  Perhaps RFK Jr. can “right these wrongs” by taking up the causes of his father, Robert F. Kennedy and his uncle, President John F. Kennedy.

Perhaps RFK Jr. by taking up the causes of his father, Robert F. Kennedy, and his uncle, President John F. Kennedy, can hopefully “right these wrongs,” which have led our nation onto “The Wrong Track of History” and now threaten our very existence.

Consider playing this video recitation of the Declaration of Independence by President Kennedy for your family on the next Fourth of July (Independence Day) this year.  Its powerful message may need to be remembered, repeated, memorized and enshrined in the hearts of all Americans.

The Declaration of Independence is what makes us who we are.

Click on this website: 

Have a great holiday weekend; Please be safe; may God bless you! 

GOD BLESS AMERICA

Jim Scott and Robert Morningstar

PLEASE PASS THIS ON…THE TRUTH NEEDS TO GO VIRAL

JOHN 8:32

*******

“Autographed copies of “Primary Target: JFK,” his JFK Assassination secret revealing book, are available directly from James Files on this website.  They make great gifts and they will be worth a mint soon. 

James Files has become a close friend of mine, I talked with him today.  James is 81 and dying from COPD.  Due to his failing health, this book with his autograph and thumbprint will only be available for a limited time.  This book will become a historic treasure after his passing.  This is a fleeting opportunity.”

Click on this website:  jfkmurderjamesfiles.weebly.com

Written by James Scott & Robert D. Morningstar (RDM)

🐬

Avise La Fin

Compiled, with photo layout and editing, by RDM

Please support The Morningstar Report Newsletter by making a pledge or upgrading to paid subscriber through Substack.com.

To help keep us broadcasting and publishing contribute with a tax-deductible donation through Global Peace Media by clicking the link below

Click this link to donate: Global Peace Media

*******

or scan the QR code shown.

Be sure to tune in to our radio programs The Morningstar Report on Sundays at 3 pm. Eastern and Mondays at 10 p.m. Eastern.

You can tune in to our Sunday show at 3 p.m Eastern by going to Studio A

Or on Modnay to Studio B at 10 p.m. Eastern

https://Revolution.Radio

Or by clicking one of these links: → Studio A Voscast or Studio A ZenoFm

You can also tune in to our show on Mondays at 10 p.m. Eastern by clicking one of these links below:

Studio B Voscast or Studio B ZenoFm

Thank you for your support.

Robert D. Morningstar

A Petition Against Censorship In Science & Academia -> “Will LCDM cosmology survive the James Webb Space Telescope?”

Jupiter’s Rings Captured by James Webb Telescope – NASA

On July 17th, 2022, Julien Geffray wrote to Jack Sarfatti, Robert Morningstar, et al.:

Petition Against Censorship

Whether or not you agree with Eric J. Lerner’s scientific ideas is not the subject of this petition.

The real concern here is that the very spirit of scientific research is being muzzled. Many researchers are now blacklisted by the arXiv, even though they have already repeatedly published their work in respectable peer-reviewed scientific journals. The arXiv, which started as an open preprint server, has now become a kind of private postprint club.

On this mailing list, I know that some scientists are unfortunately already on this black list. Maybe there are others here too. But elsewhere, I know of many others.

What do all these physicists and astrophysicists have in common?

They chose to have developed theories that are not aligned with the current scientific doxa. Those in power forgot that if we elaborate theoretical models, we should never be so naive as to believe them blindly.

If you are a scientist and victim of such censorship, you should sign the petition. If you are a scientist not victim of such censorship, you should sign it anyway because the freedom of thought and the right to debate ideas without dogma is priceless and should not go gentle into the night.

The Enlightenment of Science should not be extinguished without a fight!

https://www.researchgate.net/publication/361804779_Petition_Against_Censorship

PS:

If you want to sign, reply directly to me at eric@lppfusion.com.

Include your full name and institutional affiliation, which will be published for identification only. If you wish, add your field of study, although we will not publish this.

I’m also appending the original petition in Word format.

Julien Geffray

We’re soliciting additional signatures for the petition below, initially signed by two dozen astronomers and physicists. For background on this subject, see press releases here and here, a video for broad audiences here and the papers themselves here.

If you want to sign, reply directly to me at eric@lppfusion.com.

Include your full name and institutional affiliation, which will be published for identification only. If you wish, add your field of study, although we will not publish this.

Also, we are actively seeking media coverage, so please share this petition with any science journalist you know who might be interested.

Eric J. Lerner, LPPFusion, Inc.

eric@lppfusion.com

Two Views of Jupiter Viewed Through the James Webb Telescope – NASA

A Petition Against Censorship

Petition to arXiv Scientific Director Steinn Sigurdsson and Head of Content Jim Entwood from Astronomers, Astrophysicists, Cosmologists, Space Scientists, High Energy Physicists and Plasma Physicists

As scientists engaged in the study of the cosmos and the relation of phenomena in space to those here on Earth, we strongly protest arXiv’s censorship of controversial papers on cosmology and specifically on the Big Bang hypothesis.

Run by Cornell University, arXiv is supposed to provide an open public forum for researchers to exchange pre-publication papers, without undertaking to peer-review them.

However, during June, 2022, arXiv rejected for publication three papers by Dr. Riccardo Scarpa, Instituto de Astrofisica de Canarias, and Eric J. Lerner, LPPFusion, Inc. which are critical of the validity of the Big Bang hypothesis:

“Will LCDM cosmology survive the James Webb Space Telescope?”

“Observations of Large-Scale Structures Contradict the Predictions of the Big Bang Hypothesis But Confirm Plasma Theory”,

and …

“The Big Bang Never Happened—A Reassessment of the Galactic Origin of Light Elements (GOLE) Hypothesis and its Implications”.

No specific reason was given for these rejections, which was done by form letters stating that the papers lacked “sufficient original or substantive scholarly research,” needed “revision,” and were “not of interest to arXiv.”

Without judging the scientific validity of the papers, it is clear to us that these papers are both original and substantive and are of interest to all those concerned with the current crisis in cosmology. It plainly appears that arXiv has refused publication to these papers only because of their conclusions, which both provide specific predictions relevant to forthcoming observations and challenge LCDM cosmology. Such censorship is anathema to scientific discourse and to the possibility of scientific advance.

We strongly urge that arXiv maintain its long-standing practice of being an “open-access archive” of non-peer reviewed “scholarly articles” and not violate that worthy practice by imposing any censorship. Instead, we encourage arXiv to abide by its own principles, and publish these three papers and others like them that clearly provide “sufficient original or substantive scholarly research” results and are of obvious great interest to the arXiv audience.

Initial signers (institutions for identification only):

Jean-Marc Bonnet-Bidaud, Astrophysical Department, CEA Saclay (France)

David F. Crawford, School of Physics, University of Sydney (ret.) (Australia)

Timothy E. Eastman, NASA Goddard Space Flight Center (ret.) (USA)

Carlos Miguel Figueroa, Instituto de Física del Noroeste Argentino (Argentina)

Christopher C. Fulton, Protostar, Inc. (USA)

Amitabha Ghosh, Indian National Science Academy (ret.) (India)

Christian Jooss, Institute of Materials Physics, University of Goettingen (Germany)

Grit Kalies, HTW University of Applied Sciences Dresden (Germany)

John Kierein, Ball Space Systems, (ret.) (USA)

Michal Křížek, Czech Academy of Sciences (Czechia)

Eric J. Lerner, LPPFusion, Inc. (USA)

Martín López-Corredoira, Instituto de Astrofísica de Canarias (Spain)

Josef Lutz, Chemnitz University of Technology (Germany)

Louis Marmet, York University (Canada)

Laszlo A. Marosi, Universidad de las Islas Baleares(ret.) (Spain)

Jayant Narlikar, Inter-University Centre for Astronomy and Astrophysics (ret.)(India)

Marcos Cesar Danhoni Neves, State University of Maringá (Brazil)

Wolfgang Oehm, SPODYR Group, Universität Bonn

Sisir Roy, National Institute of Advanced Studies (India)

Yves-henri Sanejouand, University of Nantes (France)

Riccardo Scarpa, Instituto de Astrofisica de Canarias (Spain)

Domingos Soares, Federal University of Minas Gerais (ret.) (Brazil)

Alessandro Trinchera, Eberhard Karls Universität Tübingen (Germany)

Vaclav Vavrycuk, Institute of Geophysics, Czech Academy of Sciences (Czechia)

Robert D. Morningstar, Civilian Intelligence Analyst, ResearchGate member.

*******

Please contribute to help UFOSpotlight &The Morningstar Report continue publishing and broadcasting @ Revolution.Radio & alternate TV networks.

You can Donate directly via PayPal.com

to -> Robert D. Morningstar

Email: -> robert.morningstar@gmail.com

KING-KILL/33°

Masonic Symbolism in the Assassination of John F. Kennedy

Preface

JFK with General Curtis LeMay Watching a Minuteman Missile Launch (1963)

King-Kill/ 33: 

James Shelby Downard’s Vision

This excerpt from the essay “King-Kill/33” has been out of print since 1987 and the publication of the first edition of Adam Parfrey’s conspiracy anthology, ‘Apocalypse Culture.’ Subsequent editions of ‘Apocalypse Culture’ (including the current Feral House edition), do not carry it.

The Campaign for Radical Truth in History (http://www.hoffman-info.com) is pleased to make this excerpt available once again, on the occasion of the 33rd anniversary of the immolation of America’s only Catholic president, John Fitzgerald Kennedy.

May his surviving murderers be yet brought to justice.

Convicted Mafia hit-man Charles Harrelson, a suspected Kennedy assassin, is incarcerated in a Federal prison for the contract killing of a federal judge. (The suspect is the father of “Natural Born Killer” movie star Woody Harrelson, who was directed by “JFK” filmmaker Oliver Stone).

Journalists have thus far shown little interest in attempting to interview the senior Harrelson and persuade him to provide information which might lead to the arrest and conviction of those responsible for Kennedy’s killing.

The late James Shelby Downard’s primal way of looking at things, which is the way I think ancient man perceived the world, encompasses a vision that detects every link and every symbol, beginning with the significance of names, then places and then the obsessive actions which stem from the confluence of the two and which have come to be known as ritual.

Publisher Adam Parfrey, who first brought Shelby’s work to a mass audience, states:

“In Downard’s writings, the products of his subconscious bubble to the surface and catalyze painstaking research. The collision of the poetic against the logical works especially well in the field of conspiracy; it remains the freshest approach to a field of inquiry…”

I remember sitting in Shelby’s airstream trailer in St. Petersburg, Florida in 1977, along with the great Fortean philosopher William N. Grimstad and Charles Saunders, a brilliant recluse who was a close friend of Jack Kerouac toward the end of the Beat writer’s life (a fact missed by every one of Kerouac’s numerous biographers; so much for biographers).

Shelby’s conversation that day ranged from the occult significance of the Theremin musical instrument to the sorcerous implications of elevators, the relationship he had with an evanescent rabbit named Petey; the sinister connotations of the circus and the mystical topography of the American Southwest, which Mr. Downard knew the way you and I know our backyard.

As he fried our hamburgers, he regaled us in his prospector’s drawl with the hidden wonders of a tapestry of coincidences which he wove from the seeming mundane details of everyday living, into a magic carpet of incomparable strangeness and peerless utility.

Parfrey spoke for many of Shelby’s friends and associates when he stated: “Downard has influenced me to look with interest upon the details and the fantastic convergences of life…”

For my money, James Shelby Downard is the one man most intimately tied to the once and future November, on the Camelot calendar’s 33rd turning of the wheel, in this age of the Revelation of the Method; the era of the deluge of hidden facts made public, which Downard predicted would not liberate us, but only enslave us further.

More than two decades ago he foresaw the coming of this time as the fulfillment of the final dictum of the alchemical rampage of the elephant Must Be; the behemoth run amok in the fields of our nightmares. As the “X-Files” and the other fictional TV shows which neither I or Shelby have ever seen, purposefully muddy the waters with a flood of pop drivel disguised as revelation, the actual truths are lost in the swirl.

James Shelby Downard looked forward to the time beyond Must Be, to the era which will witness the return of could be. After the coming cataclysmic chastisement has run its cleansing course, we will once again wish upon a star and dream a destiny free of the masonic chain that at present binds our nation as tightly as the hangman’s rope once bound the rotted cadavers on Tyburn Tree.

Despite having been relentlessly targeted and attacked for more than a half century, Mr. Downard, unlike poor Kennedy, did trip the Harodim on the winding stairs and did slide down the railing, like a child outwitting enormously big and powerful bad guys, by the fortune which Providence reserves for the guileless.

–Michael A. Hoffman II

KING-KILL/33°

Masonic Symbolism in the Assassination of John F. Kennedy

By James Shelby Downard with Michael A. Hoffman II

This excerpt Copyright©1998. All Rights Reserved.

To purchase a ring-bound copy of the complete 41 pp. King-Kill 33 manuscript, as well as other writings of Mr. Downard, visit our secure online store.

The information I present in these pages on the Kennedy assassination is well-known to certain news agencies who have chosen to suppress it, just as the motivation for the assassination has been plunged into cryonic secrecy. Masonic betrayal of the “common man” involves archetypes of fertility and death symbolism seemingly motivated to bring about syncretism in opposing principles in order to green Israel, rebuild the Temple of Solomon and establish a One World government.

It is by way of Masonic sorcery that the union of opposing principles is supposed to be brought about. The criminals who stage-managed Dallas in the killing of Kennedy have controlled the American people’s will in exchange for a sleep without nightmares. I publish this in the wake of the situation Charles Seymour alluded to:

“The moralist unquestionably secures wide support;

but he also wearies his audience.”

Most Americans are beyond being tired; the revelations have benumbed them.

Most Freemasons apparently have no idea of the evil that is part of Masonry, and if they do know about it they don’t believe it. The same holds true for most members of the “Clandestine Lodges” and Masonic-oriented fraternal organizations as well as Androgynous Masonic Societies.

It is certain that Onomatology, or the science of names, forms a very interesting part of the investigations of the higher Masonry…. –(Encyclopedia of Freemasonry)

When the ancients saw a scapegoat, they could at least recognize him for what he was: a pharmakos, a human sacrifice. When modern man sees one, he does not, or refuses to, recognize him for what he IS; instead he looks for “scientific” explanations-to explain away the obvious.

–Thomas Szasz, (Ceremonial Chemistry)

The “science of names” word wizardry forms only one segment of the science of symbolism used by Masons. The JFK assassination encounters this science in a decisive way and contains a veritable nightmare of symbol-complexes having to do with violence, perversion, conspiracy, death and degradation.

These elements are important not only as cause-and-effect in the murder of a President but in the ensuing reaction of the people of America and the world.

The fertility and death symbolism in the “Killing of the King” rite which is part of Greening Ritualism that has to do with JFK, has been suppressed because examination of it must necessarily link it to “Freemasonry” and its mysticism, as well as to the political influence it exerts. Obviously this would do some damage to public confidence in:

a. Masonic progressivism. i.e. Iiberty, equality, fraternity.

b. Those who have shielded the conspirators.

c. The entire mental concept that passes for knowledge about the genuine nature of the government of the United States.

Mystical Toponomy

Mystical toponomy incorporates word wizardry (Onomatology) and the Masonic science of symbolism. In considering my data it would be helpful to consider a dictum of Einsteinian physics:

“Time relations among events are assumed to be first constituted by the specific physical relations obtaining between them.”

My study of place names imbued with sorcerous significance necessarily includes lines of latitude and longitude and the divisions of degrees in geography and cartography (minutes and seconds).

Let us take as an example the “Mason Road” in Texas that connects to the “Mason No El Bar” and the Texas-New Mexico (“The Land of Enchantment”) border.

This connecting line is on the 32nd degree. The 32nd degree is the penultimate Masonic degree awarded. When this 32nd degree of latitude is traced west into the “Land of Enchantment” it becomes situated midway between Deming and Columbus, New Mexico.

Slightly to the north of the town of Columbus are the Tres Hermanas (Three Sisters) mountains.

It is approximately 32 miles between Deming and Columbus. The Three Sisters mountains are a minute and some seconds south of the 32nd degree line. When this line is traced further west it passes the ghost town of Shakespeare at a distance south of the town, which is roughly equivalent to the distance which the 32nd degree line passes north of the Three Sisters mountains.

The names “Shakespeare” and “Three Sisters” find a connection in the tragedy Macbeth which comprises such a large part of JFK assassination imagery.

When this 32nd degree line is traced a little distance farther west, into Arizona, it crosses an old trail which meandered north of what is now another ghost town but which at one time was called the town of “Ruby.” Part of the old winding trail became known as the “Ruby Road.”

The town of Ruby acquired its name officially on April 11, 1912, and was notorious for many brutal murders which had ritual aspects. Four of these homicides occurred in a store attached to the post office, which had been erected over the grave of a Catholic priest.

Continuing on with mystical Toponomy, one encounters the fact that Ruby road twists north into the area known as the Kennedy and Johnson mountains.

Toponomy

Ttoponymytə-pŏn′ə-mē

noun

  1. The place names of a region or language.
  2. The study of such place names.
  3. Nomenclature with respect to a region of the body rather than to organs or structures.

Johnson Mountain is supposedly named after the general manager of the Peabody Mining Company who also had a town named after him which was the location of the Keystone and Peabody copper mines. The 32nd degree of latitude is but a few seconds from Johnson. In this frontier town on a December evening, 1883, a Colonel Mike Smith and a man Mason were ambushed by gunfighters described as being of questionable reputation and questionable character. These terms are employed in Masonic writings:

He [Captain William Morgan, victim of an early 19th century torture-murder by Masons] was a man of questionable character and dissolute habits, and his enmity to Masonry originated in his refusal of the Masons of Leroy. (Encyclopedia of Freemasonry).

A “keystone” is the designation for which, when set in place, “keys” or locks the whole. A symbolic keystone is vital to the legend of the Masonic Royal Arch Degree of York. The earliest known record of such a degree is in the annals of the city of Fredericksburg, Virginia, on December 22, 1753. Fredericksburg is also the location of the “House of the Rising Sun,” a masonic meeting place for such notables as founding fathers George Washington and Benjamin Franklin (of Hell-Fire Club fame) and George Mason.

The Killing of the King

Never allow anyone the luxury of assuming that because the dead and deadening scenery of the American city-of-dreadful-night is so utterly devoid of mystery, so thoroughly flat-footed, sterile and infantile, so burdened with the illusory gloss of “baseball-hot dogs-apple-pie-and-Chevrolet” that it is somehow outside the psycho-sexual domain.

The eternal pagan psychodrama is escalated under these “modern” conditions precisely because sorcery is not what 20th century man can accept as real.

Thus the “Killing of the King” rite of November, 1963 is alternately diagnosed as a conflict. Needless to say, each of these groups has a place in the symbolism having to do with the Kennedy assassination.

But the ultimate purpose of that assassination was not political or economic but sorcerous: for the control of the dreaming mind and the marshalling of its forces is the omnipotent force in this entire scenario of lies, cruelty and degradation.

Something died in the American people on November 22, 1963-call it idealism, innocence or the quest for moral excellence.

It is the transformation of human beings, which is the authentic reason and motive for the Kennedy murder and until so-called conspiracy theorists can accept this very real element, they will be reduced to so many eccentrics amusing a tiny remnant of dilettantes and hobbyists.

President Kennedy and his wife left the Temple Houston and were met at midnight by tireless crowds present to cheer the virile “Sun God” and his dazzlingly erotic wife, the “Queen of Love and Beauty,” in Fort Worth.

On the morning of November 22, they flew to Gate 28 at Love Field, Dallas, Texas. The number 28 is one of the correspondences of Solomon in kabbalistic numerology; the Solomonic name assigned to 28 is “Beale.”

On the 28th degree of latitude in the state of Texas is the site of what was once the giant Kennedy Ranch.”

On the 28th degree is also Cape Canaveral (now Cape Kennedy) from which the moon flight was launched – made possible not only by the President’s various feats, but by his death as well, for the placing of the Freemasons on the Moon could occur only after the Killing of the King.

The 28th degree of Templarism is the “King of the Sun” degree. The President and First Lady arrived in Air Force One, code-named “Angel.”

The motorcade proceeded from Love Field to Dealey Plaza.

Dealey Plaza

Dealey Plaza is the site of the Masonic temple in Dallas (now razed) and there is a marker attesting to this fact in the plaza.

The Relecting Pool of “Dealey Temple”-Site of the original 1st FM Texas Lodge

Important “protective” strategy for Dealey Plaza was planned by the New Orleans CIA station whose headquarters were a Masonic Temple building.

Dallas, Texas is located ten miles north of the 33rd degree of latitude.

The 33rd degree is the highest in Freemasonry and the founding lodge of the Scottish Rite in America was created in Charleston, South Carolina, exactly on the 33rd degree line.

Dealey Plaza is close to the Trinity River.

At 12:22 p.m. the motorcade proceeded down Main Street toward the Triple Underpass, traveling first down (“Bloody”) Elm St. The latter was the scene of numerous gun fights, stabbings and other violence, and it is the location of the Majestic Theatre, the pawn shop/negro district, and industrial district.

It was also the home of the Blue Front Tavern, a Masonic hangout in the grand tradition of “tavern-Masonry”: Sam Adams and the Masons of the American Revolution did much of their conspiring at the Green Dragon Tavern in Boston. One of the many bars claiming the honor of being the first Masonic lodge is the Bunch of Grapes Tavern, also in Boston.

The Blue Front was the site of the “broken-man” ritual in which various members of the “Brotherhood of the Broom” swept the floor and tended some fierce javelino pigs. The Blue Front was once a fire-house and was still sporting its fire-pole in the late 1920s. This is extremely germane symbolism. The national offices of the Texaco Oil Corporation are located on Elm St., Dallas. Its chief products are “Haviland (javalino) Oil” and “Fire Chief” gasoline.

On the corner of Bloody Elm and Houston is the “Sexton Building.”

“Sexton” is heavily laden with graveyard connotations. It is closely associated to the beetles of the genus Necrophorus or Sexton Beetles, so-called because they bury the remains of tiny animals with their eggs.

Bloody Elm, Main, and Commerce form a trident pattern in alignment with the triple underpass as any Dallas map will show. Many analysts contend that at least three assassins were involved in the crossfire ambush of Kennedy.

It is a prime tenet of Masonry that its assassins come in threes. Masonic assassins are known in the code of the lodge as the “unworthy craftsmen.”

Because Masonry is obsessed with earth-as-gameboard (tessellation) and the ancillary alignments necessary to facilitate the “game,” it is inordinately concerned with railroads and railroad personnel to the extent that outside of lawyers and circus performers, no other vocation has a higher percentage of Masons than railroad workers.

Minutes after John Fitzgerald Kennedy was murdered three “hoboes” (“unworthy craftsmen”) were arrested at the railyard behind Dealey Plaza.

No records of their identities have ever been revealed nor the “identity” of the arresting officer. All that remains of those few minutes are a series of photographs which have reached legendary proportions among persons concerned with uncovering the real forces and persons behind the assassination.

Dealey Plaza breaks down symbolically in this manner: “Dea” means “goddess” in Latin and “Ley” can pertain to the law or rule in the Spanish, or lines of preternatural geographic significance in the pre-Christian nature religions of the English.

For many years Dealey Plaza was underwater at different seasons, having been flooded by the Trinity River until the introduction of a flood-control system. To this trident-Neptune site came the “Queen of Love and Beauty” and her spouse, the scapegoat in the Killing of the King Rite, the “Ceannaideach” (Gaelic word for Kennedy meaning “ugly head” or “wounded head”).

The systematic arrangement and pattern of symbolic things having to do with the killing of Kennedy indicates that he was a scapegoat in a sacrifice. The purpose of such macabre ritualism is further recognizable in patterns of symbolism culminating in the final “making manifest all that is hidden.”

Oswald

Oswald means “divine strength.” The diminutive form of the word is “os” or “Oz”: denoting strength. The role which “Divine Strength” played in the Dealey “Goddess Rule” Killing of the King Ritual should be given careful consideration.

One should also note the significance of (Jack) Ruby’s killing (destroying) of “OZwald” in reference to the “Ruby Slippers” of The Wizard of Oz, which one may deride as a fairy tale, but which nevertheless symbolizes the immense power of “ruby light,” otherwise known as the laser.

Oswald may have undergone biotelemetry implantation in the Soviet Union while a “volunteer” at a Behavior Control Center at Minsk. Oswald roomed with Cubans and was allegedly friendly with a Castro-man identified only as being “burly” and a “key man.” “Burly” can mean burlecue, burlicue or burlesque. The “key,” of course, is one of the most important symbols in Masonry and the symbol of silence.

If Oswald was the result of some Soviet Frankenstein process why did he have to travel several thousand miles for such treatment when it is a routine operation in America?

While such activities of the Mill-of-Dread are pro forma at a variety of institutions at the present, there was once a time when it was deemed necessary to do such work at Walter Reed Hospital.

These implants were back alley operations in which the victims were overpowered in some place or other, drugged and then dragged to this government hospital. They were operated on, continued on a heavy drug regimen and varied from somnolent to comatose for a number of days.

The electrical function of the victim was recorded and monitored and the biotelemetry plant tested. Subsequently the victims were “brainwashed” and returned to the place where they had been seized. The targets then continued their existence, unaware of how their bodies had been invaded and their autonomy stolen.

Occasionally, victims were returned to Walter Reed because of abscesses at the incision or for the replacement of the obsolete device with an updated one. Biotelemetry implants were made in various parts of the body depending on the desired effect and function.

Like the disgraceful treatment of the autopsy of President Kennedy, Oswald’s is similarly weird. Oswald was literally butchered in the “postmortem examination.” Pieces were actually cut out of his body. The major incision in his torso resembled a huge “Y” which ran from the area of his groin to the solar plexus region. From there incisions were made to the right and left armpits.

The so-called “two horns of the letter Y” supposedly symbolize the paths of virtue and vice: the right branch leading to the former and the left to the latter. The letter is sometimes referred to as the “Litera Pythagorae” (The Letter of Pythagoras): “Litera Pythagorae, discrimine secta bicorni, Humanae vitae speciem praeferre videtur” (The Letter of Pythagoras parted by its two branched division appears to exhibit the image of human life).

In the 47th Problem of Euclid lies a secret of the 3rd Degree of Masonry. Pythagoras is called by Freemasons “our ancient friend and brother.”

One of Pythagoras’ main doctrines was the system of “Metempsychosis” which pertains to the passing of a human soul into the body of an animal. Perhaps this was the intention of the autopsy-by incising in Oswald’s body the “Letter of Pythagoras” they sought to expedite transmigration, and they may even have gone as far as feeding sections of Oswald’s corpse to the intended animal, for this too is a practice of what used to be widely feared as necromancy.

Arlington Necrology

The Kennedy and Oswald burials were both at “Arlington”: JFK at the National Cemetery near Washington, D.C., and Oswald at Rosehill Cemetery near Arlington, Texas.

“Arlington” is a word of significance in Masonic sorcery and mysticism and it has a hidden meaning, which ties in with necrolatry, i.e., death worship.

At the Kennedy gravesite there is a stone circle and in its middle a fire that is called an “Eternal Flame.”

The fire in the middle of the circle represents a point in the circle, the same type of symbolism that is recognizable in Kennedy’s bier and coffin being in the center of the rotunda in the Capitol. A point in a circle symbolized the Sun in ancient Sun worship. It was also a symbol of fecundity, with the point symbolizing a phallus and the circle a vagina.

At the Oswald gravesite stands a small tree. There exists an old belief that a tree which grows at or on a grave is embodied with the spirit-force of the person buried at that site, and that a twig or branch taken from such a tree has magical powers.

I suggest that Lee Harvey Oswald’s mother should gently remove a twig from the tree at her son’s grave and then at every opportunity touch FBI agents, CIA operatives, policemen, etc., with that same twig. Such a procedure couldn’t help but be more efficacious in bringing the murderers of JFK to justice than the Warren Commission was.

Funerary Rites

John F. (Honey Fitz) Fitzgerald, the grandfather of John F. Kennedy, was elected mayor of Boston thanks in part to his “Wake House” campaigns which were much imitated. These consisted of a daily surveillance of the newspapers for announcements of deaths after which a discreet “sympathizer” would be dispatched and a good deal of political mileage accumulated in the bargain.

For a time the Fitzgeralds lived near the former site of the Green Dragon Tavern, established around 1680 and demolished for the widening of a street in 1820. The Fitzgerald home was on Hanover Street and the Green Dragon Tavern was on Green Dragon Lane (now Union Street). The tavern boasted the “first lodge room of Freemasonry in America,” the St. Andrew Lodge located within the tavern proper.

In the mysticism of the Chinese tongs, the Green Dragon is a death symbol.

A symbol of the dragon is worn on a ring or held in the hand of a “hatchet man.” The Green Dragon is supposed to impart the notion of a “license to kill” for it signifies that the murder is an affair of “honor.”

The Green Dragon is the guardian of the god-with-a-thousand-eyes who protects the sanctity of the third heaven.

Much of Boston’s Irish population arrived in American in what were nicknamed the “coffin ships.” Members of the Kennedy family were acquainted with the “Coffin” family. The Reverend William Sloane Coffin was the son of the theologian Henry Sloane Coffin; the younger Coffin was a member of the Peace Corps Advisory Council that Sargent Shriver headed. “Shriver” or “Shrive” has the meaning of one who grants absolution to a penitent, and it was customary to call upon a shriver before death. If the shriver was not available, a “sin eater” was summoned. The old pious cry which was connected with the request for a shriving was “Shrive me, O Holy Land and Give Me Peace.”

To this the shriver would respond Pax Vobiscum“:

…the spell lies in two words, Pax Vobiscum will answer all queries.

If you go or come, eat or drink, bless or ban, Pax Vobiscum carries you through it all. It is as useful to a friar as a broomstick to a witch or a wand to a conjurer. Speak it but thus, in a deep grave tone, Pax Vobiscum!  It is irresistible – watch and ward, Knight and squire, foot and horse, it acts as a charm upon them all. I think, if they bring me out to be hanged tomorrow, as is much to be doubted they may, I will try its weights upon the finisher of the sentence. (“Wamba, son of Witless”)

Sargent Shriver, a Catholic and Kennedy by marriage, as head of the Peace Corps and in association with a Coffin, might be considered to be in a sensitive position in relation to mystical Onomatology.

In the ancient mysteries the aspirant could not claim a participation in the highest secrets until he had been placed in the Pastos, bed or coffin.

The placing of him in the coffin was called the symbolical death of the mysteries, and his deliverance was termed a rising from the dead; the “mind,” says an ancient writer quoted by Stobaeus, is afflicted in death just as it is in the initiation in the mysteries.  And word answers to word, as well as thing to thing; for burial is to die and death to be initiated.

The coffin in Masonry is found on the tracing boards of the early part of the last century, and has always constituted a part of the symbolism of the Third Degree, where the reference is precisely to the same as that of the Pastos in the ancient mysteries. [My emphasis.] (Encyclopedia of Freemasonry)

President Kennedy sat at the head of a coffin table at the White House.

To his back, over a fireplace, hung a portrait of Abraham Lincoln, an assassinated president. On either side of the picture were urns that resembled the type called “cinerary urns” which are vessels in which the ashes of the dead are kept.

A book about JFK was called Three Steps to the White House. In Masonry are what is known as the “three symbolical steps.”

“The three grand steps” symbolically lead from this life to the source of all knowledge.” (Encyclopedia of Freemasonry)

It must be evident to every Master Mason without further explanation, that the three steps are taken from the darkness to a place of light, either figuratively or really over a coffin, the symbol of death, to teach symbolically that the passage from darkness and ignorance of this life through death to the light and knowledge of eternal life. And this from earliest times was the true symbolism of the step. (Ibid.)

The body of President Kennedy was placed in a coffin which was positioned in the center of a circle under the Capitol dome. The catafalque was “a temporary structure of wood appropriately decorated with funeral symbols and representing a tomb or cenotaph. It forms a part of the decorations of a ‘Sorrow Lodge.’ ” This Masonic Encyclopedia entry refers to the ceremonies of the Third Degree in Lodges of the French Rite.

Pictures taken of the Kennedy coffin and catafalque show these two props of the funerary rite as a point in a circle. Fecundity is the symbolic signification of the Point within a circle and is a derivation of ancient sun worship.

In the lore of mystery cults and fertility religions was invariably the legend of the death of the hero god and the disappearance of his body.

In the subsequent search and supposed finding of the body, we see the contrivance of an elaborate psychological ruse. The body was said to have been concealed by the killer or killers of the hero god. The concealment of the body was called “aphanism” and is a rite of the Masonic 3rd Degree.

Anyone interested in comprehending the mechanics of group mind-control would do well to study the 3rd and 9th degrees in particular, and all the grades of Masonry in general. The disappearance of the body, this aphanism, is to be found in the assassination of President Kennedy:

The President’s brain was removed and his body buried without it. Dr. Cyril Wecht, chief medical examiner of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania, past President of the American Academy of Forensic Scientists, and a professor of pathology and law, received permission from the Kennedy family in 1972 to view the autopsy materials (at the National Archives) . When he routinely asked to see the brain, Wecht was told it was missing, along with the microscopic slides of the brain. Marion Johnson, curator of the Warren Commission’s material at the Archives said,

“The brain’s not here. We don’t know what happened to it.”

(Los Angeles Free Press, Special Report No. I, pg. 16)

If and when the brain is recovered, the entire process will have been completed under the term “euresis.”

In the Masonic Mysteries are “symbolical ladders.”

On the Masonic tracing board of 1776 there is a ladder with three steps, a significant revision of the usual ladder in such references (seven steps).

There are of course all sorts of ladders: the Brahmanical Ladder (seven steps), the Kadosh Ladder (seven steps), Rosicrucian Ladder (seven steps), Jacob’s Ladder (various numbers attributed), the Kabbalistic Ladder (ten steps); then there is old “Tim Finnegan’s Ladder” which is known to some as the “Ladder of Misfortune,” and it is seemingly comprised of one false step after another.

Tim Finnegan was an Irish hod carrier who fell off his ladder while drunk. Since he was apparently dead, his friends held a “Death Watch” (black watch or wake) at his coffin. This watch lived up to the traditional “liveliness” of these affairs and Mr. Finnegan was splashed with some vintage Irish whiskey (Fitzgerald’s?) and resurrected. “Finnegan’s Wake.”

After the Kennedy coffin was removed from the center of the Capitol rotunda circle, it was taken, with pageantry, to the street for viewing. The funeral procession made an “unplanned stop” on Pennsylvania Avenue in front of the “Occidental Restaurant” and a picture was taken of the flag draped Kennedy coffin with the word “Occidental” featured prominently over it. In Masonry and in the lore of the Egyptian jackal-god Anubis, a dead person is said to have “gone west.”

Several months after the Kennedy funeral, “Occidental Life,” an insurance branch of the Transamerica Corporation, ran an advertisement for group life insurance which it proclaimed to be “new,” but contained a turn that was indeed original: the inferential weird claim was made that

“Until now there was only one way to cash in on Group Insurance

(My emphasis); apparently some rather profound changes were made in the manner of things-as-they-are after the “Killing of the King” had become a fait accompli.

The spontaneous stop was made because of the horse Sardar (“chief”), a gelding (“Castro”), which was wearing boots pointing around to the rear in the Kennedy funerary rite. Horses figure prominently not only in the pleasure of kings but in their murders as well.

James Earl Ray was convicted partly on the evidence of a “white Mustang” (automobile), Sirhan Sirhan claimed to his psychiatrists, trance-like, that he shot Robert Kennedy “for a mustang, mustang, mustang …”

John F. Kennedy had demonstrated affection for the performance of a lady who was a renowned ostrich-feather fan-manipulator (Norma Jean Baker a.k.a. Marilyn Monroe). In Egypt, lamenting girls with ostrich feather-fans sang a song of entreaty of the type that Nephthys and Isis reputedly sang as a dirge, before the partial resurrection and/or erection of Osiris. The sad dirge or lamentation has become known as a “Maneros” consisting primarily of the singers entreating the dead to return, by singing “come to my house” and then offering inducements of some type or other.

It is a damn pity that the ritualists didn’t have Marilyn Monroe and Rosemary Clooney sing a Maneros at the JFK funeral, for Rosemary Clooney just couldn’t believe that JFK was dead at the time, and Marilyn Monroe was killed because of JFK. In Ancient Egypt, the entreaty to the dead of the type said to be performed by Isis and Nepthys was usually performed with a hawk-fertility-goddess statue present along with other funerary symbolism.

Jacqueline Kennedy was considered “fashionable, erudite, erotic and stunningly gorgeous.”

Mrs. Kennedy visited an exhibition of Egyptian funerary rite symbols at the National Gallery of Art where she was photographed with a depiction of the “hawk-headed divinity that was said to be named Hor-khenty-khem.”

Recently there was a traveling nightmare of funerary symbolism touring the country (the Tutankhamen exhibit of the National Endowment of the Humanities).

Before JFK began his Jornada del Muerto (Journey of Death), he was photographed with Yugoslavian dictator Tito on the winding stairs in the White House. Tito is a significant name in Masonry since it was the title given to Prince Harodim, the first Judge and Provost said to be appointed by King Solomon. The Tito was a reputed favorite of Solomon, whose temple was a hotbed of thievery, money-changing, male and female prostitution and sorcery. This ancient Tito presided over the Lodge of Intendants of this temple and was one of the “twelve knights of the twelve tribes of Israel.”

Let me repeat, JFK was on some winding stairs with a man named Tito. Winding stairs are symbolically important in Masonry.

The degree of the winding stair is taught in the degree of Fellow Craft.

This is the Second Degree, and a person at this grade is of course a candidate for the symbolic assassination, euresis, autopsy and coffin resurrection of the Third Degree.

The number of steps in the winding stair are “odd” although no less so than the fact that this Tito or Harodim is a name translating as “those who rule over” the activities of the Temple Solomon.

The winding stairs of this temple, according to the Masons, begins at the porch and winds to a level purified by the Divine Presence (Shekinah) and dominated by the Divine Strength (Oswald).

President Kennedy preceded Tito down the stairs to a portrait of the assassinated President Garfield where he was photographed, and another picture was taken on the stairs before a picture of Lincoln (recall the black walnut rocker of JFK, comparable to the black walnut rocker Lincoln was assassinated in; the “Lincoln Continental” limousine in which Kennedy was shot and the dozens of other parallels between the two men).

It’s unfortunate that President Kennedy didn’t trip Tito and then slide down the stair-rail, for he was in a very vulnerable position as related to Masonic sorcery, and such unorthodox action might have rattled the “Prince of Harodim.”

John F. Kennedy, the one and only Catholic President of the United States, was a human scapegoat, a “pharmakos.” “Pharmakos” or “Pharmak-vos” can mean “enchantment with drugs and sorcery” or “beaten, crippled or immolated.” In alchemy, the Killing of the King was symbolized by a crucified snake on a tau cross, a variant of the crucifixion of Jesus.

Jesus Christ was tortured and murdered as the result of the intrigue of the men of the Temple of Solomon who hated and feared Him. They were steeped in Egyptian, Babylonian and Phoenician mysticism.

Masonry does not believe in murdering a man in just any old way and in the JFK assassination it went to incredible lengths and took great risks in order to make this heinous act of theirs correspond to the ancient fertility oblation of the Killing of the King.

I have stated that the three hoboes arrested at the time of the assassination in Dallas are at least as important symbolically as operationally and that they comprise the “Three Unworthy Craftsmen” of Masonry.

This symbolism is at once a telling psychological blow against the victim and his comrades, a sign of frustrated inquiry– the supposedly senseless nature of any quest into the authentic nature of the murderers–and a mirror or doppelganger of the three assassins who execute the actual murder.

As for the three assassins themselves:

Perry Raymond Russo told a New Orleans grand jury that [CIA agent David] Ferrie said [regarding the assassination of JFK] that “there would have to be a minimum of three people involved. Two of the persons would shoot diversionary shots and the third … shot the good shot.”

Ferrie said that one of the three would have to be the “scapegoat.” He also said that Ferrie discoursed on the availability of exit, saying that the sacrificed man would give the other two time to escape. (Quoted by W.H. Bowart in Operation Mind Control).

The Warren Commission

Gentlemen, don’t pass me by!

Don’t miss your opportunity!

Inspect my wares with careful eye; I have a great variety. And yet there is nothing on my stall.

(Witch in Goethe’s Faust I, Walpurgis Night)

These are the thoughts of a huckster-witch which one need not search for dressed all in black with conical cap; instead, look among the gray flannel suits in the board rooms and offices of the newspapers, electronic media, government and advertising agencies-that is, those who are not busy working for the CIA or Naval Intelligence selling the public lies.

Mason Lyndon Johnson appointed Mason Earl Warren to investigate the death of Catholic Kennedy. Mason and member of the 33rd degree, Gerald R. Ford, was instrumental in suppressing what little evidence of a conspiratorial nature reached the commission. Responsible for supplying information to the commission was Mason and member of the 33rd degree, J. Edgar Hoover. Former CIA director and Mason Allen Dulles was responsible for most of his agency’s data supplied to the panel.

Is it paranoid to be suspicious of the findings of the panel on these grounds? Would it be paranoid to suspect a panel of Nazis appointed to investigate the death of a Jew or to suspect a commission of Klansmen appointed to investigate the death of a negro?

Representative Hale Boggs, the only Catholic on the Warren Commission, at first agreed with its findings and when he later began to seriously question them he was “accidentally” killed in a plane crash.

HOODWINK.

Definition of hoodwink

transitive verb

1to deceive by false appearance DUPEpeople who allow themselves to be hoodwinked by such promises

2: archaic BLINDFOLD

3: obsolete HIDE

A symbol of the secrecy, silence and darkness in which the mysteries of our art should be preserved from the unhallowed gaze of the profane.”

Dr. Albert Mackey, Mason, member of the 33rd degree, foremost Masonic historian of the nineteenth century, writing in the Encyclopedia of Freemasonry.

That is how they see us, as “profane,” as “cowans” (outsiders), unclean and too perverted to look upon their hallowed truths. Yes, murder, sexual atrocities, mind control, attacks against the people of the United States, all of these things are so elevated, so lofty and holy as to be beyond the view of mere humans.

Jack Ruby

On December 20, 1947, Jacob Rubinstein changed his name to Jack L. Ruby by decree of the 68th Judicial Court of Dallas, Texas. The etymology of the term “Ruby”: (French) rubis; (Spanish) rubi; (Latin) rubinuscarbuncle.

Jack Ruby Press Conference – 1965

ln old law books it was once the practice to print some of the titles of the statutes in red and these were termed rubrics or a ruby and hence any fixed, formulated or authoritative injunction of duty was apt to be designated as being a rubric or ruby.

As a rubinus or carbuncle Ruby is associated with the “Breastplate of Judgment” used by the Chosen Mispet (High Priests) of Jewish sorcery, enabling them to receive “divine” answers regarding the welfare of Judaism; some interpretations claim that the “Breastplate of Judgment” manifested the immediate presence of Jehovah and was also worn by Masons in Royal Arch chapters.

This “breastplate [which] contained twelve stones” each symbolized one of the twelve tribes of Israel. The carbuncle or ruby was connected to the tribe of Judah (Nohpech).

The term “Jack Ruby” was once used by pawnbrokers to indicated a fake ruby.

In iconography a ruby or carbuncle symbolizes blood, suffering and death.

Judge Joe B. Brown Jr Testimony

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r07uTkrcDyY

Truth or Consequences

District Attorney for New Orleans, James Garrison, was supported by a “Truth or Consequences” Club and is alleged to have been an ex-FBI agent and to have been mentally disturbed at one time. Jim Garrison was an outsider in the Secret Society machinations of the FBI and may very well have been pharmacologically or hypnotically induced to set up his ill-fated investigation and the position he acquired in the “Truth or Consequences Commission.”

Truth or Consequences, New Mexico, is a town located on the 33rd degree of parallel latitude, and near the same latitude John Fitzgerald Kennedy became an oblation and on the same latitude is the chief Temple on this planet in the minds of sorcerers, namely the Temple of Solomon at Jerusalem, which was once located there and is sworn to be rebuilt on this 33rd degree.

In a literal, alchemical sense, the Making Manifest of All That is Hidden is the accomplishment of the 3rd Law of the Alchemists and is, as yet, unfulfilled or at least not completed; the other two have been: the creation and destruction of primordial mater (the detonation of the first Atomic Bomb at the Trinity Site, at White Sands, New Mexico, on the 33rd degree of parallel), the Killing of the King (at the Trinity Site, at Dealey Plaza, Dallas, near the 33rd degree of latitude).

Only the repetition of information presented in conjunction with knowledge of this mechanism of Making Manifest of All That is Hidden provides the sort of boldness and will which can demonstrate that we are aware of all the enemies, all the opponents, all the tricks and gadgetry, and yet we are still not dissuaded, that we work for the truth for the sake of the truth. Let the rest take upon themselves and their children the consequences of their actions.

–James Shelby Downard with Michael A. Hoffman II

Copyright©1998. All Rights Reserved

Published electronically in conjunction with the 33rd anniversary of the JFK assassination by the Campaign for Radical Truth in History, http://www.hoffman-info.com

P.O. Box 849, Coeur d’Alene, Idaho 83816

Recommended resources:

Essay: “Dark Side of a Bad Moon: The Ritual Aspects of Criminal Politics” by Michael A. Hoffman II, in Revisionist History no. 12 (Jan. 2000)

Book: Secret Societies and Psychological Warfare by Michael A. Hoffman II

The complete manuscript: King-Kill 33 by James Shelby Downard and Michael A. Hoffman II

Manuscript: Skullduggery by James Shelby Downard


Forteana and the Occult / Archives / News Bureau / Book Store / Home
The Campaign for Radical Truth in History

The Lovely Iguanas Falling from the Trees

      The Lovely Iguanas Falling from the Trees
By Christine Arenella

(Copyright 2022, Christine Arenella – All rights Reserved)
<Edited by Robert D. Morningstar>
Iguana
Painting by Christine Arenella

Florida, because of it’s sub-tropical climate, is a paradise for wildlife watching. It’s home to a myriad of native and non-native species of mammals, reptiles and birds.

Many of the non-native, or so called “invasive” species were brought in by the exotic pet trade. These include the Green Iguana and the Burmese Python.  Iguanas are native to Central and South America, while Burmese Pythons originate from Southeast Asia.

Iguanas and Pythons were bought as pets, and what happens in most cases is that they grow larger than people expected and the owners cannot or will not care for them. At this point Iguanas are discarded  to fend for themselves, or  in the case of the Pythons dumped in places like the Florida Everglades where they have proliferated.  

Another reason for the population growth was that during Hurricane Andrew in 1992, a breeding facility was destroyed releasing countless pythons into swamps. A female Burmese Python can lay as many as 100 eggs.  They can also grow to be as long as 20 feet and weigh up to 200 pounds.  There are an estimated tens to hundreds of thousands of Pythons in Florida. However, they are also extremely difficult to find.

There is a bounty on Pythons, with prizes, to reduce their numbers. They are allowed to be killed “humanely.”  

Iguanas have also flourished, wherever they can.  They can be seen in many settings all over Florida; i.e. in trees, open fields and forests, as well as along the shore line near lakes and oceans. They are able to swim , and also to burrow deeply into the soil.

The first Iguana I ever saw was in St. Thomas, Virgin Islands.  I was struck by this creature, who looked like a dinosaur, but who was a pacifist dining on flowers. I have been enchanted with Iguanas since that day.

As a resident of Florida I am always on the lookout for Iguanas wherever I go.

Photo Credit: Christine Arenella

Iguanas have long claws, which enable them to climb trees, where they are most safe.  They drape themselves over branches and move occasionally and slowly to eat nearby vegetation, namely, leaves and fruit.  

Iguanas are cold blooded animals, or ectotherms, which means they get their heat from the outside.  They need the sun to sustain their body temperature.  When temperatures reach into the 30’s, 40’s or even 50’s Iguanas become immobile and can lose their grip and fall to the ground.  They remain there in a state of suspended animation, unable to move, yet retaining all their bodily functions. Some will die from the trauma. Others are able to recover if they are lucky enough to fall in an area which has sunshine.

Some such phenomenon occurred during a recent cold snap in Florida, when Iguanas fell from the trees all over South Florida.  If you can warm a towel in the dryer and cover the Iguana, sometimes he is able to revive. It is a pitiful sight to see a helpless Iguana on his back unable to move.  During an extreme weather episode in Florida in 2010, the Iguana population was decimated. They rebounded, but many were lost recently.

Photo Credit: Christine Arenella

One of my favorite Iguanas was at Morikami Gardens.  I’ve taken many photos and videos of him. He had a lot of orange in his skin, which can happen during mating season.  I’ve been back twice hoping to see him to no avail.  I hope he survived.

Gardens – Morikami Museum and Japanese Gardens

Morikami’s Gardens, named Roji-en: Garden of the Drops of Dew, were designed to be a living exhibit as an extension of the museum. Its six distinct gardens are inspired by, but are not replicas of, significant gardens of Japan. Designer Hoichi Kurisu has created a unique garden conceived and constructed in the spirit of the masters.

Iguanas are also vilified, because they burrow in gardens and eat ornamental flowers. I say, plant milkweed, which they don’t like.  Homeowners are allowed to kill Iguanas on their property.  

The exotic pet trade and foolish pet owners are responsible for  the Iguanas behavior.  Iguanas didn’t ask to be brought here.  They are doing what Iguanas do in nature. The answer should not be to kill them.

Animals are not our toys or trinkets. Nor should they be mounted on our walls or worn as handbags.

Painting by Christine Arenella

Christine Arenella

New York City

May 18th, 2022

The Night that UFOs Challenged Us!

UFOs in our Face!

Posted on  

by 

Steve

Erdmann

Rate This

UFOs: The Hidden and the Multifaceted Threat

By:

Steve Erdmann

A similar article can be found at https://wordpress.com/post/wordpresscom507.wordpress.com/25239

It’s not just UFOs, Watergate, and newspapers that the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) has gotten their fingers into, Richard Shultz has shown their unending proclivity to stick their fingers into every fabric of our and other societies.

THE SECRET WAR AGAINST HANOI, Richard H. Shultz, Jr., Copyright 1999. Harper Collings Publishers, Inc., 101 East 53rd Street, New York, N.Y.  10022, 390 pages.

The truth of the matter is that it is not just the Kennedy and Johnson’s use of the “agency” but as a matter of fact the agency has directed Americans into endless successions of premeditated and wanton connections that are continual and unrelenting.

Of course, the CIA has had a long-recorded history going back many years to September 1947 and the Counterintelligence Corps (CIC) of the U.S. Army.   Since then, “intelligence’’ has become metastasized into the very cellular structure of its operation and become a lecherous brain function.

SAFE FOR DEMOCRACY: THE SECRET WARS OF THE CIA, John Prado, Copyright 2006, Ivan R. Doe Publisher, 1332 North Halsted Street, Chicago, Ill., 60622

“The story of the secret wars is an important component of the American experience,’’ says Prados, ‘’in the years since World War II.  It is also a feature of the histories of those many lands where secret warrior applied their trade…the time has come for taking stock, and that evaluation may begin here.’’  (p. xvi)

Unfortunately, neither book have included all the facts, especially since they have excluded or not recognized major Unidentified Flying Object cases (UFOs) which includes famous and sensational UFO case histories, UFO landings and crashes.

Perhaps, from the beginning (and President Harry Truman), the government recognized the ultra-seriousness of the UFO question and its many crashed crafts.

TRUMAN WAS NO STRANGER

During Truman’s first year in office, 1953, a least ten alien disks crashed with along 20 dead and four live aliens.  Out of this, four were found in Arizona, two in Texas, one in New Mexico, one ins Louisiana, one in Montana, and one in South Africa. (Case: McGill. ca).

Secret Executive Memorandum NSCS410 Majestic Twelve were partially composed of 35 members of the Council of Foreign Relations, six persons as executive members on the Council of Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission, called the Senior Interagency Group (SIG).

https://military-history.fandom.com/wiki/1952_Washington,_D.C._UFO_incident

The sightings of July 26–27 also made front-page headlines, and even led President Harry Truman to personally call Capt. Ruppelt and ask for an explanation of the sightings. Ruppelt, remembering the conversation he had with Capt. James, told the President that the sightings might have been caused by temperature inversion, in which a layer of warm, moist air covers a layer of cool, dry air closer to the ground. This condition can cause radar signals to bend and give false returns. However, Ruppelt had not yet interviewed any of the witnesses or conducted a formal investigation.[19]

CIA historian Gerald Haines, in his 1997 history of the CIA’s involvement with UFOs, also mentions Truman’s concern. “A massive buildup of sightings over the United States in 1952, especially in July, alarmed the Truman administration. On 19 and 20 July, radar scopes at Washington National Airport and Andrews Air Force Base tracked mysterious blips. On 27 July, the blips reappeared.”[20]

https://www.history.com/news/ufos-washington-white-house-air-force-coverup

Shortly before midnight on Saturday, July 19, 1952, air-traffic controller Edward Nugent at Washington National Airport spotted seven slow-moving objects on his radar screen far from any known civilian or military flight paths. He called over his supervisor and joked about a “fleet of flying saucers.” At the same time, two more air-traffic controllers at National spotted a strange bright light hovering in the distance that suddenly zipped away at incredible speed.

At nearby Andrews Air Force Base, radar operators were getting the same unidentified blips—slow and clustered at first, then racing away at speeds exceeding 7,000 mph. Looking out his tower window, one Andrews controller saw what he described as an “orange ball of fire trailing a tail.” A commercial pilot, cruising over the Virginia and Washington, D.C. area, reported six streaking bright lights, “like falling stars without tails.”

The Night that UFOs Challenged Us

https://www.pbs.org/video/weta-extras-ufos-above-washington/

https://science.howstuffworks.com/space/aliens-ufos/ufo-government5.htm

The sighting­s and radar tracking’s continued until 3 A.M. By then witnesses on the ground and in the air had observed the UFOs, and at times all three radar sets had tracked them simultaneously.

Exciting and scary as all this had been, it was just the beginning of an incredible episode. The next evening radar tracked UFOs as they performed extraordinary “gyrations and reversals,” in the words of one Air Force weather observer. Moving at more than 900 miles per hour, the objects gave off radar echoes exactly like those of aircraft or other solid targets. Sightings and tracking’s occurred intermittently during the week and then erupted into a frenzy over the following weekend. At one point, as an F-94 moved on targets ten miles away, the UFOs turned the tables and darted en masse toward the interceptor, surrounding it in seconds. The badly shaken pilot, Lt. William Patterson, radioed Andrews AFB to ask if he should open fire. The answer, according to Albert M. Chop, a civilian working as a press spokesperson for the Air Force who was present, was “stunned silence. . . . After a tense moment, the UFOs pulled away and left the scene.”

As papers, politicians, and public clamored for answers, the Air Force hosted the biggest press conference in history. A transcript shows that the spokesperson engaged in what amounted to double-talk, but the reporters, desperate for something to show their editors, picked up on Capt. Roy James’ off-the-cuff suggestion that temperature inversions had caused the radar blips. James, a UFO skeptic, had arrived in Washington only that morning and had not participated in the ongoing investigation.

************************

Frequencies of the Matrix

Constructs of Reality

Posted on  by steveerdmann

Rate This

The David Icke Guide to the Global Conspiracy—and how to end it. David Icke Books LTD, 185a High Street, Hyde-Isle of Wright, PO 33 2PN, UK, Isle of Wright, PO 33 2PN, UK, IFO @ David Icke Books and Company, UK. 2007. 629 pages.

This article can also be seen at https://wordpresscom507.wordpress.com/2022/04/05/constructs-of-reality/

David Icke is a very prolific writer and has written many books on the topic of reality, its many mystical and undiscovered elements and how they control reality and force us to blindly bow to evil acts. Comparing our DNA (and how little science knows about it) to a computer, in which ‘chakra’ vortices connect the human body showing that the body is a computer system. The brain, in effect, is a biological computer, highly sophisticated, contending with a vast web of interconnecting frequencies or ‘dimensions’ of life.

Part IThe Groundwork

Humans are a ‘computer construct’ — and not who we really are. Mankind appears to be a struggle between pure awareness and being a computer program-personality awaiting to be triggered. The body is a biological computer that is constantly storing and processing information. Reactions are stored in cells that act like computer chips which we must transcend to become Masters. We can also have ‘interference’ or ‘frequencies’ and dimensions in ‘residual self-images’ as ‘ghost phenomenon.’ Our awareness then continues its eternal existence in ‘loops’ as ghostly projections At death, says Icke, ‘consciousness is more expansive than ever. The body/brain is a receiver/transmitter of information DNA is a receiver/transmitter of information; we are consciousness-awareness; we are conscious-awareness. Infinite love as infinite awareness: everything else is an illusion. Death, says ICKE, does not exist There is only life, only awareness. All else is only an illusion.

Death, says Icke, does not exist. There is only life, only awareness. Scientists, says Icke, are nothing but ‘programmed minds.’ The energy fields in which we’re aligned brings manipulation. Telepathy is a language of awareness. It is the same for physical ‘mountains.’ Hills can be sacred places. It is the energy/truths amid the symbols and the metaphysical, spiritual transformation: interdimensional doorways through which entities —the ‘gods’—can move in and about this reality: quantum physics, ‘ley line’ networks which crisscross the planet in ”power centers” of vortex points. Even a mountain can be an energy of consciousness. ‘Humanity,’ ‘wood,’ ‘trees,’ or a ‘mountain,’ are all ONE.

” One consciousness, one cosmos, one infinity through an intuitive and distinctive resonance.” We are All-Knowing, but certain programs block us from seeing that Infinite Awareness. Computed ‘thinks;’ only in division and only as One.

Decoding Reality According to David Icke

Atoms are not solid but filled with empty space. An illusion held together by our minds, says Icke. The illusion of solidity. Television consists only of the TV screen; otherwise, images exist only as mathematical ‘codes.’ Like the TV and computer screen, our world exists in the form we invent. Electronic signals in which the brain decodes. It is constructed in our brains — our energy matrix. Frequency matrices. Solidity is a hologram and an illusion. It is a decoded wave to patterns into a holographic reality.

Every point of the hologram is a smaller version of the whole. A body can be grown from a single cell. Cells are said to have their own verson of the brain—it is a hologram. ‘Shadow People’ have advanced knowledge and can deceive us by manufacturing holograms. Our body-computers are tuned to a more complicated ‘cosmos wide ban.’ The Matrix. Anything that is computerized or uses radio waves depends on semiconductors—a semiconductor liquid-crystal encasing every living cell. Computer chips, a crystal with gates and channels. Crystalline DNA holding the generic memory. When they open and close at the wrong time—the cells can be pulled by persons and substances that lead to disease. The brain edits reality according to beliefs: A reality-experience to fit believers. We are imprisoned by belief. By Reality Filters. What is thought and what is actually said. There is no limit to how we can be manipulated; our access to the ‘matrix’ is being manipulated in the same way. The hidden hands. We are allowed a limited range because of closed-down chakra channels. Energetic “Auric” eggshells of fer-encrust and rigid belief, only challenged by life-changing events. Fear causes our energy fields to fall into ‘slow-vibration’ density, dense people.

The body hologram is seventy percent water which affects us energetically. Infinite awareness as All possibility in what we choose to ‘decode’ into our holographic experience. We are not human —only Infinite Awareness and all Possibilities of the Matrix, the Supper Hologram which is information coded into the illusory sequence.

Live ‘ants,’ we pickup frequencies of an unknown blueprint. A specific vibratory wavelength, we can ‘see’ the digital and mathematical construct. The ancients knew of the ‘Farinacci’ proportion in nature. All number in the digital annex. All life is biology, and all biology is physiological and chemistry that is moving and consensus.

False Theories

Manipulation of numbers, language and symbols but encoded with fake, dark Matrix reality. Stephen Marquardt, an American who studied Fibonacci and PHI sequences, said ”all life is biology,” and biology is also physiology. All physiology is chemistry—all chemistry is physics— and all physics is math. Icke also adds: ”All math’s are energy and all energy is consciousness.”

The Time Illusion

New Scientist. Quantum Gravity computers: an “I”…all is One. Karma is a construct not natural. The Matrix is like a DVD movie on the observer’s perspective. Time is a perception and not real. All is relative to the observer: There is no time. All, a special perception, like The international Date Line. Sense is in the mind of the Knowers. There, subatomic particles can combine. All particles are the same One. No more absolutes. All is NOW. Panoramic view of life. No more ‘I cant’s”.

The Matrix is a trap. A fly paper. Same old stuff but different densities; also, on a ‘subconscious level.’ The Matrix of illusory reality. Matrix Internets. Oneness. Infinite Love. Left and right polarity. Every reality a dream. Perception of history should be beyond regular history. It has become a Tower of Babel. Global society is caught in a time loop. All of global society had come from a single mother about 200,000 B.C. when extraterrestrials interbed; the Nephilim as shown in the Book of Enoch. Besides characters such as Azakel, human embryo had gills, tails. The Jewish text told of Haggadah— the Garden of Eden where the Serpent walked upright and was the Mother of the Nephilim. Elite families existed.

We have a difficult time explaining ‘junk’ DNA because it has an origin in the extraterrestrials—off-world. It was Professor Sam Chang who said that DNA was programmed as if in a Petry dishes. Here it existed as Big and Basic Code. Evolution is not what we hold it to be.

The Golden Age of the Great flood also entails Cata chasmic. events. Interdimensional fodder. There were Wars of the Gods. Upheavals about 13,000B.C, says Icke, such as the destruction of Atlantis and MU. Nordic types, but also Reptilian creatures in the continents of Lemuria. And the Anunnaki. There, Enki warned Ziusudra of the flood and that of a ‘great ship’ would be needed to carry the beasts and birds. In the Scriptures, it is told as Noah, but almost identical tales are found in Iraq and Egypt and other countries. Eleven or more. The Azores.

Atlantis sank and Plato told of the end, says Icke, at about 11, 000 B.C. The islands of the Pacific show the remnants. Earth’s past colossal geological upheavals demonstrate the Fall of Mankind. Survivors went to other lands between two rivers (Iraq).

Anunnaki

Reptilian gods return and this can be seen in the Sumerian tales. The Old Testament speaks of the ‘gods” (plural). EDIN – the abode of “the righteous ones” that had great knowledge. The Anunnaki were a reptilian race, says Icke, and Enki was the lord of the Earth. Much of the true history was hidden. Mammi (as in Mama-Ma) lay the foundation for the Biblical Mary. Also, there was Lulu (one who has been mixed). Adair was seen at the base of the spine, the bottom chakra. The dust of the ground. (Sumerian), Anunnaki, slave race. Bapedi people as Shuma (slaves). This came about in Atlantis and Lemuria. There were abductions leading into control of minds. The brain was R-Complex of the Ruling Families; seeded royal bloodlines. Carl Sagan speaks of this in his book The Dragons of Eden. Who descended? AWWIM. Giant people like Goliath. Twelve feet tall – or more. Sons of Anak. In the Septuagint: Angeles. In Egypt, they were called Watchers in the Book of Enoch. They were the seventh generation from Adam, says Icke. Giants mentioned in the Book in Enoch. Son of Lamech who had eyes that shone like the Sun. Part of the Sun-God worship. They were Reptilian hybrids and eventually led to the Freemasons and their Enochian founder Dr. Ruthrey Nay.

Kingdom of Serpents

Texts speak about Astra Ships that flew in the solar system. Spoken about in Yeoman Thomas Colemen Sheppard photos in a vault in the White Beach Nawi Facility in Okinawa, Japan. The Children of the Serpent. The Brotherhood of the Snakes that led to the Mystery Schools. And the Fish gods. Black Magic. All this contained in the royal bloodlines. They were ‘shape shifters.’ The Nephilim people of MU- Motherland. Serpent Kings. Shapeshifting Negas and Alpha Dragons. The Great Flood ended a Golden Age.

King Aurthur talks about Uther Pendragon. and Merlin the magician. The word Messeh (fat of the crocodile) foretold of the origin of the word Messiah. These were descendants of the dragons. Crereps mentioned in Athens as humans with serpent tails and were kings of Sumer. They were changelings that ruled to 240,000 BC.

Origin of the Draco star system origin. The Pleiades star system. Fetuses’ manifestations of Reptilian type development. Part of the term Blue Bloods as evident when copper-based blood turned turns green when oxidizing. Reptilian underground bases are part and parcel of the Nordics. Tales of Agartha and Shamballa. The term Ki-Gal: Great below being with the gods.

The 2021 movie The Snakes.

Little People

The Little People of Ireland, sometimes resembled in the Grey UFO accounts. and found in Norse Germanic legends. Also told in Big Foot stories and legends of the Yeti which shunned sunlight, similar to the Dracula story. Again, crossbreeding. These people were banished from the surface of the planet. Also seen in tales of the Frog Prince and the Snake Queen. All part of the Masonic hybrid elite.

Part II: Crime Syndicates

The crime syndicates are a form of ‘slavery.’ Multilayered taxation is also part and parcel. The debit/credit scam: All part of the Debt-Credit scam. Much like a Wall Street pyramid computer program, there is a global dramatization. Our human bodies are not physical but ‘in’ our heads, vibration codes in a holographic veil of bloodlines. in a genetic ‘space suit.’

Reptilians are outside these dimensions and beyond normal ‘light.’ They possess hybrid ”body computers.” In a ‘hub scape,’ there exists a Serpent Son; what are called ‘hybrid body computers.” It is a global dramatization in which Dionysus operates at certain frequency levels under the cover of human form and in societies much like ours. And they have longer lives programmed to survive an agenda. These are illustrated in projects Mkultra and Monarch.

Well known reptilian forms are seen in Mayan forms of “the people of the Serpent.” The story of Itzamar.

Kathy O’brien talks about the Neocons and “mind-altering drugs.” Mass media is highly affected by this. Reptilian lower-class of the Hive Mind. There are a number of movies that highlight the Reptilians and the existence of ‘black-eyed’ people. It involves Black Magic. can this reality be seen in kings and queens, and leading politicians.

Book of Revelations

In the Biblical Book of Revelations there is talk of more material, such as the Book of Enoch. Nephilim such as the Semjaza, a part of the Nephilim. There you can read about ”blood-drinking.” Satanism. Massive blood-sacrifice as vibrational sustenance. Part of the mammalian codes, terror with a lot of Rena line in blonde and blue-eyed ‘cattle.’ One can read about this in Stanley Kubrick’s Eyes Wide Shut.

In the Bohemian Grove, there exists ‘rooms’ dedicated to the Owl Mother-goddess Ninti. This goes back to Enki and Molech and Baal rituals. One can find ‘links’ with most of our major political names. Many became Presidents of the United States.

Through ‘Occult Incest,’ persons are hidden beneath other names and parents, such as Dracula and Draco, and such as Vlad — Wallachia in Romania and the Order of the Dragon used in the Holy Roman Empire in 1431. “The son of him who had the Order of the Dragon.” There, existed much fear and power. It is all part of a global system, as also seen in the Matrix movie, the 9/11 fear and also paedophage.

This all feed off of emotions located at the bottom of the spine. Kundalini. No empathy. These are not rue Americans but all part of a global conquest and the Mystery Schools

Another Jesus

The Illuminati was opened by the Jesuits and Opus Dei. In the history of Tony Blair is a trail of DNA samples. The Serpent and the Sun.

A. Waddel spoke of Mu/Lemuria and King Sargon and Manis Myja. It involved ‘the ends of the earth.’ In Denmark it was called Gothland. It involved the Christian cathedens of the Mystery Schools. This dated to the Mystery Schools of the Babylon empire — 2000 BC to 1600 BC in a France gateway. All part of Opus Dei, the Knights Templar and the Moevingian kings. A Priest King, as mentioned in the work The Holy Blood and The Holy Grail.

There, Jesus married Mary Magdalene and had a child and started the bloodline of the Moevingian kings and the Sicambian Franks in France. A chosen people symbolized by the fleu-de-Lis called the Serpent’s Son; a Babylonian trinity later turned into the Christian Trinity.

Charlemagne was to rule. It was called by Alexander ‘The Serpent’s Son,’ and the father was Ammon. Philip Eugene de Rothschild. A royal family through endogamy. Nimrod of Babylon whose wife was Queen Semiramis. In the Boof of Enoch, the baby is called Crush and the virgin mother was Queen Ishtar, Virgin Mother Marduk and the son was Naki, a son also called Brutus.

In Babylon, it was Enki, and also Britain’s reptilian Rom. It was a trinity of Nimrod, Romulus, Remus and Marduk. The Romans created Christianity through King Saigon and the Akkadian kings. It was a retelling of Moses and rewritten Judaism. The Sun worship of the Mystery Religions: Son of the Sun, and Babylonian Mystery religion. A Babylonian ‘trinity.’ Semiramis’s Mother Mary of Ubaid culture. Gods and goddesses, the world around. Half human and half reptile. Babylonian Mystery religion. A form of Jesus but taken from Nimrod and Saturn worship as mentioned in Babylonian Mystery religion.

A New Trinity

In the front of the Roman church is an obelisk which symbolizes the phallus of Baal and Nimrod. The obelisk is Baal’s ‘shaft.’ In the Egyptian stories, it was Osiris—a virgin Isis: Jesus, a Sun symbol as an Attis of Phrygia, Dionysus, Bacchus, Baccus, Mithra and Horus. These stood for the twelve disciples and were tempted by Set.

Easter Ceremonies

Easter ceremonies were a part of Sun worship; it was also represented by the ‘Christmas tree.’ Pinecones were part of Janus in the Janus Cybele, a Dagon ‘Easter Egg.’

In the Nicene Creed there was the Halo-Sun wheel. In the legend of Quetzalcoatl, born of a virgin, Shanivar, an Indian deity. Christos, which was Krisna’s father, a carpenter. He died on a tree, hanging between two thieves. This was long before stories about Jesus.

Old Testament

There are tales in the Old Testament told around Samson in Islam where Jesus was ISA in the House of Virgo (virgin) and the Moon Goddess, Nanna.

In the Babylonian priesthood, there was use of Rosary beads.

All this demonstrates ‘under-cover bloodlines,’ where covert control is mixed with Secret Society and the Plumed Serpent.

Christopher Columbus

Columbus belonged to secret societies. Queen Isabele of Castile and the Inquisition of 1478 were based on the credo of Mutawa and the Mother Lodge of 1719 in London and the Great Queen Street. Another of the secret societies was the Hell Fire Club and the St. Andrew’s Free Mason Lodge (Edward Proctor). and John Hancock. There was John Hancock’s Sun Symbol at 10 Downing Street. Under George Washington statue was the Greek god, Zeus. Wahington, D.C was dedicated to the New Troy. The new Rome. The capital lines were made according to the Human Skull Hill. Also called the Golgotha City of London. Venus, Columbia was fashioned as – Colombe. District of Semiramis or the Dove of Babylon Columbine. High School. One can also see this manifesting in the Statue of Liberty and the River Seine and its massive flood at Point d’ alma.

More on hybrid blood lines: Royal ancients in Somer in Mesopotamia, a network carrying Egypt, Greece, Rome and others. They led the esoteric and wanted a One World Government, microchipped, with bloodlines coming out of Sumer, but with no sides and controlling all sides.

This was part of the Rothschilds’ dynasty and was Sumerian until Raymond Baur in 1760 and Rockefeller and the hexagram-six-point—Ra —Sun god.

Enki

Goes as far back as Enki in the book of Enoch and the many EL endings; Asael, Kabbalah. This involved German royalty and Prince William of “Hesse -Hanau.” Hessian troops and the Rosicrucian Order. A succession of married bankers — Worms, Sichel and Bey Fus. This was all front management for the Federal Reserve and Tresurary Reserve and the Treasury Secretary. Alexander Hamilton.

In 1913 the appearance of Schiff and the Rothschilds appeared. John D. Rockefeller and Standard Oil and Averill Harriman.

Part IIIThe Conspiracy deepens

Standard Oil and the Rothschilds

The Rothschilds appeared in 30 countries. Rosslyn Chapel in Scotland. This all goes back to the Sumerian and the Khazars, which also includes the Chinese and the Sumerians and their camels. They are found in Eastern Europe. These are ancestors of the Jews; not connected with Israel.

Khazar Sea/Caucasian

Leo the Khazar leads to the Biblical Cain (Kain). Sumerian Jews. Magyars. Hungarian, and not Semitic, rather Caspian and the Black Sea.

Nimrod’s sons — Magor and Hunor; the Scythians; the Huns; Magog; Subban Turi.

Noah’s Ark

The Ark actually started in Poland with a European origin of the ‘Skull Cap.’ Khasars and the Franks. It was of Polish origin and the Frans—Ashkenazi Jews that came into power. It was the creation of Israel. A Rothschild fiefdom through Evelyn Rothschild. Seven families were funded gofers. The Opium Wars. Louis Walter Rothschild. There was Weizmann. in Britain, it was the Round Table. There was Cecil Rhodes. Alfred Milner and the Belfour Declaration and the Versailles Peace Conference in Paris in 1919. The Weimar Republic and the Round Table. The Treaty of Versailles. The new Is-ra-el. The Arab revolt. The Thule/ Vril societies. The House of Windsor.

Hitler Speaks

Demonic possession. The spirit of Charlemagne was in the homeland in Palestine. We see it in Prescott Bush and the Harriman Empire of the Union Banking Corporation (UBC) and Fritz Thyssen. The Rockefeller family and the Nazi Josepf Mengele and the Wilhelm Institute which were full of Khazr-Sumerian Nazis working together in ancestry. There was the Rosenbergs and the Jewish World Congress 1897.

Rudolf Kommer was Aaryan (Sun Aryan), controlled by Mago Warburg and I G. Farden and Paul Warburg and the Union Pacific Railroad, which tried to stop anti-Nazi propaganda. The Rothschild bank was connected to the Kuhn, Loeb and Company. This was also connected to Jacob Schiff and his transferring 600 Zionists to Palestine. Israel was a party to this through Minister Yitzhak Rabin who wanted to drive them out. The Stern Gang and the Moledet Party saw to it that men were treated as cattle. There was Prime Minister Sharon where men were treated like animals’ by Prime Minister Sharon in apartheid Israel with Castle Coste. A garrison state by a sycophant and a hierarchical Menachem Begin.

Palestinians were treated like Beasts

Yitzhak Shamir began the practice of ‘head smashing.’ Treated people like vermin. Israel became a ‘Law Unto Itself;’ a chosen race and a law unto themselves. A chosen race of genetic origin. Replaced by Jewish names and favored by Hitler style: fascism. Nazi-style fascism to mule Israel. Mordechi Vanunu was once again arrested. Being a Nazi-style Israel is real. Mordechai Vanunen no longer a fascist mule but is real. No Jewish ‘grace’—just fascism.

Range of Variation

Biologically, there is no ‘Jewish race,’ just a ‘faith.’ Israelites are thoroughly hybridized. They ‘need’ the myth. Arthur Koestler said that the Israelites are thoroughly hybridized and they ‘need’ the myth to hide their true agenda.

Global War

Albert Pike said a world war was the quintessential goal. It would come about through Arab countries. Billions of dollars will be spent. This was wished by Giuseppe Mazzini and a World War III. There will be many voluntaries. There will be an arduous attempt to exterminate all Christians and Atheists. Such a movement will be seen in Canadian front man Jacob Schiff and Kuhn Loeb and company. They helped fund the Russian revolution, connected with Schiff Loeb and company,

Part IV: Globally Bankrupt

The cost of water and food will become globally bankrupt. Bennito Mussolini hijacked the food once before. Thee needs to be a CAP on the rich-poor divide. This was highlighted by Boe Goldof in 1985 who told of ‘The Sting’ on the European community using Federal Reserve buy-outs.

Icke warned of such things as Montauk, One World Religion, Project Blue Beam, and the serge of Monastic Holographic projection, Christian-Zionist movement, the coming battle of Har Megiddo, the Mayan-Calendar, The Project Blue Beam Project, the serge of Monastic -Holographic Projection, Cellular, Mammalian, Familian Cycles in Time Loops, coming into sync, cracking the concrete, so to speak, in Magnus-Channeling. Brian Clough talks about The Body Computer, along with Dr. Laurie Nadel, Ernest Rossi.

Infinite awareness occurs in the NOW illusion of it, and we are only aware of it in matrix movements and the different forms of the ALL through eggshell cracking. This can be seen in unique DNA codes of the Magnon in higher frequencies away from FEAR. Your ‘freedom’ is not ‘my freedom.’ Energy is now in a slow vibration. The topic should be the spending on and the education of children.

Barack Obama (when he was President) had become our Naked Emperor. Now we have no hope at all; we are riding a carousel horse at a circus. It is a diversion technique of Mass Mind-control. They are all blank pages. Same stable promising an auto cure. But as Webster Tarpley said, he was just a front man demagogue and greatly hyped. He was part of the Obama Matrix being sold to the people. He was chosen to enslave, as well as the advisor on Wall Street and the National Economic Council and most Think Tanks.

David Axelrod and the rest were all part of the Chicago ‘cesspool’—Men in Black and Sock Puppets leading us into global tyranny and nightmare.

************************************************************************************************

DAVID ICKE BOOKS IN ORDER

Publication Order of Non-Fiction Books

Robots Rebellion(1994)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
I am me I am free(1996)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
The Biggest Secret(1999)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
Le Plus Grand Secret, tome 1(2001)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
Le Plus Grand Secret, tome 2(2001)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
Alice in Wonderland and the World Trade Center Disaster(2002)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
Tales from the Time Loop(2003)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
…And the Truth Shall Set You Free(2004)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
Infinite Love is the Only Truth(2005)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
The David Icke Guide to the Global Conspiracy(2007)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
Lifting the Veil(2008)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
Great conspiracy of fear(2009)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
Human Race Get Off Your Knees(2010)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
Remember Who You Are(2012)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
The Perception Deception – Part One(2013)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
The Perception Deception – Part Two(2013)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
Phantom Self(2016)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
Children of the Matrix(2017)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle
Everything You Need to Know But Were Never Told(2018)Hardcover  Paperback  Kindle

https://226206a2e9156ff5a80e3eb04b899e22.safeframe.googlesyndication.com/safeframe/1-0-38/html/container.html

David Icke is a former sports broadcaster, ex-footballer, professional conspiracy theorist, and author of more than twenty books. Icke has lectured in more than 25 counties and has produced tons of DVDs about his theories over the years. He was born in 1952 to Barbara and Beric Icke a medical orderly for the Royal Air Force. The family lived in a terraced house in Leicester’s Lead Street and was so poor that they had to hide and pretend no one was home whenever the council man came looking for the rent. In a 2003 interview, he said that he still gets a fright when he gets a knock on his door. As a child he went to Whitehall Infant School before he proceeded to Whitehall Junior School. He has said that he never put much effort in school and it was not until he made the junior school’s football team that he was successful at anything. He became a goalkeeper for the junior school as he believed that it was his way out of poverty. He then proceeded to Crown Hills Secondary Modern from where he got spotted by Coventry City in 1967. He also played for Oxford United and Northampton Town before he got rheumatoid arthritis that made a career in football untenable. He retired from the sport in 1973.

His first job was as a reporter for the Leicester Advertiser before he moved on to work for Leicester News Agency and then went on to work as a reporter for the BBC. His first assignment with the BBC was as a presenter for Programmed Newsnight sports program. He worked for the BBC as a sports presenter on TV during the 1980s and 90s and also worked as a spokesman for the Green Party. He then published “It’s a Tough Game Son,” a book about breaking into a footballing career in 1983. It was in 1990 that he visited a psychic who told him that he had been born for a specific purpose. He soon started getting messages from the spirit dimension. In 1991 he said that he was the Son of God and prophesied that the earth would be struck by earthquakes and tidal waves on Wogan, a prime-time BBC show. His assertions turned him from one of the most beloved sports presenters in the UK into a figure of public ridicule. He was let go by the BBC when he publicly refused to pay the Community Charge – a kind of local tax which put his employer in a difficult position.

https://226206a2e9156ff5a80e3eb04b899e22.safeframe.googlesyndication.com/safeframe/1-0-38/html/container.html

His Wogan Interview in 2003 marked Icke’s break with his former life though it planted the seed of defiance and made him into the man he is today. It gave him the courage to develop and propagate his ideas without a care of what society thought of him. In 1991 he published “The Truth Vibrations” which drew from his experiences in Peru, and became wildly popular. In the two years between 1992 and 1994, he became a prolific author penning five books four of which were published in 1993 alone. In 1992 he published “Love Changes Everything” a theosophical novel that tells of the origins of planet Earth. In the work, he channels the work of Deborah Shaw to speak with a lot of admiration for Jesus. In his 1993 work “Days of Decision” he questions how historical Jesus Christ is though he reluctantly acknowledges the existence of the spirit of Christ. “In the Light of Experience.” an autobiography chronicling his experience was published in the same year. He then followed these up with “Heal the World” that was published in 1993. In 1994 he published “The Robot’s Rebellion” which was a novel that contained the paranoid clichés and beliefs that Icke has become known for. The novel claimed that there was an extra-terrestrial and shadowy cabal that had made a plan for world domination. His unified conspiracy theory mixes in everything you could think of in what he calls the “Babylonian Brotherhood.” The Brotherhood is a conspiracy that has members from the banking system, the scientific community, members of the media and the militaries and religions of the world. These work under organizations such as the World Bank, the Rothschild family, the United Nations. The Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderberg Group, the Freemasons, and the Illuminati among others.

https://226206a2e9156ff5a80e3eb04b899e22.safeframe.googlesyndication.com/safeframe/1-0-38/html/container.html

David Icke’s “And the Truth Shall Set You Free” is an explosive novel that has proved very accurate in telling the future events of the 21st century. Icke tells the real story of global events and how they shape human existence. He exposes the astounding web of interconnected manipulation of world history that shows that a few organizations, secret societies, and a few people control the world. They control the media indoctrination machine, engineer regional and international wars, control the market for hard drugs, drive violent revolutions, and sponsor political assassinations and terrorist events all across the world. Almost all of the human-made catastrophes of the 20th century and going as far back as the Babylonian and Egyptian ancient empires can be traced to the same shadowy cabal. The names of the Global Elite that have been setting the agenda in recent times are some of the very well-known people in our modern societies. Icke provides an esoteric exposition of a worldwide conspiracy and provides what he believes is the only solution that will make it possible for human beings to break free from the tentacles of the conspiracy. He writes to inspire people to open the door of the mental prison and come out of the indoctrination to walk in freedom.

“The Biggest Secret” is one of Ickes most explosive and powerful books he has ever written. Just like in his other works, he exposes the interconnected nature of the secretive cabal of blue bloods that have controlled the Earth for millennia. In high detail, he writes about major events including the creation of the major religions and how the Global elite have been suppressing the esoteric knowledge that could set free humanity from the emotional and mental prison. In the book, Icke exposes the true origins of the major world religions including Christianity and Islam. He also explains that the Global Elite has suppressed a lot of scientific information, which is why the world has been undergoing a period of incredible transformation and change. The book also exposes the astonishing and true background of the British Royal Family including events in their history such as the 1997 murder of Princess Diana of Wales. He makes his assertions from meticulous research gathered from unique contacts in the royal family, including a close confidant of the murdered princess

https://226206a2e9156ff5a80e3eb04b899e22.safeframe.googlesyndication.com/safeframe/1-0-38/html/container.html

David Icke’s “Alice in Wonderland and the World Trade Center Disaster” is a novel about the monumental lie that is the official story of 9/11. Icke asserts that the story that was told to the American public and the world after the events of September 11 were a fantasy of anomaly, untruth, contradiction, and manipulation. He spent the better part of ten years researching the events of that day and traveled to more than 40 countries to find the truth. Icke takes apart the official version including the subsequent war on terrorism and the cover story of Bin Laden being responsible for the attacks. He asserts and shows that Americans need to look closer to home to find the people responsible, rather than sending Americans thousands of kilometers into the remote Hindu Kush to find a man supposedly hiding in a cave. He gives an explanation of why the terrorist attacks were planned and what the Global Elite intended to achieve. David says that it is only by exposing the deceit and the lies of 9/11 and the people behind it can we honor the memory of the dead and their families. Icke asserts that the real goal of the attacks was to create a fascist state that is based on total surveillance and control. However, he does say that the people of the world can change the world and win it back from the Global Elite and their evil machinations.

https://226206a2e9156ff5a80e3eb04b899e22.safeframe.googlesyndication.com/safeframe/1-0-38/html/container.html

There were 600 Yemen-Jewish babies in a Jewish-Israel state. Esrael, says Icke, is a racist state. Jack Bernstein was noted for wanting a one-world government control by Zionists and International Bankers. It was said that this was just Zionist propaganda. The first choice was Ashkenazim as defended by the Anti-Defamation league.

Worked with Hitler

The B’Nai Brit worked with Hitler. They funded the Russian revolution along with the ADL in order to keep the lid on the official story. When they made new enemies—they kept the lid on solidarity through the Mystery Schools and Sumer in a remake of Russian Dolls. The Masons up to the 33rd Degree.

Hybrid People

They were a hybrid place and people. A number of ‘Blue Degrees.’ The Illuminati are hidden through and through to protest their origin and identity as Adepts. The Adept Illuminati are actually hidden for their own benefit. Majority of the members are clueless. Most have control of the media and finance to the extent of totality.

Knights Templar

They have many disguises, such as the Knights Templar and Malta, Priory Sion, Opus Dei, and the Teutonic Knights of the Nazi regime. The Watchtower of the Jehovah’s Witness. Also, the Saint Bernard Cistercian Order. It reached into France with the French St. Clair family, Rosslyn Castle and the Temple District of the City of London.

All sides were in debt to them through the Templar taxes and requested ‘tithes’.

Friday the Thirteenth

The famous ‘purge’ was on Friday the 13, 1302, and began with Jacques de Molay and Bartolomeo Perestrelo who had a daughter who married Christopher Columbus. Columbus had access to maps which eventually led to the discovery of America. That access was also known as Le Serpent Rouge (The Serpent of Blood). This also led to the Knights of Malta. and the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Knights of Roades, and Ignatius Loyola seminaries (bad seed in Latin).

Believe Only the Church

Father Alberto had 25,000 seminarians in 112 countries. In the Loyola Book it asks you to ‘believe only the Church,’ even if it is untrue (1548). This is all based on an oath recorded by Malachi Martin in in 1999. There is a secret church consisting of Lucifer The code there is INRI and asks you to ‘spy’ on your own brethren and to trust no one.

A lot of this started with Adam Weishaupt on May 1, 1776, and Mayer Amschel Rothschild, which was part of this organization. A Jesuit blueprint. It required these changes and Mayer Amschel Rothschild was an orthodox Ashkenazi where people fight each other but all sides were in control.

In 1785, a courier, carrying special documents, was struck by lightning, and the documents spoke of sexual bribery used in blackmail and bribery and murder; used for student indoctrination and enticement for scholarships. The people were scouted-out and placed in government positions and controlling places in mass communication.

In 1798, John Robinson wrote the Proofs of Conspiracy that revealed ‘tools’ that could be used: Sin is a virtue and that a mysterious ‘order’ will rule the world in cycle that resembled the Five Points of the Pentagram.

This program included the Hell Fire Club which consisted of Jesuit Nazis which consisted of the Burgs of the Oder of the Knights of Malta. many were escaped Nazis through 30,000 ratlines. These had interconnecting networks of global bankers such as the IMF, Nicholas Biddle, Bill Clinton, and Jews at Georgetown University, which had been attended by Herbert Walker Bush. Please note Stony Hurst College.

Reinard Gelen was a part of the CIA Knights of Malta. James Jesus Angleton worked with the CIA, as did Kim Philby. Allen Dulles was associated who was a brother who was a priest in the Skull and Bones; the tomb at Yale in which the skull of the Indian renegade Geronimo was secreted. John Kerry tells us about his initiation where he had to reenact death imagery and rebirth.

This Order was the heart of America in American National Security Advisors. They hide behind a false story, such as the elitist Safari Club and the Pinay Circle or the Bilderberg Group of May 1954, also continued in Le Cercle as part of the vehicles of Freemasonry and the Scottish and New York Rites and many others. These are all traced back to Babylon and its inner core groups such as P-2, the 1981 Geli Mossad and many other different groups.

The death of Pecorelli and the laundering of money, God’s Banker, was murdered and Robert Calvi, was also murdered. Involvements concerning Ellie de Rothschild and Licia Gelli’s Villa membership lists. which avoided textbook inquiries. Gladio, Kissinger, Haig, Pope John Paul I, St. Paul, all died from mysterious and unknown causes of the Hidden Hand. This was all propaganda due to Silvio Berlusconi who owned Finland investments. Please refer to Victor Marchetti and the 1973 book The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence about this secret cult that controls the world. This included the Round Table, the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the Bilderberg Group, The Council on Foreign RelationsThe Trilateral Commission, and the Cub of Rome. Mentioned by Carroll Quigley and Cecil John Rhodes as the Devil’s Peak and the Society of the Elect. Bill Clinton was such a Rhodes ScholarAlfred Milner expanded it to include Averell Harriman, and Lord Victor Rothschild, Sir Douglas Home, Lionel Rothschild, as frequent visitors to Carrington and Hambros Bank. There were also connections with Henry Kissinger, Secretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz and Robert Zoellick: these were all Bilderberg puppets, both inner and outer circles. In 1979, this included John Prescott and Margaret Thatcher—Thatcher was ousted in 1979.

Lord Armstrong and Jesuit Robert Mugabe were associated with mass murder in a Zimbabwe-Chatham House, RIIA, CFR, James Perloff in a ‘roll-call’ of CFR members. There were 74 members including Harriman, the Bush Bank, the Harold Pratt House and John J. McCloy. These heads came together building the same bloodline. The CIA supported the Mujaheddin and Walter Mondale. Cojoined were Alan Greenspan, Peter D. Sutherland, D.P. and Goldman Sachs.

Many tax-exempt organizations were a part of this. Thyssen Copany and Congressman such as Carroll B. Reece. There was a common policy. Parties involved were Carnegie Trustees, Alger Hiss, Kathryn Casy, Samuel Johnson, Bill Clinton (whose wife trailed an unusually large dead-body count).

There were crooked Sleight-of-Hand elections which centralized power through Transnationals with power for only a few at the top. The Reptilian Hybrids.

Clinton-Blair sanctions of Iraq became under suspicion in the 1990s. The William J. Clinton Foundation created a new Mark II under Condoleezza Rice and Rodham Clinton at the helm. The System continued with Rupert Murdoch, Citigroup, The Rockefeller Foundation, and the Clintons. All over-layered with crooked elections.

Transnationals

Corporations become interlocked in a pyramid of manipulation for a few at the top. These were the Reptilian Hybrids. The capstone to this pyramid is the most elite: The Twelve Families and the Twelve Followers, including Coburg and Gothe sperm banks. In Arizona, these are even wilder.

There is talk of Marguis de Lebeaux and the Pinnacle of the Draco who ‘do’ as they are told. All these employees and institutions do as they are told. Power positions always go to the right people. Ordo Ab Chao. Problem-Reaction-Solution. There is a certain amount of arrogance in totalitarian tiptoeing. Free trade using diversion techniques, says Icke. when making Money out of Nothing. Like when crediting King Hammurabi, and the stories of the Knights Templar.

There is a whole hidden history in Black Nobility going back to Venice and the Banco of Lombard Street and the Gold trade and the Gold Smith; notes were submerged in debt; the Fractional Reserve System. The culprits reserved your wealth as their own under this myth, which goes back to Nathan Rothschild’s Battle of Waterloo in 1815. This led into the Mossad’s Boom and Bust system when they called in loans to repay loans. Controlled banking; all part of the central banking system and the private banking cartel and the taxation of people; It was coordinated corruption involving the Monetary Fund and the Bank of England.

Recall Wiam Orange in 1694 and Jekyll Island in 1910, leading to the event of Senator Nelson Aldrich, Paul and Max Warburg, as well as the trail of I.G. Farben, Nina Leoh, Frieda Schiff, the Federal Reserve Bill of 1913-–all part of the private banks.

Similarly, there was Paul VolckerAlan Greenspan and the Federal Reserve and IOUs to the BISSenator Thomas Benton Rothschild was part of the cabal that owned the dollar by using Counterfeit notes in 1930. The same for banks in 1998 and the World Central Bank today. We are being forced to have a World Central Back even today. All property at their mercy. They are Neptune’s and so ludicrous, says Icke, in rigging the system with Cartelism.

Look at the Diamond Market, says Icke. DeBeers was started in 1871. Lord Salisbury and Lord Roseburg ordered the mines consolidated in 1888 which led to the war with the Boers (Prince Rose and Croix Lodge N0. 30), which also led to the Rosicrucian 1897 Union of South Africa. Further details can be found with Alfred Milner, Ernest Oppenheimer, Namibia and the Anglo-American Corporation. Ernest Oppenheimer was Chairman in 1929. All were hybridlike cattle that worked to justify the prices they demanded through indoctrination of the public using dubious marketing strategy, even movies. Debeer companies used blatant untruths and even terrorism in 200 merchants using unusually prices—artificially high. The Anglo-American Corporation dealt in Black Markets of alluvial diamonds in a coup supported by the CIA and a Mobius diamond cartel—one big cartel.

The same with the Gold Industry.

All Going Morally Bankrupt but most arduously and innately involved in control and domination of mankind!

Part IV: Cracks in the EggThe Global Cadence

The costs of water and food on global levels heading for bankruptcy for the average person. Benito Mussolini did his share of hijacking of the food chain. A Cap is needed on the rich -poor divide. Bob Geldof in 1988 spoke of a ‘sting’ operation in the European economy. The Federal Reserve buyouts. The General Electric Corporation where Dr. Ana and Charles really own the body and pay only a royalty on patented ‘seed banks.’ They are without a license to operate a food control where corporations no longer operate as Corporations by and for the people. The Crown Temple fallaciously tries to remove the problem. Instead, there is only ‘death in the woods,’ while the attempt to cover their tracks. It is bigger than you think as they try programming the language, creating a blueprint for conquest.

The Personnel

Donald Ramsfield, Dick Chaney, Paul Wolfowitz, Lewis Libby, John Bolton, Elliot Abrams, Dov Zakeim, Douglas Faith, Richard Perle, Michael Ledom, John Negroponte, Zalmay Kha lazed and Jed Bush. Still all part of the Sumerian – Khazar mafia.

The Story of Flight 11, Flight 175, Flight 77 and Flight 93.

Flights 11, 175 and 93 are still some of biggest Norad mysteries in the lap of Michel de Montaigne and Donald Rumfield and the bombshell caused by ‘boy Bush.’ There were many omissions by the investigation Commission in an Alice in Wonderland matrix. Why did the hijacking not start while the planes were landed? The disappearance of and tampering with the Black Boxes is open to question. Flight 77 did not crash into the Pentagon, but may have been a separate missile, not the plane. And the fall of the buildings themselves appear to be “controlled demolition.” The extra building, No. 7, was circumspectly collapsed when someone said to ”pull it.” Flight 93 is suspected of being passengerless and pilotless and operated by someone on the ground.

There is growing evidence that the said pilots were trained by aviation schools that had close ties with the CIA.

The roots of 9/11 have to do with a George Orwell reality and fake democracy and law enforcement elitism, part of a Superstate agenda. One of the movements may have to do with a United Europe and further treaties of Rome. John Foster Dulles and Dean Acheson spoke of a ‘Eura ton’ and Monumental but bogus referendums: the Soviet Union of Europe and the European Commission. Icke says these were ‘useful idiots.’ Dark Eyes but EU sellouts of the North American Trade Agreement which was not real ‘free trade.’ There is no “super corridor” but only, according to George Shultz, a national flux of people in a World Bank.

It is all part of the New World Order upon Americans and others where their freedoms are at stake. It is all a partnership in crime. Parties involved are Lord Keyes, Gatt, The Bechter Group, Robert Zoellick and the IMF: all centralized and uniform in the Problem-Reaction-Solution. Also, Margaret Thatcher, the Bush-Clinton drug ring. Vincent Foster, the Rose Law Firm. Larry Nichols, The Social Democratic Party (SDP), Victor Rothschild, MI5, and a lot of Ivy League, and Tony Blair who became part of the Shadow People in 1953.

It was all Rule by Sycophants: The R-Complex. This included the Queen, The Labour Party, The Manchurian Candidates Abu Nidal and Cho Seung-Hu, Paul McKenna, Cathleen Ann O’brien, The Warren Commission, Project Monarch, MKUltratrist Lampe and Missouri Representative Wayne Cox, Lt. Colonel Michael Aquino.

In this Castle of Kings was Azazel, Hillary Clinton, Timothy McVeigh—were all part of a global sickness where DARPA was experimenting with ‘thought tracking and manufacturing of reality.’ With Chem Trails, we are poisoning the skies, some are Barium alloys. Dr. Nick Begich speaks of the Hive Mind, a Left-Brain prison—all part of the Bush Cabal.

Carlos Castaneda talks of ‘force whispering’ and the use of subliminal images in Double thinking. Nick Griffin and C.D Seane say that this can be found in diet soda, fluoride imputations, Big Pharma. Dr. Andrew Wakefield sees this as all part of a global fascism He reminds us of IPCC experiments and talk of Sunspots about 1893.

Edward Maunder, Professor Ian Clerk, Tim Ball and Al Gore speaks about returning to a medieval ‘warm period.’ Nigel Lawson, Professor Philip Scott, Professor Patrick Michaels likewise wish to invent a Gobal Waring Club. Professor Patrick Michaels speculates this will all be outlined by ‘computer crazies.’ Professor David Adams talks about climate change leading to ‘another dimensional awareness.’


Symbolic Interlude. Now That’s Prophecy. Neo-Nazi Cops. 9/11 – The Big Lie. Lying for a Living. The Miracle Factory. The Seamless Web. The Conspiracy Allude. Free Trade as We Tell You. Fake Democracy. The Super State Agenda. The Wall. The Sycophant versus Britain. Made in Manchuria. Whose Word is in your Head? The Hive Mind. Computer Access. The Carbon Con. The Shift.

******************************************************************************************************

Book Series In Order » Authors » David Icke

Leave a Reply

  1. Name
  2. Email
  3. Comment

https://226206a2e9156ff5a80e3eb04b899e22.safeframe.googlesyndication.com/safeframe/1-0-38/html/container.html

Share this:

Customize buttons

Related

The Many Worlds Undiscovered!December 18, 2021In “Alien abduction”

Tricks of the MindAugust 9, 2017In “ARCHAEOLOGY”

David Icke Warned Us about Viruses!April 19, 2020In “Alien abduction”Posted in Alien abductionAlien HybridAngelic HybridARCHAEOLOGYBad KarmaBL4 Lab Biological WeaponsCenter for DiseaseChina A VirusCommerceConspiracyCoronaCorporate ControlCrimeDavid IckeFinanceFlu VaccinationForced VaccinationHistoryHIVHuman NatureInvestigative ReportingKafkaesqueMind ControlNazismNew SciencePandemicParanormalPedophilaPhantasmagoriaQuarantineSadismSarsScience-fictionSlaverySurrealismUfologyUFOsUncategorizedWhistleblowingWuhanTagged ConspiracyConspiracy Investigative ReportingCosmologyEconomicsEsotericHistoryMind InfiltrationParasychologyPoliticsUFOsEdit

Post navigation

← FURTHER FACTS ON KENNEDY

Leave a Reply

REPTILIAN BLOOD TRAITS – By Cherry Hinkle

 

49440-retilianupclose

REPTILIAN BLOOD TRAITS

By Cherry Hinkle

The follow the bloodlines to find their masters own people – they have followed the recessive traits in the human race.
Their own race, ages ago, shared the several genetic traits. When their own bloodline changed over thousands of years, the masters of the greys sent workers to start checking the changes in the human race.
A few at a time to start, then more and more studies, trying to find a human with blood that matches the blood of masters. If the blood of the human he and his sibling and following children will be tracked.

If the human’s blood doesn’t match, they might end up in Dulce Base or similar facilities.  They search for negative blood type, or the more rare blood groups.  The specific blood more like to carry the traits they follow would be the blood of the Celtic and Basque people.  They have been splitting certain blood cells for several generations, making each next generation they will finally produce for a human who’s blood is a perfect match.

QUESTIONS ABOUT THE FLASHGUN AT DULCE BASE

Question:

Tell me more about the flashgun. Is it difficult to operate, or is it like the weapon on Star Trek that can stun or kill on different modes?

Answer: This advanced weapon is an advanced beam weapon that can operate on three different phases.

Phase 1, like Star Trek, can stun and maybe kill, if the person has a weak heart.

On Phase 2, it can levitate anything no matter what it weighs.

Phase 3 is the serious business mode. The Flashgun is an awesome weapon that can paralyze anything that lives, animal, human, alien and plant.

On the higher position on the same mode, it can create a temporary death. I assure you, any doctor would certify that
person is dead, but their life essence lingers in some strange limbo, some kind of terrible state of non-death.

In one to five hours, the person will revive, slowly. First, the bodily functions will begin, and in a few minutes, consciousness follows with full awareness.  In that mode, the alien scientists re-program the human brain and plant false information.

When the person awakens, he ‘recalls’ the false information as information he gained through life experience.  There is no way for a person to learn the truth.  The human mind ‘remembers’ and believes completely the false data.

If you attempt to inform them, they would laugh or get angry.

They NEVER believe the truth.  Their mind always forgets the experience of re-programming.

You asked if the flashgun is difficult to operate.  A two-year-old child could use it with one hand. It resembles a flashlight, with black glass conical inverted lens.  On the side are three recessed knobs in three curved grooves.  Each knob has different size, and shape.

The closer the lever to the hand, the less the strength or power of that lever. It’s that simple.  Each knob has three strengths also, with automatic stops at each position.  The strongest position will vaporize anything that lives.  That mode is so powerful it will leave NO TRACE of what it vaporized.

Question:  The weapon called a Flash Gun must a different name in the manuals.  Can you please name the authentic name of that weapon?

Answer:  Everybody calls them Flash Guns, or more commonly “The Flash” or “my Flash” when talking about it.  In the manual, the flashgun is introduced as the Armorlux Weapon. After that, the weapon is always called as the Flash Gun.

US Army Observers Report: US Navy Task Force 68 – “Operation Highjump”

US Army Observers Report: US Navy Task Force 68 – “Operation Highjump”

https://collections.nlm.nih.gov/ocr/nlm:nlmuid-14020180R-

http://www.czimages.com/CZMemories/Photos/photoof327.htm

ARMY OBSERVERS’ REPORT 
OF 
OPERATION 
TASK FORCE 68, U.S.NAVY RESTRICTED 
ARMY OBSERVERS’ REPORT 
OF 
OPERATION 
HIGHJUMP 
TASK FORCE 68, U. S. NAVY 
WAR DEPARTMENT, WASHINGTON, D. C. 
SEPTEMBER 1 947 Distribution : 
OSW (2); WDGS Divs (5), except R&D (300); WDSS Divs (2); 
AAF (10); AGF (50); T (2); Dept (2); Base Comd (2); Def 
Comd (2); AAF Comd (5); Arm & Sv Bd (2); Adm Sv (2); 
Tech Sv (15); AMA (2); FC (1); PG (2); Ars (2); Div Eng (2); 
GH (1); RH (1); Disp (1); Sch (2), except Gen & Sp Sv Sch 
(5); USMA (5); Tng C (2); Class III Instls (1); A (5); CHQ 
(2); D (2); D (ATC) (2); D (A Tng Comd) (2); B (2); R (1); 
AF (5); W (2); G (1); Special distribution. 
For explanation of distribution formula, see TM 38-405. 
ii PREFACE 
This report represents the combined observations of Army personnel assigned to 
Task Force 68, Operation “HIGHJUMP”, Naval Antarctic Development Project, 
December 1946 to April 1947. The War Department responded willingly to a Navy 
invitation to send observers on this important expedition and increased its represen- 
tation to sixteen, ten more than originally allotted by the Navy. (The personnel 
included four men with prior Antarctic experience.) 
The Army cooperated with the Navy in respect to materiel items, particularly 
in regard to Ordnance vehicles and Quartermaster items of issue including special 
rations, tents, skis, stoves, sleeping bags, and cold weather clothing. 
The Army observers were primarily a cross-section representing Army Air Forces, 
Army Ground Forces, and some of the technical services. The combined background 
permitted a general coverage of primary Army interests, particularly in the fields of 
polar research, engineering, communications, personal health and protection, surface 
transportation, meteorology, photography, air operations, emergency rescue, and 
various fields of scientific research. 
By Navy request, the Army observers’ activity was to be segregated specifically 
from expedition operations. However, they asked for or accepted voluntary work 
assignments which would permit better opportunities for military observations. 
The Army personnel therefore had an active part in many operational activities 
including exploratory flights, air operations, base construction, photography, over- 
snow travel, meteorology, emergency rescue planning, training, scientific projects, 
and other activities. 
The Army observers were concentrated for the most part with the Central Group 
which operated on the Ross Shelf Ice, as there was little of concern to the Army in 
respect to ship movements and seaplane activity of the Eastern and Western Groups. 
The War Department issued no special instructions to its observers, but appointed a 
senior observer who was well qualified as to the broad interests of the Army in high 
latitude operations and thoroughly cognizant as to Antarctic conditions. The senior 
Army observer organized the observation team and clarified fields of responsibility. 
The trip to Antarctica aboard the U. S. S. Mount Olympus, Flagship of the Task Force, 
was spent in frequent conference to prepare for maximum utilization of observation 
opportunities in the Antarctic. The plan worked smoothly while on the ice permit- 
ting the observers to work independently with only occasional coordination with the 
senior observer. On the return, the observers held daily conferences and prepared 
iii necessary joint logs and reports by means of dictation into a wire recorder. The 
specific topics for which the observers were individually qualified and responsible 
were prepared separately. 
Within one week upon return to the United States the Army observation reports, 
in rough draft, including illustrations, were submitted to the War Department and 
were made available in most instances to the agencies primarily concerned. The 
publication of the combined Army observers’ report was purposely postponed until 
the Navy’s much larger report could have prior release. It is felt that the Army 
observers’ report, although it does not attempt to cover ship operations or problems of 
primary concern to the Navy, does contain many valuable independent observations 
from an Army viewpoint that do not constitute a duplication of the Navy’s “Report 
of Operation Highjump”. (U. S. Navy Antarctic Development Project 1947.) 
The Army’s combined observers’ report has in no manner attempted to evaluate 
or criticize the Navy’s Operation Highjump. It has been a conscientious effort to 
report the operation as planned and executed. Each contributor was requested 
to consider the operation in the light of the problems with which the Army would be 
faced, were it to undertake a similar project, and to make recommendations as to 
how difficulties could be obviated. 
The War Department is indebted to the Navy for including Army observers on 
Operation Highjump under the commendable leadership of Rear Admiral R. E, Byrd 
and Rear Admiral R. H. Cruzen. The Army observers, and those who have assisted 
in production of this report, are to be commended for the very valuable contribu- 
tions they have made to the War Department research and development program. 
H. S. AURAND 
Major General, GSG 
Director of Research & Development 
War Department General Staff 
IV CONTENTS 
Page 
PREFACE Hi 
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION. 
Section I. Planning of Operation “HIGHJUMP” 1 
IE Activities of U. S. Army Observers 5 
HI. Narrative Account of Operation “HIGHJUMP” 13 
CHAPTER 2. ARMY INTEREST IN ANTARCTICA. 
Section I. Historical Comments 15 
II. Army Interest 16 
CHAPTER 3. ENGINEER OPERATIONS. 
Section I. Introduction 18 
II. Construction Equipment 25 
III. Cargo Handling and Unloading 30 
IV. Buildings and Shelters 34 
V. Utilities 41 
VI. Airstrips and Snow Tests 44 
VIE Recommendations 57 
CHAPTER 4. TRANSPORTATION. 
Section I. Introduction 64 
II. Cargo Carrier, M29C 66 
III. Tractors 70 
IV. Drawn Conveyances 78 
V. Landing Vehicle, Tracked (LVT) 81 
VI. Observations 96 
VII. Recommendations 99 
VIII. Comments by U. S. M. C. Observer 101 
CHAPTER 5. AIRCRAFT OPERATIONS. 
Section I. R4D (C-47) Operations in the Antarctic 105 
II. Technical Observations 108 
III. Recommendations Ill 
IV. Log of L-5 in the Antarctic 113 
V. Comments on Air Operations by U. S. N. Observer 120 
VI. Air Operations Logs—Central, Eastern, and Western Groups 124 
CHAPTER 6. SEARCH AND RESCUE. 
Section T. Task Force 68 Search and Rescue Plan 129 
II. Aircraft Accidents 135 
III. Search and Rescue Equipment 145 
IV. Observations 154 
V. Recommendations 159 
VI. Plan and S. O. P. for Army Search and Rescue Unit in the Antarctic . . . 161 CHAPTER 7. MEDICAL. f°*‘ 
Section I. Plans, Objectives and Policies 168 
II. Technical Observations 176 
III. Environmental Sanitation 199 
IV. Survival and Rescue 208 
V. Recommendations 217 
VI. List of Medical Supplies Cached at “Little America III” 220 
VII. Comments on U. D. T. by U. S. N. Observer 222 
CHAPTER 8. COMMUNICATIONS (SIGNAL CORPS). 
Section I. U. S. S. Mount Olympus 223 
II. Airstrip Control Station 229 
III. Aircraft 245 
IV. Emergency Base Station 247 
V. Trail Party 249 
VI. Clothing 251 
VII. Observations 252 
VIII. Recommendations 255 
CHAPTER'9. COMMUNICATIONS (ACS). 
Section I. Plans and Objectives 259 
II. Observations ' 259 
III. Recommendations 263 
CHAPTER 10. PHOTOGRAPHY. 
Section I. Task Force Plan 265 
II. Personnel and Assignments 268 
III. Equipment 273 
IV. Operation of Equipment 273 
V. Cold Weather Problems 280 
VI. Recommendations 286 
VII. Comments by U. S. N. Observer 289 
CHAPTER 11. METEOROLOGY. 
Section I. Meteorological Plan 290 
II. Technical Observations 291 
III. Weather Processes Encountered 299 
IV. Recommendations 300 
CHAPTER 12. ANTARCTIC PLAN FOR SCIENTIFIC EXPLORATION. 
Section I. Approaches to the Antarctic 324 
II. The International Scientific Plan 326 
III. joint Aerial Exploratory Program 327 
IV. The Antarctic Is Different 328 
V. Conclusion 328 
CHAPTER 13. COMBINED OBSERVERS' LOG 329 APPENDIX I. INSTRUCTIONS FOR OBSERVERS 374 
II. FACILITIES ASHORE AT LITTLE AMERICA 377 
III. QUARTERMASTER QUESTIONNAIRE FOR NAVY TASK 
FORCE 68 379 
IV. OPERATIONAL AND PLANNING DISCUSSION .... 386 
V. GLACIOLOGICAL STUDY OF BAY OF WHALES AREA . 391 
VI. MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF NEVE SNOW 
SURFACES 394 
VII. CLOTHING AND FOOTGEAR EXPERIMENTS 397 
VIII. MAPS 399 
Page 
vii Top row: Maj, Crozier; Capt. Harrison/ Mr. Waite/ Dr. Siple/ Maj. Holcombe/ Capt. Wiener/ Lt. Col. Davis. Bottom row: T/5 Waltersdort; 
T/5 Shimberg/ Lt. Col. Love/ CWO Morency/ Mr. Davis/ Sgt. London/ Lt. Col. Johns 
Figure 1. Army observers assigned to U. S. Navy Task Force 68, Operation HIGHJUMP RESTRICTED 
CHAPTER 1 
INTRODUCTION 
SECTION I. Planning of Operation "HIGHJUMP" 
1. Command of Project. 
The United States Navy’s “Antarctic De- 
velopment Project, 1947,” identified by the 
code word HIGHJUMP, was established by 
the Chief of Naval Operations to be carried 
out by Task Force 68 of the Atlantic Fleet. 
This force, commanded by Rear Admiral 
Richard H. Cruzen, was under the opera- 
tional and administrative control of the 
Commander in Chief, U. S. Atlantic Fleet. 
Technical control was retained by the Chief 
of Naval Operations and exercised through 
Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd, USN (Ret.), 
who was designated as the officer in charge 
of the project and during the conduct of 
operations exercised technical control. Tac- 
tical command at all times remained with 
the Commander Task Force 68. 
2. Assumptions. 
a. That ice conditions would permit access 
to the proposed operating areas. 
b. That weather conditions encountered 
would permit conduct of planned air and 
surface operations. 
c. That no vessels of the task force would 
spend the winter in the Antarctic. 
3. Objectives of Project 
a. To establish a temporary base and air- 
strip on the Ross Shelf Ice in the vicinity of 
Tittle America, Antarctica, and conduct 
systematic long range air exploration of the 
Antarctic Continent therefrom, and conduct 
naval operations and carry out specific proj- 
ects for training naval personnel, testing 
materials, and amplifying scientific knowl- 
edge of the Antarctic. 
b. To extend the area of exploration of the 
Antarctic Continent, utilizing aircraft based 
on tenders operating around the continental 
perimeter. 
c. To examine the limits and character of 
the ice belt surrounding the Antarctic Con- 
tinent and the coast line where accessible by 
surface ships. 
d. To carry out assigned naval and scien- 
tific projects in order to—- 
(1) Train personnel and test materiel in 
the frigid zones. 
(2) Explore the largest practicable area 
of the Antarctic Continent. 
(3) Determine the feasibility of establish- 
ing, maintaining, and utilizing bases in the 
Antarctic, and investigate possible base sites. 
(4) Develop techniques for establishing, 
maintaining, and utilizing bases on ice, with 
particular reference to later applicability of 
such techniques to operations in interior 
of ice caps where conditions are comparable 
to those in the Antarctic. 
(5) Amplify existing stores of knowledge 
of hydrographic, geographic, geological, me- 
teorological, and electromagnetic propagation 
conditions in the area. 
(6) Supplement objectives of the 1946 
NANOOK operation. 
765274—48— 
1 BAY OF WHALES AREA 
1947 
GEOGRAPHIC STUDY-BY PAUL A. SIPUE 
SKETCH MAP-BY JOHN ROSCOE 
ALL PHYSIOGRAPHIC FEATURES FORMED 
IN ICE-NO LAND AT LITTLE A M ER IC A 
Figure 2. Bay of Whales area, January 1947. 
2 4. Task Force Composition. 
Task Force 68 was subdivided into four 
task groups with the following locations and 
objectives: 
a. Central Group, The Central Group was 
composed of the following vessels: 
1 Communications Ship (ACC), the U. S. S. 
Mount Olympus (Flagship). 
1 Ice breaker, “wind class” (WAG), the 
U. S. C. G. C. Northwind. 
1 Ice breaker (AG), the U. S. S. Burton 
Island. 
2 Supply ships (AKA), U. S. S. Yancey and 
U. S. S. Merrick. 
1 Submarine (SS), U. S. S. Sennet. 
This task group was to proceed to the Bay of 
Whales, land and establish a temporary base 
and airstrip in the vicinity of Little America, 
conduct systematic long range air explora- 
tion and associated operations, carry out 
various training and test projects, and sup- 
port scientific investigations in the interests 
of amplifying our knowledge of the Antarctic. 
b. Western Group. The Western Group 
was composed of the following vessels: 
1 Seaplane tender (AV), the U. S. S. Curri- 
tuck. 
1 Tanker (AO), the U. S. S, Cacapon. 
1 Destroyer (DD), the U. S. S. Henderson. 
c. Eastern Group. The Eastern Group was 
composed of the following vessels: 
1 Seaplane tender, the U. S. S. Pine Island. 
1 Tanker, the U. S. S. Canisteo. 
1 Destroyer, the U. S. S. Brownson. 
This task group was to proceed to the vicinity 
of Peter I Island (69° S. latitude and 91° W. 
longitude) and from this location begin 
systematic air exploration of assigned areas 
of the continent and coast line. This area 
was to be covered by moving eastward along 
the continental perimeter, keeping just out- 
side of the ice pack. 
d. Carrier Group. In addition to the above 
one aircraft carrier, the U. S. S. Philippine 
Sea was to ferry the R4D aircraft and one 
H03S helicopter down to the limits of the 
ice pack from which point the R4D aircraft 
were to be flown southward over the Ross 
Sea to the airstrip on the ice shelf. The 
helicopter was to be carried within range of 
Little America aboard the ice breaker 
Northwind. 
5. General Concept of Operations after 
Arrival. 
The primary objectives of the expedition 
were: To explore and map by aerial recon- 
naissance and photography as much of the 
unexplored and unmapped portions of the 
interior as possible and certain unknown or 
improperly charted parts of the coast line; 
to test cold weather air operations from ice 
cap terrain with conventional wheel landing 
gear by constructing and using a matted 
airstrip; and to determine the feasibility of 
and develop techniques for establishing, 
maintaining, and utilizing air bases on ice. 
To these ends the various phases of the opera- 
tion were planned as follows: 
a. Base Site. The ice barrier was to be 
approached in the Bay of Whales area and a 
thorough investigation made to locate a 
feasible base site in that area. If the bay 
was found closed and the area unsuitable for 
landing, search was to be made along the 
barrier, aided by observation from the heli- 
copter carried aboard the U. S. C. G. G. 
Northwind. The site selected had to satisfy 
the following requirements: 
(1) The top of the barrier must be 
accessible from the ice, foot or bay ice. 
(2) The general area had to be one in 
which the ice showed minimal signs of a 
tendency to break off. 
(3) The terrain must present a level 
straightaway 1 mile long for the airstrip. 
b. Base Construction. The senior Civil En- 
gineer Corps officer was to be responsible 
for construction of the base and airstrip. 
All construction was planned to continue 
3 on a 24-hour basis. The following priorities 
were given to the various phases of establish- 
ing the base: 
(1) Priority One. Construct an access road- 
way from the ship’s side to a place of safety 
on top of the barrier, set up rigging to move 
cargo sleds from ship to barrier top, establish 
an emergency subsistence facility on the 
barrier top, and install communications for 
local control of unloading and construction. 
(2) Priority Two. Break a trail from the 
first supply and equipment depot on the 
barrier top (“place of safety” mentioned 
above) to the base camp site. 
(3) Priority Three. Erect a 300-man tem- 
porary tent camp. 
(4) Priority Four. Install air operating facil- 
ities such as quonset hut for service facilities, 
radio equipment, and the pierced plank 
landing mat 150 by 5,000 feet with parking 
area, fuel dump, and runway lights. 
(5) Priority Five. Erect 35-man emergency 
winter hut camp. 
(6) Priority Six. Special facilities for testing 
equipment under cold weather conditions. 
c. Carrier Group Operations. Upon comple- 
tion of the airstrip (estimated late January) 
two R4D aircraft were to be called from the 
carrier lying outside of the ice pack at about 
70° S. latitude and 175° W. longitude. 
These planes were to make the flight and 
test the landing strip before the balance of 
the R4D aircraft were called. The destroyer 
Henderson was to act as plane guard during the 
launching operation. After ferrying and 
launching the aircraft, no further role was 
planned for the carrier which was then to 
be released for return to the Canal Zone. 
The helicopter on the Philippine Sea was to 
be brought in to within flying distance of the 
base site aboard the U. S, C. G. C. Northwind. 
d. General Air Plan. (1) After the aircraft 
from the carrier had joined the central 
group the planes available at the main base 
would be the following: 
6 R4D (C-47)—based ashore. 
1 JA (G-64) on skis—based ashore. 
1 H03S (commercial type) helicopter— 
based ashore. 
2 J2F (amphibians)—one on U.S.G.G.C. 
Northwind and one on U.S.S. Burton Island. 
1 HOS (R~6) helicopter—based on the 
U.S.C.G.G. Northwind. 
1 H03S helicopter—based on the U.S.S. 
Burton Island. 
2 Or (L 5) based ashore. 
With this equipment systematic exploration 
within the limits of practicable flight by the 
specially modified R4D aircraft was to be 
carried out. The range of these aircraft with 
cabin tanks was estimated at 750 miles’ 
radius. It was intended to fly standard 
sector search tracks spaced so that adjacent 
plane tracks at the end of the sector would be 
no more than 60 miles apart. The planes 
were oxygen equipped and where possible 
were to fly at 10,000 feet altitude over the 
average terrain level while taking trime- 
trogon photographs. All R4D’s were to be 
modified to a combination ski-wheel landing 
gear. The smaller aircraft were earmarked 
for rescue and short range reconnaissance. 
(2) The Eastern and Western Task Groups 
each had available the following aircraft: 
3 PBM-5 seaplanes. 
1 HOS (R-6) heli- 
copter 
1 SOG seaplane 
1 H03S helicopter. 
Western—all on U. 
S. S. Currituck. 
Eastern—all on U. 
S. S. Pine Island. 
The helicopters and seaplanes were to be 
used for rescue and short range recon- 
naissance. The PBM aircraft were to be 
used in pairs to conduct exploration of as- 
signed areas. Each group was to move 
gradually in a direction away from the Ross 
Sea area along the continental perimeter. 
They were to concentrate on areas outside 
of a 750-mile circle from the Central 
Group’s base. Flights were to cover the 
coast line first in order to provide maximum 
geographical reference for succeeding flights 
4 into the interior. After photographing the 
coast line, flights were to be made into the 
interior up to 700 miles from the ships. 
General areas covered are indicated on map, 
appendix VIII. 
e. Withdrawal. When the season advanced 
to the more difficult weather of the Antarctic 
fall, making air operations unprofitable or 
impracticable (estimated late March) ships 
of the Central Group were to be loaded and 
cleared from the Ross Sea and the entire task 
force withdrawn from the Antarctic area for 
return to the United States. 
f. Emergency Base. It was planned that no 
personnel would remain in the Antarctic 
except to continue a rescue operation. If 
this became necessary the winter party of 
about 35 men and officers would be chosen 
insofar as possible from volunteers and would 
occupy the emergency camp mentioned 
above as fifth priority in the base construc- 
tion plan. If possible this camp was to be 
located so as to utilize the buildings left by 
the U. S. Antarctic Service Expedition in 
1941 (“3rd Byrd Expedition”). The com- 
plement of the emergency camp was planned 
to include one medical officer and one 
medical enlisted man. 
g. Scientific Research. As auxiliary activities 
many scientific projects were to be pursued 
in such fields as geology, meteorology, 
terrestrial magnetism, oceanography, radar 
propagation, etc. Certain of these projects 
were under the direction of civilian scien- 
tists from nonmilitary governmental agen- 
cies. 
SECTION II. Activities of U. S. Army Observers 
1. Personnel. 
The personnel serving as War Department 
observers on Operation HIGHJUMP, to- 
gether with the agencies they represented 
were as follows: 
Dr. Paul A. Siple, civilian, WDGS, Research 
and Development (Assistant to Admiral 
Byrd on technical matters). 
John N. Davis, Lt. Col., Inf., Infantry 
School (Airborne). 
Willis S. Johns, Lt. Col., A. C., AAF Com- 
munications. 
R. C. Love, Lt. Col., M. C., AAF, The Air 
Surgeon. 
James H. Holcombe, Maj., C. E., AAF, The 
Air Engineer. 
Dan Crozier, Maj., M. C., Brooke Army 
Medical Center. 
Mr. A. H. Waite, civilian, Chief Signal Corps 
and Signal Corps Engineering Laboratory. 
Murray A. Wiener, Capt., A. C., AAF 
Rescue Service. 
Chas. H, Harrison, Capt., A. C., AAF, 
Weather Service. 
Mr. Robert Davis, civilian, Strategic Air 
Command (radar mapping observer). 
S. A. London, 1st Sgt., AAF Rescue Service 
(paratrooper). 
A. J. L. Morency, C. W. O., Amphibious 
Engineers. 
In addition to the above, four U. S. Army 
enlisted photographers were on the expedi- 
tion as participants under Navy direction. 
They were: Cpl. J. M. Waltersdorf and 
Gpl. J. Shimberg, central group; Cpl. H. G. 
Foster, Western group; and Cpl. E. Zinberg, 
Eastern group. 
2. Policies of the Commander, Task Force 
68. 
The policies of the Commander Task 
Force 68 with reference to the activities of the 
Army observers were as follows: 
a. Army observers were not to participate 
5 in the operation or the projects set up for 
accomplishment by the Navy Department. 
Their capacity as observers only was main- 
tained except as requested by the task force 
staff. 
b. In order that the final report on HIGH- 
JUMP might be as complete and compre- 
hensive as possible, it was directed that ob- 
servers submit their official reports to or via 
the Task Force Commander. If desired, 
observers were given the choice of submitting 
advance copies of their reports to interested 
addressees. The Task Force Commander 
was to be informed of advance copies so 
distributed. 
c. Commanders were directed to furnish 
the Army group with all information and 
assistance possible in the furtherance of their 
mission. 
d. Complete photographic coverage of all 
aspects of the operation was planned, and 
any additional photographic work desired 
by Army observers was to be made available. 
3. Planning of Activities. 
Planning of observers’ activities was initi- 
ated after departure from Balboa, C. Z. 
Regular meetings of all Army personnel were 
scheduled three times a week, and plans 
were drawn up for coverage of all task force 
projects and activities. 
a. A master chart listing all major activi- 
ties and subdivisions thereof was prepared in 
such a way as to indicate the primary, 
secondary, and minor interests of each ob- 
server in the various phases of the operation. 
The master chart included official Navy test 
and research projects and in addition many 
routine phases of the operation which it was 
believed would yield valuable information. 
The medical officers submitted a jointly 
prepared outline of subjects to cover which 
became the medical section of the Army 
project list. 
b. It was decided that a final consolidated 
report to the War Department would be 
written on the return journey from material 
assembled by the various observers. Each 
Army observer wrote the sections for which 
he had been originally assigned and con- 
sidered best qualified. These assignments 
carried with them the responsibility for 
detailed observation and final preparation 
of material for the consolidated report. 
c. It was believed preferable that most 
Army observers live ashore from the earliest 
possible date in close contact with the opera- 
tion. Accordingly, a memorandum was sub- 
mitted to the Chief of Staff, Task Force 68 
requesting that this be authorized. Subse- 
quently the task force commander directed 
that during the early phase of unloading 
supplies and building the airstrip, only per- 
sonnel essential to the actual progress of the 
work would be quartered on the ice. All 
other personnel, both Navy and Army, were 
to sleep aboard ship. During this period 
the presence of these officers on the ice was 
to be permitted insofar as it did not place a 
burden on the shore party in erecting tent- 
quarters, expanding the mess to accommo- 
date them, etc. See Task Force Memoran- 
dum, this subject, appendix II. Exception 
to this policy in connection with the War 
Department observers was made in the case 
of Maj. Holcombe, Aviation Engineer ob- 
server, who was invited to assist by partici- 
pating in the operation in his field and was 
authorized to quarter ashore at any time at 
the discretion of the senior naval engineering 
officer. Other Army personnel were to be 
quartered ashore after the landing and con- 
struction phases. 
d. In view of the detailed and complete 
photo coverage of all kinds planned for the 
expedition it was the hope of the medical 
observers that a moving picture covering 
the medical support of the operation might 
be assembled. The privilege of requesting 
photographic coverage was extended to the 
Army group and a comprehensive list of 
medical subjects was submitted. 
6 e. It was foreseen that many of the data 
assembled by various observers would re- 
quire interpretation and correlation with 
the weather conditions prevailing when the 
observations were made. The AAF Weather 
Service observer was assigned the responsibil- 
ity for obtaining and recording daily informa- 
tion on temperature, wind, cloud cover, etc. 
4. Activities Ashore. 
Most Army observers made daily visits 
ashore until 23 January when tent quarters 
were made available and were occupied 
from that date until the shore party was 
evacuated on the U. S. C. G. C. Burton Island. 
Information was gathered principally 
through the medium of daily contact with 
personnel of the base camp. Press confer- 
ences were not attended by Army observers, 
with the exception of a few instances. Each 
air crew member was interrogated after all 
major flights. Engineering officers, crew 
chiefs, and line mechanics were also con- 
tacted on matters relating to their work 
activities. Permission was obtained from the 
base commander and senior officer of the 
flight echelon to attend aircrew briefings, and 
this was done whenever possible. Major 
Dan Crozier, M. C., and C. W. O. Anthony 
J. L. Morency were members of the party 
which made a week’s trip to the Rockefeller 
Mountains in tracked vehicles. 
5. Recommended Assignments of Army 
Observers. 
The following memorandum from Dr. 
Paul A. Siple, Senior War Department 
Observer, to Capt. R. S. Quackenbush, 
USN, Chief of Staff, Task Force 68, outlined 
the recommended assignments for the Army 
observers while with the Task Force on 
Operation Highjump: 
18 December 1946 
Aboard USS Mount Olympus 
MEMORANDUM TO: Capt. R. S. Quackenbush, U. S. N., Chief of Staff, 
Task Force 68, Operation “HIGHJUMP”. 
FROM: Dr. Paul A. Siple; Senior War Dept. Observer, U. S. 
Army. 
SUBJECT: Recommended assignments of Army Observer per- 
sonnel during phase I of Ice Operations (Prior to 
arrival of R4D aircraft). 
1. The following recommendations are summarized from detailed observa- 
tion plans now under preparation to be submitted at a later date. Army 
Observer personnel are sincerely interested in the success of Operation “HIGH- 
JUMP” and are willing, individually or collectively, to be of such assistance 
to the Task Force Commander as he might desire, insofar as they are capable, 
providing, of course, that such possible assignments permit ample opportunity 
to carry out observations of their specifically assigned fields by the War Depart- 
ment. The following list of Army Observer Personnel is given by name, showing 
individual primary interests and personal choice of location: 
A. Dr. Paul A. Siple, W. D. G. S.: 
(a) To be available at all times for advice as desired by the Officer 
in Charge and the Commanding Officer of Task Force 68, on subjects pertaining 
7 to Antarctic Geography, safety of personnel and general operations ashore, 
including scientific research program. 
(b) To be available to assist the Task Force Commander in selection 
of suitable safe sites for various operations on the ice. 
(c) To observe physical factors related to the construction of the airstrip. 
(d) When not occupied with (a), (b), and (c) above, to accompany 
members of the scientific group concerned with studies and surveys of the defor- 
mation of the Ross Shelf Ice. 
(e) To observe factors of human adaptations, acclimatization, accus- 
tomization, clothing protection, climatic effects and carry out personal experi- 
mentation on radical clothing designs. 
(f) To take such opportunities as may be provided to carry out visual 
observations from the air, to continue previous studies of the morphology of the 
glaciation of Antarctica and its general geographic structure. 
CHOICE OF LOCATION: 
(1) As desired by Admiral Cruzen. 
(2) At the airstrip camp. 
(3) With the bivouac camp for scientific group, planning to study 
ice deformation. 
(4) Aboard ship. 
B. Lt. Col. Robert C. Love, M. C.: 
(a) Primary interest concerns general and specific problems of aero- 
medical and general medical nature. This latter will include all phases of health, 
sanitation, preventive medicine, casualties, acclimatization, clothing protection, 
accustomization, psychological factors, fatigue and endurance, food and water 
supply, observation of medical facilities and methods used ashore, including 
evacuations, etc. In order to make these observations during phase I of the Ice 
Operations, prior to the arrival of the R4D aircraft, it is desired that Col. Love 
and Major Crozier, listed below, be permitted to live with the shore party, so 
that they may experience the actual living conditions on a twenty-four hour basis. 
To this end, they are both willing to accept physical assignments to maintain close 
contact with working and construction parties who are subjects of their observa- 
tions. It is assumed that if such assignments are made, they will be of such 
nature as to permit adequate time to make and record observations. Of special 
regard to Col. Love and Major Crozier, commuting from the ship daily will inter- 
fere with their personal acclimatization and accustomization, thus making poor 
observers and, as well, remove them for important hours each day from their 
subjects. 
(b) After the arrival of the R4D aircraft, Col. Love desires to transfer 
his primary interest to subjects of aero-medical nature, while Major Crozier 
will continue to have a primary interest in human and medical problems of 
shore based personnel, 
CHOICE OF LOCATION: 
(1) At the airstrip camp. 
(2) Self-provided bivouac near the airstrip camp. 
(3) Aboard ship. 
8 C. Lt. Col. John N. Davis, Inf.: 
(a) Primary interest concerns all types of operations to be carried on 
ashore, especially landing and tracked vehicles’ performance; obsenations of 
Ordnance and Chemical Warfare tests, portable field communication equipment, 
and general utilization of manpower and techniques for meeting problems for 
operations of the Ice. He will be assisted in observations of performance of 
automotive vehicles and transportation problems by C. W. O. Anthony Morency, 
Ord., after Mr. Morency’s arrival on the Ross Shelf Ice. 
(b) Desires permission (verbally indicated to Task Force Commander) 
to make a short flight for the purpose of testing airborne troop type parachutes 
in vicinity of the base airstrip. Col. Davis will be assisted and joined in actual 
parachute jump by Ist/Sgt. Jack London, USAAF, ATG. 
(c) Included in Col. Davis’s field of interests covering observations for 
the Army Ground Forces are tests on landing force equipment, BUORD 
PROJECT 1 (i) and technique and principles of dog sledging. 
CHOICE OF LOCATION: 
(1) At airstrip base camp. 
(2) At ship 
D. Lt. Col. Willis S. Johns, Air Corps: 
(a) Primary field of interest is that of communications, including all 
aspects generally and many specifically. Some observations will be made 
jointly with Mr, Amory Waite, Signal Corps. Because of the nature of the first 
phase, being primarily communications between ship and shore, Lt. Col. Johns 
can probably best carry out his observations by living aboard ship, with occa- 
sional trips ashore. 
(b) After arrival of R4D aircraft, Lt. Col. Johns’ primary interest will 
shift to communication problems and tests related to the flight operations. 
(c) Of special interest are problems of task force organization and per- 
sonnel handling, commands, and assignments. 
(d) Observations to include general operations of aircraft, including 
cold weather techniques of flight preparations, aircraft performance, communi- 
cations, and navigation. 
CHOICE OF LOCATION: 
(1) Aboard ship. 
(2) At base camp after arrival of R4D aircraft. 
E. Major James H. Holcombe, Air Corps Engineer: 
(a) Observe and participate in construction of airstrip and advanced 
air base on Ross Shelf Ice. It has been indicated informally that Major Hol- 
combe’s services as an air engineer consultant and as an officer to assist in con- 
struction of the airstrip may be requested, and to this end he is willing to cooperate 
to the fullest extent. This would permit him to be billeted ashore where he can 
best observe while helping in his primary field of interest. 
(b) Observe tests, performance, and suitability of standard construction 
equipment, materials, vehicles, fuels, and lubricants. 
(c) Observe cargo handling and unloading. 
(d) Determine physical characteristics of possible future air base sites. 
9 (e) Observe demolition operations in icefields if such prove necessary, 
or are attempted for test purposes. If such procedure is contemplated. Majoi 
Holcombe would appreciate being placed on the ship most likely to carry out 
this work, providing that such temporary assignment would not interfere with 
other observation activities listed above, in order of their importance to this 
observer. 
CHOICE OF LOCATION: 
(1) At airstrip base camp. 
(2) Self-provided bivouac near airstrip base camp. 
(3) Aboard ship 
F. Major Daniel Crazier, M. C.: 
(a) Primary observation interests are the same as listed for Col. Love, 
with the exception that primary interest concerns ice based personnel. 
CHOICE OF LOCATION: 
(1) At airstrip base camp. 
(2) Self-provided bivouac near airstrip base camp. 
(3) Aboard ship. 
G. Capt. Charles H. Harrison, Air Corps: 
(a) Meteorological observations, analysis, interpretation, and predic- 
tions. To this end, it is understood that Capt. Harrison will work in close 
coordination with the meteorological program and is willing to assume such 
responsibilities as may be assigned to him in this field. 
(b) To observe and record physical characteristics of the environ- 
ment of Antarctic conditions which produce effects upon man, equipment, and 
operations. 
CHOICE OF LOCATION: 
(1) Aboard ship. 
(2) At the airstrip base camp. 
H. Capt. Murray A. Wiener, Air Corps: 
(a) To observe all aspects of search and rescue operations, including air, 
sea, and ice. These observations will include problems concerning communica- 
tion and aids, transportation study, to include land and ski-type aircraft, heli- 
copters, small boats, over-snow vehicles and utilization of dogs and sleds; 
evacuation and care of personnel and casualties, emergency equipment and use 
of equipment. 
(b) To offer assistance to the Task Force Commander and advice, as 
requested, based upon prior experience on above-mentioned subject and experi- 
ence gained on former polar expeditions. 
(c) To observe and record aspects of clothing protection and general 
personnel requirements for operations in Antarctica. 
(d) To aid scientific group, when not occupied with higher priority 
studies. 
CHOICE OF LOCATION: 
(1) At airstrip base camp. 
(2) Self-provided bivouac near airstrip base camp. 
10 (3) With bivouac camp for scientific group. 
(4) Aboard ship. 
I. Mr. Amory Waite, Signal Corps: 
(a) To observe installation, operation, and maintenance of all radio 
equipment, particularly as affected by cold weather and Antarctic environmental 
conditions. 
(b) To observe the same factors in regard to meteorological and photo- 
graphic materials and equipment. 
(c) To observe generally and specifically the technical performance of 
all types of communications, electrical and electronic equipment, batteries, and 
items of issue by the Signal Corps, as utilized by the Task Force. 
(d) To be available as desired by the Commanding Officer of the Task 
Force for advice and assistance on subjects listed above and general problems 
concerning Antarctica operations as previously experienced. 
(e) In the early phase of the operation, temperatures will not be suffici- 
ently low to make most of the desired observations listed above. He has there- 
fore offered his services to the scientific group studying the deformation of the 
shelf ice. As an alternate to this suggestion, Mr. Waite has suggested he accom- 
pany the ship, if approved, which will erect the automatic weather station, 
possibly at Coleman Island, to cover observations of meteorological equipment 
and communications. 
CHOICE OF LOCATION: 
(1) Bivouac camp with scientific survey party. 
(2) On ship, erecting automatic weather station and resultant shore 
party. 
(3) At airstrip base camp. 
(4) Aboard ship. 
J. C. W. 0. Anthony B. Morency, Amphibious Engineers: 
(a) To observe all phases automotive equipment and to assist Col. 
Davis in general observations of specific interest to U. S. Army Ground Forces. 
This is contingent upon his transfer from the U. S. S. Cacapon to the Mount 
Olympus and the Central Group. 
(b) His services based upon past Antarctic experiences are available as 
may be desired by the Task Force Commander. 
CHOICE OF LOCATION: 
(1) At airstrip base camp. 
(2) Aboard Mount Olympus. 
K. 1st Sgt. S. A. London, Air Corps: 
(a) To assist with observation program concerning search and rescue 
listed above under Capt. Wiener. 
(b) To assist the program of testing Army type paratroop equipment as 
listed above under Col. Davis. 
(c) Services available as so desired by Task Force Commander for search 
and rescue operations as based upon specific training under the Army Air Trans- 
11 port Command for this type of work, including parachuting, trail work, and dog 
driving and driving of over-snow vehicles. 
(d) When services not required as listed above, Sgt. London is available 
to assist scientific party studying deformation of shelf ice. 
CHOICE OF LOCATION: 
(1) Airstrip base camp. 
(2) Self-provided bivouac with scientific party. 
(3) Aboard ship. 
L, Pvts. J. Shimberg and J. M. Waltersdorf, Signal Corps: 
(a) Assigned to Photographic staff of Task Force 68. 
(b) To observe performance of photographic equipment and materials 
under operating conditions. 
(c) Maintain photographic record of subjects in official files of specific 
interest to the Army observation program. 
CHOICE OF LOG A T10N: 
(1) As determined by Chief, Photographic Staff. 
(2) Airstrip base camp. 
(3) Aboard ship. 
M. Mr. Robert L. Davis, Air Corps: 
(a) It is anticipated that Mr. Davis will join the Central Group from 
the U. S. S. Philippine Sea by accompanying Rear Admiral R. E. Byrd or by 
P2V’s. If in the latter case, he will have specific assignment of radar member 
of crew under Commander Davies. If in the former case, his interests will be 
as follows: 
(la) Observation and consultant on all aspects of radar and electronic 
equipment. 
(lb) Observation on all phases of high latitude aerial navigation, 
aerial photography, mapping, and interpretation. 
(lc) Observation on all phases of physical research and test performed 
by the Task Force. 
CHOICE OF LOG A TION: 
(1) With aviation detachment at airstrip base camp. 
(2) Aboard ship. 
PAUL A. SIPLE 
Senior War Dept. Representative 
12 SECTION III. Narrative Account of Operation 
<ITT' 1 ■ //* 
Jnignjump 
The flagship of the task force, U, S. S. 
Mount Olympus, sailed from Norfolk, Virginia, 
with the U. S. S. Pine Island, U. S. C. G. C. 
Northwind, and U. S. S. Browson on 2 Decem- 
ber 1946. The voyage of 5 days to the 
Panama Canal was uneventful. Transit of 
the Canal was made in the afternoon and 
early evening of Saturday, December 7th 
and shore leave in Balboa and Panama City 
was authorized over the week end. Depar- 
ture from the Canal Zone was made Decem- 
ber 10th, and the equator was crossed on the 
12th. The passage from latitude 40° S. to 
Scott Island (near 180° W. longitude and 
the Antarctic Circle) was relatively calm 
considering the reputation these waters have 
for extremely heavy weather. Naval foul 
weather gear was issued to all hands at 
about 45° S. but was used very little until the 
force turned south from Scott Island. Talks 
on subjects relating to living and operating 
on the Antarctic continent were given to 
both officers and men by personnel with 
experience on previous Byrd Expeditions. 
Training films on a wide variety of medical 
subjects were shown in the sick bay to 
medical and other interested personnel al- 
most every day between the equator and the 
Ross Sea. 
The first whales were sighted on Christmas 
day and the first iceberg the following day at 
about 60° S. latitude. 
The ports of departure and sailing dates of 
task force vessels and necessary refueling 
operations precluded all vessels’ making the 
trip in their assigned groups. Some vessels 
of the Eastern and Western Task Groups 
went almost direct to their assigned operating 
areas. Others met at Scott Island, and the 
final disposition by groups as planned was 
made subsequent to this rendezvous. In the 
vicinity of Scott Island a refueling operation 
was carried out, some personnel and equip- 
ment were exchanged between vessels, and 
the U. S. G. G, C. Northwind made an ice 
reconnaissance to the south. A relatively 
open area was found and after a day and a 
half at the island the central group turned 
southward on December 31st. Extremely 
heavy ice pack was encountered on the 
second day south of Scott Island. Many 
huge bergs of barrier ice were interspersed 
among large, closely adjacent floes of thick 
bay ice. Virtually no progress was made for 
5 days in this area—about 69° S. latitude. 
When the pack was finally cleared on De- 
cember 14th, 10 days more than planned for 
had been expended in reaching the barrier. 
The Bay of Whales was reached on the 
15th and on that day and the next, small 
reconnaissance parties were sent into the 
bay on the ice breaker to estimate the land- 
ing possibilities and locate a base site. On 
the 17th unfavorable wind and ice conditions 
for entering the bay prevailed. At about this 
time it was thought that operations ashore 
would have to be curtailed. First, due to the 
width and heaviness of the ice pack—the 
most extreme conditions ever reported in 
this area—an early freeze-up of the Ross Sea 
appeared likely. Second, the flagship and 
the two cargo vessels had received varying 
degrees of damage in the passage through the 
ice. For these reasons a tentative departure 
date of 5 February was considered. Having 
arrived 10 days later than planned, and with 
departure by the end of the first week in 
February a possibility, there remained only 
3 weeks for unloading, construction of the 
base, and shore based air operations. Ac- 
*For expanded daily activities, see Chapter 13 "Combined 
Observers’ Log." 
13 cordingly, the construction of the metal 
airstrip was deleted from the plan, although 
short sections were to be laid for testing pur- 
poses. The R4D aircraft would then fly from 
plain ice shelf surface and would all be on 
skis throughout the operation. 
The flagship entered the bay and tied up 
to the ice on January 22nd. Camp con- 
struction, including mess facilities was com- 
pleted and the camp fully occupied on the 
23rd of January. At this time work on the 
aviation facilities was accelerated, and by 
the 25th the Central Group was ready to 
receive the planes from the carrier. Weather 
conditions were not satisfactory at both the 
Philippine Sea and the Bay of Whales until the 
evening of 29 January, when the planes were 
called. The first two took off shortly before 
midnight and arrived at about 0500 hours on 
30 January. The others arrived the same 
day around noon. The ice breaker, return- 
ing from its rendezvous with the Philippine 
Sea, reported much improved ice conditions 
in the Ross Sea. Accordingly, it was de- 
cided to finish unloading the ships, leave a 
200-man air party ashore, escort the ships out 
through the pack, and send the ice breaker 
U. S. G. G. C. Northwind and U. S. S. Burton 
Island (the latter to arrive soon from the States) 
back to the bay for subsequent evacuation of 
the shore party. This plan had been con- 
sidered previously and now appeared feasible 
due to improved conditions in the ice pack. 
March 1st was set as the latest date for final 
evacuation of the shore party aboard the ice 
breakers. The ships departed the Bay of 
Whales on 6 February. 
In the meantime the R4D aircraft were 
modified by removal of the wheels to plain 
ski (retractable) landing gear, loading plans 
were modified in accordance with final oper- 
ational requirements, and aircrews made 
trial flights, checking out on the modified 
landing gear and JATO on plain snow sur- 
face. A trail party of seven men in two 
LVT’s (“alligators”) was prepared to journey 
southeast to approximately longitude 139° 
W. and latitude 82° S. to establish a weather 
observation point in support of the flights 
to be made. This party was out from 12 to 
19 February, reaching the Rockefeller Moun- 
tains 90 miles from the base camp. At mid- 
night on the 13th of February, the weather 
had cleared sufficiently to permit extended 
flying operations. Several days of clear 
weather followed, during which time most of 
the major flights were made. Up to 16 
February most flights were made with JATO, 
but thereafter most were made unassisted 
due to improvement in the surface of the 
strip. The last major flight took off late on 
the 21st and returned the 22nd of Febru- 
ary. Operations were discontinued with this 
flight and the camp closed on 23rd of Feb- 
ruary. The approximately 200 personnel 
left were evacuated on the U. S. S. Burton 
Island, and the majority of them were trans- 
ferred to the flagship after passing through 
the ice pack. 
On the return journey the vessels of the 
task force were routed both separately and 
in small groups so that various liberty ports 
were visited in Australia, New Zealand, and 
South America. The flagship passed through 
the Panama Canal on the 6th of April and 
arrived at Washington Navy Yard on 14th 
of April, completing a voyage of 22,000 
miles. 
14 CHAPTER 2 
ARMY INTEREST IN ANTARCTICA 
SECTION I. Historical Comments 
Navy Task Force 68 (Operation 
“NANOOK”) sailed into northern waters 
in the summer of 1946. Basically this opera- 
tion permitted a trial of ice breakers and 
other types of vessels maneuvering in the 
ice floes between Greenland and the Cana- 
dian archipelago. This operation served a 
useful purpose in addition to personnel 
training and tests of equipment. It trans- 
ported supplies and aided in the building of 
a weather station at Thule, Greenland, and 
other weather bases would have been con- 
structed in cooperation with the U. S. 
Weather Bureau, the Air Forces, and the 
Canadian government had not the speed 
of negotiations been so slow. At the end 
of the summer’s operation (1946) in the 
north, it was clear to the Navy that the task 
of training and testing its equipment in 
ice-filled waters would require a long, 
patient period, because of the impending 
darkness and treacherous ice-filled seas. 
Task Force 68 (“NANOOK”) returned to 
the United States in early fall 1946. The 
importance of continuing the “NANOOK” 
type operations was apparent to the Navy. 
It would be nearly 9 months before the Task 
Force could again return to the arctic 
waters safely. It therefore appeared desir- 
able, in the meantime, to utilize these 
same ships and partially trained personnel 
to carry out a similar operation in other 
ice-filled areas. Antarctica, from December 
to March, would fit ideally into this program 
and permit this same Task Force to return 
again to Arctic Seas in July 1947. 
It also appeared wise to the Navy to give 
its Task Force specific problems to carry out 
incidental to its normal polar problems and 
operations. These problems form an incen- 
tive which is both interesting, and at times 
sufficiently difficult to force the Task Force 
into conditions which give a battle-worthy 
test of equipment. Rear Admiral Richard 
E. Byrd conceived of a problem, namely 
exploration and scientific investigation of the 
world’s least known continent, Antarctica. 
Because of his long experience and leadership 
in the field of Antarctic exploration, he was 
logically selected as a personal representative 
of Fleet Admiral Nimitz to serve as officer 
in charge of the project designated as 
“HIGHJUMP”. The derivation of this 
name came from a whimsical change from a 
previous code name “POLE VAULT” 
which was somewhat too revealing at a 
time when the expedition’s plans were in the 
classified state ot preparation, thus implying 
at the start that flights would be made over 
the continent ot Antarctica, including the 
South Pole itself. Task Force 68 continued 
under its previously organized pattern with 
Rear Admiral Richard H. Cruzen in com- 
mand under the Commander in Chief of the 
Atlantic Fleet. Task Force 68 was inform- 
ally discussed as a possible joint Army-Navy 
Task Force; however, no formal discussions 
concerning the Navy’s Antarctic Operation 
were held with the War Department until 
after the Navy had decided to keep it strictly 
a Navy enterprise. The Navy invited six 
Army observers to join the expedition; how- 
15 ever, they later agreed that this number of 
Army personnel was too small for so large an 
operation and the number was increased to a 
total of 16. Army assignments included 
three lieutenant colonels, two majors, two 
captains, one warrant officer, five enlisted 
personnel, and three civilian representatives 
of the War Department. Four of the enlisted 
men were Signal Corps photographers as- 
signed to operational duties. Four of the 
Army observers were men with previous 
Antarctic experience, whose experience had 
been gained on previous Byrd Expeditions. 
Dr. Siple of the War Department, associate 
of Admiral Byrd on all of his previous 
Antarctic Expeditions, was asked for by 
name to assist the expedition leaders in an 
advisory capacity and was further designated 
by the War Department as the Senior War 
Department representative. 
SECTION II. Army Interest 
The following points are listed as the 
principal reasons why the Army considered 
that it had a basic interest in the Navy’s 
Antarctic Expedition: 
A. National defense requires that the 
United States military forces must become 
proficient and capable of carrying out war 
operations in areas of high latitude, a situa- 
tion in which the Army has had little or no 
experience. Antarctica is an unpopulated 
area with a wide diversity of conditions 
which would serve as a suitable proving 
ground with unlimited maneuvering areas. 
Seasonal timing permits the use of Antarctica 
for continuous operations when the Arctic 
area is in total darkness. 
B. Conditions comparable to those on other 
icecaps are represented in Antarctica with 
comparatively easy access to the sea. The 
use of Antarctica is not complicated seriously 
by questions of sovereignty prohibiting re- 
search and operations. 
G. There is so little known of Antarctica 
that incidental scientific investigations car- 
ried on by military forces are of a tremendous 
value toward unveiling the potentials of a 
continent largely opened up in recent years 
through the efforts of private United States 
citizens, even though no official claim to the 
territory by the United States Government 
has ever been made. There is no proof, 
to date, whether there are or are not mineral 
resources in the Antarctic which would be 
of value to this Nation. With the exception 
of the discovery of the basic mineral coal, 
the continent has been so little prospected 
that it is reasonable to assume from the 
meager geological information gleaned that 
mineral deposits in economic quantities 
probably do exist there. Although the prime 
responsibility of determining the potential 
value of Antarctica is not necessarily a 
responsibility of the Armed Forces, they 
are the best equipped Government agency 
to perform such investigations at a minimum 
cost incidental to its program of training and 
research and development. 
D. The isolation of Antarctica would per- 
mit greater opportunities for research and 
development and testing of long range 
military weapons without danger to popu- 
lation or interference with the sovereignty 
of other nations. It is also sufficiently 
isolated to permit reasonable security of 
operations, which might not be true of the 
Arctic. The principles involved in such 
operations could be worked out conveniently 
in the Antarctic in cooperation with nations 
16 most closely approaching the Antarctic con- 
tinent. These nations no doubt would 
welcome an international approach to the 
scientific unveiling of Antarctica. 
E. Although the Arctic Sea is a basin 
enclosed by a ring of land masses with a 
fenced-in ice pack which is subjected to 
melting temperatures in the summer, the 
Antarctic continent, by contrast, is roughly 
circular, lying mostly within the Antarctic 
Circle and surrounded by a reef of ice pack 
which breaks up and flows outward in the 
summer until it is subjected to melting in 
warmer waters. The ice pack character- 
istics are therefore not identical, but are 
sufficiently similar to promote a study of 
maneuvering of ships and other vehicles 
through or over the surface which can con- 
ceivably figure strongly in the condition 
of Arctic warfare. 
F. The average temperature for the Ant- 
arctic region is considerably lower than for 
the Arctic region, so that equipment which 
will stand up under the winter conditions 
of the Antarctic would generally be satis- 
factory for the coldest temperatures and 
conditions of the Arctic (actually the coldest 
surface temperatures recorded are those in 
Subarctic Siberia). The summer period in 
Antarctica rarely rises above freezing, which 
permits research work to be carried out at low 
temperatures under continuous conditions 
of daylight, thus permitting more rapid 
development than would be possible under 
the cold-dark conditions in the Arctic. 
Antarctica does not present summer Arctic 
conditions comparable to the tundra and 
muskeg country; however, in Alaska and 
through cooperation with Canada, wide 
areas of this nature are available for military 
investigation. Because of the difficult ap- 
proach to the Arctic icefields, research and 
development of military methods of opera- 
tions in these areas are greatly inhibited. 
The approach to Antarctica is much more 
open in this respect despite its greater 
distance from the United States. 
17 CHAPTER 3 
ENGINEER OPERATIONS 
SECTION I. Introduction 
1. General. 
This chapter is an account of Operation 
“Highjump” submitted by an observer from 
the Office of The Air Engineer who accom- 
panied the expedition. It summarizes engi- 
neering operations and conditions encoun- 
tered, presents problems of special interest 
to the Corps of Engineers, and makes 
recommendations. 
a. The staff work and planning of Bureau 
of Yards and Docks was directed by Com- 
mander G. O. Reinhardt, U. S. N. (CEC). 
They had only 3 months prior to the sailing 
date to draw up all plans and specifications, 
fabricate special items, organize the Seabee 
detachment, and assemble materiel and per- 
sonnel at the proper port of embarkation. 
b. The Seabee unit was charged with all 
construction work, cargo handling and un- 
loading, transportation, and messing while 
on the barrier ice. A 200-man temporary 
tent camp (fig. 3), two Quonset huts, three 
Wannigan Huts, three ski runways, and a 
PSP test strip were the main items con- 
structed or assembled. Snow conditions and 
characteristics were studied in relationship 
to its supporting power. Even though the 
study of snow mechanics has hardly started, 
a considerable amount was learned and one 
would be safe in stating that the loose granu- 
lated snow of the Antarctic can be compacted 
within 1 month’s time to carry the load of a 
C-47 on wheels without any wearing surface, 
such as PSP, on the runway. 
c. It was learned on the expedition that 
there are three main groups of items or 
subjects which should be given considerable 
thought and study—they are housing, trans- 
portation and construction equipment, and 
snow compaction. If the Army is contem- 
plating future operations in regions similar 
to the Antarctic, further development of 
these subjects is a necessity if the operations 
are to be successful. 
2. Staff Work and Planning 
It was not until the first of September 1946 
that the Staff Officer from Bureau of Yards 
and Docks was able to start organizing 
available data and planning for Operation 
“Highjump”. About the middle of Septem- 
ber the planning got underway on a large 
scale and in less than 4 weeks drawings and/or 
specifications were ready to leave Washing- 
ton, D. C. This meant that all equipment, 
other than standard items, had to be fabri- 
cated and brought to the ship’s side for 
loading in less than 6 weeks. The majority 
of this work was performed by the Advanced 
Base Depot, Construction Battalion Train- 
ing Center, Port Hueneme, California. Other 
items such as the c‘Go-devil” sleds were 
manufactured by private concerns. Two 
hundred and fifty thousand dollars was 
allotted by Bureau of Yards and Docks for 
all their supplies, labor, materials, pre- 
fabrication, etc. The rest of their total cost, 
which was approximately five times that 
large, was required to come from surplus 
property. At the time when the planning 
commenced there were no organized con- 
struction battalions available. The first of 
18 U. S. NAVY DEPARTMENT 
ATLANTIC FLEET 
TASK FORCE 68 
OPERATION HIGHJUMP 
1946-1947 
200 MAN TENT CAMP 
ROSS SHELF ICE 
RADM. RICHARD E. BYRD OINC 
RADM RICHARD H.CRUZEN TASK FORCE CDR. 
27 MARCH, 1947 
Figure 3. Map of 200-man tent camp on Ross Shelf Ice. 
19 November two officers, one warrant officer, 
and approximately 175 men were ordered 
to the unit at Port Hueneme, California. 
Of the entire enlisted personnel only about 
25 or 30 were Seabee personnel; the rest 
came from general service organizations and 
without construction knowledge other than 
that which they would normally receive 
while aboard ship. The month of November 
was spent organizing the unit, training, 
drawing clothing, etc. 
3. Responsibilities. 
The senior Civil Engineer Corps Officer 
(Commander C. O. Reinhardt) was to be 
responsible, subject to the military control of 
the senior officer present afloat, for all con- 
struction ashore and the discharge of cargo 
and its transportation from ship’s side to the 
base camp. Officers charged with the com- 
mand and operation of facilities ashore were 
to be responsible for advising Commander 
Reinhardt of their requirements and were to 
be available for consultation during the 
erection of facilities under their jurisdiction. 
He was to arrange for additional personnel 
from ships present through the Senior Officer 
Present afloat. 
a. Commander P. D. Davis was to super- 
vise all construction ashore and expedite 
the erection of facilities in accordance with 
the established priority. He was to be re- 
sponsible for the distribution of personnel and 
equipment assigned to construction and for 
supervision of construction. 'He was to be 
the Officer in Charge of the Construction 
Battalion Detachment and was to have the 
following Officers under his supervision: Lt. 
V. B. Peller (CEC) U. S. N., Capt. V. D. 
Boyd, U. S. M. G. (while working with con- 
struction equipment and transportation), 
Ens, C. B. Mallory, Chief Warrant Officer 
Ulan, and any other officers who might be 
attached for construction work, cargo han- 
dling, or transportation within the camp area. 
b. Lt. V. B. Peller was to coordinate the 
unloading of cargo and its movement to a 
position of safety at the foot of the barrier. 
He was to be responsible for discharging 
cargo at the maximum safe rate and for assur- 
ing that cargo would be discharged in accord- 
ance with the established priority. 
c. Capt. V. D. Boyd, U. S. M. C., was to 
report to Comdr. C. O. Reinhardt for ad- 
ministrative direction and was to be respon- 
sible for the operation of all equipment 
assigned, and for the movement of supplies 
and personnel from the ship’s side to the base 
camp. 
d. After the first stages of unloading cargo, 
Ens. C. B. Mallory and 12 men were to have 
the sole assignment of performing such tests 
as those which would not normally be run 
during construction. These men are not 
included in the Seabee unit, but were to 
work only for Bureau of Yards and Docks. 
e. Chief Warrant Officer Ulan, who has 
had considerable experience with construc- 
tion equipment, was to be the heavy equip- 
ment and transportation expert. 
/. Other officers were to be designated to 
supervise the storage of materials at the base 
camp, to assist in controlling the movement 
of supplies from the barrier to the base 
camp, and to assist in that construction which 
was deemed necessary. These officers were 
to be taken from the observer group and were 
to be those who were most interested in this 
phase of the expedition. 
4. Cargo Discharge. 
Immediately upon arrival the discharge 
of cargo was to have the highest priority. 
All personnel not required for the security of 
the Task Force were to be assigned to assist 
in the discharging of cargo and later in the 
construction of the base camp. All construc- 
tion and cargo handling was to be on a 24- 
hour basis. Personnel required for construc- 
tion were to be released from discharging 
20 RADM. RICHARD E. BYRD-OINC. 
RADM. RICHARD H. CRUZEN TASK FORCE CDR. 
27 MARCH 1947 
TASK FORCE 68 
OPERATION HIGHJUMP 
1946-1947 
EMERGENCY BASE RADIO 
AND 
LITTLE AMERICA III 
SCALE IN FEET 
U. S. NAVY DEPARTMENT 
ATLANTIC FLEET 
Figure 4. Emergency base radio and Little America ill. 
21 5 days, including tents, rations, and fuel, was to be 
unloaded and a cache established in a safe place. 
b. Priority Two. Ten days’ supply of diesel 
fuel and operating supplies for transportation 
and construction equipment. 
c. Priority Three. Communication equip- 
ment for local control of unloading and con- 
struction. 
d. Priority Four. Materials required for the 
erection of a 300-man temporary tent camp, 
including 10 days’ supply of fuel for heating 
and cooking, 10 days’ rations for 300 men, 
and medical supplies. 
e. Priority Five. Materials for construction 
of air operating facilities, including pierced 
plank, one Quonset hut, radio, GCA, GPM2, 
15-kw generator, aviation field lights, shop 
and maintenance equipment. 
/, Priority Six. Five days’ supply of avia- 
tion gasoline and operating supplies for air- 
craft, gasoline truck, oil truck, fire fighting 
equipment. 
g. Priority Seven. Initial supplies of diesel 
oil, aviation gasoline, rations, and other 
operating supplies were to be maintained at 
a constant level by daily replacement. 
h. Priority Eight. Daily replacement of 
shore stores of aviation gasoline, diesel fuel 
oil, and other operating supplies to maintain 
a safe reserve ashore. 
i. Priority Nine. Material and equipment 
required to erect a 35-man emergency 
winter hut camp. 
Note. Base radio and communication equipment 
to be discharged as soon as radio hut was erected. 
;. Priority Ten. Special gear submitted 
for test. 
k. Priority Eleven. Rations, fuel, and oper- 
ating supplies for 35-man emergency hut 
camp for 14 months to be discharged only 
in the event that it was necessary to occupy 
that camp. 
/. Priority Twelve. Duplicate aviation oper- 
ating supplies. 
Figure 5. Bay of Whales area looking at about 135° 
with camp area in background. Mess hall and 
motor pool to the right of tents. Base operations 
down and a little to left of tents. Beginning of PSP 
test strip above the far ship. (24 Jan 47) 
cargo as soon as possible. After cargo 
priorities 1, 2, and 3 had been discharged 
men were to be released in such numbers and 
skills as to enable the construction of facilities 
to keep pace with the rate of discharge of 
materials. Skilled personnel other than Sea- 
bees were to be released from both cargo 
handling and construction as soon as possible 
after facilities were available for any pro- 
jected operation. 
5. Cargo Discharge Priorities. 
Each ship was loaded so that it could be 
discharged in accordance with the established 
priority for equipment and materials ashore. 
All the cargo in the first six priorities was 
loaded on the U. S. S. Yancey with priorities 
seven through eleven on the U. S. S. Merrick. 
a. Priority One. Transportation and cargo 
handling materials and equipment (tractors, 
fork lifts, sleds, lashing, cargo slings, tarpau- 
lins, trail markers, slings, etc.). 
Note. As soon as possible after the first sleds were 
ashore, an emergency subsistence kit for 25 men for 
22 6. Construction Priorities. 
The following priorities were assigned to 
construction with the assumption that the 
two AKA’s and the AGC would be moored 
in the Bay of Whales from early January 
until all operations had been completed, 
first of March, and that communications 
and Flight Control would be handled by 
the U. S. S. Mount Olympus. 
a. Priority One. Construction of an access 
roadway from the ship’s side to a place of 
safety on top of the barrier, rigging to move 
cargo sleds from the ship to the top of the 
barrier, establishing an emergency subsistence 
facility on top of the barrier, and installing 
communications for local control of unload- 
ing and construction. 
b. Priority Two. Breaking a trail to the 
base camp. 
c. Priority Three. Erection of 300-man tem- 
porary tent camp. The facilities actually 
installed were to be sufficient to accommodate 
personnel actually ashore and were to be 
expanded to the ultimate 300-man camp as 
it became necessary to quarter additional 
personnel ashore. 
d. Priority Four. Installation of air opera- 
tion facilities. 
(1) Quonset hut for service facilities, 
(2) Radio equipment. 
(3) Pierced plank landing mat 150 by 
5,000 feet, with parking area, fuel dump, and 
runway lights. 
e. Priority Five. Erection of 35-man emer- 
gency winter hut camp. 
(1) Radio hut with additional insulation. 
(2) Power plant. 
(3) Radio antenna. 
(4) Galley and mess. 
(5) Quarters. 
(6) Connecting structures. 
(7) Additional insulation in huts. 
f. Priority Six. Special facilities for testing 
equipment under cold weather conditions, 
g. Of the items listed above the most 
difficult to be constructed was the runway. 
It was planned to first construct a parking 
area to determine the best method to use 
during this operation. Such materials and 
special designed equipment as calcium chlo- 
ride, snow drags, snow rollers, oil burners 
under a hood (snow melter), and dark 
objects (PSP) laid on the surface, were to 
be experimented with. After the most feasi- 
ble method had been found, and if time and 
personnel permitted, a 150 by 5,000 foot 
runway was to be constructed to accommo- 
date plane wheel loads of at least 60 pounds 
per square inch on the tire contact area. 
7. Collection of Data. 
A large part of the technical and scientific 
information which would normally be ob- 
tained by an engineering unit should be 
gathered from field experience of this unit 
in the construction operation. Additional 
tests which the Bureau of Yards and Docks 
wished to run were as follows: 
a. Field Loading Test. Purpose—To esti- 
mate the plane wheel load capacity of the 
‘‘pavement” which is understood to be either 
compacted snow or compacted snow covered 
with steel mat. 
b. Snow Penetration Test. Purpose—-To de- 
termine the supporting power of the com- 
pacted snow. 
c. Density in Place Test of Compacted Snow. 
Purpose—To determine the density of com- 
pacted snow at different depths. 
d. Field Shearing Tests. Purpose—To de- 
termine the in-place shearing resistance of 
compacted snow. 
e. Tests on Ice and Frozen Materials. Pur- 
pose—To determine the bending, shear, and 
compression characteristics of compacted 
snow and/or ice. 
f. Tests on Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers. 
Purpose—To determine suitability of ex- 
tinguishers for use in extremely low tem- 
peratures. 
23 g. Test on “Little Giant Tractor Saw.” Pur- 
pose—To determine ability of subject saws 
to cut natural ice and snow into blocks. 
8. Operations. 
a. Due to the heavy ice pack the ships 
were not able to get through and start un- 
loading until 18 January. The two AKA’s 
and the AGG departed from the Bay of 
Whales on 6 February which resulted in 
their being available for unloading and 
assisting the expedition less than 3 weeks 
instead of the previously planned 8 or 9 
weeks. This necessitated the changing of 
unloading priorities to meet changed con- 
struction priorities which placed the con- 
struction of the 150- by 5,000-foot pierced 
steel plank runway last instead of immedi- 
ately after the construction of the tent camp. 
After inspection of Little America III, it was 
decided to enlarge and improve it instead of 
constructing an entirely new 35-man emer- 
gency winter camp. 
b. The operation plans for both loading 
and discharge of cargo, and construction of 
the base showed a considerable amount of 
staff work and gathering of information. 
They were well prepared, presented to sub- 
ordinates so that they were easily followed, 
and flexible enough to cope with the over-all 
change in plans of the Central Group. 
c. The general construction plans, even 
though priorities were changed, were fol- 
lowed throughout. Until such time as the 
ships left, construction work and unloading 
continued on a 24-hour basis, with the men 
quartering and messing on the ships which 
were moored in the Bay. Until 6 February 
the actual working hours were from about 
0700 to 1730, with an hour and a half for 
the noonday meal for the day shift. The 
actual working hours for the night shift were 
from about 1830 to 0530 the following day 
with 1hours for the midshift meal. The 
evening meal on 23 January was the first to 
be served in the camp and from this time on 
the men working in or near the camp area 
ate the midshift meal on the ice. 
9. Personnel. 
The Bureau of Yards and Docks was rep- 
resented by an excellent team of officers 
who planned and supervised their work. 
The staff was headed by an officer who was 
efficient and definitely gifted in that type 
of work and in gathering information from 
experiments which will be the basis for 
Antarctic construction for years to come. 
The other was especially qualified and 
efficient in the details of field construction 
and the handling of personnel. The effi- 
ciency with which the project was carried 
out reflects the cooperation between those 
responsible for its planning and those charged 
with its execution. Cdr. Davis was in charge 
of the day shift with Lt. Col. Partridge 
(U. S. M. C. observer) assisting in caching 
of cargo and construction of facilities, and 
Lt. Peeler and Ens. Mallory assisting in 
unloading cargo and transportation. Cdr. 
Reinhardt was in charge of the so-called 
night shift with Major Holcombe (U. S. A. 
observer) assisting in caching of cargo and 
construction of facilities, and Captain Boyd, 
U. S. M. G., and Chief W. O. Ulan assisting 
in unloading cargo and transportation. 
From time to time Capt. Wiener and other 
officers helped for short periods. 
a. Of the approximately 175 enlisted 
men, 15 held a chief’s (master sergeant) 
rating, one was in the motor pool, one 
similar to the 1st sergeant, one was master- 
at-arms, and the other 12 were on camp 
construction. The approximate distribution 
of personnel, including chiefs, was: 
Overhead 3 
Cooks and KP’s 24 
Repairmen and operators. ... 35 
Camp detail 106 
24 The camp detail personnel, plus additional 
personnel from the ships, did all construction 
work on the tent camp, Quonset and Wanni- 
gan huts, handling of cargo from the ship’s 
side up the barrier, and until it was properly 
cached, construction of the 35-man emer- 
gency winter camp, construction of the ski 
runway, and the test PSP runway. 
b. When the ships departed from the Bay 
of Whales on 6 February, the following en- 
listed personnel were left on the ice: 
Cooks and KP’s (24 hrs) 18 
Repairmen and operators (24 
hrs) 12 
Camp detail 16 
This camp detail was necessary to finish 
construction of connecting tunnels, etc., at 
the 35-man emergency camp and maintain 
the 200-man tent camp. 
c. Even though the majority of the Sea bee 
personnel were unskilled in construction 
work of this type, their efficiency was very 
high considering climatic conditions. It is 
believed this was due to their high morale 
which was maintained by excellent leader- 
ship and abundance of good and well pre- 
pared rations, 29 percent over and above the 
normal Navy ration. 
SECTION II. Construction Equipment 
1. Performance of Equipment. 
The main items of equipment which were 
used lived up to expectations even though 
they are by no means the answer for Antarc- 
tic work or transportation. They were D-6 
Caterpillar tractors, TD-9 International fork 
lift tractors, “Go-devil” sleds, QM 1-ton 
sleds, Weasels (Cargo Carrier—M29G), the 
wooden snow drag, and the pontoon snow 
drag. The efficiency of these items depended 
upon the hardness and supporting power of 
the snow, which was governed by the 
temperature and climatic conditions in that 
the higher the temperature the softer the 
snow became resulting in low efficiency, 
whereas the lower the temperature the 
harder the snow became, thus raising the 
efficiency of track-laying vehicles. Wheeled 
vehicles were out of the question and con- 
sidered not satisfactory for normal Antarctic 
use. 
2. Conditions Encountered. 
The vehicles on this operation encountered 
pressure ridges, shear cracks, crevasses up to 
3 feet across, slopes or grades up to 20 
degrees, surfaces from those that would 
support only a few pounds (2 to 4) per 
square inch to sea ice several years old, 
temperatures from 30° F. to — 22° F , and 
winds up to 38 knots. 
3. Tractor, D-6 Caterpillar. 
a. This tractor (fig. 6) was modified with 
the following: hardwood track extensions 
which decreased its bearing pressure from 
around 8 to about 5 pounds per square inch; 
winterized cabs which protected the opera- 
tors from low temperatures and strong winds; 
canvas winterized hoods for engine protec- 
tion; and track support blocks which re- 
placed the support rollers. The extensions 
lived up to expectations, even though they 
required replacing frequently. A number 
would break off at the edge of the grouser 
plates. Others would split, this being caused 
by the bending of the C washer which was 
used in securing the extensions. The cabs 
caused no noticeable trouble, but in time 
765274—48——3 
25 would have shown wear from vibration. 
The canvas hood shrank, becoming difficult 
to fasten properly. The track support blocks 
functioned as expected without giving any 
trouble. 
b. The tractor as manufactured gave very 
little trouble and only minor adjustments 
were necessary. All tractors were equipped 
with Hyster winches which proved very use- 
ful. All the D-6’s were used for the first 2 
weeks of the operation. All but three with 
extensions and one with a dozer blade were 
loaded back aboard ship on 5 February so 
that they could be returned to the States. 
The efficiency of this tractor was reduced 
considerably during high temperatures (20° 
to 30° F.) and soft neve. Later on when the 
temperature dropped and the surface would 
support more, the tractors with extensions 
functioned better. The tractors without ex- 
tensions operated satisfactorily on the bay 
ice even though at times it was hard to obtain 
a foothold; on the undisturbed snow at high 
temperature, the tractor without extensions 
was useless, but did manage to travel across 
undisturbed snow when the temperature was 
down to about —15° F. The tractor seemed 
to hold its footing better while traveling in 
reverse, i. e., while pulling heavy loads in a 
forward gear, the rear of the tractor often 
buried itself; whereas when pulling back- 
ward the tendency was not so great. All 
tractors either worked or idled 24 hours a 
day except for a period each day when they 
were being serviced. By the end of the 5- 
week period on the ice, the tractor hour me- 
ters averaged slightly over 500 hours. 
4. Tractor, D--7 Caterpillar. 
Only one of these was taken on the expedi- 
tion and it was loaded back aboard after 
2 weeks to return to the States. While in 
the Antarctic, it was used only as an anchor 
at the top of the barrier as explained in 
section III. No observations were made, 
but it is believed it would have performed 
very similarly to the D-6 tractor. 
5. Carrier, Cargo, M-29 (Weasel). 
This item was used without modification 
and proved very useful in that it was the 
only light piece of transportation on the 
ice with the exception of dog teams. It 
was used mainly for communications and 
to transport personnel. Occasionally small 
quantities of supplies were moved when it 
became necessary to expedite their move- 
ment. The two main difficulties that arose 
in the Antarctic that would not arise in 
another theatre of operations were— 
a. Track stiffness. 
b. The difficulty encountered while enter- 
ing, operating, or leaving the vehicle. 
After the vehicle had stood for some time 
it was difficult to start it moving smoothly 
Figure 6. Winterized D-6 caterpillar tractor. 
26 even though the engine had been idling. 
It seemed as though a heavy load was tied 
on behind and the engine was lacking 
power. After the vehicle had been traveling 
for some time it operated much more 
efficiently. It is believed this was caused by 
the rubber tracks becoming cold and stiff 
while standing and then loosening up as they 
were used. While in the Antarctic one is 
required to wear considerable clothing in 
order to remain comfortable. This makes it 
difficult to climb in and out of the amphib- 
ious Weasel and extremely difficult to 
operate with the close quarters around the 
steering brake levers, clutch, and accelerator. 
6. Forklift (Hughes-Keeman Model TD- 
9-T5C). 
Modifications for the two International 
tractor forklifts were the same as for the D-6 
tractors: hardwood track extensions, winter- 
ized cabs, winterized engine hood, and track 
support blocks. The modifications acted 
the same as those for the D-6 tractor. The 
main operational difficulty was met as the 
machine tried to turn or back around while 
moving cargo from the sleds to the cache, 
Figure 8. Track extension on D-7 caterpillar tractor, 
Figure 9. Wooden snow drag 
Figure 7. Escape hatch in winterized cab, D-7 
caterpillar tractor. 
Figure 10. Package shot (disassembled) wooden snow 
drag. 
27 which would be only a few feet. The track 
under the driving sprockets would often be- 
come buried, requiring help to get out. The 
operator had to be extremely careful to 
avoid disturbing the snow surface. Cargo 
handling equipment is extremely valuable 
in regions similar to those encountered. 
7. Go-Devil Sleds. 
This is a specially modified item of which 
20 were manufactured by the Michler Sleigh 
and Wagon Company, for Operation “High- 
jump”. It was the main cargo sled and was 
used throughout the stay on the ice, (See 
sec. III.) Even though it proved satisfac- 
tory, more changes can be made in its design. 
The over-all structure seems to be a little 
heavy for its pay load. The runner contact 
area is small, causing the sleds, when loaded, 
to sink with snow piling up in front of the 
entire sled. The undercarriage is not de- 
signed to keep the sled from becoming buried 
in soft snow as is the toboggan undercarriage 
of the QM l-ton sled. The side board re- 
cesses which were above the floor level of 
the sled made it difficult to secure large and 
awkward-shaped cargo and boxes. 
8. QM 1-Ton Sled. 
This sled was very satisfactory and when 
used in the manner for which it was designed 
gave little or no trouble. It is believed that 
a large runner contact area would help in 
Antarctic use. 
9. Snow Drags. 
Two types of drags were tested; the 
wooden snow drag, and the pontoon snow 
drag. The purpose of the wooden drag was 
to level the sastrugi, which it did very satis- 
factorily, even though a lighter drag could 
have been used to better advantage on soft, 
undisturbed, snow. As the snow became 
compacted it is possible that an even heavier 
one could have been used. The pontoon 
Figure 11. Steel snow drag (not used) 
Figure 12. Package shot (disassembled) steel snow 
drag. 
Figure 1 3. Package shot (disassembled) pontoon snow 
drag. 
28 drag was used to iron out the snow and leave 
a smooth finish which definitely expedited 
the construction of the three ski runways. 
The results with the pontoon drag are very 
similar to those with a steel wheeled roller 
on earth in that the top inch or two is well 
compacted with a “burnish” finish, leaving 
the snow farther down relatively undisturbed. 
10. Grader, MTZ, with 12-Foot Mold Board 
(Adams). 
This machine was not unloaded because 
it was believed it could not have been towed 
to the camp site. If runways are to be con- 
structed in areas similar to Antarctica some 
type of grading machine will be essential. 
11. Snow Surface Heater. 
This heater was unloaded, but due to cir- 
cumstances beyond control, was not tested. 
12. Other Items. 
a. The “Cle-track tractor” as used by the 
Air Corps to tow planes was taken on the 
expedition, but proved unsatisfactory due to 
Figure 15. Snow surface heater with extra burners. 
Figure 14. Compressor mounted (D-6 caterpillar 
tractor) For snow surface heater (40 cfm at 25 lb./ 
sq. in). 
Figure 16. Unloading cargo from ship direct onto 
“Go-devil” sled 
29 the rubber tracks which caused the same 
trouble as did the rubber tracks on the 
“Weasel”, plus the fact that they would not 
support the hard wooden track extensions. 
b. Wheeled vehicles such as truck 2b-, 
and 4-ton were unloaded, but are definitely 
not suited to the snow surface which will sup- 
port only a few pounds per square inch. All 
except a couple of Jeeps were reloaded 
aboard ships and returned to the States. 
SECTION III. Cargo Handling and Unloading 
1. Equipment. 
a. Standard stevedore equipment was used 
to discharge the cargo from the ships onto the 
bay ice which floated about 18 inches to 2 
feet above the water. This operation was 
carried on by the ships’ personnel and with 
priorities as requested by Commander Rein- 
hardt from day to day or whenever it became 
necessary. 
b. The “Go-devil” sled was used almost 
throughout for transporting supplies and 
equipment to the base camp. As D-6 trac- 
tors would return to within a hundred feet 
of the ship’s side with two or three sleds, a 
towline from the ship would pull a sled 
alongside, this being practiced so as to 
eliminate any danger of excess weight crack- 
ing the bay ice. The cargo was loaded 
direct from the ships onto the sleds and a 
tractor would tow them one at a time about 
1 mile to the foot of the barrier. The sleds 
were then hooked to a towline’ and pulled 
up the barrier slope by a tractor hauling on 
a cable, the cable running through snatch 
blocks at the top of the barrier. The D-7 
tractor with blade was used as an anchor. 
From this point the sleds were pulled to the 
proper cache by D-6 tractor with track 
extensions. 
2. Bridges. 
a. It was necessary to build two bridges 
between the ships and the barrier. One 
crossed a pressure ridge while the other 
crossed a sheer crack in which the two sides 
were moving in opposite directions at a rate 
of slightly over 4 feet per day. 
b. These two bridges were more or less 
of a standard type, the same as would span 
any deep crack in soft dirt. The bridges, 
being one vehicle wide, were constructed 
by placing 8- by 8-inch sills in one case and 
40-foot piling in another, across the ridge 
or crack. They were then tied together with 
Figure 17. Unloading lumber from ship directly onto 
“Go-devil” sled (lumber to be used to construct 
bridge across cracks in bay ice). Note tractor 
staying away from ship's side in order to pevent 
danger of cracking edges of ice. 
30 cable with approximately 1-foot spaces be- 
tween each sill. Three-inch flooring was 
well spiked, with treadways of 1-inch dun- 
nage going on top. PSP was placed on one 
of the bridges but soon became bent, which 
necessitated its removal. These bridges 
served their purpose and lasted until the ships 
departed from the Bay. Later on, about 
the last of February, when the time came to 
evacuate the camp, the bridge which 
crossed the sheer crack required replacing. 
During the time of our stay another crack 
developed about two-thirds up the barrier 
slope, but did not cause any great difficulty. 
Only one footbridge and one weasel bridge 
were necessary, 
3. Caches. 
The three main caches were: 
a. Near base operations which included all 
aircraft parts, equipment, fuel, etc. 
b. Near the mess hall and motor pool 
which included all Seabee supplies, equip- 
ment and fuel, housekeeping equipment, 
rations, etc. 
c. At Little America III which included 
rations, fuel, some construction material and 
those other supplies which were to complete 
the 35-man emergency camp. 
4. Cargo Segregation. 
Due to the large amount of cargo which 
arrived at the port late and was loaded 
aboard the ships during the last few days 
before leaving the States, all cargo was not 
stowed as set up in the Naval Operation 
Plan No. 2-46, which resulted in the segre- 
gation of supplies on the ice, causing some- 
what of a problem. This problem was 
Figure 18. Tamping snow on a bridge with a tractor. 
Figure 19. Bridge crossing crack in bay ice (PSP was 
put on top of one of the two bridges as wearing 
surface). 
Figure 20. Tractor without 
track extensions towing 
“Go-devil” sled loaded 
with supplies across bridge 
on bay ice. Note bend- 
ing of PSP. 
31 Figure 21. Damaged PSP on bridge which crossed 
crack in bay ice was later removed. 
Figure 24. Removing supplies from cache which had 
been covered during a blizzard. 
Figure 22. Footbridge and weasel bridge crossing 
crevasse which developed two-thirds of the way up 
barrier slope. 
Figure 25. Aviation gasoline tank on skis was used to 
refuel R4D’s (D-47’s). 
aggravated because of improper or incon- 
spicuous markings and the change in plans 
which required the ships to leave the Bay of 
Whales earlier than originally planned. A 
considerable number of man-hours was spent 
restacking boxes and looking through dumps 
Figure 23. Snowdrifts at aviation gasoline dump after a 
blizzard. 
32 Figure <26. Bay of Whales Area looking at about 315°. Mess hall and motor pool to left of tents,- base 
operations beyond and to right of tents. Roadway leading from tent area to the left leads to Little America 
ill (35-man winter emergency camp). 
for missing items. Occasionally a sled would 
arrive with some of its cargo going to each 
of the three dumps, resulting in “tying up” 
sleds which were required to transport more 
supplies, 
a. All fuel, 100-octane gasoline, 72-octane 
unleaded gasoline, aviation oil, motor oil, 
Diesel fuel, and kerosene were shipped in 
55-gallon drums, which were clearly marked. 
The aviation fuel and oil was cached half- 
way between base operations and the tent 
camp in piles of about 100 drums each with 
765274—48—4 
33 the piles being about 100 feet on center. 
The other main fuel cache, which was south- 
west of the tent camp and near the motor 
pool, was stored in the same manner. 
b. The smaller planes, OY (L-5) and JA 
(Norseman), taxied in between the piles for 
refueling. The gas for the R4D’s (C-47) 
was pumped from the drums into a tank sled 
and pulled by a D-6 tractor to the planes for 
refueling. 
c. All fuels were standard, the same as 
would be used on any cold weather operation 
within the continental United States, except 
the Diesel fuel which had a —40° F. pour 
point. Specifications USA 2-102, C AM 3, 
NGS X-4205. 
SECTION IV. Buildings and Shelters 
1. Temporary Tent Camp. 
The first construction to take place on the 
barrier was the erection of a 200-man 
temporary tent camp (figs. 27, 28, and 29). 
Fifty pyramidal tents were erected to house 
personnel, four officers or five men per tent, 
and were arranged in five rows, tents being 
approximately 40 feet on center and the 
rows 200 feet apart with the kitchen and 
mess hall being about 300 feet,on the exten- 
sion of the first row. Eleven other tents were 
erected around camp mostly at base opera- 
tions and were of the same type construction. 
a. At the time the tent camp was being 
erected the temperature was only slightly 
below freezing and the surface would hardly 
support the weight of a man on foot. Quite 
often an individual would sink down to his 
ankles, and if he stepped into an already 
disturbed area he would often go in up to 
his knees. For this reason, care was taken 
not to disturb that area which the tent 
would occupy. 
h. Eighteen pieces of 2- by 6-inch lumber 
12 feet long came bundled together so that 
one bundle would furnish the sills for one 
tent. The 2- by 6-inch pieces were scabbed 
together and placed flat on the snow so that 
there were nine 24-foot members lying ap- 
proximately 2 feet on center. After the first 
few tents this was changed to five sills 
lying 4 feet on center which were scabbed 
together with the remaining 2- by 6-inch 
pieces instead of 1-inch lumber. 
c. All floors had been prefabricated into 
4- by 8-foot sections and bound together so 
that one bundle made a complete floor. 
Figure 27, Tent camp area looking at about 315°. 
Latrines are between tent rows,- GPN lower right. 
Mess hall area to left of first row of tents; above 
mess hall area is Seabee cache area. Just beyond 
tents is aviation gas dump. In upper right corner 
of picture is base operations area and aviation 
supply cache. 
34 Figure 28. Tent camp area looking east. Motor pool, gasoline, and Diesel dump in foreground. 
The bundles for the 17- by 20-foot wall tents 
were the only ones that varied in number of 
floor sections in that they contained ten 
instead of the standard eight. These floor 
sections were placed so that the joists sup- 
porting the plywood flooring ran perpen- 
dicular to the sills and were 2 feet on center. 
Each section of flooring contained a loose 
2- by 4-inch piece, 8 feet long which was 
nailed on to the joist so that it extended out 
4 feet beyond the floor’s edge for outriggers, 
furnishing an anchor for the tent ropes. 
The tent was erected in the normal fashion 
with a tent stove being installed and ready 
for use. As is normal in any tent camp, 
inside frames, plywood doors of various 
types, etc., were added by the occupants. 
Some went further and put in ceilings and 
inside walls; anything to help as insulation 
and to make home more comfortable. 
d. The tent camp was adequate in this 
case and would be for any other operation of 
this kind, provided it is to be only for a very 
short period and will not encounter tempera- 
tures lower than from 0° F. to —10° F. 
2. Kitchen and Mess Hall. 
a. The kitchen and mess hall (fig. 32) were 
made up of three 17- by 20-foot wall tents, 
one pyramidal tent, and one 16- by 50-foot 
35 hospital tent all tied together. They were 
constructed in the same manner as were the 
living quarters with the exception that inside 
framework and doors were constructed by 
Seabee personnel. 
b. As one entered the pyramidal tent he 
picked up his metal tray and silverware, 
passed through the chow line at the far end 
of the tent where the field ranges were 
arranged in a line perpendicular to the line 
Figure 29. Officers’ row. Note snowdrifts which hove blown in between each tent/ note also that each tent 
has a different type entrance which was built by occupants. 
Figure 30. Floor panel bundles (one bundle was 
required per pyramidal tent). 
Figure 31. Assembling pyramidal tent floors. Note 
piles in background. Each is the required material 
for one pyramidal tent. 
36 Figure 32. Erecting mess hall and kitchen tents 
Figure 33. Detail refueling tent camp. Average 
pyramidal tent used 8.3 gallons per day. 
OPERATION HIGHJUMP 1946-1947 
ADVANCE BASE CAMP ROSS SHELF ICE 
GALLEY AND MESS HALL 
Figure 34. Advance base camp, Ross Shelf Ice: galley and mess hall. 
of entry, and on to the mess hall (men to the 
hospital tent on right, officers to the wall 
tent on the left). The actual kitchen reached 
from the back of the pyramidal tent (chow 
line) to the end of the first wall tent. The 
second wall tent, still farther back, sheltered 
a store or break-out room. About one- 
third of the officers’ wall tent was used as a 
37 range storage and repair room. The mess 
gear washing was done at the far end of the 
hospital tent. This construction and ar- 
rangement worked very satisfactorily. 
3. Headquarters Building. 
There was really no headquarters building 
for the base camp. The Seabees used a tool 
tent at first and later moved their tools, etc., 
to the motor pool tent. The standard 
Quonset hut (fig. 41) at base operations, 
which was erected with a little more diffi- 
culty than were the tents, carried on more 
administrative work in one of its corners than 
did the rest of the whole camp. 
4. Quonset Huts. 
a. The huts were also erected while tem- 
peratures were slightly less than freezing, 
which caused quite a problem in leveling and 
squaring the floor frame. In order to aid in 
this operation, 1-inch dunnage was first laid 
on about 2-foot centers and perpendicular to 
the 2- by 10-inch and 4- by 4-inch sills which 
went on top. After the floor frame (fig. 42) 
Figure 35. Mess hall and kitchen. 
Figure 36. Garbage pit in snow which was at far end 
of mess hall. All kitchen waste was dumped in this 
hole, which grew deeper as it was used. 
Figure 37. Digging hole for frozen food storage. 
Note snow being sawed into blocks for easier 
handling. 
38 Figure 38. Framework for frozen food storage house 
Figure 39. Storing food in frozen food storage house. 
Figure 40. Tarpaulin being pulled over framework of 
frozen food storage house. It was weighted down by 
putting dunnage and snow blocks on top 
Figure 41, Quonset hut floor at base operations just 
after a blizzard. 
had been assembled, it was trued by the use 
of an engineer’s chain and level, which took 
about four times as long as it would have 
under normal conditions. The other major 
difficulty in the erection was that the small 
nuts, bolts, and plates required bare hands 
to put into place. With the exception of 
these two difficulties, the latter hardly being 
an exception, the work progressed the same 
as it would have during any operation with 
the same temperature and wind conditions. 
The only difference between this hut and 
the standard Quonset hut is that there were 
two %-inch plywood floors which were sep- 
arated by 1-inch dunnage furring. Shortly 
after the hut had been completed a bliz- 
zard arose causing snow to blow in at the 
joint between the bulkhead and the cor- 
rugated sheet metal, leaving the snow lodged 
between the inner masonite wall and the 
outer corrugated sheets. Later heat from 
the inside of the building melted the snow 
causing the masonite to become wet and fall 
out of place. This incident could hardly be 
called a fault in the building design but 
should be credited to faulty construction. 
39 Figure 42. Floor frame assembly for Quonset hut. 
Note near left corner metal sills are resting on 4- 
by 4-inch members, which are resting on 2- by 
10-inch pieces, which are resting on and perpendicu- 
lar to floating dunnage foundation. 
Figure 43. Quonset hut at base operations under con- 
struction. Note inside wall of Quonset hut at 
far end, outside corrugated sheets on left end and 
insulation which goes between the two surfaces 
being applied in the middle of the building. 
b. A double hut 20 by 96 feet was erected 
at Little America III in very much the same 
fashion and encountering the same difficul- 
ties. This hut enlarged the old base so as to 
make it adequate if it became necessary to 
leave a party through the winter night. It 
had the following additions over and above a 
standard Quonset: 
(1) Double bulkheads approximately 4 
feet apart. 
(2) Double “Kima!” insulation between 
inner and outer walls. 
(3) Double floors, 3 inches apart, and so 
constructed that air circulated between them. 
(4) Waterproof paper and %-inch Celotex 
which was inside and separated from the 
metal outside wall by a dead air space. 
Once erected, it is suitable for Antarctic and 
Arctic use, but the difficulty encountered in 
constructing it warrants a different design. 
5. Wannigan Huts. 
Three prefabricated Wannigan huts having 
about 6-inch walls and inside dimensions of 
approximately 7 by 14 by 7 feet high with a 
door at one end, were taken on the expedition 
Figure 44, Looking southwest. Excavation for con- 
necting tunnel leading from double Quonset hut in 
background to Little America III, which is beneath 
the photographer who took the picture. 
40 Figure 45. Southwest end of double Quonset hut at 
Little America III (35-man winter camp) showing es- 
cape hatch, short connecting tunnel, and generator 
house on right end. 
Figure 46. Inside of Quonset hut at Little America 
III. Note gap in floor on right side so that warm air 
can circulate to the left and come up through cracks 
in center of floor (cracks not visible). 
to be used as sled houses to transport men to 
and from the airstrip so they might have a 
place to warm themselves while drinking 
their midshift coffee. Instead, the six sec- 
tions—two ends, two sides, one sled bottom, 
and a top—were bolted together without 
much difficulty and used as quarters for the 
three ranking officers. This type of structure 
is suitable for Antarctic and Arctic use. 
6. Construction Time Required. 
The construction of the 200-man tent 
camp required approximately 1,200 man- 
hours, the single Quonset hut at base 
operations required approximately 600 man- 
hours; and the double Quonset at Little 
America III required approximately 1,400 
man-hours. 
SECTION V. Utilities 
1. Water. 
Water requirements for the kitchen and 
mess hall were furnished by snow melters. 
Water for personal cleanliness, washing of 
clothes, etc., was obtained by the individuals 
concerned by using a bucket or large can and 
his own tent stove. The snow melters were 
protected on a wood floor with a tarpaulin 
windbreaker which was located about 100 
feet east and to the rear of the kitchen and 
adjacent to an area which had been marked 
off with flags and maintained free from 
contamination (figs. 47, 48, and 49). 
a. During the first couple of weeks, two 
Aeroil No. 98 Steam Thawing Units were 
used as melters, the steam lines were in- 
serted into a full G. I. can of snow and as the 
snow melted it was replenished until there 
was obtained a full 32 gallons of water. 
When the units were functioning properly 
it required from 10 to 15 minutes, depending 
upon the temperature, to produce 32 gallons 
of water. The heat for these melters was 
furnished by a gas generator type burner 
which used kerosene and did not prove to be 
entirely satisfactory, the main trouble being 
41 merits. The G. I. cans were maintained about 
one-third full of hot water. As snow was 
added and became water, it was dipped out 
and poured into a covered container which, 
when full, was carried by hand to the kitchen. 
This operation was carried on by two men 
using four heaters who started to work at 
about 8:00 a. m. and by 3:00 p. m. (no 
time out for lunch) had obtained 14 or 15 
32-gallon G. I. cans of water (448 to 480 
gallons), the kitchen and mess hall require- 
ments for 200 men (2.2 to 2.4 gal. per man 
per day). 
c. The snow which was porous and had a 
specific gravity of about 0,35 at the top, was 
usually cut into blocks and carried less than 
100 feet to the melters which were on the 
downwind side. Apparently, this snow had 
no mineral content and was free from harm- 
ful bacteria. The water was not chlorinated 
or treated in any way. Occasionally soot 
was found to be floating on the top of water 
cans, but did not hinder the production of 
potable water. 
2. Waste Disposal. 
Sanitation in the Antarctic where snow is 
extremely deep presents no problem so long 
as waste is not disposed of in snow melting 
areas. 
a. Three latrines for the men and one for 
officers were suitably located throughout the 
camp. They were housed within 16- by 
16-foot pyramidal tents and built similar to 
the ones for living quarters, with the boxes 
forming a U next to the back and two side 
walls. Urinals were not furnished and as a 
result conditions in front of tents became 
unsightly. 
b. Garbage was disposed of by dumping it 
into a hole which was started by pouring hot 
dishwater onto the snow. All kitchen waste 
was disposed of in this hole, which was about 
3 by 2 feet and became deeper the more it 
was used. 
Figure 47. Pontoon snow melter which was designed to 
be used at 35-man emergency winter camp. Note 
exhaust from internal combustion engine furnishes 
heat for melter. 
Figure 48. Inside snow melting shelter. Behind steam 
is Aeroil No. 98 Steam Thawing Unit. Man on 
left is holding steam pipe in G. I. can partly full of 
snow; man on right is pumping air into tank for 
burner which is bottom of steam thawing unit. 
that it required considerable time to start 
the burners, especially in lower temperatures, 
and they required an excess of maintenance. 
b. Army field immersion type heaters 
were used the majority of the time while on 
the ice and functioned properly without any 
mentionable trouble other than requiring 
a longer time to produce the water require- 
42 3. Heat. 
Two types of heaters were used to heat the 
tent camp. Each pyramidal tent was equip- 
ped with one Army tent stove, Model 1941, 
and the standard oil burner, the mess hall 
and Quonset huts used 60,000-B. t. u. space 
heaters most of which were manufactured by 
The American Gas Machine Company, 
Albert Lea, Minnesota. Housing facilities 
remained comfortable at all times, except 
that the tents during high winds with low 
temperatures were uncomfortable even 
though the stoves were red hot. This was 
no hardship. Heating on Operation “High- 
jump” was adequate. 
a. In order to reduce fire hazard, Diesel 
fuel instead of gasoline was used throughout 
and worked satisfactorily even though some 
of the stoves smoked at times. In case of 
the tent stoves, cleaning became necessary in 
about one-third of the cases. The average 
fuel consumption was about 8.2 gallons per 
day per tent stove and 125 gallons per day 
for the kitchen and mess hall (one tent stove, 
three 60,000-B. t. u. space heaters, and about 
seven kitchen ranges). 
b. Standard hand type 15-pound C02 fire 
extinguishers were used throughout without 
any noticeable difficulties. They were dis- 
tributed throughout the tent area so that 
one extinguisher served three tents, six or 
seven were around the kitchen as well as 
on the crash fire fighting sled. Others were 
placed around dumps and such places where 
they might be needed. No serious fires re- 
sulted although a number of tent poles 
became scored, with a couple of them 
collapsing. 
4. Electricity. 
The kitchen and mess hall were supplied 
electricity by two 5-kw., 120-v., single-phase 
generators driven by Wisconsin air-cooled 
motors which were housed in a tarpaulin 
.shack beside the kitchen. The generators 
Figure 49. Package shot (disassembled) snow melter. 
Figure 50. Two 5-kw. generators which were used for 
lighting kitchen and mess hall. Note they are resting 
on the base for a tarpaulin which was later erected. 
ran alternately in about 6-hour shifts and 
worked very satisfactorily. With the excep- 
tion of those tents which required electricity 
for special projects, no power was furnished 
within the tent area. Most occupants of 
tents modified their quarters with one or 
two plastic windows or skylights which pro- 
vided enough light for normal use. 
a. It was originally planned to use two 
75-kw. generators at the 3 5-man emergency 
winter camp, which was reconstructed at 
Little America III. Instead two, 25-kw., 
200- to 400-volt, 3-phase, GM generators, 
43 Model 1-398 driven by 1,200 r. p. m. GM 
Diesel engines Model 3016 were installed 
and until date of departure furnished power 
for the high frequency radios. These genera- 
tors were moved from the ship to the sites 
while still in the heavily constructed box- 
type house. 
h. It was not planned to use these gen- 
erators on the expedition other than to fur- 
nish power for six large reefers (675 cu. ft. 
each) which were constructed on the deck 
of the U. S. S. Merrick in order to furnish 
more cold storage space while en route to 
Antarctica. 
SECTION VI. Airstrips and Snow Tests 
1. Airstrip. 
An airstrip, as originally planned, was not 
constructed, although three ski runways 
were prepared as well as a 150- by 350-foot 
plus 45- by 455-foot pierced steel plank test 
strip. The R4D (C-47) planes operated off 
the ski runways very successfully and with 
less drag than normally would be encoun- 
tered with tires on concrete. 
2. PSP Test Strip. 
a. The PSP test strip (figs. 51, 52, 53, 54, and 
55) was laid in the following sequence: 
23 Jan 
24 Jan Laid 150 by 75 feet of PSP on undis- 
turbed snow. 
25 Jan Laid 150 by 75 feet of PSP on burlap 
which was on undisturbed snow. 
Laid 150 by 75 feet of burlap on un- 
disturbed snow. 
1 Feb 
3 Feb 
150 by 250 feet, 2 rounds with D-6 and 
snow drag over area where burlap 
had been. 
Laid 150 by 40 feet of PSP on partially 
compacted snow. 
Detail of about 15 men started breaking 
open bundles and established center 
line. 
Night shift started 1830 and finished 
0530 on the 25th. 
Inspection of mat at 2200 hours revealed 
that PSP on undisturbed snow settled 
about 1 % inches, whereas mat on 
burlap did not settle. Most settling 
took place between 1030 and 1430, 
while sun was out, with light winds. 
Later inspection revealed no more 
settling. 
Started to remove 150- by 75-foot section 
of burlap. 
Removed burlap. 
44 5 Feb Laid 150 by 160 feet of PSP on partially 
and compacted snow. 
6 Feb 
17 Feb 150 by 800 feet, 2 rounds with snow drag 
and D-6; 1 round with pontoon draa: 
and D-6. 
18 Feb 150 by 800 feet, 1 round with pontoon 
drag and D-6. 
Laid 40 by 180 feet of PSP on partially 
compacted snow. 
19 Feb Laid 40 by 275 feet of PSP on partially 
compacted snow. 
20 Feb Removed snow from 150- by 350-foot 
strip 
Runway extension had about 2 rounds 
with snow drag and 1 round with 
pontoon drag 
High was —8° F. witli 16-knot wind, 
7 men for 2){ hours! 114 sq. ft. 
13 men for 3){ hours [man-hour 
14 men for 6 hours equals 130 sq. 
ft./man-hour. 
Fork lift with 3-inch lumber as a dozer 
pushed the snow to the sides. 
b. The first 150 linear feet were laid about 
25 January when temperatures were rela- 
tively high (25° to 30° F.) and the following 
difficulties were encountered: 
(1) The small clips were difficult to handle 
in cold weather with gloves or mittens. 
(2) Care had to be taken not to disturb 
the surface when the mat was to be placed 
(same as for construction of camp). 
(3) The time required to carry each panel 
by hand from the runway shoulders to its 
final position was doubled, which was due 
to the soft neve. This work was performed 
mostly by the U. D. T. and ships’ personnel 
who had no previous training in this type of 
work. Later this mat required a dozer (for 
lift with 3-inch lumber as blade) to remove 
snow drifts which were caused by miscel- 
laneous bundles and odd pieces of PSP that 
were left within that area. 
c. When the 40- by 455-foot section was 
laid on partially compacted snow the only 
difficulty encountered was the handling of 
the small clips, temperatures being about 
— 10° F. with winds up to 16 knots. This 
Figure 51. Laying PSP on burlap which was laid on 
undisturbed snow. 
work was performed by about 13 Seabees 
from the motor pool whose morale was very 
high. During the 2-day period approxi- 
mately 125 square feet per man per hour were 
laid. 
45 Figure 52. Junction of PSP direct on undisturbed snow (left) and PSP on burlap which is on undisturbed snow on 
right. Twelve hours after junction was laid, mat on left had settled from IV2 to inches while mat on right 
did not settle at all. 
3. Ski Runways. 
The three ski runways were arranged more 
or less as an equilateral triangle, all work 
being performed by equipment, with no 
hand labor. The 4 days of construction for 
runway No. 1 (100 by 4,500 feet) started 
during the evening of 13 February and con- 
sisted of the following; 
Runway No. 1 {fig. 58) 
13 Feb 1 round, D-6 tractor pulling heavy 
drag. 
13 Feb 1 round, D-6 tractor only. 
1 round, D-6 tractor pulling light 
drag. 
1 round, D-6 tractor pulling T-7 
section of pontoon drag. 
14 Feb 1 round, D-6 tractor pulling light 
drag. 
1 round, D-6 tractor pulling pon- 
toon drag. (7% short tons, incl. 2 
bdls. PSP). 
15 Feb 1 round, D-6 tractor pulling pon- 
toon drag (a. m.). 
46 15 Feb 1 round, D-6 tractor pulling light 
drag (p. m.). 
16 Feb 1 round, D-6 tractor pulling pon- 
toon drag (a. m.). 
17 Feb 1 round, D-6 tractor pulling drag 
(far end only). 
1 round, D-6 tractor pulling pon- 
toon drag (far end only). 
The average temperature during this period 
was — 10°F. with winds at about 12 knots. 
Even after the first evening of work the sur- 
face furnished an adequate runway for skis. 
By 23 February this strip would almost sup- 
port an R4D (C-47) on wheels. Runways 
Nos. 2 and 3 were constructed alike in that 
their 2-day construction period started 15 
Figure 53. Same junction as in figure 52, showing that 
difference in elevation at this point is 2V2 inches. 
Figure 54. Cylindrical snow pillars were left standing 
from 1 V2 to 2V2 inches high as PSP, which had been 
laid direct on undisturbed snow, settled. They 
could be kicked over or scraped off very easily. 
Mat apparently did not settle any more after the 
first 36-hour period. 
Figure 55. PSP test strip after a blizzard. Note drifts 
which were caused by bundles and odd pieces of 
mat left within area. This shows the runway areas 
must be policed as work progresses. 
Figure 56. Tractor pulling pontoon drag on ski runway 
47 Figure 58. Ski runway No. 1 running east and west. 
Picture was made before ski runways Nos. 2 and 3 
were constructed. 
Figure 57. Track left after R4D (C-47), with wheels, 
had been towed from PSP test strip to ski runway 
No. 1. Tracks were almost waist deep in places. 
Figure 59. OY (L-5) taking off from PSP test strip. 
Note that very little snow is blown up by the 
propeller. 
Figure 60. OY (L-5) stuck in newly compacted snow 
at end of PSP test strip. 
February and consisted of only the following: 
1 round with a D-6 tractor pulling a wooden 
snow drag, and 2 rounds with a D -6 tractor 
pulling the pontoon drag. These were sat- 
isfactory for skis. 
4. Taxi, Take-Off, and Landing Tests. 
a. OT {Army L-5 on PSP, Subbase Partially 
Compacted, 20 Feb 47, -10° F., Wind 11 Knots. 
(1) Several landings and take-offs were 
made from the 40- by 455-foot end as well 
as taxiing on part of the 150-foot wide end. 
From all appearances no failure occurred. 
It is believed the weight was being carried 
by the mat instead of the snow base; there- 
fore, very little or nothing was learned. 
The props seemed to kick up very little snow 
from beneath the mat, although a little loose 
snow which was on top was blown back. 
(2) The plane taxied out over freshly com- 
pacted snow (2 rounds with D-6 tractor 
pulling snow drag, 1 round with D-6 
tractor pulling pontoon drag) which, due 
to the surface failure, took considerable 
48 power. When the plane tried to turn, 
one wheel went down and help was required 
to start plane moving again. 
b. OT {Army L—5) on Ski-Runway No. 7, 20 
Feb 47, +10°F, Wind 7 7 Knots. Several land- 
ings and take-offs were made with quite a 
bit of taxiing. With one exception no dam- 
age was noted. The surface acted the same 
as any prepared surface would be expected 
to act, except that tires could easily be 
skidded by applying brakes. Once for dem- 
onstration purposes, the plane taxied back 
and forth with one wheel skidding about 
80 percent of the time. The damage noted 
was on the first landing. As one of the tires 
touched the snow, it broke the surface, 
leaving a strip the tire’s width, about 10 
feet long and 1 to 2 inches deep, of loose 
Figure 61. OY (L-5) taxiing on ski runway No. 1 
Figure 62. R4D (C-47) taxiing on PSP test strip. 
Note that very little snow is blown up by the 
propellers. 
Figure 63. Indentations up to 2 inches left in PSP after 
R4D (C-47) taxied on test strip (PSP laid on 
undisturbed snow). 
Figure 64. R4D (C-47) stuck in partially compacted 
snow as it left PSP test strip. Fifty inches of mercury 
on both engines would not move plane. Note 
that no snow is blowing back as propellers rotate at 
high velocity. 
49 granulated snow that could be raked out by 
hand. The snow beneath this was still com- 
pacted and no breaking through was noted. 
Apparently compacted snow will not stand 
abrasion. The tire pressure during these 
tests was 13 pounds per square inch and the 
total weight of the plane was about 2,100 
pounds. 
c. R4D (C-47) 19,000 to 20,000 Pounds on 
PSP Test Strip, 22 Feb 47, T10°F., Wind 5 
Knots. (1) The plane taxied over the entire 
PSP test section. The mat which was laid 
on the burlap had the greatest failure. In 
places it was bent up to 2 or 3 inches. The 
mat which was placed on partially compacted 
snow bent to about 1 or 2 inches. This 
should show that, in this particular case, 
the tan and loosely knitted burlap acted as an 
insulator rather than a conductor, therefore 
losing the qualities which it was hoped it 
might possess. Had the burlap been canvas 
similar to that of tents, the results might have 
been slightly different, but it is still believed 
that best results would be obtained without 
using any material between the PSP and the 
snow. It was interesting to note that very 
little snow was picked up or blown out of 
place by the prop blast, even while both en- 
gines were pulling 50 inches of mercury. 
This also leads one to believe that no ma- 
terial similar to burlap is needed beneath 
the mat. It was also noted the tires had a 
tendency to skid easily where the mat was 
partially covered with snow. 
(2) After taxiing on the PSP had been 
completed the plane tried taxiing off the end 
of the mat test strip and onto the partially 
compacted snow, but without success. The 
plane immediately sank about three-fourths 
of the way to the hub. Fifty inches of mer- 
cury on both engines would not move the 
plane. Later on during the night two D-6 
tractors towed the plane over undisturbed 
snow to ski runway No. 1. This was accom- 
plished in the same manner that a plane 
would be dragged through any muddy held. 
At one time one of the wheels went down to 
the point that loose snow, which piled up in 
front of the wheel, touched the oil cooler at 
the bottom of the cowling. 
d. R4D (C-47) on Ski Runway No. 7, 23 Feb. 
47, +7° F., Wind 4 Knots. (1) The plane 
taxied about 100 feet before the left wheel 
went down. In trying to get out, the plane 
made about a 300-degree turn with the wheel 
going down to the hub. At times while 
Figure 65. R4D (C-47) tracks on ski runway No. 1 
which show that it was not evenly compacted. 
Figure 66. R4D (C-47) wheel after plane became stuck 
and had turned about 300°, using left wheel as 
pivot. 
50 Figure 67. R4D (C-47) taxiing on main camp road leading to mess hall. No failure whatsoever was noted in 
surface. 
Figure 68. Plane taxied into close quarters. Men 
pushing it backward while engines still running 
shows that there is very little drag between tires and 
surface. 
Figure 69. Chocks were required to keep R4D (C-47) 
from rolling down main roadway, which had very 
little slope. This shows that there is very little 
friction between tires and surface. 
51 taxiing the wheels would appear to ride on 
top, then one would break through and after 
running the engines up would come back on 
top. The surface definitely failed, but one 
could see that the minimum compaction for 
this type plane had almost been reached. 
(2) During the noonday meal hour, the 
plane was towed over a connecting road to 
the mess hall road. 
e. R4D {C-47) on Mess Hall Road, 2J Feb. 
47, +7° FWind 4 Knots. (1) The mess hall 
road was part of the main camp road leading 
from the ships to the camp and had traffic 
continuously from 18 January through 23 
February. The traffic consisted of every 
piece of equipment on the expedition, and 
no artificial compacting was done. There 
were occasional rounds with the snow drag 
which aided in keeping the area level. 
(2) The plane was taxied up and down the 
roadway without showing any signs of failure 
whatsoever. The only markings or tracks 
left were formed by the tire tread and the 
loose snow which was on the surface. Twice 
the plane taxied in too close to the flagpole 
and was easily pushed back around by eight 
or ten men. 
Figure 70. Plane with ski landing gear leaves from ski 
runway No. 1 for long mission. 
Figure 71. Ski track left by R4D on ski runway No. 1 
Tracks are not usually this distinct. 
Figure 72. Ski track as R4D (C-47) left ski runway 
No. 1. Note difference in track depth on runway 
and on shoulder. 
Figure 73. Tracks on ski runway No. 1 left by a Jeep 
as it started from a halt. 
52 'igure 74. R4D (C-47) with skis, parked on plywood 
covered with Diesel oil to prevent skis from freezing 
to surface. 
Figure 75. Removing 
snow sample for den- 
sity measurements. 
5. Snow Tests. 
a. In-place density measurements, Proctor 
needle tests, and field load test were made on 
the following areas: 
(1) Undistributed snow. 
(2) Mess hall roadway. 
(3) Snow after PSP had been removed. 
(4) Ski runways Nos. 1 and 2. 
During the short period on the snow, condi- 
tions varied from a soft sandlike consistency 
53 with hardly any supporting power (while 
temperatures were near freezing) to a dense 
hard crust which would allow a D-6 tractor 
to travel without track extensions (tempera- 
ture being near —10° F.). Due to circum- 
stances beyond control, controlled tests were 
not started until the first part of February; 
therefore, no data was obtained during the 
warmer days. 
b. The density measurements were made 
by weighing a carefully measured block of 
snow sawed from the neve. Successive seg- 
ments, 1 to 3 inches thick, were sawed from 
the block as it sat on the scale. The residue 
was again weighed and measured and the 
reduction in weight and volume was used to 
calculate the density of the segment which 
had been removed. When crusts were ob- 
served in a specimen, segments were cut so 
that one segment was composed entirely of 
the crust. It was found that compaction 
went to a depth of about 20 inches and that 
immediately after compaction the surface 
would not have the supporting power that 
it would after it had had a couple of days to 
freeze into place. Facilities were not avail- 
able to make a microscopic study of the 
crystal arrangement, but it is the belief of 
the observer that the original grains of snow 
were broken down into smaller ones and 
compressed and vibrated into place, leaving 
a more dense surface. 
c. In order to compare density measure- 
ments, the results of different tests were cal- 
culated and the value used in plotting specific 
gravity against depth. The average specific 
gravities for undisturbed snow, partially 
compacted snow (ski runways Nos. 1 and 3), 
DEPTH BELOW SURFACE IN INCHES 
UNDISTURBED SNOW (NEVE) 
9 FEB. 1947, TEMP. 11° F. 
ROADWAY IN CAMP 
8 FEB. 1947, TEMP. 19°F 
ROADWAY IN CAMP 
8 FEB, 1947, TEMP. 19° F. 
PREPARED RUNWAY NO. 1 
16 FEB. 1947, TEMP.-10°F. 
PREPARED RUNWAY NO. 3 
15 FEB. 1947, TEMP.-12°F.— 
SPECIFIC GRAVITY 
Figure 76. Comparison of density measurements 
54 DEPTH BELOW SURFACE IN INCHES 
UNDISTURBED SNOW 
22 FEB. 1947, TEMP. 11° F. 
16 FEB. 1947, TEMP. 11° F, 
9 FEB. 1947, TEMP. 11° F. 
USAS OBSERVATIONS 1940 
SPECIFIC GRAVITY 
Figure 77. Further comparisons of density measurements. 
55 and the mess hall road were used in plotting 
a graph. 
d. Insufficient data was obtained to de- 
termine the degree of correlation between 
the bearing power indicated by the load 
applied to the small area under the Proctor 
needle bearing plate and the actual bearing 
power of the snow surface under working 
conditions, but it did indicate that a tech- 
nique could be developed to utilize the 
Proctor needle to determine the uniformity 
of the results of any compacting operations 
and the relative bearing power of the snow. 
e. Direct loads were applied to the snow 
by means of hydraulic jack using a D-6 
caterpillar tractor to supply the load. The 
load was measured by means of a pressure 
Figure 78. Truing specimen for density measurement. 
figure 79. Weighing carefully measured specimen for 
density measurement. 
Figure 80. Running Proctor needle tests on snow after 
PSP had been removed. 
Figure 81. Field loading test 
using 50-ton jack and D-6 
caterpillar tractor on snow 
after PSP had been removed. 
56 gage. Knowing the pressure and the area calculated. The following table is a com- 
of the base of the jack (72.07 sq. in.), the parison of load supporting power, Proctor 
unit load in pounds per square inch was needle pressure, and density measurements. 
Proctor needle 
Specific gravity 
Load 
Location 
Lbs./sq. in. 
Ratio 
SP 
Rat.o 
Lbs. 
Lbs./sq. in. 
Ratio 
Undisturbed 
27 
1 
0.332 
1.0 
1,300 
18 
1 
Under PSP without burlap. . . 
55 
2 
0.335 
1 .Ox 
2,000 
25 
1.4 
Under PSP without burlap. . . 
49 
2 
0.335 
1,0x 
2,000 
25 
1.4 
Ski runway No. 3 
257 
10 
0 396 
1 2 
Ski runway No. 1 
855 
35 
0.432 
1.3 
*4,300 
60 
3.3 
Mess hall road 
1,905 
70 
0.469 
1.4 
13,000 
180 
10 
Note. Reasonable average va 
lues, utilizing all 
available data. 
*C-47 wheel load calculated 
as 60 Ib./sq. in. 
over base area of jack (72.07 sq. in.). 
SECTION VII. Recommendations 
1. General. 
The recommendations herein are based on 
assumption that an Army engineer aviation 
battalion would be given relatively the same 
task with the same period of time as was 
originally planned (24 hours per day for 8 
weeks). In many instances the recommen- 
dations will be in line with that which was 
practiced on this expedition. Others, of 
course, will be from experience gained by 
officers, men, and observers while carrying 
out the mission. 
2. Staff Work and Planning. 
a. It is recommended that planning be 
started far enough in advance to allow 
fabrication of special items and shipment, so 
that each unit will have ample time to 
familiarize itself with the items with which 
they are to work. 
b. The unit chosen for the operation 
should be a well organized and experienced 
one. 
c. It is recommended that the staff officer 
who is responsible for the planning be a 
member of the expedition. He will be able 
to note his own mistakes, and pass on to 
others to follow, more complete information 
as to how future operations should be planned. 
d. Plans should be flexible so that if at any 
time the over-all plan is changed, the 
operation could proceed uninterrupted. 
e. A large amount of extra small tools, 
such as hammers, saws, wrenches, etc., 
should be taken since they become lost or 
misplaced very easily in the soft snow. 
/. An extra amount of plywood, 2- by fl- 
inch, and 1-inch lumber should be taken, 
since additions must always be made. 
3. Construction Equipment. 
The most essential item for Antarctic work 
is specialized construction and transporta- 
tion equipment. A certain amount was 
learned during the short 4-week period on the 
ice and it is felt that some of the answers were 
obtained, but there is still far more to be 
learned. No one or two pieces of equipment 
will answer all purposes. Each piece will 
vary in design depending upon the job it has 
to do. Some of the purposes for which equip- 
ment must be designed are as follows: 
765274—48 5 
57 a. A heavy duty tractor or prime mover 
capable of pulling large quantities of supplies 
on sleds over great distances. The tractor 
should have living accommodations for its 
crew and should have a fuel capacity to carry 
it long distances. 
b. A tractor similar to the ones used on this 
expedition which would be used in and 
around camp and on hauls for relatively 
short distances should be designed with 
following modifications: 
(1) The power unit should need no changes 
other than a winterized hood. 
(2) A cab that will protect the operator 
from low temperature and high winds. 
(3) Tracks with a maximum unit bearing 
pressure of 3 pounds per square inch. 
(4) Long tracks in order to prevent rough 
riding while going over the sastrugi as well as 
to aid in going over small cracks and cre- 
vasses. 
(5) Attachable grouser plates, or some- 
thing to give the tractor a foothold while 
working on ice, 
(6) Winches on tractors are highly desir- 
able. 
(7) Correct the tendency of the tractor to 
mire itself while pulling heavy loads, possibly 
by moving the center of gravity forward. 
c. Some type of light, fast-moving trans- 
portation suitable for transporting small 
numbers of personnel, etc., as the truck, 
%-ton 4x4. It should have sufficient room 
to allow the operator to function properly 
while wearing bulky clothes and it should be 
easy to enter and leave. A winch on the 
front would be desirable. 
d. Some type of cargo handling equip- 
ment, similar to a crane is most desirable. 
It is believed that a tractor crane would have 
been more suitable than was the forklift 
in that it would not be required to move 
around as much while unloading cargo. 
The 5-ton crane (Byer’s Model 65), taken 
on this expedition, or one of its type would 
not be suitable in that the center of gravity 
is too high and there would have been a great 
danger of its tipping over in the soft snow. 
e. It is believed that compaction equip- 
ment will necessitate a complete change in 
design. It is felt that the tractor with the 
combination of weight and vibration did 
90 percent of the compacting on the expe- 
dition. Various types of rollers were not 
used enough to determine their usefulness, 
but the consensus is that they act similarly 
to the way they would while rolling washed 
gravel or sand. Some type of equipment 
mounted on tracks will vibrate the granulat- 
ed particles of snow into place, and after 
given time, the particles will freeze into 
position giving the desired results. Thought 
might be directed to something along the 
lines of a wagon, dirt or rock, bottom-dump, 
with a built-in vibrator and flat top so that 
weight could be added as the surface be- 
comes more compact. Something on the 
order of a combined pontoon drag and snow 
surface heater should be considered, but not 
for compaction in depth. 
/. Grading equipment will be necessary 
if airfields are to be built for extensive use 
by heavy planes. Several things have been 
Figure 82. Open snow roller. 
58 Figure 83. Modified sheepsfoot roller (not used). 
Figure 84. Closed snow roller which proved 
unsatisfactory. 
discussed such as a towed grader mounted 
on skis instead of wheels, and motorized 
graders 4x4 with large dual tires front and 
rear. The skis would have the disadvantage 
of side slippage, and attachable skis would 
have to be furnished the motorized grader 
to transport the machine to the compacted 
surface where it is to work. Personally, the 
observer would like to try the latter. Due 
to the belief that it would be easier to grade a 
runway after it is partially compacted it is 
felt that the motorized grader would be 
more satisfactory even if assistance had to 
be given by a tractor towing for the first 
few gradings. Once the surface became hard 
(before ready for planes) the grader could 
work as it normally would as well as travel 
back and forth to the motor pool under its 
own power. 
g. The main suggestion on the sleds is 
that the runner contact area be increased 
so that when fully loaded there will be a 
unit bearing pressure of from 2 to 3 pounds 
per square inch. This, of course, will present 
a problem in that the larger the runner 
area the harder it will freeze in when left 
standing, A runner might be designed for 
a higher unit bearing pressure so that shoes 
could be attached which would bring the 
unit bearing pressure down to that which is 
desired during high temperature when the 
neve is quite soft. The QM 1-ton sled, 
which is definitely a good one, could be 
supplied with a tarpaulin similar to those 
on trucks so that while transporting personnel 
they would be protected from wind and snow 
which is kicked up by the weasel or towing 
vehicle. The “Go-devil” sled, as used on 
this expedition, could be redesigned with a 
toboggan undercarriage so that, when mired, 
snow would not pile up in front. The 
side-board recess could be lowered in order 
to allow large and awkward-shaped cargo 
and boxes to rest flat on the bed. 
4. Cargo Handling and Unloading. 
a. Each unit should definitely check all 
items prior to leaving its home base or port. 
As before an invasion during the war years, 
the unit should assure itself that all items 
are present and that the boxes and crates 
have been properly and conspicuously 
marked with some color or symbol. 
b. Ships should be loaded in accordance 
with an established priority and with each 
unit’s supplies together, in order that one 
59 permanent or semipermanent building in 
regions similar to those in the Antarctic. 
This design should provide the following: 
(1) Rapid and easy assembly, possibly with 
clamps or some type of fastener other than 
small items such as nails and bolts which are 
hard to manipulate while wearing gloves or 
mittens. 
(2) Maximum insulation, yet the panels 
should be light enough to allow three or 
four men to handle with ease. 
(3) Panels or sections of such size and 
weight for minimum shipping weight and 
cubage. 
(4) Floating foundations. 
(5) Double floors with air circulation 
between the two. 
(6) Plenty of headroom in order to allow 
for double bunks. 
(7) Skylights or windows to provide light 
until such time as they become covered with 
snow. 
Figure 85. When camp was evacuated caches were 
left well marked with high poles and identification 
on top so that they may be found if needed for later 
expeditions. 
group may be unloaded without disturbing 
the others. 
c. Men and officers should be transported 
on the same ships as their supplies and equip- 
ment. 
d. During the first stages of the operation 
each unit should cache its own supplies; that 
is, engineer troops should unload their own 
supplies as they arrive at the camp site, air 
corps personnel should unload their supplies, 
etc., for all branches of the service and their 
units. Within each unit it would be advis- 
able for cooks and KP’s to cache their own 
kitchen supplies, mechanics unload their 
supplies, etc. This would familiarize each 
person with location of his supplies and how 
they are stored. 
5. Buildings and Structures. 
a. It is thought that the temporary camp 
construction could possibly have been a little 
more complete, even though it furnished 
adequate shelter. Inside framework and 
doors could have been erected by the Sea- 
bees which would in turn save individuals 
from taking time off to construct on their own. 
b. It is recommended that some new type 
of prefabricated building be designed for 
Figure 86. Early stages of crevasse in barrier slope 
Later it became about 5 feet wide in places. 
60 water could be continuously circulating to 
prevent freezing. For large or more per- 
manent types, heat could be supplied from 
the exhaust of an internal combustion engine 
as was planned for in the 35-man emergency 
winter camp. 
As a morale factor and for convenience 
it would be advisable to furnish electric 
lights to all tents and buildings. 
7. Airstrips and Snow Tests. 
The following recommendation for con- 
struction of an airstrip is by no means the 
cheapest or most expedient, but is a method 
which it is known will supply the needs. 
Future research and study of snow char- 
acteristics will undoubtedly develop tech- 
niques of construction which will enable 
units to prepare surfaces in less time and to 
carry heavier loads. The method suggested 
would probably not be carried out in its 
entirety, but would change as construction 
progressed, depending upon knowledge 
gained during this period. 
a. Suppose the specifications called for one 
runway 100 by 5,000 feet to accommodate 
C-47 type planes 1 month after starting date 
and heavier type planes later. Two areas 
side by side 500 by 7,000 feet each could be 
compacted by the use of tractors and drags 
running back and forth over the surface as 
was the method in compacting the ski run- 
ways. If a track laying type compactor 
were available it would aid considerably. 
In about 1 month the center 100 feet of these 
strips would be compacted to its maximum 
density, specific gravity of about 0.65 to 0.70 
at the surface down to about 0.40 or 0.45 at 
20 inches below the surface. It would be 
ready for C-47 type aircraft. The object of 
having two runways would be that while 
one was being used the other could be main- 
tained and worked for heavier type planes. 
The runways would then be strengthened by 
dozing snow from the ditch lines onto the 
100-foot center strip and compacting in the 
Figure 87. Looking up from down in a crevasse. 
Cracks such as these are obstacles which may be 
encountered. 
(8) Strength to withstand winds up to 100 
m. p. h., and snow and ice pressure which 
will be from the sides as well as from the top. 
c. If possible it would be advisable par- 
tially to compact the construction area be- 
fore erecting any buildings or even tents. 
This would enable the working parties to 
move around with greater ease, afford 
better footings for building, as well as 
keeping the construction area level. 
6. Utilities. 
a. Water supply is the only utility which 
requires serious thought. The area from 
which snow is to be taken should definitely 
be on the windward side of the entire camp 
area and must remain a restricted area so 
that it will not become contaminated. Some 
type of semiportable snow melter is needed. 
It should be designed so that the water will 
be maintained at a given level. The water 
from the time the snow enters the hopper 
until it is ready for use should be in closed 
containers and changed from the melter to 
storage tank through pipes in which the 
61 Figure £8 Crevasses such as these are encountered in the Antarctic. 
same manner. After this operation had been 
accomplished two or three times the run- 
ways should be capable of carrying the C-54 
type aircraft. 
b. Total construction time for this opera- 
tion should take approximately 6 weeks. Due 
to surface winds and snow the ditch lines 
would become filled by drifts affording addi- 
tional material which could be dozed up on- 
to the 100-foot center strip. It is thought 
that eventually the depth of compaction 
would become great enough to afford ade- 
quate bearing pressure for larger aircraft in 
the heavy bomber type group. The reason 
for compacting the 200-foot shoulders on 
both sides of the runways at beginning of 
construction is that the undisturbed neve will 
not otherwise support construction equip- 
ment. Due to the fact that after compaction 
the snow requires a period in which to re- 
freeze it might be well to bear in mind that 
doubling the construction force does not 
necessarily mean cutting construction time in 
half. 
62 c. Prefabricated landing mat should be 
available, even though it would not be 
planned to use it, due to the fact that once 
it is in place the depth of compaction could 
hardly be increased. It would also afford 
quite a problem in keeping the runway clean 
after blizzards, in that snow piles would ac- 
cumulate on each side of the runway which 
would cause drifts to grow larger the more 
the strip is cleaned. Even though a runway 
without a mat surface might show wear and 
become damaged during heavy operations 
it is believed that maintenance would be a 
relatively simple proposition. 
d. At this particular stage it is felt that the 
most important thing in connection with 
runway construction in regions similar to the 
Antarctic is that more experimental work be 
carried on similar to that which was carried 
on during Operation “Highjump.” The 
snow should be studied by constructing run- 
ways and performing such tests as those per- 
formed and planned to be performed on this 
operation. 
e. For more detailed information on this 
operation, it is suggested that the Navy’s 
BuDocks report on the operation “High- 
jump” be studied. 
63 CHAPTER 4 
TRANSPORTATION 
SECTION I. Introduction 
1. Plans and Objectives. 
The plans and objectives of Operation 
“Flighjump” in the field of Transportation 
are set forth in paragraph III-B, Annex “J”, 
Commander Task Force 68, Operation Plan 
No. 2-46, Projects: 
(1) Performance and tests of powered 
vehicles under Antarctic conditions. 
2. Scope. 
a. At the end of the shore based operations 
on the Antarctic Continent, the personnel 
who actually operated and maintained the 
motor vehicles used there returned to the 
United States in a different ship than that 
which carried the Army observers; hence, con- 
siderable valuable data which should logi- 
cally be contained in this chapter are not now 
available, but will undoubtedly be included 
in the final reports of Task Force 68. 
b. The time spent in the shore based phase 
was so short that it scarcely constituted a 
proper performance test for the vehicles con- 
cerned. The vehicles were placed ashore 
commencing about 18 January 1947, and 
final evacuation of the base camp was com- 
pleted on 23 February 1947, a period of only 
36 days. 
3. Vehicles. 
Powered vehicles placed ashore at the Bay 
of Whales for operational use and testing 
were as follows: 
a. Wheeled vehicles: 
8 Trucks, %-ton, 4x4 (Jeep). 
4 Trucks, 2%-ton, 6x6. 
1 Truck, 1%-ton, 4x2. 
b. Amphibious vehicles: 
8 Cargo carriers, M29C (Weasel). 
2 Landing vehicles, tracked. 
c. Tractors: 
10 Tractors, D-6. 
1 Tractor, D-7. 
2 Tractors, TD-9-6G (Fingerlift). 
3 Tractors, MC-1 (Cle-track). 
Note. The vehicles listed in a, b, and c above were 
all new vehicles. 
d. The following drawn conveyances were 
used and are considered in this report: 
20 sleds, 10-ton (Go-devil). 
8 sleds, Army, 1-ton. 
3 trailers, tank, 800-gallon capacity, mounted 
on skis. 
e. Also included were the following dogs 
and dog sleds: 
27 dogs and 4 dog sleds. 
4. Unloading Vehicles. 
The ships moored direct to the bay ice in 
the Bay of Whales, and all vehicles were 
unloaded direct onto the ice in the conven- 
tional manner by cargo slings. 
5. Surface Conditions Encountered. 
a. The bay ice in the Bay of Whales was 
covered by hard packed snow (neve) varying 
in thickness up to 18 inches. There were 
two tide cracks or crevasses in the bay ice 
which had to be crossed. These tide cracks 
64 were several feet wide and the interval was 
choked with pressure ice; the pressure ice in 
places was piled up 12 to 15 feet high over 
the tide cracks. These cracks were bridged 
for safety. Bulldozers pushed away the sur- 
plus pressure ice and the bridges were con- 
structed of planking, pierced planks (airfield 
matting) and other available materials. 
These bridges had to be constantly main- 
tained because of the heavy traffic over them 
and because of movement of the ice at the 
tide cracks. At the site selected for the as- 
cent of the barrier, the barrier was about 
70 feet high and sloped down to the bay ice 
at an angle of 20 degrees from horizontal. 
This slope was about 200 feet long (fig. 89). 
The slope consisted of hard packed, drifted 
snow, covered with soft snow. On this 
barrier incline there were later discovered two 
crevasses, originally only about 2 feet wide 
but later opening up to about 5 feet. In- 
itially these crevasses had been covered by a 
natural snow bridge which gave way under 
the pounding of heavy traffic. 
b. The top of the barrier was covered 
with neve snow which was considerably 
softer than that found on the bay ice. The 
surface in some places was smooth; in others 
it was crossed by ridges and hard snow 
(sastrugi) varying in height from 5 inches 
Figure 89. D-6 in reverse towing working party up barrier incline on five Army sleds. 
765274—48 6 
65 to several feet. The spacing and height of 
these ridges varied from day to day. The 
surface texture, bearing power, and other 
physical characteristics of the neve vary 
with temperature, wind, sun, and other 
climatic influences; thus, conditions of opera- 
tions may change within a few hours. The 
general surface contours of the Ross Ice 
Barrier in the vicinity of the Bay of Whales 
are quite gradual; slopes of over 10 to 15 
degrees are rare. The surface of the barrier 
contains many crevasses up to 10 feet wide 
and wider. These crevasses frequently are 
covered by a bridge of crusted snow which 
will give way under a heavy vehicle. Of 
the vehicles considered in this report only 
the LVT’s participated in an overland trail 
operation. Ability to cross crevasses must 
always be considered for a vehicle designed 
for Antarctic operations. 
6. Wheeled Vehicles. 
No wheeled vehicles were able to operate 
efficiently ashore. All had to be towed 
from shipside to motor park. The larger 
trucks were never able to operate, although 
the Jeeps were able to operate to a limited 
degree on well packed areas when equipped 
with heavy chains on all four wheels. The 
Jeeps were so unreliable, however, from a 
transportation standpoint that they were 
useless. The snow acted very much like 
soft sand, causing the wheels to dig out great 
holes when power was applied. Four of the 
Jeeps were equipped with power generator 
units and were finally towed to the top of the 
barrier and used as power generators for the 
air operations office. Wheeled vehicles of 
conventional type are entirely unsatisfactory 
for personnel or cargo carrying purposes in 
the Antarctic. 
SECTION II. Cargo Carrier, M29C 
1. General.* 
a. No trials were run in water, the Weasels 
operating exclusively on snow and ice 
throughout the operation. They were used 
as liaison vehicles and for towing the 1-ton 
Army (QM) sled. They were in almost con- 
tinuous operation and turned in a very 
creditable performance. They towed the 
Army sled with a 1 -ton load of cargo or per- 
sonnel with ease on the bay ice, up the bar- 
rier incline, and on top of the barrier itself. 
The principal complaint against the Weasel 
was that there were not enough of them. 
Eight Weasels could scarcely perform all the 
tasks desired of them. The demand for 
Weasels was never satisfied during the oper- 
ation. 
b. The following table shows the total 
number of miles of operation by each Weasel 
for the period 19 January 1947 to 23 Febru- 
ary 1947: 
Weasel No. Mileage 
1 1,464 
2 1,099 
3 1,201 
4 1,571 
5 Lost in crevasse—figures not available. 
6 38—Front suspension damaged and track 
broken shortly after landing. Never 
repaired or replaced. 
7 1,464 
8 1,027 
2. Method of Use. 
Init'ally Weasels were assigned to various 
individuals or departments for use. There 
were, however, more interested agencies than 
there were Weasels. This resulted in a 
*See TM 9—772 for general description and technical data 
concerning Cargo Carrier, M29C. 
66 Figure 90. Weasel in trouble in soft snow. 
Figure 91. Weasel comes in handy for photographic 
work. 
Figure 92. Weasel advertising cancer drive. Note 
QM 1-ton sled in rear. 
Figure 93. Photographic Weasel on airstrip. Note how 
tracks conform to irregularities of surface. 
bottleneck on these vehicles and controversy 
over the priority of the projects concerned. 
About 27 January 1947 the Weasels were 
placed in a common pool operated by the 
motor maintenance officer. Thereafter all 
requests for Weasels were handled by a dis- 
patcher, who, by coordinating individual 
requests, was able to maintain a much more 
efficient use of the vehicles. A scheduled 
“run” was instituted on a 30-minute basis 
between the ships, the base camp, and the 
airstrip. This greatly relieved the strain and 
operated as accommodation to observers, 
civilian scientists, correspondents, and other 
casuals. One exception to this arrangement 
was in the case of the Weasel permanently 
assigned to the camp surgeon. This Weasel 
remained on call at the air operations office 
near which the surgeon’s headquarters was 
located. This vehicle and an Army sled 
were used as an emergency ambulance and 
crash truck (fig. 94). The equipment in- 
cluded fire fighting equipment, stretchers, 
and other first aid and medical gear. This 
Weasel was the only one equipped with a 
radio. 3. Tracks. 
All Weasels were equipped with the con- 
ventional track. These tracks proved quite 
satisfactory in most respects. The only time 
a Weasel was deadlined because of track 
failure was in the case of one which was 
broken. However, it was noted that when 
a Weasel was parked on a rutted or uneven 
surface, wrinkles or ridges in the rubber 
belts would appear as the tracks conformed 
to the irregularities of the surface. After one 
or two hours in the same position, these 
wrinkles or ridges tended to stiffen in that 
position. It was feared that a break in the 
steel cables embedded in the rubber belts 
might occur if the vehicles were driven off 
immediately. It was therefore deemed ad- 
visable to move the Weasel a few feet 
forward and backward, repeating this move- 
ment several times until the wrinkles or 
ridges were ironed out. Further study into 
the possibility of cable breakage from these 
conditions is recommended. If such break- 
age might result, the feasibility of individual 
block type tracks with connectors might be 
investigated. 
4. Serviceability and Performance. 
a. Of the eight Weasels placed ashore on 
or about 19 January 1947, six were service- 
able and in operation when the base camp 
was evacuated on 23 February 1947. As 
stated previously, No. 6 was disabled after 
38 miles of operation by a broken track and 
a damaged support tube and carrier arm, 
resulting from a collision. As no spare parts 
were available this vehicle remained out of 
operation. No. 5 Weasel was lost in a tide 
crack, or crevasse, in the bay ice on 15 
February 1947. After the cargo ships de- 
parted on 6 February the bridges were not 
maintained and soon became unuseable due 
to ice movement. The driver of No. 5 
Weasel attempted to cross one of these 
crevasses near the bridge site. As the Weasel 
passed over the crevasse the pressure ice 
between the edges of the crevasse gave way 
and permitted the vehicle to drop into the 
water. For some reason the drain plugs had 
never been installed and the hull began to 
fill with water. Every effort was made to 
save the Weasel. Water was bailed out of 
the hull, planks and empty gas drums were 
lashed to the sides and eventually a tractor 
arrived at the scene. When the tractor 
arrived a cable was attached to the capstan 
of the Weasel and an attempt was made to 
drag the Weasel onto the bay ice This 
attempt failed when the capstan tore loose. 
The towing pintle could not be used be- 
cause by the time the tractor arrived the 
hull was almost full of water and the towing 
pintle was out of reach. Shortly thereafter 
the Weasel sank in over 200 fathoms of 
water. It is recommended that drain plugs 
be installed in all Weasels which have 
occasion to travel on bay ice. 
b. Two Weasels were temporarily disabled 
by damaged transmissions during the first 10 
days ashore. In one case a tooth was broken 
from the low range gear. A new tooth was 
built up by welding and filed as near to size 
as possible. This enabled the vehicle to 
resume operation to a limited degree; how- 
Figure 94. Weasel and 1-ton Army sled used at 
airfield as combination ambulance and crash 
truck. Note fire extinguishers. 
68 ever, the transmission could be shifted into 
low range gear only with difficulty, so to 
prevent further damage to this gear a lug 
was welded to the axle transmission lever in 
such manner that the transmission could not 
be shifted into low gear range. Thereafter 
the vehicle was limited to high range only. 
In the other case of a damaged transmission, 
the nature of the damage is not known, 
other than it rendered the vehicle inopera- 
tive. It was reliably reported that this trans- 
mission was replaced by the transmission of 
No. 6 Weasel (with the broken track). In 
any case the Weasel was placed back in 
operation. 
5. Transmissions. 
As stated in the paragraph above, two 
Weasels were disabled by damaged trans- 
missions although both were repaired or re- 
placed quickly and placed back in operation. 
The general opinion of most individuals who 
worked with the Weasel is that it has a weak 
transmission. However, when operated by 
a trained driver it appears the transmission 
seems to perform satisfactorily. Weasels on 
the operation were frequently driven by 
amateur drivers with little or no previous 
experience. It is possible that the two 
damaged transmissions were caused by inex- 
perienced drivers placing undue strain on 
the transmissions by selection of wrong gear 
range, clashing the gears in shifting, or 
“jerky” take-offs. 
6. Speed. 
Weasels operated at speeds up to an 
estimated 15 miles per hour both on the 
well packed roads and on the open snow 
of the bay ice and the barrier. It was a 
common tendency to drive the Weasel too 
fast, the speed being regulated more or less 
by the comfort of the driver and passengers. 
It is recommended that 10 miles per hour 
be considered as the maximum speed con- 
sistent with smooth operation. Beyond that 
speed the vehicle has a tendency to bob up 
and down quite forcibly from the axis of 
the drive sprockets. During this motion the 
rear part of the tracks maintains a more or 
less constant contact with the snow while 
the forward part of the tracks rises off the 
snow from a few inches to more than a foot. 
This “down buck” results in jolting the 
passengers and a jerking motion to a towed 
sled. It seems logical to assume that addi- 
tional strain is also placed on the tracks, 
track suspension, and power drive. It was 
observed that this “down buck” was more 
pronounced on uneven surfaces. Actually, 
there are no absolutely level surfaces in the 
Antarctic; even though a surface appears 
to be perfectly flat to the naked eye it is 
usually full of minor dips and swells. It is 
believed that the intermittent strain caused 
by high speeds over uneven surfaces causes 
a torque component to be built up which 
definitely aggravates the normal bobbing 
motion imparted to the vehicle in passing 
over these uneven surfaces. It is possible 
that if the drive sprockets were in front 
rather than in rear a smoother operation of 
this vehicle could be obtained. The feasi- 
bility of front drive should be investigated. 
7. Engine. 
There was no ignition trouble, no carbure- 
tor trouble, and no trouble with engine 
starting. S. A. E. 10 oil was used in the 
crankcase. Sixty percent prestone was used 
in the cooling system. The electrical system 
functioned normally. No differential failures 
were encountered. 
8. Feasibility of Use in Prolonged Opera- 
tions. 
No prolonged trips were made with the 
Weasels. The longest trip was to Little 
America I (1929), a distance of approxi- 
mately 12 miles. However, observations of 
the vehicle in operation indicate that it 
might be feasible for use in extended oper- 
69 a dons, limited only by fuel, oil, maintenance 
supplies, and extremely unfavorable terrain, 
especially wide crevasses. 
9. Drivers. 
There were regularly assigned drivers for 
each Weasel from the Seabee detachment. 
These drivers had had previous experience 
and were reasonably well trained. Flowever, 
quite frequently the Weasels would be oper- 
ated by individuals who had little or no 
previous experience. The performance of 
Weasels chauffeured by the regularly assigned 
drivers was much superior to that when 
chauffeured by amateurs. The chief char- 
acteristics of amateur driving were jerking 
the vehicle in starting off, selection of im- 
proper gears and driving range, a tendency 
to drive too fast and “lugging” the engine. 
10. Observations. 
Several observations were made concerning 
possible modification of the Weasel: 
a. The high sides of the hull resulting from 
its amphibious feature make it rather difficult 
for driver and passengers to enter and leave 
the vehicle. If the amphibious feature can 
be considered unnecessary for operation on 
the Antarctic mainland, a portion of the hull 
could be cut out and doors installed. 
b. Present side curtains provide scant 
visibility to the occupants. The feasibility 
of a rigid cab with glass or plexiglass windows 
should be investigated. 
c. None of the Weasels were equipped with 
defrosters for the windshield. Frost did not 
form on the windshield except when the side 
curtains were tightly fastened. For pro- 
longed trips in extremely low temperatures 
requiring the side curtains to be closely se- 
cured for warmth, a windshield defrosting 
unit is indicated. 
d. When traveling at moderate to high 
speeds, the tracks kick snow very forcibly 
over the towed sled. This is a most uncom- 
fortable sensation for personnel riding on the 
sled. The feasibility of some type of guard 
over the rear of the tracks to prevent this 
from occurring might be investigated. 
e. The driver was definitely handicapped 
by the narrow space between the right 
steering brake lever and the engine cover. 
With heavy clothes and shoes it was very 
difficult to reach the foot throttle and the 
driver’s leg was pinched by the steering 
brake. This space should be made wider to 
accommodate the bulkiness of Antarctic 
footgear. 
11. Conclusion. 
The Weasel proved to be a most satisfactory 
vehicle for operation on the Ross Ice Barrier. 
The expedition could have efficiently used 
more of these vehicles. The four chief fail- 
ures of these vehicles, i. e., one broken track, 
one vehicle lost in a crevasse, and two 
damaged transmissions, cannot be directly 
attributed to inherent weakness in the vehicle. 
SECTION III. Tractors 
1. General. 
Tractors were the mainstay of the shore 
based phase of the operation as far as trans- 
portation was concerned. Over 3,000 tons 
of cargo were moved from the ships to the 
airstrip, the base camp, and the 35-man 
emergency camp. The great bulk of this 
cargo was hauled by tractors. Except for 
the Cle-tracks, all tractors were found to 
perform with reasonable efficiency under all 
conditions encountered. 
70 2. Fingerlifts (Figs. 95, 96, 97, and 98). 
The two fingerlifts were so seldom used as 
transportation in the sense of towing drawn 
conveyances that they are considered in this 
report only from the standpoint of their 
performance under prevailing conditions 
in view of their similarity in many respects 
to the D-6 and D-7 tractors. The finger- 
lifts were equipped with wooden track ex- 
tensions and operated most efficiently both 
on the bay ice and on the barrier. They 
were extremely valuable in unloading cargo 
from sleds at the various caches. The 
fingerlifts were too light for some of the heavy 
loads they had to handle. The tracks on 
both fingerlifts became slightly sprung due 
to bending of the bogie and idler shafts. 
This was probably due to leverage exerted 
by the track extensions when heavy loads 
were lifted. Both fingerlifts continued opera- 
ting throughout the operation. 
Figure 95. Fingerlift distributing pierced plank on the 
airfield. 
Figure 96. Load of lumber and tarpaulins on fingerlift. 
Figure 97. Fingerlift digging out pierced plank buried 
in snow. 
Figure 98. Laying out cache with fingerlift, 
71 3. D 7 Tractor. 
The D-7 Tractor would probably have 
turned in a much more creditable perform- 
ance than it did, had it been given a proper 
trial. Its chief contribution to the trans- 
portation cause was in being used as an 
anchor or “deadman” (fig. 99) at the top 
of the barrier. The bulldozer blade was 
dropped and forced into the snow and two 
large timbers were thrust into the snow to 
assist in firmly anchoring the tractor. To 
the firmly anchored tractor were attached 
two snatch blocks. By means of a 1,200- 
foot length of cable operating through the 
snatch blocks a D-6 tractor at the base of 
the barrier was able to tow loaded sleds up 
the face of the barrier incline (fig. 101). 
The D-7 tractor was used as a “deadman” at 
the top of the barrier from 20 January 1947 
until the cargo-hauling from the ships was 
completed on 6 February 1947, when it 
was evacuated. The wooden track exten- 
sions provided for the D-7 were 60 inches 
long (fig. 102). Although not given a 
thorough test it was considered that these 
extensions were longer than necessary. 
4. D 6 Tractor. 
The 10 D-6 tractors were the work horses 
of the entire shore based operation, and from 
the transportation standpoint they were 
responsible for the success of the operation. 
5. Winterization. 
All the tractors had been winterized at 
Port Hueneme, California, prior to embarka- 
tion. This winterization included enclosing 
the driver’s compartment in a cab, covering 
the hood and radiator with sailcloth, 60 
percent prestone in the radiator, and winter 
oil (Naval equivalent of S. A. E. 10). In 
anticipation of traction difficulties in the 
snow, wooden track extensions were prepared 
for installation after the landing in Ant- 
artica (fig. 102). 
Figure 99. D-7 as "dcadman’’ for hauling loaded sleds 
up barrier. 
Figure 100. Looking down barrier incline. Tractor 
on bay ice is towing loaded sled up barrier w ith 
cable towing device. 
Figure 101. D-6 in reverse towing Norseman plane up 
the barrier. 
72 6. Cab. 
The driver’s cab was a wooden frame and 
top with safety plate glass puttied in in front 
and with plexiglass bolted in on the sides 
and rear. The door opened on the left side. 
The door was rather poorly made, especially 
the latch, which failed to hold the door 
closed until field expedients were utilized. 
The cab provided ample vision for the driver. 
Very little difficulty was experienced with 
glass frosting over but occasionally visibility 
would be lessened by snow or sleet. The 
plexiglass on the sides and rear would fre- 
quently tear loose from the bolts which 
secured it. An escape hatch 2 feet square 
was built into the top of the cab. All in all 
the cabs were satisfactory. Certainly a cab 
of some type is needed for Antarctic opera- 
tions. 
7. Track Extensions. 
All tractors could operate efficiently on the 
bay ice without track extensions, although 
occasionally one would stick from turning too 
sharply or in starting a heavy load (fig. 104). 
Tractors which operated exclusively on the 
Figure 103. Parked tractors. Note broken and missing 
track extensions. 
bay ice were therefore not equipped with 
track extensions. They were able to tow 
two Go-devil sleds each carrying 3 or 4 tons 
of cargo with ease. 
a. In general, none of the tractors could 
operate on top of the barrier without track 
extensions. The snow on the barrier was 
much softer and deeper than on the bay ice. 
After track extensions were installed a D-6 
tractor could tow three Go-devil sleds each 
carrying 4% tons of cargo with ease (fig. 105). 
All tractors operating on top of the barrier 
were therefore equipped with track ex- 
tensions. 
b. The incline from the bay ice to the top 
of the barrier was quite a different proposi- 
tion. The 20-degree incline approximately 
200 feet long proved to be a major obstacle. 
Tractors without track extensions were not 
able to climb this incline even without loads. 
Tractors with track extensions could climb 
the incline without a pay load but experi- 
enced the greatest difficulty in towing a 
single loaded Go-devil sled. When these 
initial attempts were made on 19 January 
1947 the snow on the incline was quite soft. 
The tractors tended to mire in on one side 
and corkscrew about at right angles to the 
Figure 102. Layout of track extensions, showing both 
60-inch and 30-inch types. D-6 tractors used only 
30-inch extensions on Operation Highjump. 
73 original direction, then being unable to 
resume the original direction. By reversing 
the tractor and pulling backward, better 
results were obtained. An experiment with 
two tractors in tandem, both pulling back- 
ward, proved that one Go-devil sled with 
2l/2 tons of cargo could be hauled up the 
incline. 
c. Before any appreciable amount of cargo 
had been hauled up the incline, the tractors 
had badly chewed up the surface, gouging 
out deep holes in the snow. This activity 
broke the natural snow bridge, or snow 
crust, over the two large crevasses which ran 
parallel to the barrier across the track. 
These crevasses were about 2 feet wide when 
discovered, but had widened out to about 
5 feet at the end of the operation. Hauling 
cargo witti tractors was suspended after 
one tractor bogged down in one of these 
crevasses and had to be towed out. Then 
the prearranged plan of using a cable 
towing device was used. The D-7 tractor 
was installed on top of the barrier as a 
deadman and by means of two pulleys 
attached to the deadman and 1,200 feet 
of wire cable, the loaded sleds were towed 
up the incline by a tractor operating on the 
bay ice. The crevasses were filled up with 
snow by bulldozers. This snow supported 
sleds and Weasels. Tractors were kept off 
the incline for some time because it was feared 
they would break through the snow filled 

https://collections.nlm.nih.gov/ocr/nlm:nlmuid-14020180R-

Election Fraud: The Legal Challenge

U.S Election Fraud: The Legal Challenge

By Dr. David Mantik, MD

Votings rights cases are a passion for Chief Justice Roberts, which dramatically increases the chances that Trump gets Roberts’s vote. Justice Clarence Thomas most certainly has despised Biden since 1991, when then-Senator Biden as chair of the Senate Judiciary Committee conducting hearings on Thomas’s nomination to be a Supreme Court justice.

At the time, Thomas accused Biden of conducting “a judicial lynching” by allowing the specious and salacious testimony of Anita Hill. Thomas, who joined Roberts in Abbott v. Perez and Shelby County v. Holder will most certainly join the majority for Trump once again, as will most likely Alito and Gorsuch. Newly appointed Associate Justice Amy Coney Barrett will gain the courage needed in the face of Democrat scorn by joining these four – Roberts, Thomas, Alito, and Gorsuch.

When Barret becomes the majority vote, Kavanaugh will most likely come along.

Kavanaugh elaborated as follows: “In a Presidential election, in other words, a state court’s “significant departure from the legislative scheme for appointing Presidential electors presents a federal constitutional question,” citing the 2000 SCOTUS decision Bush v. Gore, among others. Kavanaugh was strongly suggesting he might well join Alito in an Article II challenge …

Even a cursory search reveals that most states adopting new vote-by-mail procedures did not involve their state legislature…

Other states risk having their 2020 presidential elections deemed unconstitutional if they were as careless while implementing mail-in balloting without the state legislature passing laws to allow for mail-in balloting the setting of rules and procedures specifying precisely how mail-in balloting was to be conducted.

Michigan state statutes regulating voting derive from a 1954 law. The section dealing with absentee balloting contains no language that would authorize mail-in voting with the type of loose and unconstitutional procedures Michigan implemented in 2020. The public record in Michigan reveals the many mail-in voting rules and procedures that were implemented by Michigan courts.

On September 18, 2020, Judge Cynthia Diane Stephens of the Michigan Court of Claims issued an injunction that had the effect of approving three challenges to Michigan election law that extended to 14 days after election day the counting of mail-in ballots provided they are postmarked one day before the November 3 presidential election day.

Again, there was no mention of the Michigan state legislature being involved in this judicial order. This legal challenge was brought by Perkins Coie attorney Marc Elias, the Democratic Party’s top elections lawyer.

David Mantik

INSIGHTS INTO THE KENNEDY TRAGEDY

Skip to content

https://wordpresscom507.wordpress.com/2020/06/07/stephen-erdmann-trust-and-foundatin/wordpresscom507 – Stephen Erdmann Foundation-Dissenter/Disinter Magazine

Investigative Reporting

FURTHER FACTS ON KENNEDY

Posted on  by steveerdmann

Rate This

Thomas A. Fairbanks

October 31, 1967

Copyright, C, 2022

I KNEW THE CONSPIRATORS

A MYRIAD BACKGROUND – From  a Far Distant Past


I’ve had several articles published in a magazine called  IS (by a group called Para study that functions out of  West Chester, Pennsylvania—two entitled Phi Letho; one is a look at Scientology, and the other is a ‘demon,’ as a writer.  I have had many letters in the Washington area press, in ‘IS,’ the aberree,’  in Search, FATE (as the Rt. Rev. George A. Hyde ), the Society of Domestic Clerics , as the Director of the Confraternity of the Liturgical Life.

I will lay my cards on the table to avoid unnecessary controversy and communication roadblocks.

THE RICHARD S. SHAVER CONTROVERSY

Alphaeus Hart drew me  into the Mystery in the Aberree.  I had two experiences, one when on the verge of a nervous breakdown, and one of the types called expansion of consciousness – and the Shaver Mystery entered into the first one.  I have definite views about it as I have experienced having voices and visions relayed to me while at the same time having departed people venerated in the Episcopal Church while also saints explain in terms of the psychology of the Unconscious mind and views and views contained in the writings of ancient church Fathers dealing with Demonic obsession.

PSYCHIC PHENOMENA

ESP  functions because of the subconscious mind being a superconscious mind that people are hooked-up with to each other in groups.  Max Freedom Long in the book THE SECRET SCIENCE BEHIND MIRACLES described an experience in which people coming into communication with others feel a sensation like an electric shock in the Solar Plexus. They were  d escribing  the permanent connections in the subconscious in the membership of the Episcopal Church.   We examine psychic of the type associated with Edger Cayce and Mrs. Zoe Nickerson where the resource is the is joining of a common mind and Arthur Ford –  and examined  in three  fields:

A: We have material that can be fed into the Unconscious mind through reading  books and (B) deductions by processes noted in A and C  (residual phenomena from the acceptance of telepathy or the surviving consciousness of the spirit world as a form of telepathy.

I have a mind which thinks entirely in verbal formularies and deductive and inductive reasoning, and which does not visualize.  It is particularly integrated in terms of the Episcopal Church in matters in group relations and in drawing groups A and B.  I do not believe I can be hypnotized.

In 1946 as Doctor James Bishop Pike was ordained into the priesthood , I also was attempting that as well, as an  Episcopal Church celebrate,   and possibly to get married .  I had read about Duke University experiments and Arthur Ford’s voice coming out of a hall which he rented and held services when I noted comments about the Duke University experiments, I heard Arthur Ford’s voice coming from a hall which he rented on occasions and thought of how such esoteric beliefs might be reconciled with Christian beliefs.  I had blessed James Otis Huntington, Founder of an Anglo Catholic religious order, I had read an article in AMAZING STORIES in which Vincent Gaddis spoke of being able to project  himself in  the Astral Plane in the form of a circle, while asleep, like what Gaddis was talking about.  It was then that Gaddis informed me that she and her husband had become Episcopalians. As a teenager,  I had met the First Executive Secretary of the AMERICAN CHURCH UNION, an organization of High Church Episcopalians, Bishop Henry I. Loutitit of South Florida, along with another person who also was also active in another High Anglican religious order, Father Martin of the Franciscans.

I had a set of experiences in 1963 as a Priest in the Independent Catholic movement .  I decided to return to the lay communion of the Episcopal Church at a time that  First executive Secretary of the American Church Union  died.  I had become involved with a Mr. Robert  A.W. Lowndes, who connected me unfavorably who supports the views of Doctor Pike and has written an article about the assassination of President Kennedy.   I stand along with Those who have who have taken a position of support and have taken interest in support of the American Church, psychism, Mind Control, Dr. Pike, Arthur Ford , the Episcopal Church, and others like them.

I am neither a Spiritualist nor a Therophyte, and I am not hostile to either Spiritualism or Theosophists.  There is a real problem with communication regarding Mediums in a state of trance along with entities presenting themselves as ‘departed’ should be a matter of expert judgment.  The Bible clearly prohibits attempts to communicate with the dead, especially when not dead and apparently controlled by another.

There are such things happening in the historic Christian Church which are not condemned by the Bible and appear as occasional phenomena taking place in the history of the historic Christian Church.  We have such  things as  materialization and direct voice communication.   Organized Christians avoid such things because they are easy to counterfeit and rely on people speaking in trances; psychic phenomena has two aspects —- it can appeal to highly orthodox and educated backgrounds as scientific evidence that  often challenged and disbelieved.  Private interests in materializations can e scientific, and not necessarily religious interests.

Interest in Spiritism can be either religious or scientific.  It can also be controlled by an irrational fear of death.  My personal belief includes the Eucharist: into psychic and offbeat form of research   That the dead are living but without personal contact.  My personal belief has expanded  into a form of two religions: Christianity and the scientific truth.

I am not hostile to the movement of spiritual frontiers.  I intend to join it. I am concerned that people seek to divide groups by forcing people to study Mr. Ford.  Controls.  Mechanistic abilities.  However, through ‘controls.’  There are people who wish to divide the Episcopal Church into other  groups rejecting each other, they  will run into danger of obsession.  Sincere people had also wanted to explore spiritual frontiers.

Episcopalians who oppose Doctor Pike should seek to find familiar ground  for Study groups and to make contributing feelings rather than oppose such movements.

RELIGION AND CHRISTIANITY

I have written a long letter in the Aberree suggesting the founder of Christianity never existed but rather is an allegorical figure.  I stated through Mary Elsnaus’s misgivings, that Jesus is a very real character, born of a virgin Mary, nailed on a cross,   and risen rom a real tomb.   I share my feelings with Saint Thomas Aquino’s proving the existence of God but doing this only using extensive dealing s with the Dead Sea Scrolls, the Nag Hammadi doctrines, and elements in the early church  fathers  and a connection with a metaphysical approach to the Christian Liturgy.

I am an off-brand Anglo-Catholic or High Church Episcopalian.  As a member of the Anglo-Catholic and High Church Episcopalians, the Orthodox Greek Catholic Church, called Orthodoxy for short, I wish to agree with the Orthodox Church.

The Orthodox  Church agrees with Paul the Apostle who said tht he did not go where others had preached.  Dr. William Palmer has led a movement for baptized Episcopalians  to remain in the Church while performing the faith of Orthodoxy because the  Orthodox Greek Church was once part of the Roman Catholic Church, and as such was once part of the Orthodox Church.

THE CONSPIRATORS

I was ignorant at the time of the Chief Justice Earl Warren reports.  These mentioned that Jack Martin had tried to get them to believe that David Ferrie was implicated in a plot but that Jack Martin was not taken seriously because of his being accused of being a ‘‘drunk.”

I have put Jack Martin up at times in my apartment at times, and although he ‘drinks like a fish,’  I can state definitely that he is not a drunk.   He never goes ‘under,’ and holds his liquor. I personally do not drink except for an occasional ‘beer’ and I go ‘light’ even with that.

From what I have read in the paper,  I am definitely sure that David Ferrie was definitely involved in such a plot.  I have been handicapped by being ignorant of David Ferrie’s  possible involvement  until recently and at the same time honestly and sincerely believed that an entirely innocent man, Michael Itkin, was involved. I went so far as to write Senator George Smithers and try and get him to investigate Itkin.   It is too involved to explain at this point, but it is quite possible that David Ferrie was responsible for creating the documents that lead me to believe that Itkin was involved.

As far as the Jim Garrison investigation ae concerned, I need to make my position clear;  I RESPECT Jim Garrison and support his philosophy.  However, I am seeking to instigate a movement holding that the Church ought to keep out of politics, and I do not want to appear one holding that the Church should go into political support of Garrison’s side.   It is a ticklish situation.  Evidence has ben suppressed by the CIA;  however, The National Council of Churches has also been involved.   I am opposed to the N.C.C .  But in order to get anywhere, I have to present my opposition on a high level disassociating myself from much of the opposition and it would obviously compromise and compare  Garrison to Church people who got the idea that I was saying that the churches are against him.  I want to leave the Garrison matter to other people as much as possible; myself only as a laity-seeker.  People like David Ferrie I wish kept out of the Society. 

I am going to write an article threating this matter treating this matter in connection with the Richard S. Shaver Mystery; anything dealing with the Assassination Plot will bill be documented from  my file of clippings.  My own expertise has to do with the Nag Hammadi documents, Dead Sea scrolls, and so on.

Kennedy Assassination Investigator Jim Garrison

I am going to write Martin and will then write to you giving his address (has never occurred because of intervening events…SE).  He is a nice a nice guy, but he is hard to get along with since he is a Mister Know It All and he “thinks Big when I think Small.”

Jack Martin wants to run anything he is involved in. The same as far as myself, So, when we get together  things blow up.  In contacting Jack Martin, you are going to run into one or two responses from  him::  he will either try to sell you one something he can handle himself ( but is really too big for either of you or myself).  He may even threaten you.  But in regard to the Garrison Investigation, he can be a good friend.

THR RICHARD S. SHAVER MYSTERY

In the early Shaver Mystery stories which I read, there is a pronounced erotic element.  I have not acquired many of Ray Palmer’s  THE HIDDEN WORLD books but am aware of the Richard S. Shaver Mystery.

In the early shaver Mystery that is frequent mention of  the symbol ‘tic’ as meaning ‘credit.’   We have the principle words in the Mystery of “dero” and “tero.’’ – and adding two identical consonants to each other we have ‘‘ero”—and adding the other haver word to it —  we get “erotic.”

(Fairbanks never did get into an in-depth analysis of the Shaver Mystery, as promised, as family and other matters apparently intervened.)

The Reverend Thomas A. Fairbanks

Director of the Confraternity of the Liturgical Life

Washington, D.C 20010

1971

Share this:

Customize buttons

Related

The Many Worlds Undiscovered!December 18, 2021In “Alien abduction”

Tricks of the MindAugust 9, 2017In “ARCHAEOLOGY”

Believing is not SeeingNovember 12, 2021In “Alien abduction”Posted in Alien abductionAlien HybridAngelic HybridARCHAEOLOGYBad KarmaBL4 Lab Biological WeaponsCenter for DiseaseChina A VirusCommerceConspiracyCoronaCorporate ControlCrimeDavid IckeFinanceHistoryHIVHuman NatureInvestigative ReportingKafkaesqueMind ControlNazismNew SciencePandemicParanormalPedophilaPhantasmagoriaQuarantineSadismSarsScience-fictionSlaverySurrealismUfologyUFOsUncategorizedWhistleblowingWuhanTagged ConspiracyConspiracy Investigative ReportingCosmologyEconomicsEsotericHistoryMind InfiltrationParasychologyPoliticsUFOsEdit

Post navigation

← The Faces of the Deep State!

Leave a Reply

Search for:

Recent Posts

Recent Comments

Air Force Bluebook |… on The Project Bluebook Story
Joseph Dispenza Quot… on I, DR. J. Allen Hynek… “(UFOs…
THE FOURTH REICH RIS… on Nazi World Beneath the Ice
Complete History of… on All the facts on the Illuminat…
Admin on Haunting Roswell Legacy

Archives

What is PayPal? This a PayPal account at independenterdmann@gmail.comand how to get started.

What is PayPal? This a PayPal account at independenterdmann@gmail.comand how to get started.  Select Category  Alien abduction  Alien Hybrid  Angelic Hybrid  ARCHAEOLOGY  Bad Karma  BL4 Lab Biological Weapons  Center for Disease  China A Virus  Commerce  Conspiracy  Corona  Corporate Control  Crime  David Icke  Finance  Flu Vaccination  Forced Vaccination  History  HIV  Human Nature  Investigative Reporting  Kafkaesque  Mind Control  Nazism  New Science  Pandemic  Paranormal  Pedophila  Phantasmagoria  Quarantine  Sadism  Sars  Science-fiction  Slavery  Surrealism  Ufology  UFOs  Uncategorized  Whistleblowing  Wuhan